Viethen ts pete: 3 tie Nin pape een 2) somes ooh apn Sd pees i Soi OST es = + 4 pre eee 7 aah pens * es 7 ©: BULLETIN: OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY VOL Ill 19S$3—I1954 PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) LONDON: 1953-1954 DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE PARTS No. I. 17 June 1953 No. 2. to October 1953 No. 3. 20 November 1953 No. 4. 11 December 1953 No. 5. 4 December 1953 No. 6. 12 March 1954 UNO 205 27 April 1954 No,. 8. 23 November 1954 No. 9. 22 October 1954 No. 10 23 November 1954 No. 11 23 November 1954 No, 12. 30 November 1954 va 9 al Ww 21 December 1954 No. 14. 31 December 1954 PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN AT THE BARTHOLOMEW PRESS DORKING BY ADLARD AND SON, LTD. sO’ Beak Ls LZ eat A CONTENTS ENTOMOLOGY VOLUME 3 The sub-genus Stegomyia (Diptera: Culicidae) in the Ethiopian Region. Part II. Distribution of species confined to the East and South African sub-region. By P. F. MATTINGLY I A pest of coconut palms in Portuguese East Africa. Two new representatives of the genus Hypotrabala (Lepidoptera : Lasiocampidae) from the Belgian Congo. By W. H. T. Tams (Pls. 1-2) 67 A revision of the genus Teriomima Kirby (Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae). By H. STEMPFFER and N. H. BENNETT (Pls. 3-9) 77 Notes on British Ichneumoninae with descriptions of new species (Hym., Ichneumonidae). By J. F. PERKINS 103 On a very remarkable flea from Argentina. By H. E. KARL JORDAN Descriptions of new and little-known Siphonaptera. By F. G. A. M. SMIT 177 The early literature on Mallophaga. Part III. 1776-86. By THERESA CLay and G. H. E. Hopkins (Pls.10-12) 22% Some sawflies of the European Alps and the Mediterranean Region (Hymenoptera : Symphyta). By R. B. BENSON 267 Neue Notiophygidae (Coleoptera). Von HANs JouHN (Pls. 13-17) 297 The Protoptila group of the Glossosomatinae (Trichoptera : Rhyaco- philidae). By Martin E. MosELy 315 A review of the Aedes scutellaris subgroup with a study of variation in Aedes pseudoscutellaris (Theobald). (Diptera: Culicidae). By ELIZABETH N. Marks (PI. 18) 347 A new genus and some new species of the Chauliodini (Megaloptera). By D. E. KimmMIns 415 The genera Henricohahnia Breddin, Dicrotelus Erichson, Nyllius Stal, Orgetorixa China and allied new genera. By N.C. E. MILLER 445 Revisional notes on the genus Epitola Westwood (Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae). By PATricK ROocHE (Pls. 19-22) 489 African species of the genus Pardomima Warren (Lepidoptera : Pyra- lidae : Pyraustinae). By EDwarp L. MARTIN (PI. 23) 503 Index to Volume 3 523 GL Bc a a CORRIGENDA . 141, line 13. For ** Ctenichneumon rubroator ’’ read ‘‘ Ctenichneumon rubroater.”’ . 149, last line. For ‘‘ Pseudamblyteles”’ read ‘‘ Pseudoamblyteles.”’ . 160, line 10, For ‘8, vill, 1936”’ read ‘‘ 10, X. 1935.” . 171, column 1, last line. For ‘‘ corruscator”’ read ‘‘ coruscator.” . 173, column 2, line 35. For ‘‘ Cyclolabus Heinrich 1935 ”’ read ‘‘ Cyclolabus Heinrich 1936,” 181, For “ Barreropsyilini ’’ read “ Barreropsyllini.’’ . 445 (title-page). For ‘‘ Pp. 445-488” read “‘ Pp. 445-486.” . 487 (title-page). For ‘‘ Pp. 489-502 ”’ read “‘ Pp. 487-502.” . 503 (title-page). For ‘“‘ Pp. 503-521 ”’ read “‘ Pp. 503-522.” 2 4 JUN 1935 Big a ds -GENUS STEGOMYIA (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) PN TALE ETHIOPIAN REGION (PART II) P. F. MATTINGLY BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 1 LONDON: 1953 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION II. DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CONFINED TO THE EAST AND SOUTH AFRICAN SUB-REGION BY eae se MATTINGLY | Pp. 1-65; 15 Text-figures BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 1 LONDON: 1953 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), ‘stituted in 1949, 1s issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become veady. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 3, No.1 of the Entomological series. PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued May, 1953. Price Fifteen Shillings. THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION. II. DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CONFINED TO THE EAST AND SOUTH AFRICAN SUB-REGION By P. F. MATTINGLY CONTENTS Page INTRODUCTION. ; ; : ‘ ‘ ; ; ; : , 4 Notes oN TAXONOMY . , é ; ; , , ‘ ; ; 4 DISTRIBUTION RECORDS ‘ A : : : : ‘ ‘ - “a8 Doubtful records . ‘ ‘ ; , : ; 22 Records based on misidéntifications: . ; ; E ; s. 125 Unidentified and misquoted localities ‘ : ; ; ‘ i” 325 Distribution outside the Ethiopian Region : : : : 2. EO List oF LOCALITIES WITH TOPOGRAPHICAL DETAILS < : F :. 26 BIONOMICS IN RELATION TO DISTRIBUTION . , : : : Y ase Breeding-places . . : . : . . : t « 228 Seasonal distribution . : ‘ : : : : : : 29 Biting-habits ; ; : ‘ ‘ : ‘ : ‘ .. “30 ZOOGEOGRAPHY . : : hg bee ; ‘ : ; ‘ ee SUMMARY . F ‘ ; , : ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ca ae. APPENDIX I. Further notes ‘on species ee in the West African Sub-Region 4 ; ; ; 3. 52 APPENDIX II. Rainfall of the Bor-Pibor-Torit area ‘ 57 APPENDIX III. Distribution of pale forms of Aédes cee in the Ethiopian Region. : ‘ - 60 APPENDIx IV. Corrigenda to Part I ; ‘ , : ‘ ; eee 7 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. ‘ ‘ ‘ ; : , ‘ : os 02 REFERENCES ; ; : ‘ : ; : * : * Peas SYNOPSIS The distribution of Stegomyia spp. occurring in the West African Sub-region has been dis- cussed in the first paper of this series. The present paper deals with the remaining Ethiopian species, i.e., with those which are restricted to the East and South African Sub-region. As before, zoogeography is discussed mainly in relation to rainfall and altitude, and such notes on bionomics are included as are thought necessary for an understanding of distribution. One new species closely related to Aédes aegypti is described from Mauritius, and the male of Aédes woodi, larvae which may prove to be those of pseudonigeria and masseyt and a new subspecies of dendrophilus from Kenya are described for the first time. Previously unpublished taxo- nomic data concerning most species are included. An appendix is devoted to the distribution of pale forms of Aédes aegypti in the Ethiopian Region, and other appendices deal with recent ENTOM. III, I. I 4 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION information concerning the species treated in the first paper and with the rainfall of the Bor- Pibor-Torit area. The distribution of certain Palearctic Stegomyia is discussed in relation to the problem of the origins of the Ethiopian fauna and an account is given of a specimen of Aédes cretinus. INTRODUCTION THE present paper follows the pattern of its predecessor (Mattingly, 1952), but is concerned with those species which have not as yet been recorded from anywhere in the West African Sub-region. The number of species discussed is greater than in the first paper but much less is known about them, and this is true of every depart- ment of mosquito studies. In the field of distribution certain territories, notably Tanganyika and Nyasaland, which are of vital importance, are almost unknown. With respect to taxonomy four species, powert, masseyi, chaussiert and pseudo- nigeria, are, at the time of writing, known with certainty only from the adult female, although there is good reason to hope that males and early stages of all of them may very soon be described. The early stages of woodi are still unknown, but again there is good hope that these will soon be available. Among these species the first four are all likely to prove of special value for our understanding of the origins and affinities of the sub-genus. In the field of bionomics no studies comparable with those carried out by the yellow fever institutes in Uganda and, to a less extent, Nigeria are as yet available. The present paper, like its predecessor, attempts to bring together all available information relating to Stegomyia distribution as a preliminary to the taxonomic study which will form the subject of further papers in the series. It is clear that a review of the sub-genus as a whole will be necessary and this will be undertaken in the third paper of the series. In the present paper all that is attempted is a partial revision of group A, the principal Ethiopian group, and some attention is paid to the distribution of certain Palearctic species, since it is apparent that even this group cannot be fully understood against a purely Ethiopian background. To save repetition the list of localities with topographical details and the list of references have been restricted to information which has not already been published in Part I. Keys are also omitted since these have already been published. The map of the distribution of collectors (Mattingly, 1952, fig. 1) is not thought to have been sufficiently affected by new records to be worth reprinting. It can be brought up to date almost completely by adding those localities listed on p. 56 of the present paper together with the Kologha Forest, Njombe and the Tzitzikama Mountains. NOTES ON TAXONOMY The necessity for a revision of the main groups of the sub-genus as defined by Edwards (1932) has already been noted (Mattingly, 1952), and it is now possible to make certain concrete suggestions for a partial revision of the main Ethiopian group, group A. For reasons given below it is felt strongly that this should be extended by the inclusion of Aédes mascarensis from Edwards’ group B, together with the closely related species from Mauritius which is here described for the first time (p. 16). At the same time it is felt that if the present groups are to be maintained THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 5 then Aédes chemulpoensis Yamada should be transferred from group B to group A. This species is at present known only from North-eastern China, the Mukden area and Korea, but it is a perfectly typical member of group A with respect both to its scutal markings and its male genitalia. Yamada in his type description (Yamada, 1931) noted the resemblance of the scutal markings to those of simpsoni and powert, and Feng (19386) again noted its affinities with group A in the first published descrip- tion of the male terminalia. Edwards seems to have been unacquainted with the male terminalia when he drew up his classification, since the only male specimen in the British Museum of earlier date than Feng’s description is undissected. In its femoral and tibial markings chemulpoensis resembles vittatus and it is thus an- nectant to group D. The structure of the ventral brush of the larva is somewhat peculiar, but in other respects this stage also is characteristic of group A. The occurrence in Eastern Asia of a member of group A, which, if we except the cosmotropical Aédes aegypti, is otherwise entirely Ethiopian, may at first sight seem rather startling, but taken in conjunction with such other facts as the occur- rence of vittatus in Spain, North Africa, the Balearic Islands, Corsica and Sardinia and of an isolated species of Group C (cretinus) in Crete, Macedonia and Trans- caucasia (Georgia), it is in reasonable conformity with prevailing ideas concerning the pre-glacial distribution of Palearctic woodland faunas. Basing his ideas on the present distribution of loess, Reinig (1936) has pictured the occurrence during the Glacial Period of a broad belt of desiccation with, at its ends, a Mediterranean and an East Asian wooded refuge. This author figures certain smaller refuges in between (loc. cit., fig. 12), but it would seem that among these the Armenio-Persian was glaciated at least in part during the maximum extension of the ice sheets (com- pare, for example, Furon, 1943, fig. 20). De Beaufort (1951) summarizes Reinig’s theories but does not mention these smaller refuges. The present distribution of isolated populations of groups A, C and D in the Palearctic is in close conformity with Reinig’s views. Aédes vittatus exactly occupies the western portion of his Mediterranean refuge, and chemulpoensis fits squarely into his East Asian refuge. The Cretan and Macedonian form of cretinus fits well into the eastern portion of his Mediterranean refuge, but the form (lindtropi1 Schingarew) from Georgia assigned by Baschkareva (1931) and Stackelberg (1937) to this species occurs much too far east and is perhaps to be associated rather with the Armenio-Persian refuge. It does not seem certain that this form is in fact conspecific with cretinus, although it may be that the present distribution shows the effect of post-glacial migration, or that Reinig’s Mediterranean refuge ought to be extended to include the southern fringes of the Black Sea. Unfortunately only a single much damaged specimen of cretinus from any part of its range is at present available for examination (see below under Aédes albopictus, p. 18). Examples of affinities between the Mediter- ranean and East Asian refuges quoted by De Beaufort are the Blue Jay, Cyanopica cyana, with two subspecies in Spain and Portugal and five in South-East Asia and Japan, none occurring in between, and the Barbary Ape (Macaca sylvana = M. inua) of Gibraltar with relatives confined to Southern Asia and Japan. It is to be noted that in both these cases, as in the case of vittatus and chemulpoensis, the East Asian fauna is represented only in the western and not in the eastern part 6 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION of the Mediterranean refuge. In fact it seems that in these cases the western and eastern portions of the Mediterranean refuge constitute distinct faunal areas. This discontinuity between the western and eastern Mediterranean refuges is further illustrated by the case, quoted by De Beaufort later in his book, of the mountain goat, Capra pyrenaica, which occurs in the Pyrenees and the higher ranges of the Iberian peninsula and has relatives in Eastern Europe, Crete and the Caucasus but none in the Alps or Appenines. Finally De Beaufort mentions the work of Caradja (1934), who traces affinities between the Lepidoptera of South-west Europe and those of Eastern Asia and observes that they are more primitive than those occurring in between. On the basis of these facts it may be said that there is evidence for a much wider pre-glacial extension of groups A and D, and perhaps also C, in the Southern Palearctic. It may be noted that cretinus also has a relative (flavopictus of Japan and Korea) in the East Asian refuge, but it is preferred to postpone discussion of this point to a later paper dealing with the general problem of affinities within the sub-genus. All that is intended here is to attempt to justify the inclusion of chemulpoensis in group A and to show that this is defensible on distributional as well as on morphological grounds. The eastern rather than western Palearctic affinities of group A is a matter of some general zoogeographical interest, since a similar phenomenon has been encountered in some other groups (see, in particular, Uvarov, in press). Aédes amaltheus. This very remarkable species possesses mesonotal markings typical of Edwards’ group A and male terminalia of the type found in his groups BandC. The difficulty of fitting it into Edwards’ system has already been noted (Mattingly, 1952), and it will be necessary to deal with this problem in the paper to be devoted to the discussion of the taxonomy of the whole sub-genus in relation to that of the Ethiopian species. Here it may be noted that the only comparable species (Aédes galloisi Yamada) again occurs in Reinig’s Easter Asian refuge, being confined as far as is known to Japan. It does not appear, however, that the meso- notal markings of this species are absolutely typical of group A. No specimens are available for examination, but published figures (e.g., in Stackelberg, 1937) show the supra-alar patches extending forward to fuse with the anterolateral patches and backwards to the scutellum. This type of pattern is characteristic of a number of Palearctic, Ethiopian and northern oriental Finlaya. The male terminalia and the larva (Sasa and Kano, 1951) appear to be quite typical of group C. The morpho- logical characters of amaltheus have been well described by De Meillon and Lavoi- pierre (1944), and nothing can usefully be added here except to note that the larva possesses certain interesting and possibly primitive characters recalling vittatus on the one hand and unilineatus on the other, e.g., the branched antennal seta (see Hopkins, 1952), strongly branched saddle hair, spinose saddle edge and tendency to development of precratal tufts. Aédes pseudonigeria. The larva from Magoebaskloof, Transvaal, attributed to this species by Ingram & De Meillon (1929) and subsequently to demeillont by Edwards (1936), seems almost certainly to have been wrongly attributed in both cases. It was described by the present author (in Hopkins, 1952) as ? pseudonigerta THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 7 purely to avoid introducing another name into the synonymy. In fact, however, it is virtually identical with the larva of heischi and almost certainly belongs to a member of that group. Recently larvae collected by Dr. De Meillon in the Karabib area of South-West Africa have been sent to the British Museum. There is some reason to believe that they may be those of pseudonigeria. Other identical larvae have been taken by De Meillon together with adults of pseudonigeria at Francistown, Bechuanaland (fer fide Muspratt). In both cases the larvae are unassociated, and I do not think it possible to rule out the possibility that they are those of wnilineatus, which they closely resemble. It is true that unilineatus has not been found in S.W. Africa, but it may well be that collecting there has been confined to altitudes above its, apparently rather restricted, limits. The rainfall in the Karabib area appears to be rather low even for pseudonigeria, but might well not be too low for unilineatus, which is an exceedingly drought-resistant species (see Appendix I). For these reasons I am unwilling to attribute the Karabib or Francistown larvae to pseudonigeria until liason material is available for comparison. A character distinguishing the Karabib larvae from those of unilineatus as at present known is the very small number of pecten spines (4—5 in the available material), and this may prove diagnostic should the identification be confirmed. For a final elucidation of the situation it is still highly desirable that the identity of the Magoebaskloof larva should be established by breeding out. The male of pseudonigeria is still unknown. It should be noted that the “ white spot ’’ on the middle femur men- tioned by Edwards (1941) in his key is not a definite spot of the kind found, e.g., in untlineatus or calceatus, but an irregular patch or streak which is likely to be rather indefinite in some specimens. Aédes chaussiert. The male and early stages of this species are still unknown, but as it has recently been found in gallery forest near Elisabethville (Lips, in J1t2.) there is reason to hope that they may soon be obtained. It is difficult to draw any conclusions as to its relationships until such material is available, and this is unfor- tunate as the species is likely to prove a very interesting one. Aédes masseyi. The male is still unknown, but this species has recently been found in the same forest as chaussieri. In view of its interesting resemblance to amaltheus on the one hand and to kentensis on the other further material will be eagerly awaited. The species is discussed below under keniensts. Aédes keniensis. Van Someren (1946 bis) quotes the presence of pale scaling round the edges of the pre-scutellar bare space as a distinctive character from masseyt, An examination of the type series of the latter species shows, however, that, at least in some cases, the absence of pale scales from this region is due to rubbing. One paratype from Ruwe clearly shows a thin border of narrow yellow scales. In the single specimen from Elisabethville in the British Museum even this very tenuous border is reduced and only one or two yellow scales are visible. A better distinguishing character concerns the third hind tarsal segment, but it should be noted that, as indicated by Edwards (1941), this is not always entirely dark in massey1, because it has a few pale scales below at the base in the Elisabeth- ville specimen. The specimens from Nairobi tentatively attributed by Edwards (1941) to masseyi are quite clearly keniensis. Both they and the type series of 8 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION keniensis have the third hind tarsal pale all round on about the basal 4 to 4. Two specimens recently received from Njombe have this segment pale above on about the basal 3 to + but are more narrowly pale below. The key to adults given in the first paper of this series should be amended accordingly. For a further note on these specimens see below under “‘ Doubtful Records ”’ (p. 22). Two unassociated larvae, recently received from Elisabethville through the kindness of Monsieur Lips, are believed, from their resemblance to keniensis, to be almost certainly those of masseyi. They differ from keniensis in having strongly sclerotized pecten spines, typically with a single strongly developed secondary denticle (occasionally with I-2 minute ones dorsally or ventrally in addition) and a very short unbranched saddle hair. On the key to larvae (Mattingly, 1952) they would run down to aegypti and mascarensis, from which they can be recognized by the structure of the pecten spines and saddle hair. They came from the township area, and were associated in the one case with larvae of Aédes schwetzi and in the other with those of aegypti. A fuller description will be published elsewhere (Mattingly and Lips, in press). Van Someren (1946 bis) has suggested that kentensis may ultimately prove to be a subspecies of masseyi, and the occurrence of the former at Njombe strongly suggests that it is in fact a highland representative of the latter. At the same time it should be noted that masseyi shows some very interesting resemblances to amaltheus, from which it differs only in scutal characters. Geographically it is more or less inter- mediate between the two species. Further light on its affinities may be expected from the discovery of the male and early stages. Aédes heischi. As noted above, the larva from Magoebaskloof, Transvaal, attri- buted by Ingram and De Meillon (1929) to pseudonigeria is indistinguishable from that of the present species. In view of the very close resemblance of the larva of keniensis, noted by Van Someren (1951), however, it would be most unsafe to make a definite attribution until further larvae have been collected and bred out. It should be noted that, as indicated by Van Someren, heischi is not always separable with certainty from Aédes demeilloni in the adult stage, since occasional specimens, among them several in the British Museum, have no pale scales, apart from the knee-spot on the anterior surface of the mid femur. Aédes demeilloni. This was treated by Edwards (1941) as a subspecies of deboert but it is clearly a distinct species. Differences between the adults are slight but apparently constant. The larval differences are striking, and there appears to be a constant difference in breeding-places since demeilloni has so far only been found in plant axils, especially those of Dracaena. As noted in the previous paper, con- fusion of this species with dendrophilus (Van Someren, 1946 ; Smithburn & Haddow, 1946; Haddow et al., 1947) arose from the misleading description of the latter given by Edwards (1941), and in particular from this author’s failure to mention the spines which occur on the basal lobe of the male coxite in both species. Further confusion has arisen from the fact that fig. 61c of Hopkins (1936), although labelled “* deboeri var. demeilloni,’’ was in fact drawn from a larva of angustus, while fig. 61e, labelled “‘ unilineatus,’’ was drawn from a larva of demeilloni. Aédes subargenteus. The larva of this species has previously been known only from a single specimen from Nyasaland bred from an egg laid by the type female. THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 9 Through the kindness of Mr. Muspratt, who has recently sent six larvae from Pondoland to the British Museum, it is now possible to amplify the description given by Hopkins (1936, 1952). Mr. Muspratt states that the very pale colour of the head and siphon noted by Hopkins is constant. Antennal seta single. Head setae A, B and C single, d single or split distally into 2-3 branches. Mentum rounded, the teeth rather small, 12-13 teeth on either side of the median tooth. Pleural spines very small and pale in colour. Setae on anterior margin of pro- thorax normally developed. (They are all missing from the Nyasaland larvae, so that Hopkins’ statement that they were small and inconspicuous seems probably to have been due to an error of observation.) Comb with 8-10 teeth resembling those of the Nyasaland larva but none of them bifid. Siphonal index (uncrushed) 2-4-2-7. Pecten with 7-13 teeth proximal to the subventral seta and 1-2 detached teeth distal to it. Subventral seta bifid and simple -or single and plumose. In one case both conditions are shown by the same larva. Saddle hair single. Upper caudal seta with 3 branches, lower with 2. Setae of ventral brush each with at least 2 branches. Distal edge of saddle with only light sculpturing, i.e., without obvious spiculation. Gills large, sub-equal, sausage-shaped. Aédes kivuensis. This is still known only from the type specimen in the Congo Museum at Tervuren. Through the kindness of the Director and Monsieur Basilew- sky it has been possible to examine this specimen and the following details may be added to the description given by Edwards (1941): Anterior median spot of mesonotum composed: of narrow scales. Anterolateral pale patches small and narrow, their posterior ends terminating well in front of and outside the postero- lateral lines. The latter strongly marked, deep yellow in colour, as in the case of the median lines, and reaching forward almost to the scutal angles. Supra- alar patches small and entirely white. Median lobe of scutellum with a few black scales posteriorly, lateral lobes entirely white. Scale patch on posterior pro- notum very small. Abdomen too shrunken to reveal the tergal bands. Fore-leg with the tibia narrowly but completely ringed at base. First two tarsi uniformly ringed at base, the second white on almost the basal half. Mid-leg with a well- developed white spot beyond half-way on the anterior surface of the femur. Femoral knee-spot small but reaching the tip above. Tibia entirely dark. First and second tarsi uniformly ringed at base, the second white on at least the basal half. Hind leg with femur extensively pale at base, with a small white spot just beyond the tip of the basal pale stripe on the anterior surface and a small knee-spot which reaches the apex above. Tibia entirely dark. First three tarsi narrowly pale at base; the fourth and fifth entirely pale except for a small black spot at the tip below in each case. In view of our almost complete ignorance of the distribution of this form it is preferred to treat it for the present as a distinct species. Aédes woodi. A long series of adult females has now been received from Ganda through the kindness of Mrs. E. C. C. Van Someren. A full description will be published in the appropriate taxonomic paper of the present series. All the speci- mens are immediately distinguishable from those of any other species, having a double median line of yellow scales on the scutum by the dark-scaled lateral lobes of the scutellum. Only two males have so far been received and neither of these ao THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION is complete. The palps resemble those of simpsoni rather than sérelitziae in having a number of long setae on the two distalsegments. The lateral lobes of the scutellum are dark scaled. The scutal ornamentation has been almost entirely obliterated in both specimens, but one of them appears to have the posterior ends of the sub- median lines white or whitish and to have the pre-scutellar bare space rather broadly bordered by white scales in addition to some yellow ones. There is some variation in both respects in the females and comparable variation occurs in Aédes simpsonit. Segment II of the abdomen has a few pale scales at the base of the tergite in one specimen. In the other the tergite is rubbed. The pale basal bands on tergites III-VI are shallow as in the female. Those on V and VI are markedly narrower in the males. Sexual dimorphism with respect to the tergal bands is shown by a number of Ethiopian species of the sub-genus. The male terminalia appear to be virtually identical with those of simpsoni. The legs of both sexes are very much asin the type. The femoral knee-spots are very short, and are separated from the tips of the femora by distinct dark areas. The second mid-tarsal and the third hind tarsal are pale above on about the basal 4 and 3 respectively and both are rather narrower below. The fourth and fifth hind tarsi are missing from both males. In the females they are entirely dark and entirely pale respectively, as in the type. Attempts to find the breeding-places have hitherto proved unsuccessful and the early stages are still unknown. Aédes strelitziae. This has been fully described by Muspratt (1950). Aédes powert. The type female is still the only specimen that can be assigned with certainty to this species, although further specimens collected by Mr. Muspratt in Cape Province, and discussed below under ‘‘ Doubtful Records,” appear almost certainly to belong to it. The affinities of the species are uncertain although it seems to be most nearly related to contiguus, which it resembles very closely. Certain characters quoted by Edwards are in fact artefacts. Thus the interruptions to the pale border round the eyes (Edwards, 1923 bis) are due to rubbing as, apparently, is the absence of pale scales from the border of the pre-scutellar bare patch (Edwards, 1941). The appearance of the mid-lobe of the scutellum is rather striking, as it possesses more dark scales than are found in the majority of species. Such scales are, however, possessed by all the Ethiopian Stegomyia, and their complete absence from individual specimens is the exception rather than the rule although they are seldom mentioned in descriptions ; contigwus, in particular, often shows them well. The most distinctive character shown by poweri is the possession of a conspicuous pale basal stripe on the lower surface of the middle tibia. This is between } and { of the tibial length. The third mid-tarsal is quite extensively pale above at the base, but pale scales in this position are not uncommon as an aberration in a number of species. Since the completion of this paper Mr. Muspratt has sent descriptions of the larva and male terminalia which confirm the relation- ship to the langata-contiguus group suggested below under “ Distribution.”’ It seems that the terminalia are indistinguishable from those of contiguus, while the larva is distinguishable only on variations in the statistical distribution of the number of branches in head seta d. Variations in colour characters of the adults include the constant suppression of pale scaling on the distal half of the second THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION II mid-tarsus in the male, occasional presence of pale scales round the pre-scutellar bare space and very occasional presence of a pale spot in the middle of one or both front femora. Aédes contiguus. As noted by Van Someren (1946 bis), this species closely resembles Jangata. It can, however, be separated on the characters given in the key (Mattingly, 1952). The anterolateral scutal patches are also rather smaller and less wedge-shaped (see pl. ii, fig. 11 of Edwards (1941) which apparently repre- sents contiguus and not poweri as stated). On the basis of these characters it seems fairly certain that the two rather rubbed females of ‘‘ contiguus’’ mentioned by Edwards (1941) are in fact langata. The presence of the latter species in Southern Rhodesia (Ndanga) has been confirmed by the dissection of male terminalia. The presence of contiguus in the Transvaal has also been confirmed by the dissection of male terminalia. Transvaal specimens tend to have the pale band at the base of the third hind tarsal rather broader than do those so far seen from Southern Rhodesia (4 the length of the segment in the type male and the specimen from Ndanga and from 3 to } the tarsal length in those specimens so far received from the Transvaal). This band is therefore not always quite so strikingly narrow as Edwards’ description might suggest. A very fine series of Transvaal contiguus has recently been received from Dr. De Meillon, and the question of variation will be discussed in more detail in the taxonomic paper of the present series. Aédes langata. Resemblances to contiguus have been discussed in connection with that species. The length of the pale basal band on the third hind tarsal is again variable (about } the length of the segment in the Kenya form, + this length in the problematical specimen from Nyasaland and } in the Southern Rhodesian specimens. This character cannot therefore be safely used for separation from contiguus. An incomplete female from Gwelo in the British Museum resembles langata in scutal markings and in the broad abdominal bands and distal expansion of the ventral pale stripe at the base of the hind tibia, but differs from all other available specimens in having a pale posterior stripe on about the basal # of the first mid-tarsal, much as in heischi. This specimen and another, even less complete, from the same locality cannot be attributed with certainty until further material is available. The larva of langata closely resembles those of apicoargenteus, soleatus and schwetzi but, in the material available, it can be separated from the first of these by having the antennal seta at less than 0-7 x the distance from the base. to the apex. Aédes calceatus. The precise status of the various populations attributed to this species is one of the most troublesome problems connected with the Ethiopian Stegomyia at the present time. Much more material is needed from certain parts of the range before the problem can be approached with any confidence. For the moment the following brief notes on variation are all that can be offered. It should be borne in mind that not only this species and soleatus but also heischi and the form from Gwelo here tentatively attributed to Jangata may exhibit a pale posterior stripe on the first mid-tarsal. From heischi and soleatus all the known forms of calceatus can be separated by having an entirely dark fifth hind tarsal, and soleatus also differs strikingly in its abdominal markings. From calceatus langata differs in its broader 12 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION abdominal bands and in the shape of the pale line at the base of the hind tibia. In calceatus the Livingstone form differs from the type form in having the femoral knee-spots on the hind legs shorter with the backward prolongation reduced or absent, the pale ring at the base of the third hind tarsal segment only about +4, the length of the segment or less (about 4 the length of the segment in the type form from Tanganyika) and the second abdominal tergite all dark. A single male from the Langata Forest in the British Museum, which has terminalia almost precisely like those of the type form calceatus and is here tentatively attributed to that species, also has the backward prolongation of the hind femoral knee-spot reduced and the band at the base of the third hind tarsal only about + the length of the segment. In this specimen both the second and third abdominal tergites are dark and the median pale stripe on the scutum is more strongly indicated than in the type form, reaching forward as far as the front end of the anterolateral patches. In the type form this stripe stops short at the posterior end of the anterolateral patches, and is represented further forward by at most a few pale scales. In the Langata form the general reduction of pale scaling is also shown in the rather narrower anterolateral pale patches on the scutum, and in the fact that the second mid-tarsal is dark all round on about the apical third (pale behind to the tip in the type form). The pale scales at the base of the third mid-tarsal mentioned by Edwards (1941) are present in only a few specimens in the type series. They are not shown by the Langata or the Livingstone form. As already noted, pale scales occur in this position as an aberration in a number of species of Ethiopian Stegomyia. Mrs. Van Someren has kindly sent the following note on variation in Kenya Lowland specimens from Ganda, Gede and Kwale at present tentatively attributed to calceatus : “‘ Fore tarsi with first segment wholly or only partly white behind and second segment sometimes white to 4 behind. Mid-tarsi with the amount of black on the first tarsal joint very variable; second segment nearly all white with a dark spot at tip anteriorly ; third segment nearly always dark but may have a small patch of white scales at the base behind. Third hind tarsal segment with the white basal band usually very narrow (Ganda and Gede), but it may extend to + (Kwale). Hind femur with the anterior surface white on the basal 4 then a small black patch followed by a large silvery white patch at 4; rest black (Ganda and Gede) or white on just over the basal 4, rest black (Kwale). Third abdominal tergite with a white band or spot (9).’’ A full discussion of the significance of this variation must await the taxonomic paper in the present series. Aédes soleatus. A description of the larva of this species has recently been supplied by Mrs. E. C. C. Van Someren for inclusion in the new edition of vol. i of Mosquitoes of the Ethiopian Region (Hopkins, 1952). This description was used together with the paedotype and other specimens in the preparation of the key to larvae in the first paper of the present series. Recent collections in Kenya have shown the adult to be somewhat variable, and Mrs. Van Someren has kindly sent the following note on variation in specimens from Gede and Taveta: ‘“‘ Mid-tarsi 1-4 usually pale behind and above (Gede) or first with only a white ring at the base but sometimes also white behind to near tip, second white with variable amount of black in front at tip, third nearly always black but may sometimes be white THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 13 behind basally (Taveta). Third hind tarsal segment with basal white ring to }. Tergite 2 usually and 3 sometimes without white dorsal bands.” Occasional specimens of the Taveta form with the first mid-tarsal segment largely dark behind would run down, on the key to adults included in the first paper of this series, to the apicoargenteus group, to which soleatus seems to be quite closely related. From the members of this group it can be distinguished by the size and shape of the antero- lateral scutal patches and by the less extensive pale patch on the posterior pro- notum. Other characters which may perhaps prove less reliable are the smaller knee-spots, and the fact that the median anterior pale spot on the scutum is composed of narrow scales, In connection with the latter character it should be noted that Marks (1951) has found that it may vary in the scutellaris group with the temperature at which the early stages are reared. One specimen from Taveta kindly sent by Dr. Lumsden has the basal pale patch on the sixth abdominal tergite little more than half the depth of the segment. Such a specimen, if it possessed the normal type of first tarsal segment, would run down to heischi. If with a first tarsal which was largely dark behind, it would run down to couplet 30, but could not be taken beyond this owing to the combination of pale-ringed fifth hind tarsal segment and pale spot on the anterior surface of the mid-femur. Confusion between atypical specimens of soleatus and heischi seems to be the biggest danger and there is, in fact, some reason to suppose that it may have occurred in the past. The distal expansion of the basal ventral stripe on the hind tibia is perhaps the best single diagnostic character from heischit. In the material at present available the larva of soleatus can be separated from that of apicoargenteus by having the antennal seta at less than 0-7 x the distance from base to apex. Aédes apicoargenteus ssp. denderensis. This form is of particular interest because it occupies an intermediate position both morphologically and geographically between the apicoargenteus and calceatus groups. It differs from all other forms in both groups, except calceatus, in having the larval siphon entirely dark. The adult shows no constant difference from those of the type form occurring in Uganda and the central Kavirondo district of Kenya, but differs from West African speci- mens, other than those from the Cameroons, in having smaller anterolateral scutal patches and in the more frequent occurrence of pale scales on the lateral lobes of the scutellum. The third hind tarsal is more narrowly banded than is usual in other regions, except the Cameroons, and in one specimen the fifth hind tarsal is almost entirely dark, a feature also known elsewhere at present only from the Cameroons. It is clear that the distinctive features of denderensis which have so far been noted, other than the pigmentation of the larval siphon, are merely those of a highland form. The hind femur is pale behind on about the basal 2° and is more extensively pale than in any other form so far examined. Van Someren (1946), however, has recorded specimens from both Kenya and Uganda in which it is pale on up to a half. Despite the suggestion of Wolfs (1949) to the contrary, the condition of the male terminalia falls within the range of variation exhibited by the type form. The character of the larval siphon is considered to be an important one and, as it appears to be geographically representative, there is felt to be some justification for naming this form as a sub-species. 14 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION Aédes schwetzi. A description of the larva of this species has recently been published in the second edition of vol. 1 of Mosquitoes of the Ethiopian Region, to which it was contributed by Mr. G. G. Robinson. It closely resembles those of other members of the group, but is separable from calceatus and denderensis by having the distal part of the siphon markedly paler than the remainder. The range of variation in the position of the antennal seta overlaps that encountered in apicoargenteus on the one hand and soleatus and langata on the other, since in some larvae it is at more and in others at less than 0-7 x the distance from base to apex. Only a partial separation is therefore possible. From adults of apico- argenteus it is easily separated by the broad and conspicuous border of pale scales round the pre-scutellar space, but as already noted under apicoargenteus (Mattingly, 1952) the characters of the male terminalia given by Edwards (1941) are not really distinctive unless it be that the ninth tergite of schwetzi is a little more deeply excavated. As far as is known the lateral lobes of the scutellum are always entirely white scaled, and this should make separation from the majority of apicoargenteus easy. Aédes deboerit. This appears to be a member of the dendrophilus group. It shows resemblances to dendrophilus on the one hand and to bambusae on the other. The relationship to bambusae is discussed below under that species. The larva shows no constant difference from that of dendrophilus but, whereas no larvae of the latter so far seen have more than one detached pecten tooth beyond the siphonal tuft, deboert larvae often have two or three. In deboeri larvae the siphonal tuft is normally bifid, rarely single, whereas Kenya and Uganda dendrophilus normally have it single. Nigerian and Gold Coast larvae of dendrophilus, however, often have it bifid. Adults of deboeri can be separated from those of dendrophilus by the narrower anterolateral pale scutal patches and by having the second mid-tarsal segment pale above on less than half, usually much less, as well as by the largely dark fifth hind tarsal. Aédes bambusae and ‘“‘ssp. kenyae.’”’ Type form bambusae can be recognized from deboert by the fact that the anterior horn of the anterolateral pale scutal patches is continued round the anterior edge of the scutum nearly to the median anterior pale spot and by the great reduction of the knee-spots on the hind femora, which are represented at most by one or two pale scales. The yellow colouring of the pale scutal markings is not absolutely distinctive, as Kenya deboerit often have these markings pale yellow, and in the single female from Marangu tentatively attributed to this species they are deep yellow. Ssp. kenyae is intermediate between the two forms. Its pale scutal markings vary from deep yellow to whitish and it is thought that the colour may be influenced by climatic factors, though insufficient evidence is as yet available to establish this. It has well-developed knee-spots on both mid and hind femora and in this respect resembles deboert. Taking into account this fact, its distribution and the known variation in both forms, it seems more reasonable to regard it as a subspecies of deboert than of bambusae. More detailed evidence with regard to distribution is, however, much to be desired. From deboert (and from bambusae) ssp. kenyae is readily distinguishable in the larval stage by having the pecten spines arranged in discontinuous groups with 1-5 spines THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 15 in each. Adult differences from deboeri are less satisfactory, but all specimens at present available are distinguished by the fact that the second mid-tarsal is pale above almost to the tip, at least along the mid-line. Aédes angustus. As already indicated, the larva figured for demezlloni by Hopkins _ (1936, fig. 61c) is in fact that of the present species. Dr. Haddow has collected further larvae from the Chuya Forest which almost certainly belong to angustus. Unfortunately, however, the only specimen from the original series which is now available for examination is a single incomplete pelt. The Chuya Forest larvae are separable from those of all other Ethiopian mainland Stegomyia, except wnilineatus, the South-west African larvae attributed to pseudonigeria and, in some cases, amaltheus by the fact that the setae composing the ventral brush are single. In addition to the differences from unilineatus given in the key (Mat- tingly, 1952), they can be recognized from all larvae of unilineatus at present available by the absence of stellate setae from the thorax. This character is, however, so variable among the Ethiopian Stegomyia that it has to be employed with very great caution. Aédes ruwenzort. The breeding-places of this species are still undiscovered, but Gillett (19515) has obtained eggs by means of a similar technique to that employed for africanus (Gillet et al., 1950). Larvae were obtained from these eggs, and Mr. Gillett kindly allowed me the use of his MS. in preparing the following brief account: Head seta A with 5-8 branches. Thorax with stellate setae. Comb and pecten spines much as in bambusae. Sub-ventral tuft of siphon with 2-4 branches, usually bifid. Saddle hair with 3-7 branches. Upper caudal seta with 2-5 branches, lower trifid. Setae of ventral brush with 2-4 branches. In the key to larvae (Mattingly, 1952) this species would run down with bambusae, deboert and dendro- philus. Gillett notes that it can be recognized from bambusae by the presence of stellate setae on the thorax. The unreliability of this character has, however, been noted above, and a better character would perhaps be the large number of branches in head seta A. All larvae of bambusae so far examined have this seta double, and those of deboert and dendrophilus have it double or at most, in rare cases, triple. Partial differential characters are afforded by the numbers of branches in the sub- ventral tuft of the siphon and in the saddle hair and caudal setae. From angustus the larva should be easily distinguished by the branched setae of the ventral brush as well as by the comb and pecten spines, which are very similar to those of bambusae. The structure of the comb and pecten spines makes separation from africanus both easy and certain and this is an advantage, since damaged adults from high altitudes, such as that from Dendezi (Mattingly, 1952),:may be difficult to assign. Aédes mascarensis. That this species is closely related to aegypti is shown by the fact that their male terminalia are virtually identical while their larvae can only be separated with difficulty. Despite this fact Edwards (1932) placed aegypti in his group A and mascarensts in his group B. In doing so he appears to have been influenced by the fact that the mesonotal pattern of mascarensis is at first sight strikingly different from that shown by other members of group A. In the present author’s opinion mascarensts should be transferred to group A together with chemuI- poensis (see above). This would render both groups more or less homogeneous 16 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION with respect to their male terminalia. Nor are the mesonotal markings of mascarensis nearly so aberrant with respect to the rest of the group as the description given by Edwards (1941) would suggest. It is true that the scales over much of the scutum (at least on the anterior half) are silvery white, but this condition is approached by pale specimens of “ aegypti var. queenslandensis.’’ What Edwards failed to point out is that even in mascarensis the typical anterolateral patches, postero- lateral lines and supra-alar patches of group A are clearly indicated by local aggre- gations of broader scales. It is true that the median anterior spot and the median longitudinal pale lines are indistinguishable, but these are normally composed of narrow scales in aegypti and in pale specimens of queenslandensis they may be very inconspicuous, while in the so-called ‘“‘ var. mosquito Robineau-Desvoidy’’ the median lines are absent. TE. GINS bee oe ‘ (5) THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 27 List OF LOCALITIES (cont.). Locality. Dukuduku Forest, Zululand Elburgon, Kenya. Elgeyo Escarpment, Kenya Emseleni, Zululand ‘ Equator, Kenya Flat I., Mauritius ’ Fontainbleau, Transvaal. See Johannesburg. Gabriel I., Mauritius Ganda, Kenya . ; Gingindhlovu, Zululand , Groot Rivier Mouth, Cape Prov. Hole-in-the-Wall, Cape Prov. Tle Shashu, Belgian Congo . Impetyeni Forest, Natal Ishongwe, Zululand . Johannesburg, Transvaal . Kabingo, Uganda Kakuka, Uganda Kaloleni, Kenya Kanaba, Uganda é Kanovlei, S.W. Africa Kasama, N. Rhodesia Kausi and Biega Mts., ee Congo . : : Keimouth, Cape Province ; Kerugoya, Kenya . : Keyberg, Belgian Congo. See Elisabethville. Kibati, Belgian Congo Kipushi, Belgian Congo Kizimba, Uganda Kologha Forest, Cape Prov. Kwale, Kenya . ‘ Long I., Seychelles : : Lubilash Valley, Belgian Congo . Lubumbashi R., Belgian ia ; Lugezi, Uganda Magoebaskloof, Transvaal . Mahé I., Seychelles Maiwale, Nyasaland . Majunga, Madagascar Marangu, Tanganyika Mau, Kenya é Mazeppa Bay, Cape Prov. , Melville, Natal . Mt. Mgahinga, Uganda Mkanduli, Cape Province . Mlanje, Nyasaland Moka, Mauritius Mombo, Tanganyika . Altitude <500 7,900 8,000 <500 9,000 <500 <500 <500 <500 <500 <500 4,800 (4,500) (500) 5,900 6,500 7,000 <500 (7,500) (4,000) 4,400 6,500 <500 (5,000) 6,500 (4,000) (6,000) (4-5,000) (500) <500 (2,500) (4,000) 7,500 3,500 (o—3,000) 3,200 <500 4,600 8,300 <500 500 (49,000) (2,000) 4,100 1,100 1,400 Latitude 28. (o. .oo N. (27. oo. (19. I 24S. 18 S.) 25 S.) 00 52 S.) -53 S.) -13 S.) ,Or:S;) 58 S.) (07 3: .02 S.) .40 S.) 225. SLES, .12 N. .35 N. .05 S. 25; -96s4o R : 35 Njombe, Tanganyika : ‘ 6,000. 9.20 S. »* 34046 EB : 40 Okokarara, S.W. Africa. : (4,500) . 20.35S. « SS Ee. : (20) Otjiwarongo, S.W. Africa . : 4,000 *« ($0.97 S.J... TI6;3g HA (15) Pamplemousses, Mauritius ; <§00:° «°° (20.00S.). ..9{37.95 BY. (50) Panda, Belgian Congo = Jadot- ville. Porte Victoria, Seychelles . ; <500°° . 4.30 S. i> Fegiae ee ™-%y 85 Praslin I., Seychelles ‘ . (0-1,300) . (4.19 S.) . (55-43 E.) . (90-120) Reduit, Mauritius. oe i (1,000) ..'* (20.12 S.) . .. Keyngaa (60) Richards Bay, Zululand . : <500 . 28.385. . 92.048; ‘ 45 Rietfontein, Transvaal ; ; 5.400 . 26.09 S. | eae et, (30) Rolle Siding, Transvaal . ‘ 1,600. .)\(24.40'8:),. . « ROTA (20) Ruwe, Belgian Congo ; ‘ (4,000) . 10.418. +, £4.35 Es ‘ 45 Mt. Sabinio, Uganda ° . (4-12,000) . 1.25 S. > 2Osga By S (60) St. Denis, Réunion . : ‘ <506° |.) "20, 55°90, : 55.305. ? >100 St. Lucia, Zululand . : : . “rag Bs (35) Ste. Rose, Réunion . . ‘ 100 Sandoa, Belgian Congo. , 2,900. 9.39 S. | 2 eat. ‘ (50) Shimba Hills, Kenya ; : I,00o0Clir 4-13 S. - 39.26E. ‘ (45) Silhouette I., Seychelles. . (0-2,500) . (4.28S.) . (55-14 E.). . (90-140) Stanger Beach, Natal ‘ ‘ 25 ) 7 Land over 30 30° Bd 5900’. | = red under vd I CANS. ke Alaa 20¥ Roan. O pseudonigeria mes 8 i 35s ion Rain. ¥ T v , ul PE, 10 1S 20 2s 30 35 Fic. 3.—Distribution of Aédes pseudonigeria. Southern Rhodesia at present rests on only one female specimen this hypothesis is highly conjectural. Chapin’s South-east Veld District contains at least two very distinct faunal areas, the high veld of the Transvaal and Southern Rhodesia and the humid coastal THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 37 belt of Zululand, Natal and Pondoland. Both have characteristic species showing interesting affinities with the fauna of the East African Highlands. A large part of the area (Orange Free State, Basutoland and most of Eastern Cape Province) is still unknown as far as its Stegomyia fauna is concerned. Information concerning the extreme southern limits of such a species as contiguus would be very valuable in assessing the climatic limits of the sub-genus as a whole—an important matter in any speculation regarding its past history. 2 30 35 ‘ i —_ Foeet —__ y LTT a ERED ey he SRDS + —_— ST ‘ ‘ete ~——™ ys come | | ——————) WANS —— % <4 v Fm FF AY DOXAAL ———— *2, " EES OXKAY > }-—— % YOOW > —Y 6 OY / K——— x ~—— o pea ——\f y Sw 8 —— (54 ‘e, ——$——<{<__.“-} PIS Re ny oe ay ‘ = iff g (Rae 7 LOAD “ 4 QO area Aa =e, ., BOO Seat KY TL - SSE A * SOKA ASK) ) (x Re wa: e NOOR BOOS OS) =~] EM, } AA BOOS OK790 , ROAR , SS > ° 3 ; Re : : eee S59 a ‘é ‘f 4, ORR | Y URES Ww O50 OO OSG oan OOOO OI VY), — “ee BODO ae ry ¢ ~—— RE EE Rand. ove 5 OY PARE SROD 4 ‘00 ’ LYK OQOONG | ERP we a//f rend under’ 2 o% * = QT! ~~ OIG Beaitnct tae] Areas with SOOO Q SOO QVSAD — a“ BOOS Qe a> occa less than 20 AH KA; 'e ROO A= Aveagwith | OO a more than 40 muitr @ amaitheus. PEM. @ 3 t i 25 30 35 Fic. 4.—Putative distribution of Aédes amaltheus. Aédes contiguus is the characteristic species of the High Veld and it is known from nowhere else, but Aédes langata, which appears to be closely related to it and which overlaps with it in Southern Rhodesia, was first described from the East African Highlands (Fig. 5). In so far as confirmed records are concerned both would appear to be highland species with altitudinal limits between 4,000 and 6,000 ft., but unconfirmed records suggest that /angata at least may occur rather lower, and 3,500 ft. is perhaps nearer the limit for this species. There are also unconfirmed records of contiguus from lower altitudes in the Transvaal, and further information is needed before any very critical estimate can be made. It is, however, notable 38 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION that in general the 3,500 ft. contour appears to approximate to the ‘‘ boundary ” between the East African Highland and East African Lowland faunas. Any attempt to calculate empirical rainfall limits is also rather hazardous, but it is a -O ~ 19 20 @ langata oe contiquus REM, 30 4o So Fic. 5.—Putative distribution of Aédes langata and Aédes contiguus. Only the unshaded areas are within the rainfall and altitudinal limits so far recorded. striking fact that neither species has been found anywhere with less than 20 in. or more than 40 in. of rain (cp. amaltheus, above, and deboert, Fig. 6). Applying these as putative limits together with the altitudinal limits deduced above an interesting discontinuous distribution is obtained embracing the Abyssinian and THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 39 East African Highlands and the High Veld. This distribution seems a reasonable one in the light of negative records and of the known distribution of other species of mosquitoes, and suggests the interesting possibility that these species may have an upper rainfall limit, though why this should be so is not at all clear. The relation between the faunas of the Abyssinian and Kenya Highlands is a particularly interesting one, and it has therefore been thought desirable to include a map showing rainfall in relation to altitude in this region (Fig. 6). This map is based, wherever possible, on selected rainfall figures from the summaries published by the East African Meteorological Service. Few or no records are, however, at present available from the more northerly part of the area, and here use has been made of the isohyets provided by the Rainfall Map of East Africa (E.A.F. No. 1518). The gap between north-eastern Uganda and the area of suitable rainfall in southern Abyssinia seems probably to be purely an altitudinal one and, if based on the 3,000-ft. contour, would be somewhat less extensive than it appears in Fig. 6, where for convenience the 3,500-ft contour, is used. Nevertheless it seems likely to be a more permanent one than the gap between the Guinean Savanna Province and the wetter parts of Abyssinia, which is purely a rainfall one (Fig. 14). Under exist- ing rainfall conditions it seems that the topotypical population of Jangata is isolated from areas of suitable rainfall and altitude in more northerly parts of Kenya, and the absence of records from further north than Nairobi is perhaps not entirely fortuit- ous. It seems likely that this species achieves its most extensive distribution in Tanganyika. Aédes powert apparently requires a rainfall of at least 40 in. (38-3 in. in the case of the Kologha Forest, fide Muspratt, but all rainfall figures in the present paper, as in its predecessor, are expressed to the nearest 5 in.). It occurs, therefore, as far as is known, in the wetter parts of South Africa from Natal to the Eastern Cape Province, as do such species as demeilloni and strelitziae. It appears to require very well distributed rainfall (2 months with less than I in. in the case of the Kologha Forest and no months in the case of the Blaaukrans Forest (Groot Rivier)). Inten- sive collecting by Mr. Muspratt has failed to reveal it in the coastal lowlands of Natal or in certain upland forests, and it is still not known in what part of Natal the type specimen was taken. It seems reasonable to suppose, however, that in this part of its range it is a highland species, and that it may be regarded on the basis of distribution as well as of morphology as the third and southernmost link in the chain langata-continguus (cp. Figs. 5 and 8). It seems not at all unlikely that this species and contiguus may overlap in some parts of their range, as do contiguus and langata farther north. Aédes subargenteus, which occurs widely in the coastal parts of Zululand, Natal and Pondoland, is represented by a closely related species or subspecies (kivuensis) in the Kivu Highlands (Fig. 7). It also occurs in the lower parts of Chapin’s East African Highland District at the southern end of Lake Nyasa and at Taveta. So far as is known the type form does not occur above about 3,000 ft. To judge from its distribution in South Africa it might be expected to require a rainfall of the order of 40 in. or more. Its occurrence at Taveta would not be inconsistent with . this, since, as shown in the appendix to the previous paper (Mattingly, 1952), this 40 THE SUB-GENUS: STEGOMYIJIA. IN ‘THE: ETHIOPIAN REGION place has a higher effective rainfall than the annual total of 26 in. would suggest. Without local information it is impossible to explain the Fort Johnston records in » ts WS 4T| y J———— 2 7] © Pople, == 4S => be So ———— i, 5 i= W Bg 030 (8% CS proto * 5 ex E = | 1 ca NI ; t r) ®& ao’ ..2 WAR 0 BS 0 0% A, ty Se "CE m YN! Be ‘ rye = hand rOR asf ms 65008. —_ <= _ YY, ° © 1k . o/s ere SS Ss ene 60 | = Spit ey 2 %e 30 Areas, with a 65 sag # 320 4O" Rain. —_—— YS) [*) Or 038 na) ual Area with as NY oe ioe ate, £0 0 038 | \ t QU wolhy oe PE o tengata al 34 36 38 Wo Fic. 6.—Details of rainfall and altitude in the Abyssinian and East African Highlands. similar terms, but it seems possible that here too some unusual local factors may operate. Regarding kivuensis it seems probable that it is confined to some of the THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 41 Mfumbiro vulcanoes and perhaps to parts of Ruanda-Urundi. It is interesting to note that Edwards and Gibbins failed to find it on Mgahinga or Sabinio. Somewhat resembling swbargenteus, though perhaps more nearly allied to simpsont to ae 39 440 @ subargenteus O Woodt 0 - Be Rivuensts ——f x 0 =| hand over 3500’ ae WhA, Areas with 20" vain eco or less. — f tS (04 “ 10 = g < a r) | a ] 20- P20 ON ° x bo a 30° &g > 30 PEM. 10 20 30 eo 50 Fic. 7.—Distribution of Aédes subargenteus, kivuensis and wood. and strelitziae, is Aédes woodi, which is known only from three very scattered localities in the South-eastern Veld, East African Lowland and East African High- land Districts respectively. It is curious that this species does not extend as far south as the coastal belt of Natal where other members of the group are so abundant, 42 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION but so little is known about it that speculation on this point would be useless. Of the other species known from the South-eastern Veld District calceatus and soleatus are discussed below in connection with the East African Lowland District. oO rS a r30 Land over 600 Ft. : . PEM E 3° 60 qo Fic. 11.—Distribution of pale forms of Aédes aegypti and of Aédes mascarensis and vinsoni in the Ethiopian Region. Inset: Map of Mauritius. in the British Museum comes from Dar-es-Salaam), but even from those in which the rainfall figure approaches or exceeds the three-figure mark (Bonny, Degema, Old Calabar, Porte Victoria, Principe Island). Here the explanation seems almost certain to be casual introduction from drier areas, and it seems reasonable to assume that this is by nature a drought-adapted form from the Red Sea littoral which has been introduced into coastal localities, often with high rainfall, where it is capable of surviving without immediate reversion to the “ typical’’ colour. If this explanation is correct than it would seem that we have to deal with a com- paratively well defined and stable genetical entity rather than with a number of local aberrations of independent origin. It is not within the province of the present paper to discuss the distribution of aegypti in non-Ethiopian Africa (for 48 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION which see Kumm, 19310, Callot, 1938, and Senevet, 1939), but it. may be noted that the reference to colouring made by Linnaeus (1762) in his type description suggests that this was based on a pale form. Such forms certainly occur in Egypt, and the British Museum has a series from Alexandria. Mr. Lewis states (in lit.) that pale forms occurring inland in semi-desert areas in the extreme north of the Sudan appear rather different from the coastal forms discussed above. On distri- 2° ° 29 4o 60 — 80 190 120 iO 160 ¥, ZZ] Mediterranean Re Fuge. 60-4 BY Armenio-fersian Re Fuge. Leo WB Central Asian Refuges. 8 vittatus ES East Astan- Pact Fic Refuge. } bad ‘ a ’ 40- ys e <8 7 Ff p bad) ‘ S£- Ghemul poensis : oe Ph AGE. iat Oo.” PAM. a torte __2 3042 eto ogo Og We ? x Distvibutional (? | 3 area of Group C. } ‘ \) bho. ipt scutoscrip us@) fo. Vy hakanssoni ZD +20 ‘60 190 160 tho 120 Fic. 12.—a. Distribution of certain Stegomyia spp. in relation to Reinig’s Glacial Wooded Refuges. 0. Distribution of Aédes granti and allied species in relation to that of Group C as a whole. (Since this figure was prepared Aédes vittatus has been found in Sardinia). butional grounds it would not be at all unreasonable to suppose that the Mediter- ranean and Red Sea populations are distinct. Details of the distribution of pale forms of aegypti in the Ethiopian Region are given in Appendix III. Returning to the position in Mauritius, it may be noted that if the conditions observed by MacGregor still prevail, then mascarensis and vinsoni may well be largely isolated from aegypti either by rainfall or by temperature barriers, since there are no records of either species, susceptible of confirmation, from below about 1,000 ft. A local survey of the relative distribution of the three forms would be of considerable interest. THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 49 Concerning Aédes granti little can be said, since it is known only from a single locality. The mesonotal coloration recalls a moderately pale Aédes aegypti, although on structural characters it appears to be quite unrelated. The abdomen does not show any pale speckling. The distribution of this species in relation to that of its supposed nearest relatives has been discussed above under “ Taxonomy.’ Its distribution in relation to that of Group C as a whole is shown in Fig. 12. The failure of Aédes albopictus ever to be taken on the mainland of Africa is one of the mysteries of African zoogeography. It is true that over most of its range this species is associated with very heavy rainfall, but in parts of India and in China north of the Yangtse it must encounter rainfalls at least as low as those of most of the East African coast (e.g., Delhi with 30 in. and 6 dry months) while in 29 4o 60 go ed 120 eo 160 1g0 ‘60 Ho * z ; : Lie ee = 4 a oS e - g x 20 Pe Ay p20 @ 9 / reas wil is : Ws Hs Mek TB posit snot | . o AG. albopictus. a © Doubtful record. [*° fF Temporary Introduction. &S PEM. 1 T oe T T tT aE T T T +O 20 +o 60 80 (90 (29 wo (eo (80 160 to Fic. 13.—Recorded distribution of Aédes albopictus. Mauritius it would seem to occur in coastal localities with less than 40 in. of rain. Under these circumstances it might reasonably be expected at least from Zanzibar, Pemba and Mafia Islands, which have more than 70 in. rain. In fact, however, it seems never to have become established further west than the Seychelles and Madagascar (Fig. 13). The only explanation which can be offered in terms of rainfall is that in the Seychelles and western Madagascar the period of heavy rain is from November to March, whereas in the islands mentioned it is from March to May. Such considerations do not, however, suffice to explain its absence from the wetter parts of the Mozambique coast. It would be interesting to know whether it occurs in the Comoro Islands, and MacGregor’s statement that it does not appear to occur on Rodriguez seems to merit investigation. From rainfall considerations the most likely areas for further spread are clearly Zanzibar and its adjacent islands and the small area northwards from Tanga, which has the highest rainfall (about 55 in.) along the whole east coast. ENTOM. III, I. 4 50 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION SUMMARY The distribution of those species of Stegomyia found in the West African Sub- region has been discussed in a previous paper (Mattingly, 1952), The present paper deals with those species which have not so far been found in the West African Sub-region and are believed to be confined to the East and South African Sub- region. As in the first paper, zoogeography is discussed mainly in relation to rain- fall and altitude. It is hoped that it may be possible to discuss other factors, notably temperature and vegetation, in later papers, The present paper, although it deals with many more species, is shorter than its predecessor because less is known about the Stegomyia fauna of the East and South African Sub-region than about that of the West African Sub-region. This applies to all aspects of mosquito studies. Studies on taxonomy and relationships are hampered by the fact that males and early stages of a number of species are still unknown, and by the lack of representative series from more than a very few parts of the range, Very large areas in the sub-region have still not been visited by collectors, and certain of these, notably in Tanganyika and Nyasaland, are so situated geographically as to prevent a proper co-ordination of the knowledge so far gained. There appears to be an insufficient awareness on the part of collectors that the eggs of this group are readily obtained by scraping out dry tree-holes and can be easily hatched in the laboratory. They form, in fact, ideal collector’s material, since they are almost entirely immune from damage during transport. No large-scale studies on ecology and ethology comparable to those made in Uganda and to a less extent in British West Africa have been carried out anywhere in the sub-region. The very much greater altitudinal diversity of the East and South African Sub-region appears to have led to more extensive speciation than in the West African Sub-region, and here the task of the taxonomist is rendered an especially difficult one, since there is at present insufficient evidence to show how far the variation due to altitudinal factors is at present discontinuous. All the known montane and island Stegomyia are at present confined to the East and South African Sub-region, which is therefore of major importance for the study of relationships and the reconstruction of the past history of the group. Certain facts bearing on the relationship between the Ethiopian Stegomyia fauna and that of the Palearctic Region are discussed, and it is shown that Group A, which is at the present time entirely Ethiopian (with the exception of Aédes aegypti), must at one time have extended into eastern Asia. This subject will be treated more fully in a later paper, in which an attempt will be made to relate the taxonomy of the Ethiopian Stegomyia to that of the sub-genus as a whole. The present paper includes a description of a new species from Mauritius even more closely resembling a pale form of Aédes aegypti than does mascarensis, Reasons are given for transferring mascarensis from group B and placing it with the new species in Group A. At the same time an appendix has been added containing details of the distribution of pale forms of aegypti in the Ethiopian Region, Other appendices are devoted to further notes on species discussed in the first paper and THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 51 to the rainfall of the very interesting region lying between Abyssinia and the Guinean Savanna Province, which was also discussed in that paper. Other points of interest are the occurrence in the Rhodesias of a recently dis- covered species (Aédes amaltheus) which is annectent between Groups A and C, the description, here published for the first time, of a larva from South West Africa believed to be that of Aédes pseudonigeria, the discovery of Aédes langata (hitherto known only from Kenya) in Southern Rhodesia, the discovery of Aédes subargenteus (previously known only from Zululand, Natal and Pondoland and, as a supposed subspecies, from the Kivu region) in the neighbourhood of Kilimanjaro, the dis- covery of a highland member of the calceatus group probably a new species or sub- species, near Nairobi, the discovery, on Kilimanjaro, of a curious yellow form of deboert which may eventually throw some light on the interesting problem of the relationship of this species to “‘ bambusae ssp. kenyae”’ and the discovery, for the first time outside the Lagos area, of Aédes pseudoafricanus at Banana near the mouth of the Congo. The male of Aédes woodi and the adults and larva of a new subspecies of Aédes dendrophilus are described for the first time. The very recent discovery of Aédes keniensis at Njombe in the Livingstone Mountains lends support to the opinion, already formed from its resemblance to massey1, that it represents a Rhodesian element in the East African Highland fauna. An unassociated larva is described which is believed to be that of masseyi1. Despite the relative paucity of records it seems reasonably clear that for the purposes of the present group the East African Highland, Rhodesian Highland and East African Lowland Districts may be closely defined by altitudinal boundaries of the order of 3,500 ft. The East’ African Montane District seems to be similarly definable by a boundary in the neighbourhood of 6,000 to 6,500 ft., but it is to be noted that these altitudinal boundaries appear frequently to be associated with significant rainfall limits. Short notes on taxonomy and bionomics in relation to distribution are included. Topographical details and references to literature are confined to those which were not included in the first paper. APPENDIX I FURTHER NOTES ON SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE WEST AFRICAN SUB-REGION Since the publication of the first paper in this series a number of further distribu- tion records have been obtained for species occurring in the West African Sub-region. These are listed below. The abbreviations used are as follows: B.M., British Museum (Natural History) ; K.I., Koninglijk Instituut voor den Tropen, Amster- dam; Terv., Musée du Congo Belge, Tervuren. Aédes apicoargenteus Fr. CAMEROONS. Oyom-Abang (near Yaoundé), Evodoula (B.M.). Fr. Egua- TORIAL AFRICA. Brazzaville (Grjebine, 1950). BELGIAN ConGo. Kapanga, Matadi, Mwene-Ditu, Rutshuru (Terv.), Popokabaka (B.M.). UGAanpa. Kasunganyanja, Namalu (Haddow, in litt.), Ntotoro East, Tokwe (Lumsden, 1951), Ntaya Swamp 52 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION (Smithburn & Haddow, 1951), Nyagak Forest (Lumsden & Buxton, 1951). KENya. Kodera (Garnham & McMahon, 1947). Aédes fraseri FERNANDO Po. Boloko, Botonos, San Carlos, Santa Isabel (Gil Collado, 1936). UcanDA. Ntotoro East (Lumsden, 1951). Aédes dendrophilus BELGIAN CoNGO. Kimilolo River (Terv.), Kisanga River (Mattingly & Lips, in press), Elisabethville (Muspratt, im litt.). UGANDA. Ntotoro West (Lumsden, 1951). KeENyA. Kwale (B.M.). N. RHopeEsiIA. Serenje (B.M.). NATAL. Scott- burgh (B.M.). Aédes africanus DaHoMEy. Ouidah (Huttel, 1950). FR. CAMEROONS. Oyom-Abang (near Yaoundé), Evodoula (B.M.). BELGIAN ConGo. Banzyville, Eala, Gombi-Masaka- Kibanzi, Kabila, Kabukulu, Kakulubu, Kambundi, Kianga, Kibulu, Kimilolo River, Kinkosi, Kisantu, Kitutu, La Kafubu, Leopoldville, Mangembo, Mubanga, Mulassu-Tugi, Mwela, Popokabaka, Tukisi, Zundu (Terv.), Kasapa River, Kiniama, Kisanga River (Keyberg), Lofoi River (Kundelungu Plateau), Luano (B.M.). RuaANDA-URUNDI. Usumbura (Terv.). UGANDA. Kaabong, Kasunganyanja, Lab- wor (Haddow, in litt.), Lunyo (Gillett e¢ al., 1950), Ntotoro East, Ntotoro West, Tokwe (Lumsden, 1951), Ntaya Swamp (Smithburn & Haddow, 1951), Nyagak Forest (Lumsden & Buxton, 1951). ABYSSINIA. Jimma (Giaquinto-Mira, 1950). KENYA. Kodera (Garnham & McMahon, 1947), Cheborget, Mambwa (E.C.C. Van Someren, in litt.); TANGANYIKA. Ukara I. (B.M.). N. Ruopestia. Serenje (B.M.). Aédes pseudoafricanus BELGIAN ConGo. Banana (as africanus Wanson, 1935). Aédes simpsoni FERNANDO Po. Biapa, Musola, Rebola (Gil Collado, 1936). BELGIAN ConGo. Bili (De Meillon & Lavoipierre, 1944), Albertville, Inongo, Kazungeshi, Kibati, Kimilolo River, Komi, unnamed locality between Libenge and Lisala, Ngbandi, Thysville (Terv.), Kinanyira (Uvira area) (B.M.). RuANDA-URUNDI. Usumbura (Terv.). UGANDA. Kaabong, Kasunganyanja (Haddow, im litt.), Ntotoro East, Ntotoro West, Tokwe (Lumsden, 1951), Koich-Kenya River Junction (Lumsden & Buxton, 1951), Bageza (near Mubende), Bugazi (on Kome Island), Bunono, Buwaya, Kitubulu, Seguku (all near Entebbe), Hakitengya (Gillett, 1951a). ABys- SINIA. Jimma (Giaquinto-Mira, 1950). TANGANYIKA. Mofu (Gander, 1951). NaTAL. Port Shepstone, St. Winifred’s (B.M.). CAPE Province. Port St. Johns (B.M.), East London, Mazeppa Bay (Muspratt, 7m /itt.). 7 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 53 Aédes luteocephalus BELGIAN ConGo. Banana (Wanson, 1935), Elisabethville (Mattingly & Lips, in press). UGANDA. Namalu (Haddow, in litt.), Mongiro (Lumsden, 1952). Aédes unilineatus ZULULAND. Ishongwe (Muspratt 7 /1it.). Aédes metallicus BELGIAN Conco. Elisabethville (Mattingly & Lips, in press). KENyA. Kodera (Garnham & McMahon, 1947). ZULULAND. Ishongwe (Muspratt in litt.). Aédes vitiatus DaHOMEY. Abomey (Huttel, 1950). FR. EQuaAToRIAL AFRICA. Brazzaville (Grjebine, 1950). BELGIAN Conco. Albertville, Banzyville, La Lufira, Lubum- bashi River, Ngbandi, Sesenge-gadin (Terv.). UGANDA. Kaabong, Kamion (Haddow, im litt.), Ntotoro West (Lumsden, 1951). SUDAN. Between Suakin and Erkowit (as sugens, King, 1908). ARABIA. Jebel Jihaf (B.M.). ABYSSINIA. Moyale (La Face, 1939), Guder (Giaquinto-Mira, 1950). ERITREA. Barentu (Giaquinto-Mira, 1950). It. SOMALILAND. Burhacaba (Zavattari im Tedeschi & Scalas, 1934). S. RHODEsIA. Msonneddi (Edwards, 1940), Domboshawa (K.I.). Aédes aegypti CaPE PrRovINcE. Additional southerly records kindly sent me by Mr. Muspratt are East London and Port Alfred. He notes that this species has not so far been found in Port Elizabeth or further westward. Dr. Mara has informed me in conversation that he cannot accept my suggestion that his record of aegypti from Mt. Bizen indicates a casual introduction. He tells me that it has since been found there repeatedly and appears to be well established. Records from outside the Ethiopian Region additional to those given in the first paper are as follows : Aédes untlineatus - Inp1A and PakisTAN. Karachi (Hicks & Diwan Chand, 1936), Nilgiri Hills (Russell & Mohan, 1942), Kohat (Qutubuddin, zm /it.). Aédes vittatus BaLeEaric Is. Raxa-Caubet (Mallorca) (Canamares, 1951). Corsica. Bucalojo River Gorge, San Nicolao, West Coast near Ajaccio (Aitken, im Jitt.). SARDINIA, Cantoniera Ovile Cannas, Picocca River Gorge, Villanovatulo (Aitken, in Uitt.). Inp1A. Hyderabad City (Deccan) (Qutubuddin, 195x), Nedumangad, Kalkulam (Iyengar 1938). 54 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION The discovery of specimens of dendrophilus in the Tervuren Museum, where they had been placed under Aédes fraseri, is of interest as this species has only very recently been recorded for the first time from the Katanga (Mattingly, 1952). The specimens, unlike that on which the previous record was based, are in good condition and seem typical, although males and early stages are still required for final confirmation. In the appendix to my first paper it was suggested that the occurrence of this species so far outside its known rainfall limits might be due to the presence of gallery forest, but Monsieur Lips informs me that this forest and others from which Aédes africanus is recorded above are of a special type known locally as Muhulu, which is denser and more humid than ordinary gallery forest and is associated mainly with the sources and head-waters of streams. There is no doubt that it is an important distinction, and the resemblance to the type of forest in which Aédes africanus was found at Taveta is striking (see appendix to first paper). Synecological observations of this kind are felt to be of great value, and it is considered that they may well have an important part to play in the further development of mosquito research. Mr. Muspratt’s record from Elisabethville is based on a unique female in the S.A.I.M.R. collection. The records of dendro- philus and africanus from Serenje are each based on a unique female specimen. The rainfall here appears to have an even less equable seasonal distribution than at Elisabethville since there are, on an average, 7 months with less than 1 in. of rain. Serenje is, however, situated on a high plateau, and it seems possible that forest of the Muhulu type may occur there. The record of dendrophilus from Kwale is associated with one of the isolated areas shown in Fig. 9 of the previous paper as having a type of rainfall suited to this species. It may well represent a distinct subspecies. The taxonomic status of this and other isolated populations will be discussed in a later paper in the series. As noted in the previous paper, the record of africanus from Ukara Island was based on a single larva. It has now been possible to confirm it from a series of ten female adults. The record of untlineatus from Karachi is of special interest since it is associated with detailed rainfall data. It is based on a mosquito survey, which may be taken for practical purposes to have lasted from the beginning of May to the end of October, 1935. Rainfall during this period was as follows: May o-o, June 0-0, July 1-04 in., August 0°30 in., September 0-15 in., October 0-02 in. During the period in question adults were found during August only. No larvae appear to have been found. The mean annual rainfall over the previous six years was 10-2 in., with a mini- mum of 0°69 in. in 1931 and a maximum of 20°82 in. in 1933. 7°17 in. fell in 1934. The number of months with less than 1 in. of rain was 12 in 1931, 8 in 1933 and 10 in 1934. The record of this species from the Nilgiri Hills is interesting as supporting the conclusion already drawn from Barraud’s record from Bombay that this species may occur in India in association with higher rainfalls than any as yet recorded for it in Africa. Mr. D. J. Lewis has kindly told me that in his opinion the altitude given for Erkowit in the first paper is too high and that it is in fact of the order of 3,500 ft. Various altitudes appear in the literature. Hurst & Black give 3,600 ft. and the East and South African Handbook gives 3,800 ft. Certainly a figure of this order would be in better accordance with those recorded THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 55 for this species from elsewhere than the figure of 4,300 ft. which I have quoted (see Mattingly, 1952, pp. 262 and 289). The records of vittatus from the Balearics and from Corsica and Sardinia are of great interest since they fully confirm the locality recorded for the type by Bigot, on which some doubt has been thrown. The record from Guder is interesting because of the high altitude involved (cp. Mara’s negative record from Mt. Bizen). ‘‘ Chell’s Third Camp ”’ quoted in the first paper as an unidentified locality for this species can now be said probably to have been in the Marsabit area (see Edwards, 1941, p. 465). The record from Brazza- ville is interesting in view of the paucity of records from this part of Africa noted in the first paper. The record from Jebel Jihaf is associated with an altitude of circa 7,100 ft. This is in good accord with its distribution elsewhere, in contrast to Patton’s negative record from behind Aden (see Mattingly, 1952, p. 291). The record of pseudoafricanus from Banana is the first from outside the Lagos area. It is based on a long series of specimens in the Congo Museum. This series contained 24 complete males, all of which were dissected and all of which proved to be pseudo- africanus. The scutal markings of these and of the accompanying females agree with those of specimens from the Lagos area and may be regarded as diagnostic (see Chwatt, 1949, and Mattingly, 1952). In the Congo Museum the specimens were placed under africanus, but it seems that this species probably does not occur at Banana, which has a rainfall of only 324 in. with 4 dry months (Vandenplas, 1943). The new records of africanus do not add materially to our knowledge of its distribution except for that from Usumbura, which provides one of the rare cases of its occurrence in an area with less than 40 in. of rain (35 in. but with only 3 dry months according to Vandenplas, 1943), and that from Kaabong, which probably has a similar rainfall, although this is at present uncertain. It may be noted that experimental evidence is now available to show that the eggs of this species can withstand desiccation for at least 74 days (Gillett et al., 1950). The record from Kaabong is of particular interest in relation to the known occurrence of africanus in Abyssinia (see Mattingly, 1952). The record of apicoargenteus from Kapanga is from the locality of that name in the Katanga and not from the one in the Leopoldville area (per fide Basilewsky). It is of interest as representing the highest altitude from which apicoargenteus has been recorded in this part of its range (see Mattingly, 1952). The records of this species from Rutshuru and Usumbura are based on one and two female specimens respectively. Larvae from these localities would be very welcome for comparison with those of denderensis. The relatively low rainfall in combination with very equitable seasonal distribution at Usumbura has been noted in connection with Aédes africanus. Its significance would be easier to assess if more recent detailed figures were available. Gillett’s paper should be consulted for some further notes on the anomalies in the biting behaviour of Aédes simpsoni discussed in the first paper of the present series. (See also Bruce-Chwatt, 1950.) The record of this species from East London extends its known distribution considerably to the southward. The following are details of the localities listed above other than those already tabulated in the first paper. Certain localities in the Belgian Congo could not be placed with accuracy without making local inquiries, and as they affect only species 56 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION having a very wide distribution in this part of Africa it has been considered sufficient to give a rough indication of their whereabouts. Gombi-Masaka-Kibanzi (Coll. Henrard) and Kinkosi and Tukisi (Coll. Fain) have not been traced. There are at least three places by the name of Bili in the Belgian Congo, and De Meillon gives no indication as to which is implied (Coll. Liégeois). Locality Abomey, Dahomey : Albertville, Belgian Congo . Banana, Belgian Congo Banzyville, Belgian Congo . Barentu, Eritrea Biapa, Fernando Po . Bili, Belgian Congo. Not identified (see above). Boloko, Fernando Po . Botonos, Fernando Po Burhacaba, It. Somaliland . Domboshawa, S. Rhodesia . East London, Cape Prov. Evodoula, Fr. Cameroons Guder, Abyssinia Hakitengva, Uganda . Mt. Homa, Belgian Congo Jimma, Abyssinia Kaabong, Uganda F ; : Kabila, Belgian Congo. Bakali- Inzia District. Kabukulu, Belgian Congo. Bakali- Inzia District. Kakulubu, Belgian Congo. Wamba- Bakali District. Kambundi, Belgian Congo . Kamion, Uganda Kapanga, Belgian Congo Kasapa R., Belgian Congo . Kasunganyanja, Uganda Kazungeshi, Belgian Congo . ; Kianga, Belgian Congo. Wamba- Bakali District. Kibulu, Belgian Congo. Kwango Prov. Kimilolo R., Belgian Congo Kiniama, Belgian Congo. : Kitutu, Belgian Congo. Bakali- Inzia District. Kodera, Kenya . Koich-Kenya River Junction, Uganda . ; . Komi, Belgian Congo . Altitude <500 2,500 <500 (1,500) (2,000) (1,000) (1,000) (1,000) (500) (1,700) <500 1,100 (7,000) (3,500) (3,000— 4,500) (5,700) 5,000 (4,000) (4,000) (4,500) (2,500) (1,500) Latitude 7 .08 N. .50S. -59 S. 17 NN. .08 N. .20 N.) .25 N.) -35 N.) -45 N.) 36 S.) sor 'S, .oo N. .0o N.) -43 N.) 15 N. goND) -33 N. .48 S.) -45 N.) .20 3. Ay A .20 N.) -57 S.) -43 S.) 30 S.) £90, 5.7 34 N.) <2Or SS.) Longitude 2 21 37 (17. (34. 22. (27. (30. (27. (27. (28. (34. (31 (23. .04 E, 29. I2. 32 Es .35 E. -45 E.) 13 E. 29%, -45 E.) -40 E.) .05 E.) .08 E.) .58 E. -I0 E, -45 E.) .04 E.) 47 E. .50 E.) .06 E. 20 E.) 15 E.) 30 E. 19 E.) 20 E.) 22 E.) 31 E.) 23 E.) 20 E.) .29 E.) 50 E.) Rainfall (40) 50 30 (70) (15) <100 <100 on Aédes ghicoavgenteus x = O48 se? os — 0 —=— = Forest (Shown only in 060 UR x ae Bor. Pibor—Juba area), S20 50 +950 Sis us 2g i__y 0390 30° 34° 42° 33° 34° Fic. 14.—Rainfall of the south-eastern Sudan and adjacent parts of Abyssinia, Kenya, Uganda and the Belgian Congo. of rainfall figures, two interpretations are still possible (Fig. 15), and the evidence for the existence of such a bridge is therefore still largely that afforded by the distribution of “‘ forest’ patches on the map. It seems clear, however, that such a bridge must in any event have existed in comparatively recent times even if we assume only very small long-term fluctuations in rainfall and that, subject to edaphic factors, it would provide a forested connecting path between the two THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 59 Fic, 15.—Alternative interpretations of the rainfall data illustrated in Fig. 14. Of the two @ seems the more probable on account of the distribution of forest. regions. The rainfall figures provided by Mr. Lewis with the assistance of the Sudan Government Meteorologist represent mean annual rainfalls up to 1950. As they have not previously been published they are given below : Rain Months . F Years Locality Latitude Longitude cas ee eee of (mms.) nearest than x : é verage (5 in.) I in. Akobo TAT. bo. -3Z. 01 ‘ G72 «a 40 4 30 Boma G.10- , 134520 «4 3317 3 55 2 8 Bor. te « ~Ock2 fa 2icaas. .% 860 —g 35 4 30 Gilo ‘ ‘ ; See Katire i SR 2OSS- &, go 2 8 Isoke rs |: ne a, 32” er 6, Y Ga 55 3 6 Kapoeta . A380 <5. - 39635. Tee) ss 30 3 13 Katire MOOG-th a CGS aT ® a6, = 75809 4; 60 3 11 Kongor FO - 6 ts 3.22" 2. -F000 40 5 9 Lafon BOR 140. $8528" 5 916.4 30 5 3 Lerua Oe: ee ee ae 1514 . 60 3 Io Loa S47 a BESS % 2068... 45 4 6 Loelli : (S48) 4 x (5G G5). 603° =. 25 3 6 Nagishot . 4.36. My 194.34 ° & “F017 = 40 3 14 Nimule Soy 4 ~ 939203 - 4. “ESO. 50 2 30 Okaru. O20. “6° 37500. a TREE. 50 4 8 Palataka . MOMs “BRAG 4 EEOR- oy 55 2 7 Pibor Post 6.45 « 33:08 .. 880s. 35 3 30 Torit re) a. Pr ar 988. 40 3 28 Other rainfall figures shown in Fig. 14 are taken from Hurst & Black (1943), and from the summaries of rainfall for the year 1948 (including normals to date) pub- lished by the East African Meteorological Department. 60 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION APPENDIX III DISTRIBUTION OF PALE Forms OF Aédes aegypti IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION NIGERIA. Bonny, Old Calabar (Theobald, 1g11c), Lagos (Summers-Connal, 1926, 1927), Lokoja (Simpson, 1913), Degemma (B.M.). : PrincIPE I. Unnamed locality (B.M.). SuDAN. Port Sudan, Suakin, Tokar (Edwards, 1941), Aqiq, Dongonab, Gebeit, Halaib, Kassala, Mohammed Gul, Sinkat (Lewis, 1945). AraBiA. Aden (Edwards, 1941), Kameran I., Mecca (Lewis, 1945), Amd, Tarim (B.M.). AsByssINIA. Harrar (Giaquinto-Mira, 1950). ERITREA. Archiko, Massawa (Lewis, 1943). Mara (in Jannone eé al., 1946) notes that inland the species is represented by the “‘ typical’ (dark) form whereas in coastal areas this is replaced by the pale form. Br. SOMALILAND. Zeila (Edwards, 1941). G. R.C. Van Someren (1943) records both forms and notes the occurrence of intergrading but does not give details of their respective distributions. KENYA. Mombasa (B.M.). TANGANYIKA. Dar-es-Salaam (Edwards, 1941). ZANZIBAR. Unnamed localities (B.M.). ZULULAND. Ntambanana (B.M.). NataLt. Durban (B.M.). SEYCHELLES. Unnamed localities (Theobald, 1911), Porte Victoria (B.M.). Harper (1947) particularly notes the absence of aegypti from all localities other than Porte Victoria, which he visited. Mauritius. Port Louis (B.M.). ALDABARA. Picard I. (B.M.). Details of localities not already listed are given below : Locality Altitude Latitude - Longitude ——iRainfall Amd, Eastern Aden Prot. . 5 3,100° =. 15.30 N. « “4@8.%0 EB. me we Agiq, Sudan ‘ ‘ * > <500: «) (48.44 Dh Sgt 6 i OP 5 Archiko, Eritrea . ; ; ’ <600 «. (15.9294 »<.(99:25%.) ~. (10) Degema, Nigeria . : ° ‘ <500 . 4.45 N. : 6.48 E. é (90) Dongonab, Sudan : - <500 . 21.06N. . & 037.05 BE, 4 <5 Gebeit, Sudan. ; , ‘ 2,500... _ 138, 97 i. Ee ek ee : 5 Halaib, Sudan. , ; ; 400°. (SRIF Gee 30. 30... : <5 Kameran I., Arabia. ‘ . <5O0 * 6)" FBG a) Fae sS Be (5) Massawa, Eritrea : . : a. ee tS . 89.20 EB. ‘ 5 Mecca, Arabia. é , . Z.OG0 >. ls. ny Shah ae ane BOs Se Dal os (5) Mohammed Gul, Sudan ‘ ; Sinieg® : ZEN"... a ‘4 Wass Sess = ~ es aes Fics. 6, 7.—Trogocvada deletey sp.n. Fig. 6, larva; fig. 7, cocoon. Holotype J, allotype 9 and 8 paratypes: Portuguese East Africa, Micaune, destroying coconut plantations. Presented by the Sociedade Agricola do Madal, through Messrs. E. Isen (Quelimane), M. Terestchenko and V. Sleptzow, to whom I am grateful for the opportunity to study such an interesting moth. COCONUT PALMS IN PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA 73 STERNUM X GNATHUS: STERNUM IX 12 14 Fics. 8-14.—Trogocrada deleter sp. n., § genitalia. Fig. 8, complete armature, valvae (shaded) unspread ; fig. 9, complete armature, valvae spread ; fig. 10, valvae, anellus and aedoeagus separated from segments IX-X; fig. 11, segments IX-X; fig. 12, sternum X (gnathus) ; fig. 13, terga IX—X (tegumen and uncus) ; fig. 14, sternum IX (vinculum). TWO NEW REPRESENTATIVES OF THE GENUS HYPOTRABALA (LEPIDOPTERA: LASIOCAMPIDAE) FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO By W. H. T. TAMS IN 1925 I drew attention (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 16: 552-561) to the fact that certain species of African Lasiocampidae were not associated in their proper genera, and I dealt particularly with the genera Pseudometa Aurivillius and Hypotrabala Holland. I have since discovered that Pseudometa schultzei Aurivillius is not a Pseudometa but belongs in the genus Mallocampa Aurivillius. Some time ago Monsieur L. A. Berger of the Congo Museum at Tervuren, Belgium, brought me two further examples of the genus Hyfotrabala, and these are described below. I have given in this paper a few figures of the eighth sternum in various species of this genus, as this structure may be readily observed if the scales are carefully removed from the underside of the terminal abdominal segments, and it is an important aid to identification. Hypotrabala regalis sp. n. (Pl. 1, figs. 3, 3, 4, 2; Pl. 2, figs. 5, 6.) dg. Antenna honey yellow, the shaft with some chocolate scales. Head, palpus, thorax, abdomen and legs light orange yellow, with some chocolate shading. Fore wing pale orange yellow enriched with light orange yellow, the dark pattern indicated in the photograph chocolate. At the end of the cell a large glossy white oval spot, finely edged with chocolate, with a much smaller spot of like appearance between it and the costa, from which it is slightly more distant. Hind wing pale orange yellow without pattern. Underside pale orange yellow. Expanse 82 mm. (77 mm. from tip-to-tip). Q. Similar, much larger, richer in colour (light orange yellow), with some fuscous shading in the subterminal markings ; a single smaller discocellular spot, chocolate with or without a few white scales centrally. Expanse 114 mm. (104 mm. from tip-to-tip). Belgian Congo, Lulua, Kapanga (F. G. Overlaet). Holotype ¢: 18.xii.1933, 4 ¢ paratypes dated 13.ix.1932, x.1933 and xi.1933 (2) respectively. Allotype 2: 8.xii.1932, 2 2 paratypes dated 12, 14.xli.1932, respectively. The ¢ genitalia are unlike those of the other Hypotrabala species known to me in having a single medial process on sternum VIII (Pl. 2, fig. 5). The 2 genitalia are shown in Pl. 2, fig. 6; they are strongly sclerotized, with a robust bar before the ostium. Bull. B.M, (N.H.) Entomology ITI, 2. HYPOTRABALA,. Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Entomology IIT, 2. HyPoTRABALA. GENITALIA. PLATE 2 _ THE GENUS HYPOTRABALA FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO 75 Hypotrabala guttata fontainei ssp. n. iP t, fig. 3; os Pl. 2, figs. 7, 8.) 3. Slightly larger than H. guttata guttata Aurivillius (Pl. 1, fig. 2), with a larger discal glossy white spot. ¢ genitalia (Pl. 2, figs. 7, 8, text-fig. 10) with sternum VIII bearing two long straight processes, the shape of the sternum being quite different from that of H. guttata guttata (text-fig. 9), which came from the Gold Coast. Expanse 70 mm. (66 mm. from tip-to-tip). Holotype $: Belgian Congo, Lusambo, 13.x.1949 (Dr. M. Fontaine). qut tata 9 Joiceyt lf: (as Torrid — 16 12 = 14 Fics. 9-16.—g VIIIth sternum in the genus Hypotrabala. 9. Hypotrabala guttata guttata. 10. H. guttata fontaineit. 11.H. porphyria. 12.H.horridula. 13.H.dollmani. 14. H.neavei. 15. H. joiceyt. 16. H. horridul: seydeli. EXPLANATION OF PLATES AND FIGURES Pr. I, Fics. 1-4.—Hypotrabala guttata fontainei g (fig. 1), H. g. guttata 3 (fig. 2); Hypotrabala regalis 3 (fig. 3), 2 (fig. 4). Pi. II, Fics. 5-8.—Hypotrabala regalis 3 genitalia (fig. 5), and Q (fig. 6); H. guttaia fontainei 3 genitalia (fig. 7), g sternum VIII (fig. 8). ENTOM. III, 2. i 953 13 OCT 1 a mi ho) iP BY Be Ay iy DME oP Tala x! an ke ee i's Reiss rts 25 NOV 1953 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY — (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) H. STEMPFFER anv N. H. BENNETT BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 3 LONDON : 1953 iit > RY f hi hie A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) BY H. STEMPFFER anp N. H. BENNETT \ UA, Yi Pp. 77-104 ; Pls. 3-9; BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY | | Vol. 3 No. 3 LONDON : 1953 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) instituted in 1949, is issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Parts appear at trregular intervals as they become ready. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 3, No. 3 of the Entomological serves. PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued November, 1953 Price Seven Shillings and Sixpence A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY (LEPIDOPTERA LYCAENIDAE) By H. STEMPFFER anv N. H. BENNETT SYNOPSES Teriomima, a small genus of African butterflies, of the family Lycaenidae, is distributed throughout the E. and S.E. regions. Little attention has been paid to them since 1918, when Aurivillius, in Seitz: The Macrolepidoptera of the World, 13 : 327-328, dealt with the few species then recognized. An exhaustive study of the male genitalic structure has led the authors to describe two additional genera, eight new species and one new subspecies, all contained within the earlier conception of the genus. i. Bis lORY ‘OF THE GENUS THE Liptenine genus Teriomima was described by Kirby in 1887 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (15) 19 : 364-367). In it he placed Preris erastus Hewitson (1866) and the following seven new species which he described at the same time, namely Teriomima subpunctata (the type species), 7. puella, T. tenera, T. similis, T. erasmus, T. flaveola, T. dispar and T. hildegarda. In 1888 H. H. Druce described and added Teriomima melissa (Ent. Mon. Mag. 25: 109). In 1890 Kirby (Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 6: 268-271) added a further six new species, T. decipiens, T. delicatula, T. serena, T. modesta, T. cordelia and T. dubia, and transferred Hewitson’s Liptena adelgitha (1874) to the genus. In the same year W. J. Holland (Psyche, 5 : 429) added Terio- mima leucostola, T. xanthostola and T. xanthis. Two years later Staudinger (I7is, D. ent. Zeit. 4: 219-220) added Teriomima adelgunda and T. alberta, both new, and in 1894 Smith and Kirby (Rhop. Ex. 2: 115, Afr. Lyc., pl. 25, figs. 1 and 2) added T. freya. In 1895 T. galenides Holland (Ent. News Philad. 6: 167) appeared. In 1898 Grose Smith (Novit. Zool. 5 : 355) extended the list with 7. pusio and T. fuscula. Aurivillius, in Rhopalocera Aethiopica (1898), included in Tertomima the following species: JT. subpunctata Kirby, T. delicatula Kirby, T. puella Kirby, Durbamia puellaris Trimen (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1894 : 59-60), T. hildegarda Kirby with var. freya Smith & Kirby, Liptena aslauga Trimen (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873 : 117), Durbania pallida Trimen (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1898 : 12) and Durbania micra Grose Smith (Novit. Zool. 5 (1898) : 356). He excluded from the genus Pieris erastus Hewitson, T. tenera Kirby, T. pusio Kirby, T. similis Kirby and T. serena Kirby, attributing them to the genus Citrinophila on neuration. T. erasmus Kirby and T. flaveola Kirby he treated as synonyms of P. erastus Hewitson. T. xantha was described by Grose Smith in 1901 (Rhop. Ex. 3: 140, Afr. Lyc., pl. 29, figs. 13, 15). In Seitz (Macrolep. 13 : 327-328, 1918), Aurivillius listed the following as Terio- mima species: T. subpunctata Kirby, T. delicatula Kirby, T. puella Kirby, T. ENTOM, III, 3. 8§ 80 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY puellaris Trimen, T. micra Grose Smith, T. aslauga Trimen, and treated hildegarda Kirby and pallida Trimen as forms of aslauga owing to the great variability of their wing patterns. Hawker Smith described T. parva, T. minima and T. minima latimarginata in 1933 (Stylops, 2: 6-7); Talbot added T. minima f. stygia in 1935 (Ent. Mon. Mag. 71:72); Riley described T. woodi in 1943 (Entomologist, 76: 225-226) ; van Son described T. zuluana in 1949 (Aun. Transv. Mus, 21(2) : 211), placing this species closest to T. puellaris Trimen. This appears to be the history of the genus to date. Of the thirty-seven names cited seven have been absorbed into Citrinophila, viz., tenera, similis, erasmus, evastus, flaveola, serena and pusio ; seven are now placed in Liptena, viz., decipiens, modesta, leucostola, xanthostola, xantha, xanthis and galenides; four in Epitolina, viz., melissa, dispar, cordelia and dubia; four are now in Micropentila, viz., adel- githa, adelgunda, alberta and fuscula. 2. METHOD OF REVISION The dissection of a number of specimens labelled ‘‘ aslauga’’ revealed that several species were involved. Late in 1949 each of the authors commenced, by arrange- ment, an independent survey of the genitalic forms within the genus. Each having access to a different source of material, and employing varying techniques, it was hoped that the possibility of errors of interpretation might thereby be greatly reduced. When the two sets of results were correlated an encouraging degree of unanimity was at once apparent. Where divergences occurred they were usually due to a shortage of material, always the main obstacle to this kind of investigation. An extensive exchange of specimens, genitalic preparations, etc., soon confirmed the mutual realization that there were differences of structure of sufficient diversity and stability to warrant regrouping into three genera, two of which are new, as indicated below : I. TERIOMIMA Kirby, to include subpunctata, puella, etc. 2. BALIOCHILA genus nov., to include aslauga, hildegarda, etc. 3. CNODONTES genus nov. to include pallida, etc. At an early stage both workers agreed that it is impossible, except in a few in- stances, to make reliable specific determinations from external appearances. This difficulty is well illustrated by the fact that Aurivillius, for all his experience, placed the bulk of our species of Baliochila and Cnodontes under a single specific name in Seitz, wherein hildegarda and pallida are treated as subspecies or seasonal forms of aslauga. Even when long series have been positively identified by dissection, such is the intergradation of wing pattern and coloration, especially in Baliochila, that it would still be hazardous to name most specimens without examining the genitalia, even with the rich material (eleven hundred specimens) available for comparison in the British Museum. The descriptions given later in this work might suggest a great diversity of form, but what frequently occurs is no more than a confusing reversal of ground-colour and pattern. In plate 9 an attempt is made to illustrate the extremes of variation within the species B. hildegarda and B. dubiosa. A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 81 Also shown are examples of B. neavei and C. vansomerent, which differ greatly in appearance from the selected type-specimens. From the foregoing it will be appreciated that the formulation of a key based on external appearances would be a waste of time. A key to the genitalia could be readily produced, but it is considered that the complete set of illustrations of these organs which accompanies this work is so self-explanatory as to render a key super- fluous. The effectiveness of this revision was greatly enhanced by Professor Varley, of the Hope Department of Entomology, University Museum, Oxford, who, through the kind offices of Professor Hale Carpenter, lent the whole of the Hope Department collection of Teviomima, amounting to more than three hundred and fifty specimens, to facilitate this undertaking. We are indebted to Dr. V. G. L. van Someren for a similar act of co-operation. Our thanks are also due to T. H. E. Jackson, Esq., for numerous contributions of material, as well as for his “‘ on-the-spot ’’ knowledge of the genus, so readily placed at our disposal ; to E. B. D. Barnes, Esq., of Umtali, who provided examples of the new species B. barnesi and B. lipara, and to Dr. van Son, who furnished some examples of B. aslauga. We are also indebted to W. H. T. Tams, Esq., for much sound advice on genitalic problems. 3. SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES Genus TERIOMIMA Kirby (sensu stricto). Kirby: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 364 (1887). Type of the genus: Teriomima subpunctata Kirby (1887) designated by Kirby. Eyes bare; palpi rather long, ascending, projecting beyond the frons, clothed _ with adpressed scales, the second joint stout, laterally compressed, the third joint slender, acuminate ; antennae rather short, with a distinct, subcylindrical club ; male forelegs with unsegmented tarsi, clothed beneath with fine spines. Wing shape. Fore wings : costa evenly arched, rather rounded apex, outer margin strongly convex. Hind wings: oval, anal angle not very distinct. Neuration: Fore wing with twelve veins; cell short ; vein 4 from the lower angle of the cell; posterior discocellular concave ; vein 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; 6 and 7 arising from a common stalk from the upper angle of the cell; 8 and g branching from 7; Io and 11 free, from the upper edge of the cell, 10 arising very close to the upper angle. Hind wing: cell rather short ; 3 arising a little before the lower angle of the cell; 4 from the angle ; posterior discocellular concave ; 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; 6 from the upper angle of the cell; 7 from just before the upper angle. MALE GENITALIA : GENERAL DESCRIPTION. Uncus bifid, consisting of two more or less pointed finger-like processes ; no subunci; tegumen fairly wide; vinculum of moderate width ; anellus fused to the bases of the valvae, forming a narrow sheath to the base of the aedoeagus ; valva oblong, with a pointed, more or less falcate apex, sometimes having a curved, finely pointed harpe extending over the distal third of its length ; aedoeagus fairly stout, the distal end having one or two ventrally- directed lobes which may be long and curved, as in the subpunctata-group, or rather short and blunt, as in the micra-group. 82 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY (1) Teriomima subpunctata Kirby (1887) (Pl. 3, fig. 1, neallotype g; Pl. 5, fig. 26, § genitalia) Teriomima subpunctata Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 364, W. Africa (?). syn. Teriomima delicatula Kirby, 1890, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 6: 269, Usagara. (NoTE. The treatment of delicatula as a synonym is the result of a careful exami- nation of over 150 specimens ; it is impossible to find any constant points of differ- entiation in facies or genitalia.) Holotype (2) in the British Museum (N.H.). 4 not previously described. . 6. Frons brown with two lateral fine white lines; second joint of the palpi laterally compressed, clothed with white scales at the centre, brown at the extremi- ties, third joint white tipped; antennae black, ringed with white, club black with reddish-brown tip; tarsi black, ringed with white. UPPERSIDE FORE WING. White, with a costal margin of light brown scales ex- tending one-third from the base, a minute patch of the same colour between the extremities of veins 11 and 12; a triangular apical patch, rather darker, from the extremity of Io on the costal margin to midway between 2 and 3 on the outer margin. UPPERSIDE HIND WING. White, with a very small patch of light brown scales at the tip of each vein. UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Ground-colour white, yellowish at the costal margin and in the apical area ; lightly patterned with small patches of mixed pale and dark brown scales arranged as follows: five evenly spaced patches from the base to mid- way along the costal margin; three evenly spaced patches from the base of the cell to the discocellulars ; a straight row of three patches disposed between veins g and 10, 6 and 5 and 5 and 4; a curved row of five spots corresponding to the inner edge of the apical patch on the upperside, the lowermost between veins 3 and 4; two rows, marginal and submarginal, of very small spots from the apex to vein 3. UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour white, with a rather more evenly dis- tributed pattern of light and dark brown patches than on the fore wing; although very irregular, these patches may be placed in six rows, the fourth from the base being the most heavily marked. Fringes of both wings white except at the apex of the fore wing, where they are brown with interruptions of white. LENGTH OF FORE WING. -15:°6 mm. $ GENITALIA. Uncus bifid, lobes dilated at the base and tapering to blunt points, tips ventrally inclined, sparsely hairy ; no subunci ; tegumen fairly large; vinculum of moderate width ; anellus sheathing the base of the aedoeagus, which is long and robust, curved in the form of a flattened $ and bearing, near the distal end, two ven- trally directed lobes or flaps, the distal end blunt ; valva flask-shaped, with a long, curved harpe, apex weakly falcate. Neallotype g: Brit. E. Afr., Uchweni Forest, I-2.iii.1g12 (S. A. Neave), in the British Museum (N. H.) B.M. Type No. Rh. 15684. DISTRIBUTION. Kenya, Tanganyika. A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 83 (2) Teriomima puella Kirby (1887) (Pl. 3, fig. 2, neallotype 2; Pl. 5, fig. 27, d genitalia) Teriomima puella Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 365, W. Africa. Holotype (g) in the British Museum (N.H.). @ not previously described. Q. External characters as in the male. A long series from Nyasaland, Mlanje, show considerable variation of the costal markings of the upperside fore wing and in the spotting of the underside hind wing. Length of fore wing: 17 mm. $6 GENITALIA. Very similar to those of subpunctata, but with narrower valvae, having shorter and more sharply curved harpes. Neallotype 2: Nyasaland, Mlanje, 2200’, 8.xi.13 (S. A. Neave), in the British Museum (N.H.). B.M. Type No. Rh. 15685. DISTRIBUTION. Nyasaland, N.E. Rhodesia, Tanganyika Territory. (3) Teriomima zuluana van Son (1949) (Pl. 5, fig. 28, J genitalia) Teriomima zuluana van Son, 1949, Ann. Transv. Mus. 21 (2) : 211, pl. 3, figs. 5-8, text-fig. 1, Hluhluwe, Zululand. Types in the Transvaal Museum. For convenience the author’s descriptions are given below. A male and a female of this species have been made available for study by the courtesy of Mr. Pennington. “g. Head: frons black, eyes edged with ochraceous white; palpi black, third joint white at tip; antennae black, shaft chequered with white, club black above, below with seven terminal joints reddish-brown. Thorax: black, clothed with antimony yellow (Ridgway, pl. XV) scales and hairs above, and scales only of the same colour below; legs black, chequered with white, and with some antimony yellow chequering on coxae and femora. Wings: antimony yellow above and below. Upperside: fore wing, costa blackened from the base to less than one-third the length of the cell, closely followed by a bar opposite the middle of the cell, another opposite two-thirds of the cell, and a third at the middle of the costa (absent in most specimens); apical area with the inner edge very oblique (almost parallel with the inner margin) to vein M,, narrowed below the vein and reaching the middle of area Cu,. Hind wing unmarked. Underside: fore wing: seven equidistant small bar-like black dots, the first being placed a little before the level of the middle of the cell and the third, very minute, a little before the level of the end of the cell ; under magnification most of these dots appear to consist of separate minute bars which are often unequally developed on the right and left side; an interrupted oblique bar from the sixth costal dot to vein M,, (absent in many paratypes); a black marginal line, thickened at the apex, interrupted between the veins and not reaching below vein Cu,, where it is very indistinct. Hind wing: a black dot at the middle of area RS ; postdiscal black dots in areas M,, Cu,, Cu, ; there is no post- discal dot in area A,; a rather diffuse discocellular dot tinged with orange, and a ENTOM. III, 3. 8§§ 84 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY dot before middle of cell; a black interrupted marginal line from vein Cu, to anal angle (in many paratypes the dots of the underside of the hind wing are reduced or absent, and are best marked in January specimens). Length of fore wing: 14:6 mm. Antenna-wing ratio: 0-42. Description of the female allotype. Larger than the male, antennal club, with a few greyish scales below, and without any reddish brown. Fore wing: black apical area a little larger than in the male and projecting inwards along vein M, ; otherwise like male. Length of fore wing. 16mm. Antenna-wing ratio: 0-42. 6 GENITALIA. Uncus double, with the prongs bent down at an obtuse angle at the middle. Valve: very elongate, gradually widened from the narrow base to two-thirds of its length, then rather abruptly narrowed and produced distally into an acute, slightly down-curved spine; ventral rim with a long claw-like process arising midway from base to apex and directed distad, with the tip slightly down- curved and reaching beyond the base of the apical spine; its length is half the length of the valve. Aedoeagus: half as long as the valve, stout, apically rounded, with two elongate triangular prongs directed downwards and which are shorter than the width of the aedoeagus ; vesica forming two elongate sacs.” _ DistrisuTion. Zululand. (4) Teriomima puellaris Trimen (1894) (Pl. 5, fig. 29, 3 genitalia) Durbania puellaris Trimen, 1894, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894 : 59, pl. 6, fig. 14, 9, Manica, Vunduzi R. Types not examined. Presumably in the South African Museum, Cape Town. § GENITALIA. Of the subpunctata-type, but with uncus lobes more slender ; harpes shorter; aedoeagus with very distinctive ventral lobes, long, sinuate and tapering, distal end of aedoeagus forming a small point. DISTRIBUTION. Mashonaland. (5) Teriomima micra Grose Smith (1898) (Pl. 6, fig. 30, ¢ genitalia) Durbania micra Grose Smith, 1898, Novit. Zool. 5 : 356, B.E.A., Tana River (Dr. Ansorge). Types in the British Museum (N.H.). (Note. The author described the male as the female and vice versa.) dg GENITALIA. Uncus lobes straighter than in the subpunctata-type armatures, more slender and sharply pointed; no subunci; tegumen quite long; vinculum and anellus as in the preceding species; aedoeagus terminating in a sharp point which arises from a zone thickly clad with fine hairs, ventral face deeply excised near the distal end, then broadening to a blunt, ventrally directed lobe; valva without harpe, apex strongly falcate, with a pronounced angle on the ventral margin ; uncus and distal half of valvae hairy. DISTRIBUTION. Kenya, coast region. A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 85 (6) Teriomima parva Hawker Smith (1933) (Pl. 3, fig. 3, neallotype 2; Pl. 6, fig. 31 g genitalia) Teriomima parva Hawker Smith, g¢ (nec 9 = minima minima), 1933, Stylops, 2:6, 14 m. N.W. of Mombasa, Rabai, 23.i.1904 (K. St. A. Rogers). Holotype (g) in the British Museum (N.H.); Q2 not previously described. Q. UPPERSIDE fore wing and hind wing somewhat paler than in the male ; fore- wing costal markings reduced to three pale brown spots and a very short subapical band ; apical dark brown band extending to the tornus, but little more than half as wide as in the male ; hind wing as in the male, apart from the slightly paler ground colour. Underside fore wing and hind wing as in the male. Length of fore wing: 9, 12 mm. 2 Neallotype: 14 m. N.W. of Mombasa, Rabai, 13.vi.o3 (K. St. A. Rogers), in the British Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15686. 6 GENITALIA. Differ only very slightly from those of micra. The valvae are less strongly falcate and there is no marked angle on the ventral edge to break the smooth inward curve of the apex. DISTRIBUTION. Kenya; Port. E. Afr.; Moa, Tanganyika Territory. Genus BALIOCHILA gen. nov. Type of the genus: Liptena aslauga Trimen, 1873. Eyes, palpi, antennae, legs, wing-shape and neuration as in Tertomima. The generic name was suggested by the spotted costa found in these species. 6 GENITALIA: GENERAL DESCRIPTION. All but one of the species included in this genus share a common character, this being so distinctive that, in the authors’ estimation, other quite considerable divergences may be disregarded; a pair of processes, the base of each being strongly attached to the dorsal side of the anellus on its inner margin and less strongly, with a half-membranous lesion to the tegumen, on its outer margin. The processes rest more or less parallel with the axis of the abdomen, midway between uncus and aedoeagus; they are usually crowned with strong spines, but in some species are completely covered with short, stiff bristles. It is difficult to decide the exact homology of these processes ; they cannot be classed as subunci as they are not articulated at the level of the uncus-tegumen suture, nor can they be termed anellus lobes since they are also fused to the tegumen; the noncommital term “ special processes ’’ will therefore be used in the ensuing specific descriptions. It is possible that they correspond with the asymmetrical processes found in Ornipholidotos, which are articulated to the vinculum at a point approxi- mating to the suture of the tergite and sternite. Four groups of species are readily separated within the genus by the formation of the uncus and the shape of the special processes : (a) Uncus bifid, the two arms widely separated, more or less slender ;_ special processes rather short; aslauga Trimen, barnesi sp. nov., neavet sp. nov., hildegarda Kirby, dubiosa sp. nov., nyasae sp. nov., stygia Talbot. 86 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY (6) Uncus a long flattened stalk, excised at the apex; special processes long and slender ; woodi Riley, fragilis sp. nov. (c) Uncus forked, the arms slender and tapering, curved in both lateral and ventral planes ; special processes long and robust ; minima Hawker Smith, lipara sp. nov. (2) Uncus forked, the arms mounted on a long central stalk ; no special pro- cesses, but a pair of long, slender anellus lobes are found in their place ; singularis sp. nov. Other parts of the genitalia are similar to those of Teriomima; the aedoeagus, however, never has the distinctive ventral expansions found in the subpunctata- group. (7) Baliochila aslauga Trimen (1873) (Pl. 6, fig. 32, d genitalia) Liptena aslauga Trimen, 1873, Tvans. Ent. Soc. 1873: 117, Natal, Pinetown, near Durban. Type not examined. Stated by Trimen to be in the collection of W. Morant, Esq. d GENITALIA. Uncus formed of two short, spiny arms, at the base of each a small, acute triangular apophysis ; no subunci; tegumen wide; special processes short and crowned with spines; vinculum broad, anellus sheathing the lower part of the aedoeagus ; valva flask-shaped with a falcate pointed apex ; aedoeagus long, slightly excised on the ventral face, near the distal end. DisTRIBUTION. S. Africa, Natal, Delagoa Bay, etc., in the British Museum (N.H.), Zululand, Hluhluwe, in coll. Stempffer. False Bay, in coll. Jackson. (8) Baliochila barnesi sp. nov. (Pl. 3, fig. 4, holotype g; fig. 5, allotype 9; Pl. 6, fig. 33, gd genitalia) Types in the British Museum (N.H.). ¢. Frons grey or blackish-grey with two lateral fine white lines ; second joint of the palpi laterally compressed, clothed with fuscous scales, with a scattering of white on the underside, third joint white-tipped ; antennae fuscous, ringed white, club fuscous, orange-tipped ; legs fuscous, ringed white. UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange-yellow with dark brown markings ; costal border extending about two-thirds from the base, with two clearly-marked dots of the ground- colour between costa and margin ; occasionally an additional one or two less clearly- marked dots may be present ; some fuscous scales in the cell ; one fuscous bar from the costal border covering the discocellulars ; another, larger curved bar from the costal border to vein 3 ; apex broadly fuscous and extending as a tapering marginal band to the tornus, the inner edge of this band rather irregular. UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Coloration as in the fore wing; the dark crescentic marginal border extending from the apex to the anal angle, about 2 mm. wide at its centre ; inner edge irregular. A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 87 Fringes fuscous, with white patches between veins 5—6~7 of the fore wing ; irre- gular white patches from the apex to the anal angle of the hind wing. UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Ground-colour less orange than on the upperside and shading to pale yellow towards the inner margin ; all markings of the same tint as the hind wing ground-colour ; costal border with four evenly spaced yellow dots between the costa and the margin ; from the costal border run four bars, one crossing the cell near its base, a second crossing the cell about midway, a third covering the discocellulars, the fourth and largest curving from the margin to vein 3; apical pattern consisting of a triangular patch based on the costal margin curving outward and terminating at vein 4 ; outside this an antemarginal band, crenulate and tapering from the costa to vein 2; a marginal line tapering from the apex to vein 2. UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground colour dark violet-grey with a boldly marked pattern consisting of numerous orange spots disposed in five irregular bands, in certain examples the third band accentuated by a heavy fuscous outline to the outer side of each spot ; between the veins a submarginal series of triangular orange markings. Fringes as on upperside. $6 GENITALIA. Uncus formed of two arms, longer and more slender than in aslauga, the apices slightly expanded and curving ventrally, with numerous strong spines ; at the base of each arm a small, laterally-directed apophysis ; tegumen wide ; special processes strongly curved as in aslauga, the apices broadened, bearing numer- ous strong spines; valvae typical of the genus, apices falcate, distal end of the aedoeagus bearing a sharp tooth on either side of the dorsal surface ; ventral curve deeply excised. Readily distinguished from the armature of aslauga by the longer arms of uncus and by the toothed aedoeagus. 9. Frons, palpi, antennae and legs as in the male. UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow with fuscous markings, rather lighter than the male; costal border extending about two-thirds from the base, narrower than in the male, not encroaching upon the cell ; small yellow marginal dots varying as in the male; no bar over the discocellulars; a small bar extending from the termination of the costal border to midway between veins 6 and 5; apex and marginal border as in the male, but the latter reduced in width between the ex- tremities of veins 3 and I. UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Marginal border narrower than in the male, extending from the apex to the anal angle. Fringes of both wings fuscous, interrupted with white. UNDERSIDE FORE AND HIND WING. Coloration as in the male, but the two bars crossing the base and middle of the fore-wing cell do not quite reach its lower border. Length of fore wing: ¢, 14 mm. ¥ a 9°, 13 mm. Holotype ¢: Mineni Valley, Manica, S.E. Trop. Afr., in the British Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15687. Allotype 2: Mineni Valley, Manica, S.E. Trop. Afr., in the British Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15688. 88 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY Paratypes: Mineni Valley, 4¢; Chirindi Mt., Mashonaland 23; Chirindi Forest, Gazaland 1g; Umtali, Mashonaland 12; Mezimbiti, Port. E. Afr. 2g, all in B.M. (N.H.). S. Rhodesia, Vumba Mtns., If 19 in Stempffer coll. S. Rhodesia, Vumba Mtns., Ig 12 in Jackson coll. (9) Baliochila neavei sp. nov. (Pl. 3, fig. 6, holotype 3; fig. 7, allotype 2; Pl. 6, fig. 34, d genitalia; Pl. 9, fig. 65, 3, Mozambique) Types in the British Museum (N.H.). §. Frons grey with two lateral fine white lines; palpi, antennae and legs as in B. barnest. UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow with dark brown markings as follows: costal border interrupted with two small yellow dots; some dark scales at base and middle of the cell near the upper edge; a streak covering the discocellulars ; a curved patch from the costal border to vein 4; some dark scales between veins 4 and 3; a large apical patch prolonged to the tornus, its inner edge irregular. UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Orange yellow with a wide dark brown border from the costa to the anal angle. Fringes of both wings dark brown, interrupted with white. UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow shading to very pale yellow at the inner margin, with shining violet grey markings; four small yellow dots spaced along the costal margin ; three transverse streaks crossing the cell, one at its base, one at the middle, the third covering the discocellulars; a larger, curved patch from the costa to vein 2; in the apical zone an oblique line running from the costa to vein 2; acrenulate line, parallel with the margin, from costa to tornus ; a shining grey marginal line, wide at apex, narrowing to the tornus. UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour shining violet grey, with six transverse rows of orange-yellow spots, outlined with darker scales ; the first row at the base of the wing, the second, in which the spots tend to fuse together, crossing the cell, the third, irregular, at the outer end of the cell, the fourth, also irregular, the fifth, parallel with the margin, the sixth consisting of a series of triangular submarginal spots. , Fringes as on the upperside. $ GENITALIA. Uncus consisting of two slender, curved arms, slightly expanded at the apices, which are thickly clad with strong spines; tegumen fairly wide ; special processes short and resembling those of aslauga; vinculum wide; valvae of the usual shape with strongly falcate apices ; aedoeagus long, the distal end bearing a pair of sharply-pointed triangular lobes on its dorsal surface and a deep excision on the ventral face. This species is readily separable from B. barnesi by the absence of the triangular apophyses at the base of the uncus arms. Q. Frons as in the male; second joint of the palpi laterally compressed, clothed with white scales and a scattering of dark ones, third joint almost wholly white ; antennae and legs as in the male, A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 89 UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow with dark brown markings ; costal border reduced, not invading the cell, with three yellow costal dots; a small streak from the costa covering the upper discocellular ; another from the costa to a little below vein 6; apical patch and marginal border narrower than in the male, very reduced towards the tornus. UPPERSIDE HIND WING. The dark marginal border greatly reduced in width, almost linear towards the anal angle, running inwards from the tips of the veins. Fringes as in the male. UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow shading to pale yellow at the inner margin, with violet grey markings ; costal border interrupted by four small yellow dots ; four transverse streaks extending inward from the costa, the first at the base, the second crossing the middle of the cell, the third over the discocellulars, and the fourth curving and reaching vein 3; in the apical zone an oblique streak, with two small costal yellow dots, extending to vein 4; a band of spots, confluent, from the apex to vein 6, then triangular and separated from vein 5 to vein 3; a shining grey marginal line, wide at the apex, tapering to the tornus. UNDERSIDE HIND WING. As in the male, but the violet grey ground-colour a little lighter and the orange spots larger. Fringes as on the upperside. Length of fore wing: 3, 15:8 mm. - ¥. °,15 mm. Holotype g: Mlanje, Nyasaland, 16.iv.1913, (S. A. Neave), in the British Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15689. ? Allotype 2: Mlanje, Nyasaland, 21.iv.1913, (S. A. Neave), in the British Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15690. | Paratypes: ere et a nee ones Sao mas ee a HoLotyPE. ¢. Hym. 3b 1829. EncLtanp: Bucks; Brickhill, 8.vii.1938 (R. B. Benson). (B.M.Coll.) ALLOTYPE. 4. Same data as type. (B.M.Coll.) PARATYPES. 2¢ 19, same data as type (B.M.Coll.) Suffolk; 19, Barton Mills, fir, 5.vi.1916 (C. Morley). (C. Morley Coll.) IRELAND: Co. Kildare; 19 (A. W. Stelfox). (A. W. Stelfox Coll.) Dicaelotus fitchi sp. nov. This species belongs to the pumilus (Gravenhorst) group (Group A, Thomson, 1891, Opusc. Ent. 15: 1618). 9. Head with the temples sub-parallel directly behind the eyes, strongly convex; malar space very short, the length about one-third of the breadth of base of mandible (Fig. 30), the genal carina almost straight, meeting the hypostomal carina at a distance from the base of the mandible about equal to half the breadth of base of mandible; frons, dorsad, with the clear punctures in the main twice as far from each other as the diameter of the punctures, the vertex and temples with finer punctures, the frons, ventrad, trans-striate; face with the epistoma very short and transverse and strongly convex, divided from the clypeus by a distinct epistomal groove ; face striate-punctate beside the sparsely punctate epistoma, and becoming sparsely NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 159 punctate towards the orbits ; clypeus broad, a little convex, very weakly, broadly projecting centrally apically, basally with rather coarse, sparse punctures ; antenna with 25-26 segments ; basal segments of flagellum very short, post-anellus sub-quadrate, segment 2 a little elongate, 3 sub-quadrate. Thorax: pronotum centrally with only a faint indication of the transverse groove, laterally with the furrow trans-striate (as is the posterior margin in greater part), dorsad punctate, the collar punctate; mesoscutum with the notauli present anteriorly, clearly punctate, polished between the punctures except on the central lobe anteriorly ; scutellum more finely, more closely punctate, usually with lateral carinae extending to the middle, the scutellar fovea trans- striate ; mesopleurum coarsely punctate, striate-punctate posteriorly, ventrad, the speculum only punctate dorsad ; sternauli extending to about two-thirds, straight, coarsely trans-striate ; mesosternum much more finely and sparsely punctate, the posterior carina broadly interrupted in front of the middle coxae; propodeum similar to that of pumilus; hind coxa punctate, striate beneath on the inner margin, outwardly more sparsely punctate apically. Gaster with post-petiole punctate laterally, sometimes with scattered punctures centrally, apically, but still with a distinct, unpunctured, central area; tergite 2 (with no gastrocoeli or thyridiae) punctate basally (punctate-striate laterally), the punctures becoming weaker and sparser posteriorly ; tergite 3 with the punctures, basally, similar to those in the middle of tergite Fic. 30. Dicaelotus fitchi, 9: head from in front. 2, becoming obsolete apically ; tergite 4 with indistinct punctures in basal two-thirds; hind wing with the nervellus antefurcal. Colour: black; clypeus red apically ; mandible pale testaceous ; antenna with scape red- marked beneath and basal flagellar segments marked with red; pronotum usually with the collar red-marked centrally, hind angles usually red-marked ; legs red, the coxae sometimes infuscate basally, and the hind coxa sometimes entirely black; femora and tibiae sometimes fuscous marked ; hind tarsus sometimes weakly infuscate ; gaster with tergite 1 red laterally and apically ; tergites 2 and 3 red with a pair of central, fuscous spots; tergite 4 red at the base varying to the tergites all black with only the apices of the segments narrowly red or piceous. 6. In general similar to the 9, but the face longer with the epistoma less transverse, the _ malar space even shorter (conspicuously shorter than in pumilus), the hypostomal carina arcuately inflexed, but less strongly so than in pumilus ; the punctures generally coarser and closer than in the 9, gaster with the post-petiole evenly punctate, tergite 4 clearly punctate almost to apex ; antenna with 29 segments, tyloidae on segments 9-16 (those on 15 and 16 small in the single specimen seen). Colour similar to the 2, but with the scape yellow beneath, the clypeus entirely yellow, the mandible in greater part yellow (facial orbits with an indication of a yellow mark), pronotum with the collar centrally, and the hind angles marked with yellow, tegula yellow; front and middle coxae and all the trochanters marked with yellow. Length: ¢6mm., 92 5-6 mm. 160 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE HoLotyPr. 9. Hym. 3b 1830. British Isles: ex Depressaria apiella (Dr. F. B. White). (Fitch Coll.) This is a specimen with the abdomen little marked with red. ALLOTYPE. <¢. BritisH IstEs (Marshall). (Fitch Coll.) PARATYPES. 29, same data as Allotype. (Fitch Coll.) ENGLAND: Suffolk; 19, Ipswich District, 9. vi.1897 (C. Morley). (B.M.Coll.) I have also examined 3 females which may represent a distinct species, differing from the darkest of the above in having the tibiae fuscous, ivory basally. I have, however been unable to discover any other reliable differences. Two are from IRELAND : Co. Dublin; The Slade of Saggart, 8.vii.1936 (A. W. Stelfox) (A. W. Stelfox Coll.), and the third from GERMANY (Ruthe) (B.M.Coll.). This latter specimen is very small, being about 3:5 mm. long. D. fitchi is superficially most similar to inflexus Thomson, but differs in the shorter malar space, and the 4th antennal segment being relatively a little shorter. Dicaelotus suspectus sp. nov. This species, also, belongs to the pumilus (Gravenhorst) group. 9. Head with the temples sub-parallel directly behind the eyes, strongly convex; malar space moderate, about o-6 times the breadth of base of mandible, the genal carina conspicuously incurved ; frons coarsely punctate, the scrobes polished, vertex and temples with finer punctures, which are sparser except behind the posterior ocelli; face with the epistoma short, transverse Fic. 31. Dicaelotus suspectus, 9: mesopleurum. and strongly convex, divided from the clypeus by a strong epistomal groove; epistoma only punctate laterally, the face beside this striate-punctate, the punctures becoming very sparse towards the orbits; clypeus weakly rounded apically, a little convex, sparsely punctate basally ; antenna with 25 segments, the post-anellus sub-equal to the following segment and sub-quadrate, the sub-apical segments conspicuously transverse. Thorax: pronotum centrally with a weak, transverse groove, laterally with the furrow trans-striate, as in the posterior margin in greater part, punctate dorsad ; mesoscutum with the notauli very short but rather deep, clearly, rather sparsely punctate, polished between the punctures except on the median lobe anteriorly ; scutellum much more finely and more closely ——_— - a a ee ee ee ee NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 161 punctate, carinate laterally to about the middle; mesopleurum coarsely punctate anteriorly, punctate-striate posteriorly, ventrad, the speculum finely, sparsely punctate ; sternaulus rather broad, coarsely trans-striate, extending to about two-thirds the length of mesopleurum, and with a coarsely trans-striate mesopleural furrow joining it, and extending forward to the epic- nemia (Fig. 31) ; mesosternum more finely and sparsely punctate, the posterior carina at most very narrowly interrupted at the lateral angle ; propodeum similar to that of pumilus, but the sculpture weaker ; hind coxa punctate, the puncture sparser apically. Gaster with the post-petiole sparsely punctate, usually punctate-striate laterally, apically ; tergites 2 and 3 with clear punctures, becoming obsolete apically ; the following tergites rather sparsely pubescent ; hind wing with the nervellus antefurcal. Colour: black; clypeus red, usually infuscate basally ; mandible with the shaft pale red ; antenna with the scape red, infuscate dorsally, pedicel and base of flagellum testaceous or marked with testaceous ; tegulae pale testaceous ; pronotal collar centrally sometimes marked with pale testaceous ; legs red, marked with pale testaceous, hind coxa infuscate at least basally, hind femur usually infuscate at least apically, hind tibia sometimes marked with fuscous apically, apical mid and hind tarsal segments usually infuscate. Length: 4-5 mm. 6. Unknown. HototyPe. 9. Hym.3b 1831. ENGLAND: Suffolk; Bentley Woods, 16. vi. 1902 (C. Morley). (B.M.Coll.) PARATYPES. ENGLAND: I (Capron). (Morley Coll.) Surrey; 19, Bagshot Heath, 20. vili.1934 (O. W. Richards). (B.M.Coll.) SweEpDEN: Skane; 19, Léderup, 22.vii.1938 (J. F. and D. M. S. Perkins). (B.M.Coll.) This species is of considerable interest, as not only does it possess a well-developed sternaulus, but also an oblique furrow running between this and the epicnemia, as is found in certain Hemiteles (s.1.). In many Porizonini it appears that the anterior part of the sternaulus is missing, and thus only a “‘ mesopleural furrow ”’ is present, such as is found in many Braconidae. This character, together with the very narrowly interrupted posterior carina of the mesosternum, allows this species to be readily distinguished from all others within the pumilus group. Epitomus proximus sp. nov. This species is very closely related to Epitomus parvus Thomson and therefore I give the description in the form of a comparative table with that species. proximus 9g. Genal sulcus very weakly impressed. Gena with coriaceous sculpture behind the genal sulcus. Face with rather even coriaceous sculp- ture laterally. : _ Head more shallowly impressed along the outer margin of the eye. 6. Lower frontal orbits sometimes con- ‘Spicuously marked with yellow. 17g, 189, England, Ireland, Sweden. parvus Genal sulcus distinctly impressed. Gena polished behind the genal sulcus. Face with a polished area above the clypeus towards the genal sulcus. Head deeply impressed along the outer margin of the eye. Lower frontal orbits not marked with yellow. 30g, 732, England, Ireland, Ger- many, Sweden. 162 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE HoLotyPe. 9. Hym. 3b 1832. ENnGLanp: Glos; Forest of Dean, High Meadow Woods, 9.vi.1936. (E. B. Britton and J. F. Perkins). (B.M.Coll.) ALLOTYPE. ¢. IRELAND: Co. Kildare; 29.viii.1937 (A. W. Stelfox). (B.M. Coll.) PARATYPES. 163, 179, ENGLAND, IRELAND, SWEDEN. (B.M.Coll. and A. W. Stelfox Coll.) The form of the genal sulcus is usually a good character in separating species of Ichneumonidae, and it is for this reason that I have retained these forms as distinct, in spite of the paucity of other characters. Mevesia guttata sp. nov. Agreeing with arguta (Wesmael) in the form of the genal carina, which in both meets the hypostomal carina directly behind the base of the mandible, the large, deep clypeal pits, and also in having no white band on the flagellum ; it differs from arguta in having the clypeus inflexed apically but with no flattened apical margin, the notauli very short, the frons more weakly intumescent, the petiolar area less strongly excavate, the genae more finely punctate ventrad, posteriorly, the abdomen with more distinct sculpture though strongly shining and with more distinct, large, sparse punctures; the male is more strongly sculptured than the female. 9. Head with the temples sub-parallel behind the eyes and then broadly rounded to the vertical carina; frons and vertex closely punctate and in part coriaceous, the punctures becom- ing finer and sparse and with no microsculpture on the temples and very sparse on the genae ; 32 Fics. 32, 33. Face to show clypeus: fig. 32, Mevesia arguta, 9; fig. 33, M. guttata, 9. antennal scrobes trans-striate ; face with the epistoma weakly convex and slightly elongate, more finely and more remotely punctured than the frons, the punctures becoming sparser on the face, laterally ; clypeus convex, inflexed apically, with weak microsculpture and remotely punctate, and clearly separated from the epistoma (Fig. 33); malar space coriaceous and sparsely punctate, about half as long as breadth of base of mandible; antenna with 19-20 segments, the basal flagellar segments elongate, becoming sub-quadrate, quadrate at the 11th segment, the post-anellus with length : breadth about 2-5: 1. Thorax: pronotal collar rather short, the transverse groove deep and somewhat crenulate, the lateral groove and the hind margin striate, becoming punctate towards the upper margin and the hind angle; mesoscutum with the punctures similar to the vertex, but becoming close i — a? ee Oe eee an ~— NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 163 anteriorly on the middle lobe, where there is microsculpture between the punctures ; notauli deep anteriorly but shorter than in arguta: scutellum much more finely and more sparsely punctate than the disc of the mesoscutum ; mesopleurum striate-punctate, the speculum polished, narrowly punctate above ; sternaulus crenulate, extending nearly to the middle ; mesosternum finely, closely, shallowly punctate; propodeum with the basal groove narrowed centrally, but broad on either side of the projection; area superomedia finely rugose, little transverse, rounded anteriorly, receiving the distinct costula at about the middle; all the areae enclosed except the basal area; area interna punctate-rugose, area dentipara rugose, area spiracularis rugose-striate, area petiolaris punctate-rugose, distinctly separated from the coarsely rugose areae externae, moderately excised; metapleurum with the area coxalis clearly delimited, striate-rugose ; hind coxa with the dorsal groove obliquely striate, closely punctate laterally, the punctures becoming sparser apically, and somewhat weakly striate on the inner margin, beneath. Gaster somewhat compressed apically ; with the post-petiole coriaceous, sometimes with the coriaceous sculpture tending to run into longitudinal striae, and with very sparse, coarse punc- tures, the extreme apex polished, no delimited central area ; tergite 2 with very broad thyridiae which are rather narrowly separated centrally, coriaceous, with the sculpture becoming obso- lescent apically and with scattered punctures; the sculpture of the following tergites similar in kind to that of the 2nd, but much weaker ; of the 5th and following tergite very weak indeed ; hind wing with the nervellus opposite. Colour: black; clypeus piceous, pale testaceous apically, mandible yellow with the teeth piceous, flagellum dull testaceous, fuscous above, basally ; pronotal collar marked with piceous centrally and laterally, hind angle yellow marked, tegula yellow ; legs red with the coxae black, the front coxa marked with pale testaceous beneath, the middle coxa narrowly pale marked apically, the trochanters infuscate dorsally, the femora sometimes more or less infuscate and the tarsi infuscate apically ; gaster with the extreme apex of tergite 1 piceous to pale testaceous ; tergite 2 testaceous with sub-apical, fuscous spots or band, which laterally join the lateral basal stripe, somewhat infuscate basally; tergite 3 with sub-apical spots or band; tergite 4 fuscous with a basal and apical testaceous band, the following segments more or less piceous apically ; wings hyaline. - 6. In general similar to the 9, but with the sculpture of the abdomen (which is not compressed apically) more distinct ; malar space shorter than in the 2 (about one-third breadth of base of mandible) ; antenna with 22 segments, with rather small tyloidae on segments 9-11 ; propodeum a little shorter, more coarsely sculptured and with the carina a little more strongly raised than in the 9. _ Colour; antenna black or fuscous, yellowish beneath apically ; face and clypeus yellow, the _ genae not marked with yellow; hind angle of pronotum marked with yellow, tegula yellow ; front and middle coxae mostly yellow, trochanters and trochantelli yellow, femora pale testa- ceous, very finely marked with light fuscous, tarsi pale testaceous, infuscate apically ; hind coxa with a yellow apical spot, trochanter and trochantellus yellow, femur fuscous, some- what testaceous basally, tibia and tarsus infuscate, the tibia darker basally and apically ; gaster with the thyridiae, which extend almost completely across the segment, yellow ; tergite I narrowly testaceous apically, tergite 2 testaceous apically, tergite 3 testaceous basally and apically, tergite 4 testaceous apically ; the following tergites more or less testaceous apically. Length: ¢ 6 mm., 2 5-6 mm. Hototyrr. 9. Hym. 3b 1833. Encranp: Suffolk ; Monks Soham, 8.v.1911I _ (C. Morley) (B.M.Coll.) (Previously det. as Diadromus collaris.) ALLOTYPE. g. ENGLAND: Capron Coll. (B.M.Coll.) PARATYPES. ENGLAND: Herts; Tring, 19, 2.v.1937 (R. B. Benson). (B.M. Coll.) 19, 1052 (J. B. Bridgman). (Previously det. as macilentus Wesmael.) (Nor- wich Museum.) 164 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE PARAETHECERUS gen. nov. (Phaeogenini) The single known species is elongate and of the general facies of Micrope Thomson. Head with the mandibles bidentate, the shaft with the sides sub-parallel, and the lower tooth a little smaller and not far removed from the upper tooth ; frons coriaceous with scattered punctures, with no antennal scrobes ; face somewhat inflexed, the epistoma sub-quadrate and clearly divided from the clypeus by a rather deep groove ; genal carina meeting the hypostomal carina (which is not very strongly raised) at a distance from the base of the mandible ; gena not excavate posteriorly ; clypeus strongly produced in the centre, with a wide excision in the lower margin of this protuberance, the apical margin flattened (Fig. 34) ; the face and malar space short ; antenna weakly clavate, the scape not expanded basally nor flared apically. 35 Fics. 34, 35. Pavaethecerus elongatus, 2: fig. 34, face to show clypeus; fig. 35, tergites 1 and 2 of gaster. Thorax with a long pronotal collar; mesoscutum with short, weak notauli; mesosternum flattened, the sternauli reaching to about one-third the length of the mesosternum ; posterior carina of mesosternum narrowly, but distinctly interrupted at the lateral angle; propodeum with a distinct dorsal and apical face, the area superomedia closed posteriorly, and the general sculpture of the propodeum becoming rugose ; legs with the claws simple ; wings rather narrow, front wing with the 2nd intercubital vein present but unpigmented, hind wing with the nervellus postfurcal. Gaster somewhat clavate ; tergite 1 not intumescent and not punctate; thyridiae large and distinct, well removed from the base of tergite 2, the gastrocoeli undifferentiated (Fig. 35) ; ovipositor sheaths rather broad and a little exserted ; the hypopygium, apically, well removed from the apex of the ovipositor. — ay NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 165 Only the 2 known. Type species Paraethecerus elongatus sp. nov. Differs from Aethecerus in the form of the frons, scape and gena. In general facies and in the form of the frons, similar to Micrope, but that genus has an evenly convex clypeus and a more elongate and less inflexed face and longer malar space, and a strong, complete posterior carina of the mesosternum. Paraethecerus also has a resemblance to Centeterus and Eparces in general form, but differs in the clypeus and in the strong thyridiae. Paraethecerus elongatus sp. nov. 9. Head with the temples parallel behind the eyes, rather long and convex ; face coriaceous with scattered punctures and tending to striation beneath the antennal sockets ; clypeus with coarse punctures basally ; genae and temples in greater part coriaceous, with scattered punc- tures ; antenna with 17-18 segments, segment 3 a little shorter than 4 (3, length : breadth about 18:1; 4, length: breadth about 2: 1). Thorax: pronotum laterally with the groove weakly striate, evenly striate posteriorly, coriaceous dorsad with fine, indistinct punctures ; mesoscutum clearly punctate, the punctures sparser in the middle of the lateral lobes, with sculpture between the punctures on the central lobe and on the disc; scutellum more finely and less closely punctate than on the disc of the mesoscutum, polished between the punctures ; mesopleurum more closely and more coarsely punctate, the speculum punctate, a little more finely and less closely punctate on the meso- sternum ; propodeum with the area superomedia pentagonal, 1-6 to 2 times as long as broad at the junction with the more or less distinct costulae, which are received before the middle ; the lateral carinae erased at least posteriorly ; metapleurum coarsely, very closely punctate, the coxal area not differentiated ; petiolar area not or rather weakly differentiated from the areae laterales ; hind femur about 3:8 times as long as broad ; hind coxa punctate, the punctures sparser apically, clear on the lower, inner margin, the dorsal groove coriaceous. Gaster with the tergites coriaceous, the sculpture becoming very weak on tergites 5-7, tergites 2-4 with scattered punctures ; post-petiole with the central area more or less indicated. Colour: black; clypeus in part red, mandibles in greater part pale testaceous, antenna testaceous, infuscate apically, sometimes also fuscous marked above, basally ; pronotum some- times with the collar red marked, hind angles sometimes red marked, apex of prosternum some- _ times red marked, tegula pale testaceous ; legs red, coxae sometimes infuscate basally, middle and hind tibiae narrowly infuscate basally and apically, hind femur infuscate apically, the tarsi with the apical segment infuscate. Length: 5 mm. ¢ unknown. HoLotyPe. 9. Hym. 3b 1834. Encranp: Suffolk; Brandon, 7.vi.1903 (C. Morley). (B.M.Coll.) (det. as Aethecerus longulus Wesmael by C. Morley.) PARATYPE. 9. GERMANY (Ruthe). (B.M.Coll.) Phaeogenes foveolatus sp. nov. This species belongs to the Phaeogenes fulvitarsis group (section F. of Thomson), and is most closely related to fulvitarsis Wesmael (syn. ruficoxa Thomson) and rusti- _ catus Wesmael (syn. fulvitarsis auctt. angl.) ; it is probably the species that Thomson determined as rusticaius. It differs from fulvitarsis in having the inner tooth of the carina of the hind coxa arising distinctly before the hind margin, the 4th 166 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE segment of the antenna a little shorter than the distance between the posterior ocelli, the flagellum stouter, and the notauli at most faintly indicated behind the pit on the anterior margin of the mesoscutum. 9. Head with the temples roundedly narrowed behind the eyes; hind ocellus about twice as far from the occipital carina as its greatest diameter ; frons with the antennal scrobes weakly, obliquely striate, clearly punctate dorsad and on the vertex, the punctures sparser on the temples ; epistoma convex, not sharply differentiated from the rest of the face, punctate, the punctures becoming sparser towards the orbits; gena more clearly punctate than the temples, malar space in part coriaceous and punctate, about half as long as breadth of base of mandible; cly- peus convex, with a sub-apical ridge which is interrupted centrally by punctures and coriaceous 36 37 Fics. 36-39. Basal antennal segments: fig. 36, Phaeogenes foveolatus, 2; fig. 37, P. fulvitarsis, 9. Hind coxa of P. foveolatus, 2: fig. 38, lateral; fig. 39, ventral. sculpture (as in all species of this group) ; hypostomal carina strongly raised, the genal carina meeting this at a distance behind the base of the mandible less than the length of the malar space; gena not excavate; antenna somewhat stout apically, the post-anellus at most equal to the distance between the posterior ocelli (Fig. 36); antenna with 23-25 segments (24 in 9 out of 14 specimens). Thorax: pronotal collar well developed, the transverse groove distinct, the lateral groove and the lower part of the hind margin striate, above this rather coarsely punctate; notauli represented by a deep anterior pit, behind this rarely with a very short, hardly traceable impres- sion; mesoscutum with rather coarse, clear punctures on the disc, more finely and sparsely punctate on the lateral lobes ; scutellum a little more finely punctate than the disc of the meso- scutum, more coarsely punctate than the lateral lobes; mesopleurum punctate, becoming punctate-striate behind, the speculum for the most part with sparse, rather coarse punctures ; sternauli shallow and inconspicuously crenulate, hardly extending to half ; mesosternum more finely punctured than the pleurum ; propodeum with all the areae distinct, the area superomedia elongate, hexagonal, receiving the costula well before the middle, weakly rugose ; area interna i i " SE ee eee NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 167 and area dentipara weakly rugose and punctate, area petiolaris trans-striate-punctate, aera externa rugose, area spiracularis striate-punctate ; metapleurum punctate, striate in part ; hind coxa with an oblique, sub-apical carina, which is very weakly, broadly raised externally, and more sharply raised internally, the area before the carina very finely punctate with only a faint indication of oblique striation (Figs. 38-39). Gaster with the post-petiole weakly coriaceous in part, sometimes in part longitudinally striate, and sometimes with a few scattered punctures ; thyridiae broad, and about as far from the base of the 2nd tergite as their length; tergites 2 and 3 coriaceous with few, widely scattered punctures ; tergite 4 similarly but more weakly sculptured, the following segments becoming progressively smoother ; hind wing with the nervellus opposite, or slightly postfurcal. Colour: black ; mandibles pale testaceous except for the teeth ; antenna with the scape and pedicel black, varying to broadly testaceous beneath ; 3 or 4 basal flagellar segments testaceous ; a white stripe usually on antennal segments 9-12, sometimes reduced, and in 2 German speci- mens on segments 8-12; legs red, pale testaceous in part, the hind femur and sometimes the hind coxa infuscate apically, the hind tibia rather narrowly infuscate basally and apically, and the apical tarsal segments infuscate ; gaster with tergite 1 narrowly pale apically ; tergites 3-5 entirely red, the following segments narrowly piceous apically. $. Similar to the ? in general sculpture, and also with the notauli only clearly represented by the anterior pit ; antenna with 27 segments, tyloidae on segments 10-13/14, the basal segments a little shorter than in rusticatus ; clypeus marked with yellow ; legs similar in colour to those of the Q but the coxae and hind trochanter can be extensively black marked, and the hind tarsus is fuscous, with the basal segments narrowly pale basally ; gaster with only the apices of the central segments narrowly testaceous, and more strongly coriaceous and punctate than in the 9. Length: $5 mm.; 9 5-6 mm. HoLotyPeE. 9. Hym. 3b 1835. ENGLAND: Surrey; Boxhill, 9.v.1891 (7. R. Billups). (B.M.Coll.) ALLOTYPE. ¢. ENGLAND: Surrey; Horsley, 24.vii.1949 (J. F. Perkins) (B.M.Coll.) PARATYPES. ENGLAND: Kent; Deal, 49, 2.viii.1880; 19, 8.viii.1880 (IT. R. Billups); Surrey; 1g, same data as allotype. ScoTLanp: Inverness ; Aviemore, 19, 4. vi. 1952 (R. B. Benson). IRELAND: Co. Dublin; Slade of Saggart, 19, 4.x. 1936 (A. W. Stelfox) ; Co. Wicklow ; Dunran, 19, 25.v.1937 (A. W. Stelfox). SWEDEN: Skane; Ringsjén, 19, 4.vi.1938 (J. F. Perkins). GERMANY: 39 _ (Ruthe). (B.M.Coll.) Fintanp: Kuusamo; Paanajarvi Rajala, 19, 5.vii.1935, beaten from Picea (G. J. Kerrich). (Helsinki Museum.) Phaeogenes (Proscus) coriaceus sp. nov. Similar to elongatus Thomson, but differing in the more coarsely coriaceous sculpture of the gaster, with only sparse punctures on the 2nd tergite. 9. Head with the temples slightly diverging directly behind the eyes, rather strongly convex ; _ frons and vertex coarsely punctate, the punctures becoming finer on the temples, the antennal _ scrobes trans-striate ; face with the epistoma convex, punctate at least laterally and dorsad, the rest of the face punctate with the punctures becoming coarser and sparser towards the orbits ; clypeus strongly transverse, sparsely punctate; hypostomal carina narrow; lower tooth of _ mandible a little smaller and shorter than the upper; antenna with 20-22 segments, the post- _ anellus very slightly shorter than the following segment. ENTOM. III, 4. 13 168 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE Thorax: pronotum with a broad collar (Fig. 40) centrally with the transverse groove very shallow, the lateral furrow irregularly trans-striate, the posterior margin more or less striate, strongly punctate dorsad ; mesoscutum with the notauli very short, rather coarsely punctate, polished between the punctures except on the middle lobe anteriorly ; scutellum much more finely punctate than the disc of the mesoscutum ; mesopleurum coarsely punctate, punctate- striate anteriorly, ventrad, the speculum with punctures only along the posterior margin ; stern- aulus crenulate extending almost halfway to the posterior carina; mesosternum more finely punctate, the posterior carina broadly interrupted before the lateral angle ; propodeum (Fig. 41) with the area superomedia elongate, hexagonal, receiving the costula well before the middle ; all the areae clearly differentiated; basal area with the tubercle distinct, punctate basally becoming rugose laterally and apically, the area superomedia weakly or very weakly, irregularly trans-striate, the area petiolaris punctate-trans-striate and the area coxalis punctate; hind coxa with the dorsal furrow almost devoid of sculpture, rugose dorsally at the base, punctate outwardly and beneath, the punctures becoming a little coarser and sparser apically and finer Fics. 40, 41. Phaeogenes coriaceus, 9: fig. 40, thorax dorsally to show pronotal collar; fig. 41, propodeum laterally. on the inner margin, unarmed ; hind femur about three times as long as broad ; wings with the nervellus postfurcal. Gaster with the post-petiole more or less coriaceous and longitudinally striate ; tergites 2 and 3 very strongly coriaceous, 2 with sparse punctures, 3 with punctures closer, basally ; tergite 4 a little less strongly coriaceous and with the punctures similar, though weaker, to those on 3 ; the following tergites weakly coriaceous, 5 and 6 weakly punctate basally. Colour: black; face usually with a yellow spot on the lower, outer part of the antennal socket, sometimes also marked with red laterally ; clypeus red apically, often ivory in the lateral angles; mandibles in large part pale testaceous; scape sometimes reddish beneath, basal flagellar segments more or less marked with red, segments 11 and 12 sometimes white marked ; thorax with the pronotal collar more or less marked with red or yellow centrally, tegula pale — testaceous ; legs red, with the front and/or middle coxae infuscate basally, hind coxa usually _ black basally ; the trochanters often in part more or less yellow, hind trochanter sometimes infuscate ; hind femur infuscate apically, hind tibia infuscate at base and apex ; tarsi with the — apical segment infuscate and on the hind leg usually with all the segments more or less fuscous 5 ee NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 169 marked ; wings hyaline, very weakly smoky apically, the stigma black ; gaster with the apex of tergite 1 and tergites 2-4 red, the following tergites piceous apically. 6. Similar to the 9, but with the temples less broad, the face longer and the epistoma hardly differentiated, the malar space shorter; antenna with 26 segments, segments 7-15 with large tyloidae ; thorax less elongate; hind femur a little thinner (length : breadth about 3:4: 1) ; gaster with the post-petiole shining, more rugose. Face, clypeus and malar space yellow ; scape and pedicel yellow marked beneath, flagellum fuscous, yellowish beneath ; front and middle coxae and trochanters yellow, the femora and tibiae marked with yellow ; hind coxa black basally though red to yellow apically, hind trochan- ter and trochantellus yellow, hind femur not fuscous apically ; gaster with tergites 2, 3 and 4 black or fuscous marked dorsally. Length: ¢ 7 mm., 9 5-7 mm. HoLotyPe. 9. Hym. 3b 1836. ENncGLrAnp: Hants; New Forest, Denny, on dead beech 6.vi.1934 (C. Morley). (B.M.Coll.) (Aethecerus dispar Wesmael det. C. Morley.) ALLOTYPE. ¢. ENGLAND: Hants; New Forest, Denny wood, on dead beech, 7.vii.1940 (C. Morley). (B.M.Coll.) (Centeterus opprimator Gravenhorst det. C. Morley). PARATYPES. ENGLAND: Hants; New Forest, 19, 17.vii.38 (Phaeogenes suspi- cax det. C. Morley); 19, 9.vi.1934 (Aethecerus dispar det. C. Morley) (C. Morley). (C. Morley Coll.) GERMANY: 19, (Ruthe). (B.M.Coll.) XII. CHECK LIST OF BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE The changes to the British List of Ichneumoninae, which have been dealt with _ in the preceding pages, are here brought together. So many points remain unsolved _ that this list can, at most, be considered as a basis for further change. There are also certain matters which should be made clear. I have used Amblyteles in the sense of Thomson and have not accepted the segregates that are recognized by Heinrich. I have examined the male genitalia of those European and North _American species which are available to me for dissection and find that in some cases these show quite striking group characters; however, in certain of these groups I have so far been unable to correlate the differences with other satisfactory characters, so I prefer to place the species in one genus as they all have a number of characters in common, and to wait for a much wider investigation before accepting the segregates. It should, perhaps, be pointed out that under Triptognathus other _ workers have assembled two quite divergent elements ; and that the male genitalia of Amblyieles subsericans and elongatus are essentially similar, though showing also Ps the only reliable differences of which I know for separating the males of these two } species, so that either both have to be included in Limerodops or both retained in _ Amblyteles. _ Certain placements of genera within tribes are obviously unsatisfactory ; Hypo- _mecus, Apaeleticus, Goedartia, Hepiopelmus and Acolobus I have retained in the _ tribes in which they have been placed by recent authors ; Tvicholabus, which seems _to me to be a completely anomalous genus, I have included in the Ichneumonini. _ The Phaeogenini, too, contains very diverse elements, and are grouped together on 170 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE very superficial characters. I have also retained the Heresiarchini as a separate tribe ; if these are placed in the Protichneumonini as Heinrich has proposed, then this latter name will be a synonym of Heresiarchini, though the position concerning the names of the higher categories has not yet been completely clarified by the International Commission on Nomenclature. It will be seen that a few dates, particularly earlier ones, differ from those given in Kloet and Hincks’ list ; in these cases I have followed the findings of Sherborn. In addition to this, I have accepted the date of Holmgren’s fascicle on Phaeogenini as being 1889 as given by Kloet and Hincks, and not 1890 as quoted by Dalla Torre and on the title-page to the complete volume of Holmgren’s Ichneumoninae ; Sharp, in the Zoological Record, decided, on the evidence available to him, that 1889 was correct. TROGINI TrocGus Panzer, 1806. lapidator (Fabricius, 1787). PsILoMASTAX Tischbein, 1868. CERCODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1940. pyvamidalis Tischbein, 1868. pictus (Kriechbaumer, 1882). CALLAJOPPA Cameron, 1903. civrogastva (Schrank, 1781). exaltatovia (Panzer, 1804). PROTICHNEUMONINI PROTICHNEUMON Thomson, 1893. pisorius (Linnaeus, 1758). coquebertt (Wesmael, 1848). erythrogaster (Stephens, 1835). nec (Gmelin, 1790). AMBLYJOPPA Cameron, 1902. fuscipennis (Wesmael, 1844). proteus (Christ, 1791). laminatoria (Fabricius, 1798). COELICHNEUMON Thomson, 1893. cyaniventris (Wesmael, 1859). desinatorius (Thunberg, 1822). subguttatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). leucocerus (Gravenhorst, 1820). falsificus (Wesmael, 1844). auspex (Mueller, 1776). nigerrimus (Stephens, 1835). devasus (Wesmael, 1844). bilineatus (Gmelin, 1790). haemorrhoidalis (Gravenhorst, 1820). truncatulus (Thomson, 1886). solutus (Holmgren, 1864). impressor (Zetterstedt, 1838). consimilis (Wesmael, 1844). purpurissatus Perkins, 1953. nigvatoy (Fabricius, 1793). nec (Mueller, 1776). comitator (Linnaeus, 1758). ferreus (Gravenhorst, 1829). microstictus (Gravenhorst, 1829). sevenus (Gravenhorst, 1820). vuficauda (Wesmael, 1844). orbitator (Thunberg, 1822). HERESIARCHINI HERESIARCHES Wesmael, 1859. eudoxius (Wesmael, 1844). LISTRODROMINI NeEotypus Foerster, 1868. nobilitator (Gravenhorst, 1807). LisTRODROMUS Wesmael, 1844. nycthemerus (Gravenhorst, 1820). ANISOBAS Wesmael, 1844. cingulatorius (Gravenhorst, 1820). platystylus Thomson, 1888. ICHNEUMONINI HopLisMENuS Gravenhorst, 1829. i bidentatus (Gmelin, 1790). spinosus (Morley, 1903). maurus (Marshall, 1873). bispinatorius auctt. angl. eT i ———— i ? j oh i ‘ b4, at ‘4 No | , sett. ; 4 ‘ ‘ \ y i \ . * | ‘ i ¢ ei ’ PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED, BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. 17 DEC 1953 ON A VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA H. E. KARL JORDAN DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA F. G. A. M. SMIT i ee et I BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. ¢ LONDON: 1953 ON A VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA COLLECTED BY DR. J. M. DE LA BARRERA BY H. E. KARL JORDAN a ee uf DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA BY F. G. A. M. SMIT , , t me | \ f Pp. 177-219 ; 67 Text-figures. BULLETIN OF | THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 5 LONDON : 1953 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). «stituted in 1949, 1s issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become veady. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 3, No. 5 of the Entomological serves. Issued December, 1953. Price Ten Shillings. Ts m ~~ o i i te ee eee ee ee Se ee ‘ . — ON A VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA COLLECTED BY DR. J. M. DE LA BARRERA By H. E. KARL JORDAN (Tring, Herts) With 5 text-figures The rapid increase of our knowledge of the Flea fauna of the Republic of Argentina during recent years is due to Dr. J. M. de la Barrera, Director of the Institute of Hygiene at Buenos Aires, and we students of Siphonaptera in the Tring Department of the British Museum (Natural History) are profoundly grateful to him for the invalu- able collections submitted to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) for study and report. The latest collection, received in the autumn of 1952, contained, inter alia, a number of interesting species from Bariloche, Nahuel Huapi, Rio Negro, where Dr. de la Barrera has a summer residence. Among these fleas is a species which excels in interest every other new one Dr. de la Barrera has previously discovered. When the specimens were cleared and mounted the very conspicuous and quite unexpected kind of distinction of this species took my breath away, and my two colleagues reacted in the same way: incredible! The Incredible Flea is the subject of this paper. A new species, new genus, new tribe. I name the genus Barreropsylla in appreciation of the great services Dr. de la Barrera has rendered and is continuing to render to the study of Fleas, an order of parasites so closely linked to his researches on the diseases of the wild mammals of his country. I expect that students of Siphonaptera will be as astonished at the somewhat spectacular distinctions of the species as we were, and that the extraordinarily wide gap, in some somatics, between Barreropsylla excelsa and the related species will arouse interest beyond the sphere of Siphonapterology. A short survey of the main characteristics will be sufficient to prove that the species provides an ample field of meditation for the taxonomist and geneticist In evaluating the characteristics of B. excelsa we must bear in mind that the species, apart from its special features, is an American Stephanocircid fitting well into the subfamily of Craneopsyllinae ; there is no doubt about that. Confining the discussion, for the sake of brevity, to four of the obvious distinguishing features of B. excelsa, we can group them into two phylogenetically contrasting categories : (a) Characters ancestral for the Stephanocircidae and (b) characters highly speciali- | zed. The first category is exemplified in the postantennal section of the head (usually _ termed occiput in our writings on fleas) (Fig. 3): the dorsal margin is medianly _ somewhat rounded dilated (dt) ; this is an early step in the evolution of a sclerotized band which extends some distance down the side in all other species of the family, _ Cleopsylia Rothschild, 1914, taking an intermediate position. Similarly primitive ENTOM, III, 5. 15 180 VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA are the arrangement and number of the setae on the occiput : they form three rows, in which Barreropsylla agrees with many fleas outside the family, but differs from the known species of Stephanocircidae, there being four rows in Cleopsylla and five or six in the other genera (for Cleopsylla see F. Smit’s paper on fleas in this issue of the Bulletin, Figs. 13, 14). Category (b) is represented by the modifications of the genal comb and the pronotum: whereas the known species of helmet fleas have a genal comb of four or more spines (sometimes much shortened), we find in Barrero- psylla at the genal edge one to three dark knobs (Gc), which I interpret as being the remnants of a three-spined ancestral comb ; an advance in evolution by reduction which is no rarity in fleas. The modification of the pronotum is an extreme and probably not surpassed by any other flea existing; it transcends the pronotal Fic. 1.—Pronotum of Nonnapsylla rothschildi Wagn., 1938, 2 from Peru. Fic. 2. Pronotum of Meringis altipecten Traub & Hoff, 1951, g from New Mexico. development of all fleas. The dorsal area is drawn out into a long process which ~ reaches to the end of the mesonotum and bears a comb, the spines of which project downward. It is a feature which would seem to be more appropriate for a species of Membracidae than for a flea. In order to make it easier to understand what has happened to the pronotum of Barreropsylla we figure the pronotum of two other — fleas (Figs. I and 2) for comparison. In contrast with the new genus the helmet — fleas have a vertical pronotal comb more or less similar to that of Nonnapsylla Wagn. 1938 (Fig. 1) ; in no species of the family is there an indication of a develop- ment in the direction of the Barreropsylla pronotum. In other groups of fleas, however, species occur in which the pronotum is dorsally somewhat widened back- — wards, the comb being curved ; and a small number of species are now known in which the posterior margin is longer than the anterior one, the projecting posterior angle being raised well above the mesonotum (Fig. 2; see also figs. 54, 55 in F. Smit’s paper). Comparing Fig. 3 with Fig. 1 it is evident that the development of VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA 181 the mantilla has had various effects on the pronotum, one of them being a considerable reduction in its extension downwards. The true occiput, which lies partly within the pronotum, seems likewise to be affected ; the line which represents its upper surface in a lateral aspect is broader than usual, looking like a rod emanating from the subapical vertical sclerotized ridge ; its apex touches the inner side of the pro- notal exoskeleton and is surrounded by a pale halo (dap), which give one the impres- sion of being a condylus and socket—a very interesting point. However, the detail is too much obscured in both specimens and the observation requires confirmation by further material. Though we see what has happened to the pronotum, we have no evidence of how and why the mantilla has come into existence. Nevertheless, the wide difference between the usual pronotum of a helmet flea (Fig. 1) and that of Barreropsylla (Fig. 3) and the occurrence here and there among other fleas of a pronotum like Fig. 2 suggest an evolution by stages. It is therefore reasonable to assume that intermediate stages have existed and perhaps one or the other of them still exists, which gives us hope that Dr. J. M. de la Barrera will discover the missing link or links. Meanwhile the new flea has to be described and its proper position in the Craneopsyllinae to be ascertained. The distinctions of Barreropsylla being a mixture of primitive somatics, which put the genus at the bottom of the phylogenetic tree of the family, and very highly specialized ones, which place it at the top, it is obvious that the flea followed its own line of evolution and represents a tribe which branched off below the other branches. Barreropsyilini tribus nova Craneopsyllinarum Dorsal margin of occiput with a short downward widening in middle. Pronotum dorsally produced backwards into a process which bears a comb each side; no vertical pronotal comb. This diagnosis is kept short as it may possibly have to cover in future one or several less strongly modified species. Barreropsylla gen. nov. (Fig. 3) $9. Spines of comb of helmet long, except the first (uppermost), which is reduced in length and width, the ventral spine being the longest ; anterior area of helmet narrow, with short incrassations, many of which are obtuse, and with a row of small and rather indistinct bristles; upper third of this area without incrassations ; _ ventrally the area projects down as a nose which is about as long as the base of the _ ventral spine is broad (in gf the nose broken away). Helmet not distinctly separated _ from genal area, but there is below the spines of the comb a pale stripe from the apex of the second spine downwards ; at the posterior side of this stripe there are numerous small bristles, and from its anterior side some narrow, apically rounded- dilated sclerotized streaks extend obliquely across it in an upward direction. Maxilla rounded-truncate, not pointed. Occiput with only three rows of bristles and a VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA 182 “® “aou ‘oads 2 ‘Uas wsja9xa vi isdosasdvg JO xe1oy} pue peasy “Ef ‘Ol VILst. Fic. 5. Barreropsylla excelsa, terminalia of 9. in addition a long one on the inside at the base of the process. Below P and forming with it a round sinus there is a narrow, almost spine-like projection, which may possibly not belong to the clasper ; it is placed close to the clasper’s sclerotized swelling, which bears the movable digitoid F. This is claw-like, narrow, curved towards P and pointed and bears a submarginal row of 4 bristles, of which the lowest is the stoutest ; then follow on the margin of F 6 very thin ones (some quite short) and at some distance from apex a long one about the thickness of the third of the submarginal row but longer. The upper end of the anterior arm of IX.st. is curved backwards as shown in Fig. 4; the posterior arm is straight, broadest at the 186 VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA base, gradually narrowed, the apical half being about as broad as the basal fourth of the antepygidial bristle and bearing two slender bristles. X.t. triangular in lateral aspect, with an oblique row of thin bristles on the side and several more bristles further forward, the base partially overlapped by the sensilium. Most of the distal sclerites of the phallosome (P/) are hidden and not indicated in Fig. 4; the proximal portion is bulbiform and more convex dorsally than ventrally. Some distance proximally of the digitoid F lies, each side of body, a sclerite which resembles the blade of a woodcutter’s axe (ax) and is conspicuous by its shape; -it is evidently a part of the phallosome. 9. (Fig. 5.) VII.t. with 13 bristles in a row and in front of them 8 small ones (on the two sides together) ; its apical margin nearly straight. Cavity of spiracle (Spi) of VIII.t. curved upwards, being a little more than twice as long as broad ; from the spiracle downwards there are 1g bristles on the left side and 14 on the right, the upper bristle of the second row being the largest ; on the inside of the apical margin there is a cluster of 3 short and stiff bristles and none further down. X.t. bears 7 bristles each side, the dorsal median one being larger than the apical bristle of the stylet (Sty) ; X.st. is evenly convex below, and has a small bristle at the upper margin and a long one near the lower part of the apical margin. Stylet about three times as long as broad. The spermatheca (R.s.) resembles that of Tiarapsylla titschacki Wagn., 1937, its orifice being ventral. Length § 2:2 mm., 9 2°5 mm. One pair from the Republic of Argentina: collected by Dr. J. M. de la Barrera at Bariloche, Nahuel Huapi, Rio Negro, 780 mm., 3 vii. 1952, on Akodon sp., type . In the coll. of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA By F. G. A. M. SMIT SYNOPSIS Six new fleas are described in this paper and two imperfectly known species are redescribed. Unless stated otherwise, all type specimens are in the Rothschild collection and the British Museum collection of Siphonaptera at Tring, Herts, Family VERMIPSYLLIDAE Dorcadia ioffi, n. sp. (Figs. I, 3) TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male and allotype female: Issyk-Kul, Tien Shan, Turkestan, 1943, ex Ovis aries, received from I. G. Ioff. Paratypes: two females with same data as holotype and allotype. Diacnosis. Closely related to the hitherto only known representative of the genus, Dorcadia dorcadia (Rothschild), 1912, but readily distinguishable in both sexes by the much larger size of the abdominal spiracular fossae ; the male differs in the shape and proportions of the modified segments, the female likewise in the terminal segments, though less markedly so. DEscRIPTION. Apart from the larger size of the spiracular fossae and the details of the terminalia, there do not seem to be any major differences in the two species of Dorcadia. MODIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: MALE (Fig. 1, cf. Fig. 2). Manubrium rather narrow, about five times as long as broad at its apically broadest point, in D. dorcadia about two and a half times as long as broad. The posterior margin of the clasper above the movable process bears about half a dozen long setae at or near the margin which is truncate just above the movable process; in D. dorcadia only 2 of the marginal setae are elongated and the margin above the movable process forms an acute process. Along the margin of the clasper below the movable process 3 very long curved setae; in D. dorcadia there are 4-5 such setae. On the outer side of the clasper a vertical patch of about 6 setae, on the corresponding part, but on the inside, about 16 small setae; in D. dorcadia on the outer side about 12 setae, but none on its inner side. Movable process proportionally longer than that of 1 The specimens of this new species (Dorcadia) and the next one described here (Chaetopsylla) were among material received in 1946 from Prof. I. G. Ioff of the Parasitological Laboratory at Saratov, U.S.S.R., in exchange for material from the Tring collection. Since then it has become practically impossible to communicate with colleagues in Russia, and I have not been able to inform Professor loff of the status of the specimens which are now here described as new. To describe new species without _ the consent of the colleague who submitted the material for study and comments would normally be unethical, but in this case the increase of our knowledge seemed to SEESCe? this consideration—a view which is shared by my colleagues at Tring. 188 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA FIGs. I, 2. Fig. 1, Dorcadia ioffi n. sp. Terga VII, VIII and clasper (tergum IX) and anal segment. (Holotype.) Fig. 2, Dorcadia dorcadia (Rothschild). Terga VII, VIII and clasper (tergum IX) and anal segment. (Yen-an Fu, Shensi.) DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA > - — Me emmy ees ~ 9344 a Aas ‘04 bad Gy eae 3 FIGs. 3-5. Fig. 3, Dorcadia ioffi n. sp. Terminalia of female. (Allotype.) Fig. 4, Dorcadia dor- cadia (Rothschild). Tergum VII. (Yen-an Fu, Shensi.) Fig. 5, Dorcadia dorcadia (Rothschild). Terminalia of female. (Yen-an Fu, Shensi). 189 190 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA the other species and with more numerous setae. In both species the dorsal anal lobe (tergum X) is fused with tergum IX; the ventral anal lobe (sternum X) is distinctly longer in the new species than in D. dorcadia. The very peculiar phallo- some is extremely similar in the two species. FEMALE (Fig. 3, cf. Figs. 4, 5). This is a larger flea than D. dorcadia (although the reverse appears true owing to the lesser degree of expansion of the available females of D. offi), and the fact that its tergal and sternal sclerites are larger (cf. Figs. 3 and 4, 5) may be due to this fact, but they are also distinctly broader and with a more convex anterior margin, as shown in the figures. The spiracular fossae are actually and relatively larger ; above the spiracular fossa of tergum VIII about 8 upwards-pointing setae, while in D. dorcadia there are only 2 or 3 such setae; the setae behind and below the sensilium and on the ventral anal lobe are also more numerous than in D. dorcadia. The spermathecae of the two species are very similar. LENGTH OF MALE, 3 mm.; the length of the female cannot be given in a satis- factory way, owing to the different stages of expansion of the specimens. REMARK. This new species is named in honour of the great Russian Siphon- apterologist, Prof. I. G. Toff. Chaetopsylla caucasica, n. sp. (Figs. 6, 8, 10, 12) TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male and allotype female: Kisha, N.W. Caucasus, 1940, ex Martes martes, received from Prof. I. G. Ioff. DiaGnosis. The new species is closely related to Chaetopsylla matina Jordan, and differs from it in the male by the shape of the corpus of the clasper, the straight- ness of the movable process and the greater length of the distal arm of sternum IX ; — the female is difficult to distinguish from that of C. matina, except for a difference in © the shape of the spermatheca. DESCRIPTION : HEAD. Frontal tubercle deciduous; labial palp consisting of 5 segments, not extending beyond the apex of the fore coxa. Without a strong seta on the genal process immediately below the hinder part of the eye. THORAX. Metepimeron with 2 rows of setae, the anterior row being well developed and composed of 4 or 5 setae. ABDOMEN. The setae of the terga are not notably long and coarse; for the arrangement of setae below or behind the spiracular fossae of terga II-VII see © Fig. 12 ; in the female these spiracular fossae are situated well in front of the short main tergal row of setae and there are in this sex two setae above the spiracular fossa of tergum II, and one above those of terga IJI-VII. MODIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: MALE (Figs. 6, 8, cf. Figs. 7, 9). Corpus of clasper about one and a half times as long as broad, as in C. matina, but its posterior __ margin is strongly convex ; the setae along this margin far more numerous thanin C. matina ; setae on the lower part of the inner side of the corpus longer and more | distinctly grouped together than in C. matina. Movable process apparently straight _ DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 191 sores t bape TIS =r Fics. 6, 7. Fig. 6, Chaetopsylla caucasica n. sp. Clasper and sternum IX. (Holotype.) Fig. 7, Chaetopsylla matina Jordan. Clasper and sternum IX. (Cauterets, Hautes Pyrenées.) 192 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA Fics. 8-12. Fig. 8, Chaetopsylla caucasica n. sp. Aedeagal apodeme. (Holotype.) Fig. 9, Chaetopsylla matina Jordan. Aedeagal apodeme. (Cauterets, Hautes Pyrenées.) Fig. 10, Chaeto- psylla caucasica n. sp. Sternum VII, spermatheca and sclerotized part of the ductus bursae copulatricis. (Allotype.) Fig. 11, Chaetopsylla matina Jordan. Sternum VII, spermatheca and sclerotized part of the ductus bursae copulatricis. (Cauterets, Hautes Pyrenées.) Fig. 12, Chaetopsylla caucasica n. sp. Terga II-VII of male. (Holotype.) oe ————— ee er DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 193 (that of the right-hand side is curved in the only male available, but this shape seems to be due to distortion) ; the process narrows markedly at two-thirds and is then of uniform width to near the apex, where it tapers gradually ; the acetabulum is situated at the anterior margin of the corpus, while in C. matina it is placed well away from this margin. Manubrium with a straight upper and a convex lower margin. Proximal arm of sternum IX more distinctly angulate than that of C. matina, while the distal arm is slenderer and relatively much longer than in the latter species and bears apically a few rather short setae (not long ones as in C. matina). Aedeagal apodeme much broader than that of C. matina. FEMALE (Fig. 10, cf. Fig. 11). Sternum VII very much like that of C. matina, but the ventral lobe appears to be sharper, although females of C. matina are rather variable in this respect. Tergum VIII with a main row of II setae on one side, 12 on the other, on each side the 6 lower and larger setae of this row are situated below the spiracular fossa. Appendix of spermatheca relatively stouter than that of C. matina, while the reservoir also appears to be much larger in relation to the length of the appendix. The sclerotized part of the ductus bursae copulatricis is less strongly bent than that of C. matina, but whether this shape is genuine or not cannot be ascertained from the only female available. LENGTH OF MALE, 24 mm.; female approximately 3} mm..: Family STEPHANOCIRCIDAE Subfamily CRANEOPSYLLINAE Cleopsylla monticola, n. sp. (Figs. 13, 15, 17, 19, 21) TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male and allotype female: Pichincha, Ecuador, Ist October, 1931, ex Caenolestes fuliginosus, collected by F. Spillmann. Paratypes : one male and one female, Chimborazo, Ecuador, April, 1931, ex Sigmodon sp. ; one male, Iliniza, Ecuador, April, 1931, ex Thomasomys sp.; these paratypes were also collected by F. Spillmann. Diacnosis. This new species from Ecuador differs from the hitherto only known representative of the genus, Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild (occurring in Peru), by the straightness of the anterior margin of the frons, the strongly reduced number of small setae bordering the antennal fossa dorsally, and by the chaetotaxy of the hind tibia. The modified abdominal segments and genitalia of the male are extremely similar in the two species, but the females are most easily distinguishable by the _ shape of the spermatheca. DESCRIPTION : HEAD (Fig. 13, cf. Fig. 14). Dorsal margin of frons anteriorly strongly rounded ; the anterior margin of the frons slopes strongly backwards ; it is straight for most of its extent and in its lower portion rounded to form the genal margin, which is slightly longer than that of C. townsendi. On the frons there is a vertical ctenidium, consisting of 7 spines in the male, and 8 in the female, as is also the case in the other species ; the two species also agree in having the lowest ENTOM, III, 5. 16 194 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA spine elongated and curved downwards pre-apically ; the bases of these spines in C. monticola form an imaginary line which is parallel to the straight frontal margin, while this is not the case in C. townsendi owing to this species having usually a markedly convex anterior frontal margin. In front of the ctenidium a row of 5 RoR Ox SYN) Hip Fics. 13-16. Fig. 13, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Head and pronotum of male. (Iliniza, Ecuador.) Fig. 14, Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild. Head and pronotum of male. (Carhuamayo, Peru.) Fig. 15, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Spermatheca (Allotype.) Fig. 16, Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild. Spermatheca and genital ducts. (Tacna, Peru.) DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 195 20 Fics. 17, 174, 18, 18a, 19, 20. Fig. 17, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Clasper and sternum IX. (Iliniza, Ecuador.) Fig. 174, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Movable process of clasper. (Iliniza, Ecuador.) Fig. 18, Cleopsylla townsendit Rothschild. Clasper and sternum IX. (Carhuamayo, Peru.) Fig. 18a, Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild. Movable process of clasper. (Carhuamayo, Peru.) Fig. 19, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Sternum VII of female. (Allotype.) Fig. 20, Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild. Sternum VII of female. (Tacna, Peru.) 196 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA setae, the fourth seta from above being the longest. The genal ctenidium consists of 5 spines, the lowest of which is a little longer than the others and partly concealed by its neighbour, while the small most dorsal spine is placed on the broad, rounded genal process and is rather variable in size. Clava of antenna somewhat broader than that of C. townsendi ; antennal fossa dorsally bordered by one or two small setae, in contrast with C. townsendi, where there are many more such setae. Chaeto- taxy of the postantennal region of the head virtually the same in the two species, except that in the new species the setae, like most of the other setae, are slightly longer than in C. townsendi. THORAX. Pronotum (Fig. 13, cf. Fig. 14) with two rows of setae and a ctenidium of 25-28 spines in the male and 25-27 in the female (in C. townsend, male with 22-25, female with 21-26 spines) ; the sharply pointed straight pronotal spines gradually decrease in length from above downwards in both species. Pronotum dorsally longer than the uppermost spines, while the reverse is true for C. townsend1 ; meso- thorax and metathorax as in the latter species. Lecs (Fig. 21, cf. Fig. 22). A row of short spiniform setae on the inner side of the hind coxa. The chaetotaxy of the posterior margin of the tibiae of the two species is different and the differences described and figured here are taken from the hind tibia: the two median groups of strong setae arising from notches in the posterior margin consist of 3 setae in both species, but in the new species the innermost seta is displaced downwards and has become marginal, thus causing the tibia to possess a false comb, while in C. townsendi the innermost seta of the two groups is in line with the other two setae and therefore the more primitive condition is retained here. ABDOMEN. Terga I—V in the male with 2-4, 2-4, 3, 3, 2-3 apical spinelets respec- tively on each side, in the female 2-3, 3, I-2, I-3, I-2 respectively ; for C. townsendt these figures are: in the male 2-3, 2-3, I-2, I-2, I, and in the female 2-3, 2-3, I-2,1I-2,1. The chaetotaxy of the first 7 abdominal segments is virtually the same in the two species. MODIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: MALE (Fig. 17, cf. Fig. 18). Movable process of clasper (Fig. 174) with its apex expanded both anteriorly and posteriorly, the posterior expansion forming a conspicuous lobe which is almost absent in C. towns- endi (Fig. 18a). The distal arm of sternum IX tends to be slightly broader than ~ that of C. townsendi. In other respects the modified segments, as also the phallo- — some, are very much alike in the two species. FEMALE (Figs. 15, 19, cf. Figs. 16, 20). Posterior margin of sternum VII with a long and shallow sinus, similar to that in C. townsendi though shorter ; the row of — setae extends upwards to a point level with the lower margin of the lobe of the posterior margin of the sternum, while in C. townsendi it extends to above this point. Spermatheca markedly different from that of the Peruvian species, its tail — being much shorter and stouter and internally finely striated (instead of reticulate) and the striae on the inside of the reservoir are less dense. The genital ducts could ~ not be made out in the two females available. LENGTH of male, 2 mm. ; female, 24 mm. | REMARKS. Cleopsylla townsendi is known to occur in places at high altitudes in — Peru (between 12,000 and 16,000 ft.) and the same seems to be true for the new DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 197 species described above, for all specimens of the latter were collected on three of the highest mountains in Ecuador, namely Chimborazo (altitude + 20,500 ft.), Pichincha (altitude + 16,000 ft.) and Iliniza (altitude + 17,500 ft.). Though the altitude is not given on the slide labels, it seems safe to assume that the specimens were collected well above 10,000 ft., near the timber line. It should be noted that the paratypes of Cleopsylla monticola were recorded by Jordan (1931) under the name of Cleopsylla townsend, and also that (contrary to his belief at that time) the supposed inaccuracy in his drawing of the tail of the spermatheca of C. townsendi does not exist, the drawing being perfectly accurate and the difference in the spermatheca being specific. Plocopsylla phyllisae, n. sp. (Figs. 25, 26, 28, 30) TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male from Guamani, Ecuador, July, 1931, ex Oryzomys sp., collected by F. Spillmann. DraGnosis. The new species is related to Plocopsylla phobos Jordan, but differs in the male by the spines of the genal ctenidium being much more strongly reduced, by the typical abdominal terga not being rounded off dorso-posteriorly, and by having a broader clasper and a differently shaped movable process and spiniform on the | inner side of the latter; moreover, the sterna IX of the two species are not alike and the hind tibiae differ in their chaetotaxy. Female unknown. DESCRIPTION : HEAD (Fig. 25, cf. Figs. 23, 24). Prectenidial part of head narrower than the ‘‘ helmet ’’- ctenidium, which consists of 14 spines on each side. In other respects the head is extremely like that of P. phobos, except that the four genal spines are strongly reduced in size, which is not the case in the male of any other known Plocopsylla, and in the female sex such small genal spines are only found in M P. phobos (which could imply that the females, attributed to P. phobos, are not that species). THORAX. Very similar to that of P. phobos ; in both species the pronotal cteni- dium consists of 14 spines. Lecs (Fig. 30, cf. Fig. 31). The setae at the posterior (dorsal) margin of the hind tibia are much thinner and therefore grouped more closely together than in P. phobos, while the fourth notch from the apex bears only 2 setae as against 3 in P. phobos. ABDOMEN (Fig. 26, cf. Fig. 27). Chaetotaxy of terga I-VII and of sterna II-VII similar to that of P. phobos, but the setae are much shorter than in the latter species. _ The shape of the terga is quite normal (Fig. 26), but stress should here be laid upon _ the shape of those of P. phobos: in the male of that species the dorsal part of the ; posterior margin of terga II-VI is rounded and forms no distinct angle with the dorsal margin (Fig. 27). This is an interesting form of sexual dimorphism, since in the female of P. phobos the terga are normally shaped (as in Fig. 26). Similar modified terga are found in the males of P. wolffsohni (Rothschild) and P, chiris 198 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA Fics. 21-27. Fig. 21, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Hind tibia of male, (Iliniza, Ecuador.) Fig. 22, Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild. Hind tibia of male. (Carhuamayo, Peru.) Fig. 23, Plocopsylla phobos Jordan. Gena of male. (Holotype.) Fig. 24, Plocopsylla phobos Jordan. Gena of female. (Guamani, Ecuador.) Fig. 25, Plocopsylla phyllisae n.sp. Gena of male. (Holotype.) Fig. 26, Plocopsylla phyllisae n. sp. Terga III-V. (Holotype.) Fig. 27, Plocopsylla phobos Jordan. Terga III-V. (Holotype.) DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 199 Fics. 28, 29. Fig. 28, Plocopsylla phyllisae n. sp. Modified abdominal segments. (Holotype.) Fig. 29, Plocopsylla phobos Jordan, Modified abdominal segments. (Holotype.) 200 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA FIGs. 30-33. Fig. 30, Plocopsylla phyllisae n. sp. Hind tibia of male. (Holotype.) Fig. 31, Ploco- psylla phobos Jordan. Hind tibia of male. (Holotype.) Fig. 32, Craneopsylla minerva minerva (Rothschild). Apex of clasper. (Villa Carolina, Rio Lavallen, Argentina.) Fig. 33, Megarthroglossus jamesont n. sp. Head, thorax and coxae. (Holotype.) DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 201 (Jordan), and the former is also sexually dimorphic in this respect, like P. phobos, while the sole known female of P. chiris lacks the abdomen. Terga I-V with 4-5, 3-4, 3-4, 3-4, I-I apical spinelets respectively (in P. phobos: 3-4, 3-4, 2-3, I-2, o respectively). Of the two antesensilial setae the upper one is a thin and very small seta, and the lower, which in the other species of Plocopsylla (except P. ender- leint Wagner, where antesensilial setae are absent in the male) is quite normally developed, though sometimes rather short, is vestigial. MODIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS OF MALE (Fig. 28, cf. Fig. 29). Apodeme of tergum IX and manubrium less broad than in P. phobos, but the corpus of the clasper is distinctly broader than in the latter, its dorsal margin being almost straight ; the dorso-apical margin is bordered by a fringe of 12 long setae. Movable process of clasper far less broad basally than that of P. phobos, and with a sharply pointed apex ; the modified spiniform seta on the inner side of the movable process differs markedly from those in all other representatives of the genus by having a downward- pointing triangular thin extension. As is usual in all members of this genus and also in those of the other genera of the subfamily Craneopsyllinae, a distinct non- setiferous process is attached to the inside of the corpus of the clasper near the dorsal part of the base of the movable process. This lateral process is always associated with the latter, and a useful hint as to its origin and function is given by the structure of the clasper of Craneopsylla minerva minerva (Rothschild) (Fig. 32). Here we see that on the inner side of the clasper, along the margin of the dorso-apical angle, the surface is partly sclerotized and striated ; opposite this the movable process has a striated patch on its outer side. In Plocopsylla the clasper is extended further backwards and the apex of the movable process does not reach the apex of the clasper; since the inner striated sclerotization is so closely associated with the movable process, it has moved inwards and developed into a rodlike structure. The function of this process could be (a) to act as a locking device for the movable process or (0) to serve as a stridulatory organ (in connection with the corresponding striated area of the movable process).!_ Posterior margin of proximal arm of sternum IX more irregular than that of P. phobos; the distal arm bears 2 modified setae, the one at the ventral margin being spiniform with a slightly curved apical part, the other is extremely short and has a very blunt apex. LENGTH of male, 2 mm. Remarks. If the relative development of the genal spines in the two sexes of this new species is the same as it is in P. phobos (where these spines are well developed _ in the male and strongly reduced in the female), the unknown female of P. phyllisae might be expected to possess at most vestiges of genal spines, a condition confined in known Stephanocircidae to Barreropsvila excelsa Jordan (see the paper by K. Jordan in the same issue of this Bulletin). The new species is named after Miss Phyllis T. Johnson, Entomologist of the Walter Reed Army Medical Center, Washington, D.C., in appreciation of her great interest in the flea fauna of South America. 1 Though the latter suggestion seems less likely than the first one, it would be of interest if South American entomologists would try out the experiments which Ossiannilsson performed with Auchenor- thynchous Homoptera (Opusc, ent., 1946, 82-84) in order to prove whether or not these fleas can sing. 202 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA Family HysTRICHOPSYLLIDAE Subfamily ANOMIOPSYLLINAE Megarthroglossus jamesoni, n. sp. (Figs. 33-36) TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male and allotype female: Pine Nut Mountains, Douglas County, Nevada, U.S.A., 25th March 1951, from the nest of Neotoma cinerea, collected by E. W. Jameson, Jr. Driacnosis. The new species belongs to the group of species of M. egarthroglossus which normally have a pronotal ctenidium consisting of 16 spines, i.e., M. sicamus Jordan & Rothschild, M. bisetis Jordan & Rothschild and M. beck Tipton & Allred, and is easily separable from these in the male by the shape of sternum VIII, the posterior margin of which has no marked ventral incision, and moreover its posterior margin is almost straight and does not form a lobe ; the female differs from the others of the group by the combination of the following characters: the possession of 3 antesensilial setae each side, sternum VII without a lateral sinus, and the appendix of the spermatheca being less than twice as long as its reservoir, which has no distinct “ collar.” DESCRIPTION. HEAD AND THORAX (Fig. 33) similar to those of the other members of the genus ; pronotal ctenidium consisting of 16 spines ; abdominal terga I and II each with I-I apical spinelets respectively in the male ; in the female there is only I spinelet on one side of tergum I. MoDIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: MALE (Fig. 34). Sternum VIII without a trace of a ventral incision of its posterior margin ; the posterior hyaline part of this sternum with an almost straight posterior margin which forms no lobe ; the length of the entire ventral margin of sternum VIII equals that of sternum VII. Clasper with 6 slender setae along its dorsal margin, a short row of about 6 small setae on its inner side from above the acetabulum to the dorso-apical angle and with 11 long and medium-sized setae distributed along the whole of the posterior margin. Movable process elongate, smoothly and slightly convex posteriorly, its apex obliquely truncate ; none of its setae stout. FEMALE (Figs. 35, 36). Tergum VII with 3 antesensilial setae each side. Posterior — margin of sternum VII with a ventral sinus but without a lateral sinus ; with a main row of 5 setae and in front of the lower setae about 3 additional ones. Appendix of spermatheca about one and a half times as long as the reservoir, the “ collar” of which (the part which is striated on the inside) only bulges dorsally, while the lower margin of this collar is straight and in line with the lower basal margin of the appendix. LENGTH of male, 14 mm. ; female, 2 mm. REMARK. This new species of the Western North American genus Megarthro- glossus is named after my colleague Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., of the University of DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 203 California, who himself collected the two specimens, and most kindly allowed me to describe them and to incorporate the holotype and allotype in the British Museum collection at Tring. Fics. 34-36. Fig. 34, Megarthroglossus jamesoni n. sp. Clasper, sterna VIII and IX. (Holotype.) Fig. 35, Megarthroglossus jamesoni n. sp. Spermatheca. (Allotype.) Fig. 36, Megar- throglossus jamesoni n. sp. Sternum VII and spermatheca. (Allotype.) 204 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA Subfamily CTENOPHTHALMINAE Palaeopsylla similis peusi, n. ssp. (Figs. 37 and 39) TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male and allotype female: Zerma, Rui Mountain, East Serbia (on the border of Bulgaria, 42° 54’ N. 22° 33’ E.), 25th July, 1935, ex Talpa europaea pancici (= Talpa europaea europaea), collected by N. Zeméuznikoy. Paratypes : two males and one female with same data as holotype and allotype. Dracnosis. Separable from the nominotypical subspecies, Palaeopsylla similis similis Dampf, in the male by the convex dorsal margin of the clasper, by the wider base and narrower apex of the movable process and by the more strongly serrate posterior margin of the proximal arm of sternum IX ; in the female by the shape of sternum VII, the posterior margin of which has no sinus below its dorsal lobe. DESCRIPTION. Except for differences in the terminal segments, the new sub- species is indistinguishable from the nominotypical subspecies. MoDIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: MALE (Fig. 37, cf. Fig. 38). Dorsal margin of corpus of clasper distinctly convex, its dorso-apical angle rather acute and pro- jecting a little above the point of insertion of the seta on the posterior margin. Manubrium similar to that of the nominotypical subspecies, and like that of the latter showing a certain amount of variation in its width. Movable process of clasper straight, with a broad triangular base; the anterior (or dorsal) margin narrows abruptly near the apex, and from the apical angle the margin rounds off to continue as.the posterior margin; in the nominotypical subspecies the anterior margin is smoothly rounded near the apex, but the apical and posterior margins meet at a right angle. Chaetotaxy of the movable process in the two subspecies rather similar. Sternum IX in subspecies peusi is very similar to that of the nominotypical subspecies, but the posterior margin of the proximal arm is much more strongly serrate over a somewhat longer distance ; also the apex of the distal arm widens a little less abruptly. FEMALE (Fig. 39, cf. Fig. 40). Sternum VII with a row of 5 or 6 stout setae, as in the nominotypical subspecies, but the uppermost seta is shifted more forwards (backward from the row) ; the posterior margin of this sternum has a broad dorsal lobe below which the margin slants backwards, but without forming a distinct sinus, as is the case in the nominotypical subspecies. The reservoir of the sperma- theca seems to be narrower than that of P. similis similis, but such forms also occur in the latter, where likewise the part near the orifice may sometimes be distended ventrad. LENGTH of male, 13-2 mm.; female, 2 mm. Remarks. Palacopsylla similis similis Dampf is widely distributed in Eastern Europe and is known to occur in East and South-east Germany, Austria, Hungary, Northern Yugoslavia, Roumania, Bulgaria and European Russia; throughout its range of distribution it is a specific parasite of the mole (Talpa europaea). P. 1 The occurrence of one specimen, which is in the Tring collection, on Sorex araneus, caught on the Glatzer Schneeberg, Silesia, is beyond any doubt accidental, since other specific parasites of the mole are occasionally found on Sorew and vice versa, CC — ———— DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 205 similis peust is so far only known from the Rui Mountain on the Serbian-Bulgarian border, and there also is a specific parasite of the mole. The Rui Mountain may well be one of the most north-eastern points of distribution of P. s. peusi, since P. s. FIGS. 37, 374, 38, 38a. Fig. 37, Palaeopsylla similis peusi n. ssp. Clasper and sternum IX. (Holotype.) Fig. 37a, Palaeopsylla similis peusi n. ssp. Movable process of clasper. (Holotype.) Fig. 38, Palaeopsylla similis similis Dampf. Clasper and sternum IX. (Nove Stbske, Pleso, High Tatra.) Fig. 38a, Palaeopsylla similis similis Dampf. Movable process of clasper. (Nove Stbske, Pleso, High Tatra.) 206 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA similis has been found in south-west Bulgaria at Rhodope and Karlik, which localities are situated south-easterly of the Rui Mt. The new subspecies probably occurs in Albania and the northern part of Greece. I have great pleasure in naming this new subspecies after my friend and colleague Prof. Dr. F. Peus, who, through his excellent work, has contributed greatly to our knowledge of European fleas. Family IsCHNOPSYLLIDAE Subfamily IsCHNOPSYLLINAE Description of the hitherto unknown male of Ischnopsyllus consimilis (Wahlgren), 1904. (Figs. 41, 43, 44) Lt.-Col. R. Traub, Chief of the Department of Entomology, Walter Reed Army Medical Center in Washington, D.C., most kindly sent me a male of an Egyptian bat flea of the genus Ischnopsyllus for study and comparison with the representatives of this genus in the Tring collection. Though this male does not agree with any described male of Ischnopsyllus, albeit closely related to I. octactenus (Kolenati), I thought it could well be the unknown male of Ischnopsyllus consimilis (Wahlgren), 1904, which was described from a single female collected in the neighbourhood of Cairo, Egypt, ex Rhinopoma microphyllum ; unfortunately this type-specimen must be considered lost. From Wahlgren’s description one deduces that consimilis must be extremely closely related to octactenus, and it was even thought that it might be a synonym of the latter. The description of J. consimilis deals mainly with such unsatisfactory characters as counts of setae, which agree rather well with the numbers of the Egyptian male (taking into account small differences which may be sexual) ; the numbers of spines in the ctenidia of the two sexes agree very well. Since both the female holotype of J. consimilis and the Egyptian male Ischnopsyllus are closely related to J. octactenus, and differ from it in similar respects, it seems a safe assump- tion that the male belongs to Wahlgren’s species. I am greatly indebted to Colonel Traub and also to the collector of this male, Mr. P. Quentin Tomich, for allowing me to describe the specimen. It is charac- teristic of Colonel Traub’s great generosity that he has presented this unique specimen to the British Museum collection of Siphonaptera at Tring. DaTA. One male ex Pipistrellus kuhli, 5 miles west of Simbellawein (i.e., 12 miles south of Mansura), Dakahlia Province, [Lower] Egypt, 26th February, 1947, collected by P. Quentin Tomich. Diacnosis. Closely related to Ischnopsyllus octactenus (Kolenati), but differs in the following characters: mesonotum and metanotum each with only a few semi- erect setae forming a ‘“‘mane’”’; dorso-apical angle of clasper obtuse, strongly rounded ; sternum VIII broader, with an oblique and rounded apex ; sternum IX DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 207 Figs. 39-42. Fig. 39, Palaeopsylla similis peusi n. ssp. Sternum VII and spermatheca of two females. (Zerma, Rui Mt., Serbia.) Fig. 40, Palaeopsylla similis similis Dampf. Sternum VII and spermatheca. (Moscow, Russia.) Fig. 41, Ischnopsyllus consimilis (Wahl- gren). Mesonotum and metanotum of male. (Simbellawein, Egypt.) Fig. 42, Ischnopsyllus octactenus (Kolenati). Mesonotum and metanotum of male. (S. Feliu de Guixols, Spain.) 208 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA differs in details of the apical half of the distal arm ; crochet of phallosome with an upturned apex. Female: From the information available (i.e., Wahlgren’s original description) the only difference from J. octactenus seems to be in the number of spines in the pronotal ctenidium, namely 26 as against 29-32 in J. octactenus, though this difference may not be genuine, since Wahlgren stated, ‘“‘ Da ich nur ein Exemplar zu untersuchen gehabt habe, sind die Stachelzahlen der grésseren Kaémme (der beiden thorakalen und des zweiten und dritten abdominalen) insoweit unsicher, als ein Irrtum bis auf zwei Stacheln nicht vollig ausgeschlossen ist.” FIGs. 43, 44. Fig. 43, Ischnopsyllus consimilis (Wahlgren). Clasper. (Simbellawein, Egypt.) Fig. 44, Ischnopsyllus consimtlis (Wahlgren). Aedeagal crochet, sternum IX and sternum VIII. (Simbellawein, Egypt.) a DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 209 DescripTion. The number of spines in the eight ctenidia of J. consimilis and I. octactenus are compared below : : I. consimilis 3 I. octactenus 3 I. consimilis Q I. octactenus Q Pronotum . : 25 , 28-31 : 26 : 29-32 Metanotum . F 25 ; 28-32 Z 24 : 25-31 Tergum I ; 12 ; 11-18 ‘ 12 ; II-I5 ‘ II ; aa : 20-28 : 20 : 21-27 om ENE , 20 : 19-22 , 18 : 16-22 Pe IV ‘ 17 : 15-18 : 18 . 13-18 ‘, V ; I3 : II-16 ; 14 ; Q-14 - VI : 13 ‘ 9-13 , 12 : 9-13 Heap. Practically indistinguishable from that of J. octactenus. THORAX. Pronotum like that of J. octactenus, except for the number of spines in the ctenidium ; mesonotum and metanotum each with about 4 or 5 semi-erect setae near the dorsal margin (Fig. 41), while in J. octactenus these are much more numerous (Fig. 42). In other respects the thorax, as also the legs, show no notice- able differences between the two species under discussion. ABDOMEN. Segments I-VII similar to those of J. octactenus ; for the numbers of spines in the tergal ctenidia, see above. MODIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS OF MALE (Figs. 43, 44, cf. Figs. 45, 46). Apodeme of tergum IX rather broad; manubrium curved upwards, narrowing towards the apex ; the upper margin of the manubrium near the ventro-anterior part of the margin of the apodeme shows no lobe as in I. octactenus, but this lobe is also quite frequently absent, or at most indicated, in the latter species, so it is likely that specimens of J. consimilis possessing this lobe may be found in the future. The dorso-apical angle of the clasper is strongly obtuse and rounded off ; along the dorsal margin near the angle there are the usual 3 small setae ; posterior margin of clasper almost straight; of the 2 acetabular setae the lower is slightly stouter than the upper; the ventral margin of the clasper forms a rather straight line. Movable process of clasper crescentic, the lower half of the posterior margin fairly straight, while in I. octactenus it is more regularly rounded; chaetotaxy of the movable _ process similar to that of the latter. Sternum VIII fairly broad and straight, its proximal part being widened ; dorsal margin of the distal part concave, but much less so than in J. octactenus ; its apical margin obliquely rounded, and at the angle _ where the dorsal and apical margins meet there is a minute spiniform seta (in __ I. octactenus a small thin seta). On the apico-ventral part of the sternum a curved row of 6 blade-shaped long setae and in front of these, at the ventral margin, 2 more flattened setae, but like the corresponding ones in J. octactenus these are heavily pigmented ; further proximad along the margin some 6 curved setae. Sternum IX with the distal arm apically divided into a setiferous upper lobe and a lower non- setiferous one ; the latter lobe, which is the outer, is elongated and widest in its middle (in J. octactenus it is triangular and widest at its base) ; the upper part of the widened apical portion of the inner lobe much longer (from the point of junction ENTOM, Ill, 5. 17 210 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA with the inner lobe to the apex) than the lower part (in J. octactenus the upper and lower parts are subequal in size). Aedeagus not substantially different from that of J. octactenus, but the crochet differs by having amongst cther things an upturned apex; other differences can be observed by comparing Fig. 44 with Fig. 46. LENGTH of male, 2 mm. - Fics. 45, 46. Fig. 45, Ischnopsyllus octactenus (Kolenati). Clasper. (Newport, Isle of Wight.) Fig. 46, Ischnopsyllus octactenus (Kolenati). Aedeagal crochet, sternum IX and sternum VIII. (Newport, Isle of Wight.) DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 11 REMARK.—In view of the desirability of stability in nomenclature I designate the above described Egyptian male Ischnopsyllus as neotype of Ischnopsyllus consimilis (Wahlgren), 1904. Family AMPHIPSYLLIDAE Subfamily MESOPSYLLINAE Redescription of Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss), 1913, in comparison with Caenopsylla mira Rothschild, 1909. (Figs. 47-53, cf. Figs. 54-62) Through the great kindness of Prof. E. Séguy, Sous-Directeur au Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, I have been able to study the male holotype of Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss), which is the only known specimen of this species. Although Weiss (1913) described it at length, its true morphology and status could not be ascertained owing to the fact that the few sketchy drawings published by Weiss do not show the true diagnostic characters. It is therefore not surprising that Wagner & Wassilieff (1933) remark that “. . . le C. assimulata Weiss a été trouvée en Tunisie, 4 Matmata, sur le Macroscelides rozett, mais un seul exemplaire insuffisam- ment décrit par A. Weiss.’”’ It is, however, not really a matter of the species being insufficiently described, since Weiss devoted nine full pages to the description of the sole specimen, but lack of detailed figures is liable to render any description, however lengthy, practically useless in the case of creatures such as fleas, where so much depends on the shape of the details of complicated structures. I fully agree with Dampf (1945), who advocates more exactness in drawings, but I would like to add that all taxonomically important parts of fleas should be treated in such a way. Detailed and accurate drawings replace, in a much more satisfactory way, large numbers of pages of descriptive matter—a fact which unfortunately is not yet wholly appreciated by many editors of periodicals. The extra expense of repro- ducing figures is probably more than offset by the saving in the number of pages _ required for a description, to say nothing of the fact that in nearly all instances descriptions of fleas unaccompanied by good and adequate figures are practically useless. The holotype of Caenopsylla assimulata is not well cleared and its dorsum is much contracted ; the specimen is in the collection of the Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris. Only one other species of Caenopsylla is known, C. mira Rothschild, 1g09, and therefore it seemed advisable to redescribe C. assimulata in comparison with C. mira. Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss), 3 Caenopsylla miva Rothschild, g DIAGNOSIS Pronotum rather narrow dorsally, its Pronotum much longer dorsally than ven- ctenidium straight. Hind tibia without a trally, its ctenidium strongly curved. Hind well-developed false comb of setae at the tibia with a distinct false comb. Corpus posterior margin. Corpus of clasper with of clasper narrowest in its middle part, the subparallel dorsal and ventral margins ; fixed process being drawn out into a long 2 acetabular setae. lobe ; 4 acetabular setae. ENTOM. III, 5. 17§ 212 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA Fics. 47-50. Fig. 47, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Head and prothorax and fore coxa. (Holo- type.) Fig. 48, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Mesothorax, metathorax and tergum I. (Holotype.) Fig. 49, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Hind tibia. (Holotype.) Fig. 50, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Last hind tarsal segment. (Holotype.) DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 213 Fics. 51-53. Fig. 51, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Clasper and sternum IX. (Holotype.) Fig. 52, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Sternum VIII. (Holotype.) Fig. 53, Caeno- psylla assimulata (Weiss). Phallosome. (Holotype.) “a 214 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA SS se FIGs. 54-57. Fic. 54, Caenopsylla miva Rothschild. Head, prothorax and fore coxa of male, (Holo- type.) Fig. 55, Caenopsylla mira Rothschild. Head and pronotum of female. (Biskra, Algeria.) Fig. 56, Caenopsylla mira Rothschild. Hind tibia. (Holotype.) Fig. 57, Caenopsylla mira Rothschild. Last hind tarsal segment. (Holotype.) DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 215 Fics. 58-60. Fig. 58, Caenopsylla miva Rothschild. Mesothorax, metathorax and tergum I of male. (El Kantara, Algeria.) Fig. 59, Caenopsylla miva Rothschild. Clasper and sternum IX. (Holotype.) Fig. 60, Caenopsylia miva Rothschild. Phallosome. (Holotype.) 216 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA a — —Y y na fl vi TT £ tad | Saget on > ————__ gg ee ZZ iio Po a y gS) Cee eer i. \ aa a —, 4 << —— ey an co of XS Z LF ; =e ic —S = ——— e-~ r _—— va ; _ ow ; ere mT Fics. 61, 62. Fig. 61, Caenopsylla miva Rothschild. Terminalia of male. (Holotype.) Fig. 62, Caenopsylla miva Rothschild. Terminalia of female. (Biskra, Algeria.) —_ DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 217 Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss), 3 Caenopsylla miva Rothschild, ¢ DESCRIPTION Heap (Fig. 47). The chaetotaxy, as well as the other characteristics of the head, can be seen in the figure, but stress should be laid upon the presence of 2 genal spines (though normal in the subfamily), the upper one of which is much thinner than the lower ; of the five-segmented labial palp the 2nd and 3rd segments are subequal in length and each is about half the length of the 4th or 5th segments. The clava of each antenna is broken off, and although on the slide label is written that they are somewhere in the preparation, I have been unable to find them ; pedicellus with 3 short setae. THoRAx (Figs. 47, 48). Pronotum of normal shape, with one row of 12 setae (6 each side) ; pronotal ctenidium consisting of 14 spines, the uppermost of the group formed on each side by the 3 lowest spines, which all lie closely against each other, is much the stoutest in the ctenidium and points obliquely downwards; the upper 4 spines on each side are slightly curved and the 2nd and 3rd from above are somewhat spatulate ; they are all directed downwards like the third spine from below. Mesonotum with a main row of Io setae (5 each side), preceded by a row of 10 much smaller setae, both rows practically vertical. Mesosternosome with 6 setae on one side and 7 on the other; the anterior margin of the mesepisternum is long and almost vertical. Metanotum with a main row of 12 setae preceded dorsally by only 4 small setae; its posterior margin bears dorsally two apical spinelets on each side; metepi- sternum with one long and one short seta ; metepimeron with 5 setae on one side and 6 on the other. Lzcs (Figs. 49, 50). Hind tibia with an indistinct false comb of 8 setae along the posterior margin; the five pairs of lateral plantar setae on the fifth segment of the hind tarsus are rather slender, on the plantar surface about 20 minute setae. Heap (Figs. 54, 55). Chaetotaxy very much the same, but the posterior row on the postantennal region is oblique and _ sub- parallel to the row on the pronotum. The 2 genal spines are slightly stouter ; segments 2-4 of the five-segmented labial palp are all of subequal length and slightly shorter than segments I and 5. The antenna is shown in the figures ; the pedicellus also bears only 3 small setae. THORAX (Figs. 54, 55, 58). Pronotum in both sexes much longer dorsally than ven- trally, with one row of 12 setae; pronotal ctenidium consisting of the same number of similar spines, but the ctenidium is strongly curved and the 4 dorsal spines on each side are directed backwards and downwards, also the second and third from above are much less spatulate. Mesonotum with a main row of 10 setae on both sides together, preceded by a row of 10 smaller setae; these two rows are arranged obliquely. Mesosternosome with 8-9 setae; anterior margin of mesepi- sternum more oblique. Metanotum with a main row of Io setae, preceded by a row of 8~10 setae; its pos- terior margin bears dorsally 3 apical spinelets on each side; metepisternum also with one long and one short seta; metepimeron extending upwards much nearer to dorsum, with 6 setae. Lees (Figs. 56, 57). The setae of the hind tibia forming a false comb number 12 and are stouter, hence the false comb is very distinct ; the five pairs of lateral plantar setae are stouter and there are about 30 minute setae on the plantar surface, 218 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss), 3 Caenopsylla mira Rothschild, ¢ DESCRIPTION ABDOMEN. Terga I and II each with one apical spinelet each side; terga I—VII res- pectively each with 4, 6, 6, 6, 6, 5, 4 setae in the main row on each side; on tergum VII the gap between the lowest seta and its neighbour is twice as long as the space between the 1st and 2nd or 2nd and 3rd. In front of the main row one seta on terga I and II, none at all on terga III-VII. Tergum VII with 3 antesensilial setae the lowest of which is very small. Basal sternum appar- ently without setae, sterna ITI—VII on each side with 2 setae, sternum VIII as in Fig. 52, its apical margin with a sinus. MODIFIED SEGMENTS (Fig. 51). Shape of tergum VIII not visible in the specimen, but it bears 3 long setae. Manubrium of clasper long and narrow, not tapering in its apical portion. Corpus of clasper with sub- parallel dorsal and ventral margins, its apical half directed upwards ; 4 slender setae along the dorsal margin near the apex; posterior margin of clasper slightly concave ; 2 aceta- bular setae. Movable process spindle-shaped, two and a half times as long as its maximum width ; besides a number of small setae it bears a fairly large one at the posterior margin at one-third its length from the apex. Apex of proximal arm of sternum IX squarish ; the greater part of this arm very narrow but it widens to a triangle with a rather long base. The distal arm bears ventrally 5 long setae, and its structure is complicated and is shaped as shown in Fig. 51 ; the membranous flap projecting from behind the apex may belong to this sternum or it may be the aedeagal crochet; this could not be ascer- tained, no material being available for dissection. Aedeagal apodeme broad; for details of the phallosome, see Fig. 53. LENGTH. I$ mm. Hasitat. Matmata, South Tunisia. Host. Elephantulus rozeti (which was collected by Weiss in March, 1913) ; it may be expected to occur on the Gundi. ABDOMEN. Terga I-III with 2-2, 1-1, I-1 apical spinelets respectively; terga I-VII normally respectively each with 4, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6 setae in the main row on each side ; the setae on tergum VII are all about equally spaced. In front of the main row of terga I-III respectively 2-3, 3-4, I-3 small setae, none at all on terga IV—VII. Similar antesensilial setae. Basal sternum with one seta along the ventral margin on each side, sterna III—-VII each with 2 or 3 setae on each side, sternum VIII as in Fig. 61, its apical margin not sinuate. MopIFIED SEGMENTS (Figs. 59, 61). Tergum VIII roughly triangular, its dorsal margin undulate, and apically this margin and the ventral one meet at a sharp angle ; 2 long setae near the dorsal margin. Manu- brium much broader and tapering strongly apically. Corpus of clasper with a deep sinus in its dorsal margin, which divides off the fixed process as a very distinct lobe, bearing at its apex 5 slender setae ; most of the posterior margin of the clasper slightly convex; 4 acetabular setae. Movable pro- cess. elongate, four times as long as its maximum width; chaetotaxy similar, but the long seta at the posterior margin is inserted at one-fourth the length of the posterior margin from the apex. Apex of proximal arm of sternum IX triangular, the narrow arm widening only a little towards its junction with the distal arm. The distal arm bears ventrally a large number of small, medium-sized and long setae ; its divided-off apical part triangular, very differently shaped to that of the other species, details as in Fig. 59; the membranous flap is much larger. Aedeagal apodeme much narrower ; for details of the phallosome, which is very different, see Fig. 60. LencTH. g, 2-2}mm.; 9, 2}-2} mm.? Hapitat. Biskra and El Kantara, both in Algeria. Host. Ctenodactylus gundi (occurring in Libya, Tunis, Algeria, and west to the Moroccan Atlas); the occurrence of one specimen on Eliomys quercinus munbyanus may be accidental. 1 Although the female sex of this species is not dealt with here, it seemed useful to give a figure of its terminalia (Fig. 62). DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 219 REMARKS The difference in the development of the pronotum is of interest : in C. assimulata we see that the pronotum is still of a more or less normal shape, but its ctenidium shows a clear tendency towards the condition found in C. mira, where the pronotum is dorsally widened backwards, and as a result of this the ctenidium is strongly curved and the upper spines tend to point downwards. These are obviously two stages in the evolution of the pronotum in the genus Caenopsylla, and it would be of interest to know whether a species of this genus with the original straight pronotal spines still exists, and also whether or not the evolution in another species has gone _ further, producing a pronotum more or less like that of Barreropsylla. In order to find the answer to this question it will be necessary to collect intensively throughout North Africa, which may unfortunately mean a delay of many years. REFERENCES Dampr, A. 1945. Notas sobre Pulgas. Rev. Soc. Mex. Hist. nat., 6: 68. _Jorpan, K. 1931. Further-records and descriptions of fleas from Ecuador. Novit. Zool., 37 : 138. WAGNER, J., & WassILIEFF, A. 1933. Tableaux analytiques pour la détermination des puces rencontrées en Algérie et en Tunisie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 21: 452. WAHLGREN, E. 1904. Zwei neue Puliciden aus Aegypten. Results Swed. zool. Exped. Egypt and White Nile 1901 : 3-4. ‘Weiss, A. 1913. Contribution a l'étude des pulicidés. Une puce nouvelle de la Tunisie (Typhlopsylla assimulatus n. sp.). Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 3 : 187-196, figs. 1-3. 17 DEC 1953 a - hin the f : ; ‘ ‘ ra Tet ie WIR wht bans, ig teh +3; tite " oes ; q 7 i utr at 15) ind # SE of Pit 7 tral? hikes “ia eG Uno’ ond fra rts ky wend A bb sed | t ap <= ype hiss ites ° ty wtf, ¢? I at ) Phe { . ries a YBa) OF TRE ae Pe ss ; ( “ree Pe in *) mer het oi + . 4 . ' “ I ' a thy y + . . . ° * : « ‘ , bl ' , $ ' ‘ ‘ WW "PRINTED: IN enna, BRITAIN OER “ADLARD- AND Son, Limite, Re BARTHOLOMEW PRESS baeee G Vy xt oe oY y a - ol Sg ew ee (ne vi sib ee AN 1.6 MAR 1954 _ THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA (PART III) SJHERESA CLAY AND G. H. E. HOPKINS 4 BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ~ ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 6 { LONDON: 1954 ‘THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 1 = THERESA CLAY AND (Ys, G. H. E. HOPKINS \ | ParT III. 1776-1786 Pp. 221-266 ; Pls. 10-12; 68 Text-figures. BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 6 LONDON: 1954 iia” THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). instituted in 1949, 1s issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Paris appear at irregular intervals as they become veady. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 3, No. 6 of the Entomological series. Issued March, 1954. : Price Ten Shillings. THE EARLY LITERATURE OF MALLOPHAGA By THERESA CLAY anp G. H. E. HOPKINS (Part III, 1776-1786) SYNOPSIS This part, the third of a series of papers in which it is intended to review the species of Mallo- phaga described between 1758 and 1818, deals with the twelve species described by F. Schrank in 1776 and 1781 ; the two species by O. F. Miiller in 1776 ; the single species by J. C. Fabricius in 1777; the seven species by De Geer in 1778 ; the seven species by O. Fabricius in 1780; the three species by A. F. Fourcroy in 1785 ; the single species described by Mohr in 1786.1 As in previous instalments, the references following the headings are to the original work. SCHRANK, 1776 (Beytrage zur Naturgeschichte, Leipzig : 113-120.) WirTu Schrank we reach much firmer ground than we have trodden hitherto, for all his species are quite reasonably well figured and there can be little doubt about the identity of any of them. All have, of course, been renamed (singly or in groups) by Nitzsch. The new species, all of which were published in perfectly valid form, are discussed below. Pediculus curuccae (p. 113, Pl. 5, fig. 1). The host is “ Motacilla curucca’’ (= Sylvia curucca), and the figure shows a Menoponid resembling Menacanthus rather than Myrsidea. No subsequent author has anything particularly useful to say about it, but Nitzsch (1818 : 300) renamed it Liotheum (Menopon) minutum. As no material from the type host is available, neo- types of Menacanthus curuccae (Schrank) cannot be erected. Pediculus rubeculae (p. 115, Pl. 5, fig. 4) No host is mentioned in the description, but the species is called ‘‘ Rothkehlchen- laus,” which is sufficient indication that the host was Evithacus rubecula ; in a later work (1781 : 507) Schrank gives the host as Motacilla rubecula. The figure is a reasonably good representation of a Ricinus and could not be mistaken for anything else. 1In the last instalment of this series we remarked (Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomology, 2 : 4) that ‘‘ Kéler has evidently not studied the early literature at all ... ‘equi (Lin.),’ for instance, does not exist, no species having been described under this name prior to 1842, when Denny described it.” This remark is clumsily worded and suggests a reproach to Dr. von Kéler that we certainly did not intend. In ascribing the authorship of equi to Linné he was in conformity with nearly all recent writers on Mallophaga, since, with extremely few exceptions all have either ignored or overlooked the fact that Pediculus equi Linné is a nomen nudum. ENTOM, I, 6. 18 224 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA The species was again described by Olfers (1816: 91) as Nirmus pterocephalus, a name which covers several species but which we are restricting to Ricinus rubeculae, and by Nitzsch (1866: 121) as Physostomum agonum, both from the same host as Schrank’s material. Harrison (1916 : 18, 68) correctly restores Schrank’s name for the species, but then (p. 103) wrongly mentions it in Piilopterus as well, probably through confusion with Philopterus rubeculae (Denny), which Harrison omits and which is not congeneric with rubeculae Schrank. This species is at once distinguished from both dolichocephalus (Scopoli) (Clay and Hopkins, 1951 : 10) and fringillae De Geer (see below) by the form of the mandibles (Text-fig. 4). It is further distinguished from the former species by the shape of the head (PI. 10, figs. 1, 2), the terminal segments of the female abdomen (Text-fig. 3) 4 Fics. 1, 2.— Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank). 1. Gular and thoracic plates, female. . 2. Male genitalia. Fics. 3, 4.—Rtcinus rubeculae (Schrank). 3. Terminal segments of female abdomen. 4. Mandible. and prothorax, the form of the gular and prothoracic plates (Text-fig. 1), the male genitalia (Text-fig. 2), and by the absence of the colour pattern characteristic of dolichocephalus. From fringillae it is distinguished in the female by the shape of the head and prothorax, by the form of the gular and prothoracic plates, the number of gular setae, and by the chaetotaxy of the terminal segments of the female abdomen. No males of fringillae have been seen. Neotype male (Pl. 10, fig. 1; Text-fig. 2) and neallotype female (PI. 1, fig. 2; Text- figs. 1, 3, 4) of Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slide no. 562) from Evithacus r. rubecula from Moravia, Czechoslovakia. Neoparatypes : 17 males and 50 females from Erithacus rubecula melophilus Hart. from the British Isles. a THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 225 MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male Female ‘Length Breadth Length Breadth ; Head . 0.58 0°55 0:67 0:63 Prothorax _— 0°45 = 0°52 Abdomen —- 0°70 — 0-88 Total . 2°34 -— 3°02 — Genitalia 0°38 — - — ye} FFF 1s ARLE L [I Lh Nee Peet +++ mn SS AAAS) Te pee XS ain Fic. 5.—Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank), male, 226 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA Pediculus alaudae (p. 115, Pl. 5, figs. 5, 6) Another obvious Menacanthus. Although there is no explicit host-record, Schrank calls the species ‘‘ Feldlerchenlaus ’’ and in 1781 (p. 506) he gives the host as Alauda arvensis. The same species was redescribed, from the same host, by Piaget (1880 : 446) as Menopon parviceps (see Clay, 1949 : 904). Fic. 6.—Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank), male genitalia. MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male “Length Breadth Head . , ‘ 0°25 0°39 Prothorax . . 0:12 0:28 Metathorax . ; — 0°33 Abdomen . ; 0:83 0°55 Total . . , 1°22 — Genitalia. ‘ 0°37 — Neotype male (Text-figs. 5, 6) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 7; Pl. 1, fig. 3) of Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)) (slide no. 3270a) from Alauda a, arvensis Linn, from Ushant, France. Female ae Ss ‘Length Breadth : 0°27 0°43 O°15 0:32 eas 0+ 40 1°03 0°72 55 — THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 227 Neoparatypes :g males and 33 females from various subspecies of Alauda arvensis from France, British Isles, Sweden and Yugoslavia. Pediculus citrinellae (p. 116, Pl. 5, fig. 7) The figure represents a Philopterus, apparently a nymph, and the host (‘‘ Ammer, Goldammer, Aimerling ’’) is given by Schrank in 1781 (p. 507) as Emberiza citrinella. Fic. 7.—Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank), terminal segments of female abdomen. B Fics. 8, 9.—Philopierus c. citrinellae (Schrank), male. 8. Anterior region of head. 9. Genitalia. Nitzsch (1818 : 290) proposed Philopterus (Docophorus) communis as a nomen novum for Ricinus Emberizae De Geer, Pediculus curvirostrae Schrank, Pediculus Pyrrhulae, Citrinellae and Chloridis Schrank, and Nirmus globifer Olfers. As all these names are nomenclatorially valid, the only effect of Nitzsch’s action was to create confusion in the nomenclature and to compromise hopelessly the name communis, Ricinus 228 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA emberizae De Geer is a synonym of Pediculus citrinellae Schrank, and Nirmus globifer, though composite, is primarily a new name for the same species. As three of the © names combined by Nitzsch under communis refer to citrinellae, we think it only reasonable to restrict communis to the Philopterus found on Emberiza citrinella ; we therefore select as neotype of Philopterus communis Nitzsch, 1818, the neotype Q D) eS Fic. 10.—Philopterus c. citrinellae (Schrank), genital plates of four females taken from one host individual. Fic. 11.—Philopterus c. citrinellae (Schrank), female genital region. a. Last sternal plate of P. citrinellae curvirostvae (Schrank). ya 4 of Pediculus citrinellae Schrank, 1776. Philopterus communis Nitzsch thus becomes a synonym of P. citrinellae (Schrank), and it will only receive a bare mention under its other original components. Ricinus emberizae de Geer and Nirmus globifer Olfers, both of which are synonyms of citrinellae, will be dealt with in discussing the work of these authors. The identities of the insects described by Schrank as Pediculus THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 229 citrinellae, P. curvirostrae, P. pyrrhulae and P. chloridis will be discussed together after our account of the last-named. Neotype male (PI. 10, fig. 4; Text-figs. 8, 9) and neallotype female (Text-figs. Io, 11) of Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slides nos. 565-6) from Emberiza c. citrinella Linn. from Saxony, Germany. Neoparatypes : 28 males and 42 females from various subspecies of Emberiza citrinella from Yugo- slavia, Estonia, France and the British Isles. Pediculus curvirostrae (p. 117, Pl. 5, fig. 8) The description and figure are those of a Philopterus and the host is given as Loxia curvirostva Linn. No early author adds anything to our knowledge of the species, but it is one of the components of Philopterus communis Nitzsch, 1818. Piaget in 1880 described Docophorus compar from the same host ; his syntypes, two males and two females (slides nos. 538-9), agree with our neotypes of curvirostrae. Neotype male (as described below) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 11a) of Philop- terus curvirostrae (Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slides nos. 4112 and 4111)) from Loxia c. curvirostra Linn. from Poland. Neo- paratypes : 24 males and 36 females from the same host form from Poland, Estonia and England. Pediculus pyrrhulae (p. 117, Pl. 5, fig. 9) The host is “ Blutfink”’ (= Pyrrhula pyrrhula) and the louse is a nymph of a Philopterus. It is one of the components of Philopterus communis Nitzsch. Piaget (1880 : 58) described independently a Docophorus communis var. pyrrhulae from Pyrrhula vulgaris (= Pyrrhula pyrrhula). Piaget’s type material in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (one male and two females, slide no. 536) agrees with the neo- types of Philopterus pyrrhulae (Schrank). Neotype male and neallotype female (as described below) of Philopterus pyrrhulae (Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slide no. 1042a)) from Pyrrhula pyrrhula europaea Vieillot from France. Neoparatypes: 12 males and 36 females from various subspecies of Pyrrhula pyrrhula from France, Sweden, Estonia and the British Isles. Pediculus chloridis (p. 118, Pl. 5, fig. 10) Another Philopterus nymph, from “ Griinfink,” the host given by Schrank later (1781: 506) as Loxia chloris; it is also another of the components of Philopterus communis Nitzsch. _ Neotype male and neallotype female (as described below) of Philopterus chloridis (Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)) (slide no. 290) from Chloris c. chloris (Linn.) from Norfolk, England. Neoparatypes: 32 males and 60 females from the same host form from the British Isles and Estonia. 230 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA Philopterus citrinellae, P. curvirostrae, P. pyrrhulae and P. chloridis These names were given to specimens of Philopterus taken respectively from Em- beriza citrinella, Loxia curvirostra, Pyrrhula pyrrhula and Chloris chloris and can be considered together. While discussing their status the names will be used to refer to populations from these hosts even though in the conclusion they may be con- sidered as indistinguishable. The characters on which the species of Philopterus from the small European Passeres can be distinguished have been discussed in Part II of the present work (Clay & Hopkins, 1951). The four forms listed above parasitize the bird family Fringillidae and the possible distinguishing characters between these populations are discussed below. Heap. This is of the typical Piilopterus form similar to that figured in Clay & Hopkins, 1951 : 7 for P. coarctatus, from which it differs in the median indentation of the hyaline margin (not always apparent in mounted specimens) and the somewhat deeper indentation of the anterior plate (clypeal signature) (Text-fig. 8). P. frin- gillae from Passer domesticus also has both the hyaline margin and anterior plate indented, but the pre-antennal region and the length of the anterior plate are pro- portionally shorter. Specimens from the four hosts under consideration show no constant differences in shape of the anterior plate nor in the proportions! of the head. A comparison of the size of the head (as shown by the absolute breadth at the temples, Tables 1, 2) shows that there is some variation in specimens taken from one host species, but the means fall into a number of groups. Thus, in the males citrinellae, curvirostrae and chloridis fall into one group, with pyrrhulae tending to be larger, but the number of specimens of the latter measured is rather small. In the females of P. citrinellae and curvirostrae the mean tends to be smaller than in those of chloridis and pyrrhulae. Further material will have to be examined before it can be shown whether or not these differences are significant. MALE GENITALIA (Text-fig. 9). The characters show individual variation as well as differences in appearance due to the position in which the genitalia are viewed. This individual variation affects the shape of the parameres and endomeres, number and position of the setae on the mesosome and the presence (and size) or absence of the dorsal sclerotized area on the mesosome. If sufficient specimens are examined genitalia of similar appearance will be found irrespective of the host from which the specimens were taken. However, the endomeres are minute structures and their true form can probably only be reconstructed from sections, so it may prove that these structures will show subspecific variation when more thoroughly examined. On the available material there seem to be no characters in the genitalia by which 1 To find the various proportions of the head (e.g., length of preantennal region to that of the post- antennal region or breadth of various parts of the preantennal region to the length of preantennal region) entails the making of a number of detailed measurements from a large number of specimens, and these measurements tend to be inaccurate owing to the difficulty of delineating the different regions of the head. However, if the image of a typical specimen from one host is projected on to a piece of paper and an outline of the head made, it is possible to project other heads on to this outline, and by adjusting the magnification to get one fixed breadth (say that of the temples) the same; from this it is possible to compare the various proportions of the head and find the variation within a number of specimens from one host and between those from different hosts. a ee — ae THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 231 the populations from the four hosts can be separated. The genitalia of P. coarc- tatus (Scopoli) (see Clay and Hopkins, 1951:6) and P. fringtllae (Ibid : 32) are readily separable on the characters of the mesosome. The diagnostic characters and the type of variation found in the female genital region have been discussed under coarctatus (see Clay & Hopkins, 1951: 6). Specimens from the four hosts under discussion cannot be separated by the shape of the genital plate, although the mean of the breadth of the plates of citrinellae is smaller than in the other three. In general proportions the plate is similar to that of coarctatus and differs from that of fringillae as discussed under that species (see Clay & Hopkins, 1951: 32). There is some variation in the shape of the genital plate, as shown by the four examples taken from one host individual in Text-fig. 10, and also in the size and shape of the last sternal plate. CHAETOTAXY. There is some individual variation found throughout the different populations in the number of setae (especially in those on the abdomen), but there are three groups of setae which may show subspecific characters ; these are the setae of the metasternum, those of the male genital plate, and the group each side of the last sternal plate of the female abdomen. In citrinellae 80-4% of 46 males and females examined had 3 metasternal setae, 17-49% had 4, and 2:2% had 5. In pyrrhulae 912% of 34 examined had 3 metasternal setae and 8-8% had 4. In chloridis 84-6% of 52 specimens had 3 setae and 15:4% had 4. In curvirostrae 4-2% of 48 examined had 3 setae, 45°8% had 4, 45°8% had 5 and 4:2% had 6. Thus, while curvirostrae has 95°8% of specimens with 4 or more setae, the other three have over 80% of specimens with only three setae. The male genital plate in citrinellae has two anterior and two posterior setae as in P. coarctatus (see Clay & Hopkins, 1951, fig. 4) ; the two anterior setae are found in 100% of specimens of citrinellae (29 examined), pyrrhulae (13 examined) and chloridis (26 examined). In curvirostrae, however, 100% of the 21 specimens examined had 3 (or rarely 4) anterior setae on the male genital plate. Each side of the last sternite of the female abdomen there are in citrinellae usually 2 normal setae and one spine-like seta (Text-fig. 11). In cvtrinellae 97-2% of the 36 specimens examined had these 3 setae (rarely reduced to 2) on at least one side of the abdomen, only 2:8% had 4 setae on both sides of the abdomen. In pyrrhulae 95°1% of the 41 examined had 3 or less setae on at least one side, and 4:-9% had 4 setae on both sides. In chloridis 100% of the 64 examined had 3 setae or less on at least one side. In curvirostrae 100% of the 32 examined had 4 or more setae on both sides (Text-fig. 11a). Thus, while 100% of specimens of curvirostrae had 4 or more setae on both sides of the abdomen, the other three had 95% or more with only 3 on at least one side. On the evidence discussed above, populations from the four hosts obviously form a single species. The populations from Loxia curvirostra can be distinguished in the male in 100% of specimens (on the material examined) on one character and in 80% of specimens on a second character; the females from this host can be dis- tinguished in 95% of cases on one character and in 80% on a second character. The populations from Loxia curvirostra can, therefore, be recognized as a sub- species. If subsequent investigations reveal subspecific differences in the other 232 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA populations Schrank’s names are available for these, but for the present we are unable to recognize them. The host distribution of the two subspecies we recognize is as follows : Philopterus citrinellae citrinellae (Schrank). Type host: Emberiza c. citrinella. Also occurs on Pyrrhula pyrrhula and Chloris chloris. Philopterus citrinellae curvirostrae (Schrank). Type host: Loxia c. curvirostra. MEASUREMENTS IN MM. of neotypes of P. c. citrinellae : Male Female ‘Length Breadth Length Breadth. Head . : f 0°52 0°47 : 0°55 0°53 Prothorax . : —- 0:28 — 0°30 Pterothorax : — 0°43 : — 0°47 Abdomen . ‘ — 0:62 : — 0°75 Total . : d 1+ 46 — ; 2°67 — Genitalia. : 0°22 — ? — — Pediculus sturni (p. 118, Pl. 5, figs. 11-14) A nymph of Sturnidoecus from “ Staar”’ (given by Schrank in 1781 as Sturnus vulgaris). Schrank considered that his fig. 12 represented a different species, but it is merely a still younger nymph. Nitzsch (1818 : 290) unnecessarily renamed the species Philopterus (Docophorus) leontodon, and it was usually known by this name until Harrison (1916: 104) restored the name given to it by Schrank. MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male Female ‘Length Breadth. ‘Length Breadth Head . : : 0°52 0°53 : 0°55 0°57 Prothorax . ‘ a 0+30 -- 0°32 Pterothorax. ‘ — 0°47 ; — 0°52 Abdomen . ; 0-71 0°70 ; 0:96 0:83 Total . ; : I+52 - ‘ 1:80 —— Genitalia. ; 0°35 —- : — — Neotype male (Text-figs. 12-13; Pl. 10, fig. 5) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 14) of Sturnidoecus sturni (Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)), slide no. 15663, from Sturnus v. vulgaris Linn. from Cornwall, England. Neoparatypes : 138 males and 175 females from various subspecies of Sturnus vulgaris from the British Isles and Estonia. O. F. MULLER, 1776 (Zoologiae Danicae Prodromus. Havniae : pp. 184-186) This is quite the worst of the early works, but the names contained in it are bi- nomial and must be considered. Fortunately there are only two new names in it, THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 233 which both might be thought to apply to Mallophaga and also are accompanied by a description or an indication. Harrison (1916) adds a third, Pediculus strigis, which he considers to be a nomen nudum, but it is neither a nomen nudum nor a new name, but a reference to strigis Pontoppidan, q.v. (Clay & Hopkins, 1951, p. 29). Fic. 12.—Sturnidoccus sturni (Schrank), male genitalia. @. Distal ends of parameres in natural position. Pediculus alcae arcticae (p. 185) The entire description is “‘ e cinereo caerulescens,” but in the case of both this and the following species there are references to “ Isl.R.’”’ (= Olafsen, 1772). We have not been able to consult the original of Olafsen’s work but have seen a German translation dated 1774, on p. 322 of which there are much fuller descriptions of both 234 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA the species in question, under vernacular names. Olafsen’s description of his “ Lunda-Luus, Pediculus (Alcae arcticae) ’’ includes a vivid account of its habits which leaves no room for doubt that it is a tick. Pediculus colymbi grylle (p. 185) Miiller’s entire description is “ capite fusco, abdomine glauco,’ but Olafsen’s fuller description of his ‘“Hofu-Luus ”’ states, among other points, that it is rather large, flat and oblong like Hippobosca (now Melophagus) ovina. This description could not be applied to any of the Mallophaga found on Alcidae, but would very well fit a tick. 13 Fics. 13, 14.—Sturnidoecus stwrni (Schrank). 13. Malehead. 14. Terminal segments of female abdomen, ventral. J. C. FABRICIUS, 1777* (Genera insectorum eorumque characteres naturales, etc. Chilonii, pp. 309~310) Of the new names proposed in this work all, with one exception, are unnecessary renamings of Scopoli’s species and have already been dealt with under the latter author. The descriptions are quoted from Scopoli, and the neotypes we have erected for Scopoli’s species are also neotypes of Fabricius’ nomina nova. The single excep- tion is dealt with below. Pediculus phasiani (p. 310) The host-record is ‘‘ Habitat in Phasiano Motmot,” and besides the very brief description there is a reference to ‘‘ Red.Oper.I.”’ Redi’s plate 1 shows three species, belonging to as many genera, stated to be “‘ Pollini dell’ astore.’”’ In spite of Redi’s belief that all of these were hawk-parasites, the reference has enabled us to interpret Fabricius’ name, for his inadequate description does not fit the upper figure on the * According to Engelmann, Bibl. Hist.-Nat., 1846, p. 479. THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 235 plate and the right-hand lower figure is a Craspedorrhynchus, a genus which does not occur on the Galliformes. But Fabricius’ description does fit the left-hand lower figure on the plate, which represents a Chelopistes, a genus known to occur on the Ortalidae. As we have no material from Ortalis motmot we are unable to erect neotypes for Chelopistes phasiani (J. C. Fabricius). DE GEER, 1778 (Mémoires pour servir a l'histoire des insectes. Stockholm. Vol. 7, Des Ricins, pp. 69-82) The descriptions in this work are good and the figures for the most part excellent, but we were inclined at first to think De Geer’s classification not binomial (though certainly binary) and the names invalid in consequence. This is because the generic name in each case is followed by a long descriptive phrase or diagnosis, with or without a comma after the name of the host (which always immediately follows the generic name Ricinus and is placed in the genitive case). We have, however, consulted Dr. Jordan on this point, and he kindly informs us that in his opinion the names are valid. He states: ‘“‘ The Latin diagnosis of the various species of Ricinus differs from the diagnoses of all other insects in vol. 7 and previous volumes in the trivial names of the species not being put into brackets, and in the case of Ricinus the genitive of the host-name is in italics like the Latin text of the diagnosis, not in Roman type. The work was issued after De Geer’s death, and the omission of the brackets and the consequent italicizing of the trivial names was probably due to the editor. The diagnosis of species 1 of Ricinus should read: “Ricinus (Fringillae) pallide-fuscus, corpore .. .’”’ We accept Dr. Jordan’s opinion on this point with all the more pleasure because De Geer’s work is so outstandingly better than that of his contemporaries that it would be very regrettable if technical invalidity of the names he proposed should deprive him of the credit for it. With regard to the statement of Harrison (1916: 10-20) that Pediculus Linn., Ricinus De Geer and Nirmus Hermann ‘“‘ must be treated as equivalent, inasmuch as each included all Mallophaga,”’ and his action in rejecting (e.g.) Ricinus fringtllae De Geer as a homonym of Pediculus fringillae Scopoli, the revised Rules of Zoological Nomenclature make it clear that Harrison’s opinion was incorrect and that both these names may be used. Ricinus fringillae (p. 71, Pl. 4, figs. 5-8) The description and figures are good, and undoubtedly represent a species belong- ing to the genus Ricinus s. str. (= Physostomum Nitzsch). The question of the host, however, is one of some difficulty. De Geer’s description in Latin is preceded by one in French, in which he calls the louse “ Ricin du Pincgon”’ (= Fringilla coelebs), but he later states that he found it in March on “‘l’oiseau nommé Bruant”’ (= Emberiza citrinella), and that it also lives ‘‘ sur les Pingons & d’autres petits oiseaux ”’; the species of Ricinus found on Fringilla coelebs and on Emberiza citrinella, though very closely related, are not the same, and De Geer’s figures resemble the latter rather than 236 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA the former in the proportions of the head. Nevertheless, if there were no complica- tions we might have taken the view that De Geer’s calling the louse ‘“ Ricin du Pingon”’ compelled us to apply his name to the species found on Fringilla coelebs, but there is a very strong reason for reluctance to adopt this attitude : Nitzsch (1818 : 302) published the name Liotheum (Physostomum) nitidissimum as a nomen novum for Ricinus fringillae De Geer, with Emberiza citrinella as host, and the name Liotheum (Physostomum) irascens (a nomen nudum) with Fringilla coelebs as host ; irascens was published with a description by Burmeister (1838 : 442) and all later authors have used nitidissimus and trascens for the species of Ricinus found on Emberiza citrinella and Fringilla coelebs respectively. To select Fringilla coelebs as type-host of Ricinus fringillae De Geer would mean that the host of nitidissimum Nitzsch, 1818 (whose 15 } | Fic. 15.—Ricinus fringillae De Geer, Gular and thoracic plates, female. sole claim to validity is the reference to De Geer), would of necessity be the same bird and the Ricinus of Emberiza citrinella would be left without a name. We consider that this course would cause so much confusion that we must select the species from Emberiza citrinella to bear the name that De Geer gave to the composite of both species. De Geer’s species is also a component of Nirmus pterocephalus Olfers, 1816, but we consider this latter composite name to refer mainly to Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank). The characters by which R. fringillae can be distinguished from rubeculae are given above under that species. This species is separated from others occurring on the Fringillidae by the shape of the head and prothorax (Pl. 10, fig. 6) and by the pro- thoracic plate (fig. 15), and from some species by the characters of the mandibles (fig. 17). THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 237 MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Female “Length Breadth. Head . ; : 0-70 0-68 Prothorax . : — 0°52 Abdomen. ; — 1707 Total . ; : 3°46 — Neotype female (Text-figs. 15-17 ; Pl. 10, fig. 6) of Ricinus fringillae De Geer in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slide no. 563) from Emberiza c. citrinella Linn, from Saxony, Germany. Neoparatypes: 4 females from the same host species from England, Estonia and Czechoslovakia. Fics. 16, 17.—Ricinus fringillae De Geer, female. 16. Terminal segments of abdomen. 17. Tips of mandibles. Ricinus emberizae (p. 74, pl. 4, figs. 9, 10) The host is “ Bruant,” Emberiza or “Groning”’ (= Emberiza citrinella), and the description and figure are those of a Philopterus. We consider this to be a synonym of Philopterus c. citrinellae (Schrank). Doubtless De Geer was misled into thinking it new by the fact that Schrank’s species was described from a nymph. Neotype of Philopterus emberizae (De Geer) a male in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) collection (slide no. 564) from Emberiza c. citrinella Linn. from Yugoslavia, which agrees with the neotype of Philopterus c. citrinellae (Schrank). Ricinus cornicis (p. 76, Pl. 4, fig. 11) De Geer places ‘‘ Pediculus Corvi Coracis Linn.” as a synonym, but the species has nothing to do with Philopterus corvi (Linn.), both figure and description very clearly referring to a Myrsidea. The host-record is ‘‘ Corneille ’’ (= Corvus corone cornix). Nitzsch (1818 : 300) renamed the species Liotheum (Menopon) mesoleucum, quoting ENTOM, III, 6. 19 238 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA De Geer and giving the host-record “Corvi Cornicis.’”” Harrison (1916: 13) erro- neously considered Ricinus cornicis De Geer (a Myrsidea) to be preoccupied by Pedt- culus cornicis J. C. Fabricius (a Philopterus); he also took the erroneous view that mesoleucum Nitzsch, 1818, is a nomen nudum, and in consequence the species has commonly been known as Myrsidea subaequalis (Haan*). The neotypes we erect for Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer) are necessarily also neotypes of M. mesoleuca (Nitzsch). (? / A 18 Fic. 18.—Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer), female. This species can be distinguished from other Myrsidea occurring on the European species of Corvus by the greater modification of tergites I-II (Text-fig. 18) in the female and by the sclerite of the genital sac in the male (Text-fig. 20). The chaetotaxy of sternite II (Text-fig. 22) in both sexes resembles most closely that of the species on Corvus monedula, but cornicis can be distinguished by the shape of the head in the male (PI. 11, fig. 1) and by the characters given above. * The authorship of the name is often incorrectly ascribed to Nitzsch or to Lyonet. : THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 239 MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male Female Length Breadth ‘Length Breadth. ‘Head . ; 5 E33 0:60 . 0°35 0:65 Prothorax ; _ 0-40 : — 0-41 Metathorax . _ 0°54 ; oo 0:68 Abdomen : _ = 0:67 : - 0:87 Total . : . 1°89 = ; 2°14 ca Genitalia : . 0:66 on : — ~- Neotype female (Text-fig. 18) and neallotype male (Text-figs. 19-22, Pl. ro, fig. 1) of Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)) (slide no. 16012a) from Corvus corone cornix Linn. from Sweden. Neopara- types : 174 males and 143 females from the same host form from Sweden, Estonia, E. Prussia, Hungary, Yugoslavia and the British Isles. 19 23 24 Fics. 19-22.—Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer), male. 19. Male genitalia. 20. Sclerite of genital sac. 21. Tip of paramere enlarged. 22. Second abdominal sternite. Fics. 23, 24.—Male heads, dorsal. 23. Anaticola crassicornis (Scopoli). 24. A. mergiserrati (De Geer). Ricinus lari (p. 77, Pl. 4, fig. 12) There are references to “‘ Pediculus Sternae Hirundinis Linn.” and ‘‘ Redi Experim. Tab. 9,” though neither of these species is even congeneric with that described by De Geer, both his figure and his description being quite certainly those of a Tyvinoton. The host-record “‘sur les Mouettes’’ (= Larus spp.) is definitely erroneous, for neither Trinoton nor any genus closely resembling it occurs naturally on the Laridae.! 1 We considered the large type of Actornithophilus occuring on the Laridae, but the figure does not agree with this. 240 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA J. C. Fabricius (1781 : 481) erroneously placed De Geer’s name as a synonym of Pediculus sternae Linn., doubtless misled by De Geer’s reference to this species. Nitzsch (1818: 300) considered De Geer’s species to be probably the same as his Liotheum (Trinoton) lituratum (a nomen nudum in 1818), from Mergus albellus, pro- bably because another of De Geer’s species is from Mergus serratus. We see no reason whatever to adopt Nitzsch’s belief, De Geer’s figure not being sufficiently detailed to refer to one species of Tvinoton rather than another, and the common-sense procedure with regard to a species described from a straggler is ob- viously to make it a synonym of some earlier name if possible. Fortunately Tvinoton querquedulae (Linn.) is a much earlier valid name and there is nothing in De Geer’s figure and description to suggest that this was not the species he had. 28 Fics. 25-28.—25. Anaticolac. mergiserrati (De Geer), terminal segments of male abdomen, ventral. 26. Female vulva. 27. A. crassicornis (Scopoli), female meso-metasternal plate. 28. A.c. mergiserratt, female meso-metasternal plate. We accordingly designate as male neotype of Tvinoton lari (De Geer) a specimen — in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)) (slide no. 8018) from Anas. c. crecca (Linn.) from Nepal, which agrees with Text-figs. 26-28 and Pl. 2, fig. 2 (in Clay & Hopkins, 1950) of Tvinoton querquedulae ( (Linn.). Ricinus mergi serrati (p. 78, Pl. 4, fig. 13) The description and figure are unquestionably those of an Anaticola and the host is carefully given as “le Plongeon nommé Mergus serratus Linn. Faun. Ed. 2 no. 136” (an important point, because “‘ plongeon’”’ normally means a member of the Gaviidae, or divers). THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 241 The species was renamed Pediculus mergi by J. C. Fabricius (1781 : 480) and Philop- terus (Lipeurus) temporalis by Nitzsch (1818 : 292) ; both names are mere nomina nova for De Geer’s species and our neotypes of mergiserrati must also be neotypes of mergi and temporalis. De Geer’s figure seems to represent a nymph but is not so good as most of his figures. Ricinus mergiserrati De Geer passed under Nitzsch’s name until 1916, when Harrison (p. 138) mentioned it as Esthiopterum mergiserrati De Geer and correctly placed mergi Fabricius and temporalis Nitzsch as synonyms. De Geer carefully separates, but does not name, another “ Ricin’’ from the mesa host, drawn as fig. 14 of his plate 4. This is undoubtedly an Anatoecus, and will be dealt with under Philopterus icterodes Nitzsch, 1818. All the specimens of Anaticola from the Anseriformes examined are very similar, having male genitalia differing only in proportions and the female genital region in the chaetotaxy ; all have the bilobed spermatheca in the female. Distinguishing characters are found in the proportions of the head, meso-metasternal plate and male genitalia, and in the chaetotaxy of the prothorax and male and female genital regions. A. mergiserratt (which should probably be considered as a subspecies of A. anserts (Linn.) or certainly of A. crassicornis (Scopoli)) is distinguished from anseris by the proportions of the head and male genitalia, by the characters of the pre- antennal region of the head, and by the presence of only one dorsal submarginal prothoracic seta each side. Both crassicornis and mergiserrati tend to have a greater number of setae on the genital region of the male (Text-fig. 25) and on the vulva of the female (Text-fig. 26) than anseris—too few specimens of this latter species are available for a more exact comparison. A. mergiserrati is distinguished from crassicornis with certainty only by the broader marginal carinae of the head (Text- figs. 23-24) and the longer penis. The meso-metasternal plate (Text-figs. 27, 28) is shorter and broader in mergiserratt. MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male Female (om a ~ a Length Breadth Length Breadth Head. : 2. O67 0°43 : 0°72 0°47 Prothorax , oo 032 ‘ ae 0°35 Pterothorax . oo 0-41 : — 0°47 Abdomen , . I-50 0-49 : 2°00 0°57 40tal.. : i AG — : 3°20 oa Genitalia ; . 0°65 —- ‘ o— —- LENGTH OF PENIS IN MM. (number of specimens in brackets): 0:20 (1), 0-22 (6), 0°23 (3). | Neotype male (Text-figs. 24, 25; Pl. 11, fig. 2) and neallotype female (Text-figs. 26, 28; Pl. 11, fig. 3) of Anaticola crassicornis mergiserrati (De Geer) in the Meinertzhagen collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)) (slide no. 19298a) from Mergus serrator Linn. from North Uist, Scotland. Neoparatypes : 46 males and 28 females from the same host species from the British Isles. 242 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA Ricinus gallinae (p. 79, Pl. 4, fig. 15) The host is ‘‘ Poule’ (= Gallus domesticus) and the description and figure repre- sent a Goniocotes. The name is not preoccupied by Pediculus gallinae Linn., which is a Menopon. Nitzsch (1818 : 294) renamed the species Philopterus (Goniodes) hologaster. Bur- meister (1828 : 431) placed it in his new subgenus Goniocotes, of which it was sub- sequently selected as type species. as Fics. 29, 30.—Goniocotes gallinae (De Geer). 29. Male. 30. Male genitalia. 29 MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male Female “Length Breadth ‘Length Breadth Head . ‘ . 0°28 0°37 : 0°40 0°51 Prothorax , _ 0*22 ‘ oo 0°31 Pterothorax . ._ = 0°34 : — 0-46 Abdomen : + +50 0°51 ‘ 0-90 0-80 Total. j s -G°90 — ‘ I*44 — Genitalia : «0°82 — , — —e Neotype male (Text-figs. 29, 30) and neallotype female (Text-figs. 31, 32) of Gonto- cotes gallinae (De Geer) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slides nos. 567-8) from Gallus domesticus from Scotland. Neoparatypes : 4 males and 25 females from the same host species from the British Isles, — OO ————— THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 243 Ricinus canis (p. 81, Pl. 4, fig. 16) The host is “ chien ” (= Canis familiaris), and the description and not very good figure unquestionably represent the species of Tvichodectes commonly found on this host. O. Fabricius (1780 : 215) gives a completely independent description of a Pediculus canis, from Canis familiaris, which has given much trouble because the description 31 Fics. 31.—Gonocotes gallinae (De Geer), female. is so bad. Nitzsch (1818 : 296) gave a doubtful reference to canis Fabricius under his Trichodectes subrostratus (a nomen nudum in 1818), Harrison ignored it, and other authors who mention it mostly accept Nitzsch’s suggestion that it was subrostratus. It must receive serious consideration because, as it is not a primary homonym of Ricinus canis De Geer, it could be the earliest valid name for Felicola subrostratus (Burmeister). 244 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA Turning to the original description of Fabricius, we find that numerous structural characters exclude any dog-parasites except Mallophaga and it is stated to occur in large numbers, excluding any likelihood that it was not a true dog-parasite. We fully agree with Kéler (1938 : 422) that with one exception (the mention of a “ ros- trum subcylindricum ’’) the characters agree excellently with the Tvichodectes of the dog, this former character being certainly what led Nitzsch to suggest that it might be subrostratus (found on the domestic cat). But we again find ourselves in full agreement with Kéler that the other characters exclude the cat-louse, and that the “rostrum subcylindricum ’’ must have been a portion of a hair gripped between the mandibles. Accordingly we shall select a neotype for Trichodectes canis (O. Fabri- cius) in such a way as to make it a synonym of T. canis (De Geer), of which it is also a secondary homonym. Tvichodectes latus Nitzsch (1818 : 296) is a nomen novum for De Geer’s species and therefore an absolute synonym, based on the same types. Fic. 32.—Gontocotes gallinae (De Geer), terminal segments ot female abdomen, ventral. Neotype male and neallotype female of Trichodectes canis (De Geer), which agree with the description and figures published by Werneck under the same name (Wer- neck, 1936: 502-6, figs. 130-135), in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slide nos. 581-2) from Canis familiaris from Sao Paulo, Brazil. Neoparatypes: 32 males and 31 females from the same host species from Brazil, British Isles and Germany. O. FABRICIUS, 1780 (Fauna Groenlandica, Hafniae & Lipsiae, pp. 215-220) Most of the descriptions in this work are new and independent, but there are a few redescriptions. The descriptions are poor and there are no figures, but the names are in unquestionably valid form. There is some confusion regarding the correct interpretation of the hosts from which Fabricius collected his specimens, and we are greatly indebted to Dr. Finn Salomonsen for assistance in identifying these correctly. Pediculus canis (p. 215) This species has been fully discussed under Ricinus canis De Geer, of which it is a synonym, Cf EEE THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 245 Neotype male of Trichodectes canis (Fabricius) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slide no. 583) from Canis familiaris from Sao Paulo, Brazil. This specimen agrees with the neotype of Tvichodectes canis (De Geer). Fic. 33.—Saemundssonia grylle (O. Fabricius), male genitalia. a. Head of paramere. Pediculus strigis (p. 216) Fabricius thought his species, taken from Strix nyctea (= Nyctea scandiaca), was the same as P. strigis Miiller, which we have already discussed as P. strigis Pontop- pidan. It is unlikely that this is the case, but as the name is a primary homonym we do not propose to discuss it further, 246 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA Pediculus corvi (p. 217) This name is attributed to Syst.Nat. (i.e., Linné), and there is no need to discuss it except to note that as the description is that of a Philopterus and the host is — Corvus corax it could be regarded as a restriction of Linné’s name to the species found onthe raven. We have already restricted Philopterus corvi (Linn.) in the same sense. Fic. 34.—Saemundssonia grylle (O. Fabricius), terminal segments of female abdomen. Fics. 35, 36.—Saemundssonia lavi (O. Fabricius). 35. Anterior region of male head, dorsal. 36. Genital region of female. Pediculus clangulae (p. 217) Fabricius gave the host of this species as Anas clangula, but (as confirmed by Dr. Salomonsen) the species which Fabricius had must have been Bucephala islandica (Gmelin). In addition to the description there is a queried reference to Pediculus — guerquedulae Linn. It was doubtless this reference which led Harrison (1916 : 12) THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 247 to refer clangulae to Trinoton, but the description cannot possibly apply to Tvinoton or to any other duck-parasite except an Anaticola, which it fits very well. The species appears never to have been renamed or redescribed. . As we have no specimens of Anaticola from Bucephala islandica (Gmelin) we are unable to erect neotypes for Anaticola clangulae (O. Fabricius). Pediculus grylle (p. 218) Although this purports to be a renaming of P. colymbi grylle Miiller (a tick), the brief independent description ‘‘ Pediculus niger, fasciis albis, abdomine ovato ” can- not apply to a tick, none of which are banded, but does apply fairly well to the Saemundssonia, which occurs on Cepphus grylle, and not at all to any other known parasite of this bird. Denny (1842: 44, 86, Pl. 5, fig. 6) redescribed the species as Docophorus mega- cephalus from a teneral specimen obtained from the same host,! and the species was known under this name until Harrison (1916: 12, 14) restored the name given to it by Fabricius. Specimens examined : 28 males and 38 females from Cepphus g. grylle (Linn.) from the British Isles. As we have no material of Saemundssonia from Cepphus g. arctica Brehm.), the subspecies from which Fabricius took his specimens, we are unable to erect neotypes of Saemundssonta grylle (O. Fabricius). We have, however, included figures (Text-figs. 33, 34; Pl. 11, fig. 4) of what is almost certainly this form drawn from specimens taken from Cepphus g. grylle (Linn.). It should be noted that there is individual variation in the shape of the female genital plate and chaetotaxy of the genital region. MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male Female ‘Length Breadth ‘Length Breadth. Head . ? ¢, O52 0°45 ‘ 0°55 0°52 Prothorax , -_ = 0:28 : _ 0+ 32 Pterothorax . ._ 0-36 ‘ a 0-40 Abdomen : « 0°62 0°59 ; 0:67 0:65 Total . ‘ 2 1°98 — I+42 — Genitalia ‘ . 0°46 — : — — Neotype of Docophorus megacephalus Denny, a male (Text-figs. 33, 34; Pl. 11, fig. 4), in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)), (slide no. 16698), from Cephus g. grylle (Linn.) from N. Uist, Outer Hebrides. Pediculus bassani (p. 218) Thompson (1940 : 372-381) has dealt fully with the identity and synonymy of Pectinopygus bassani (O. Fabricius) and has erected neotypes for it (p. 380). Denny’s type material of this species is not in the Brit. Mus. (N.H.) collection, 248 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA Pediculus lari (p. 219) Harrison (1916 : 16) considered this name to be preoccupied by /ar1 De Geer, but the latter was published in Ricinus and is now in Trinoton, so lari O. Fabricius, which is a Saemundssonia, is valid. The description is much better than the rest and mentions a triangular head, acuminate in front and with a bifid rostrum, that the — insect is wholly black except for white blotches above and below, besides other Fics. 37-39.—Saemundssonia lari (O. Fabricius). 37. Male genitalia. 38. Head of paramere enlarged. 39. Mesosome enlarged (from another specimen). details which make it perfectly clear that Fabricius had before him a female Saemunds- sonia. The original host-record is “‘ Habitat in laro glauco et quidem macro” ; Larus glaucus is a synonym of L. hyperboreus Gunnerus. The species was re- described as S. lariphaga by Timmermann (1949: 8). Docophorus lari Denny, 1842 ; D. lari Grube, 1851 ; D. lari T. Miiller, 1927 and Pediculus lari Larrafiaga, 1928, are all referable to Saemundssonia and are, therefore, homonyms of S. lari (Fabricius). S. lari (O. Fabricius) is the earliest name for any species of Saemundssonia from THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 249 the genus Larus, and, as shown by Timmermann (1951), the Saemundssonia from nearly all the species of this genus must be considered as subspecies of lari. In S. /. lari the tergal plates of abdominal segment II are joined medianly in both sexes and the dorsal abdominal setae of the female do not form a continuous line across the segment, occurring only along the posterior margins of the tergal plates. In the male genitalia there is no sclerotized cross-bar at the distal end of the basal plate (Text-fig. 37) and the endomeral projections are fused medianly. MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male Female ‘ Length Breadth : Length Breadth Head . ; . 0:60 0:62 : 0:62 0:68 Prothorax , = 0:34 : — 0°37 Pterothorax . ._ 0-48 : — 0°53 Abdomen . =. 10290 0°85 : I+16 0:98 Total «_; ‘ g1 £90 — ; 2°06 ~- Genitalia : . 0:68 — : — — Neotype male (Text-figs. 35, 37-39, Pl. 11, fig. 5) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 36) of Saemundssonia lari lari (O. Fabricius) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slide no. 569) from Larus hyperboreus Gunnerus from Iceland. Neopara- types ; 51 males and 48 females from the same host species from Iceland, Jan Mayen Is. and the British Isles. Pediculus tringae (p. 219) This species is stated to occur on Tvinga striata, which at once presents us with a difficulty, because this name has been applied to the redshank and also (incorrectly) to the purple sandpiper ; but the former does not occur in Greenland, so the host of P. tringae must have been Evolia maritima. The insect is described as white with a red dot on the abdomen (obviously ingested blood) and a suborbicular body, the size is that of the head of a pin, the antennae are like very minute hairs, the thorax is oval and the abdomen almost circular. Obviously the specimen was a very young nymph. Harrison regards the species as unrecognizable and we have much sym- _ pathy with this view, but it is one only to be adopted in the last resort. The mention of an almost orbicular abdomen at once rules out any genera found regularly on the Charadriiformes except Saemundssonia, Austromenopon and perhaps Actornitho- pilus, but not only are nymphs of the two latter genera brownish-yellow rather than white, but also their antennae are concealed and the palps (sometimes mistaken for antennae) far from conspicuous, so that Fabricius’ insect must have been a Saemunds- sonia ; only one Saemundssonia appears to occur normally on Evolia maritima. Through the kindness of Dr. René Malaise it has been possible to remount and examine the syntypes of Docophorus arcticus Mjéberg (IgIo : 122) said to have been taken from ‘“‘ Tvinga sp. (maritima ?).”’ The syntypes, which comprise one male and two females, are conspecific with the neotypes of S. tvinga from Erolia maritima ; S. arctica can, therefore, be considered as a synonym of tvingae (Fabricius). 250 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA This species is distinguished from other Saemundssonia on the Charadrii by the size and shape of the head (PI. 11, fig. 6) and anterior plate (clypeal signature) (Text- fig. 40) and by the male genitalia (Text-figs. 42-44). The tergal plates of abdominal segment II are joined medianly in both sexes and the dorsal abdominal setae do not form a continuous line across each segment, occurring only along the posterior margins of the tergal plates. In the male genitalia there is a sclerotized cross-bar at the distal end of the basal plate and the endomeral projections are fused medianly _ (Text-fig. 42). : Fics. 40, 41.—Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius). 40. Anterior region of male head, dorsal. 41. Terminal segments of female abdomen. MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male Female " Length Breadth ‘Length Breadth h Head . : ~ 0°55 0-51 ‘ 0-62 0°59 Prothorax , ._ 0:28 : —- 0°33 Pterothorax . oo 0°38 . — 0°47 Abdomen ; . O95 0°65 . 0:97 0°83 Total . ‘ + E947 — : 1-67 -- Genitalia ; » 0°43 _ — — Neotype male (Text-figs. 40, 42-44, Pl. 11, fig. 6) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 41) of Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)), slide no. 2346, from Evolia maritima (Briinnich) from Scotland. Neoparatypes : 16 males and 16 females from the same host species from the British Isles, Spitzbergen and Finland. THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 251 Lectotype of Saemundssonia arctica (Mjoberg): g in the Naturhistoriska Riks- museum, Stockholm, from “‘Tvinga sp. (maritima?) from Lilla Pendulum-On”’ (6. vil. 1899). Pediculus hiaticulae (p. 220) The host is Charadrius hiaticula, and the only points of much value in the descrip- tion are that the head is triangular, the oblong body sublinear and the whole insect mouse-coloured, but this description is sufficient to give us the genus at once, for the Fics. 42-44.—Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius). 42. Male genitalia. 43. Head of paramere. 44. Mesosome enlarged (from another specimen). _ only genus occurring on the genus Charadrius in which the body could possibly be described as sublinear is Quadraceps. Two species of this genus occur on Charadrius _ Maticula, and both are fairly common ; Quadraceps fissus (Burmeister) is a relatively stout species, while the other is very slender. This latter species was discussed at some length by Waterston (1915 : 35) without his being able to find a satisfactory name for it, but Hopkins (1942 : 115) expressed the opinion that the slender species is Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius). As Fabricius describes his species as sub- linear we think there can be no question that this is the species he had before him, 252 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA and we reject Harrison’s placing of fissws Burmeister as a synonym (Harrison : 1916 : . 15,113). Harrison ascribes the authorship to Miiller, but the latter only mentioned — Pediculus hiaticulae as a nomen nudum, so the author is Fabricius. ; MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Mele Female ‘Length Breadth “Length Breadth Head . ‘ . 0°42 0°23 ; 0*42 0°23 Prothorax i oo 0-17 ‘ —— 0-18 Pterothorax . _ = 0°25 : _- 024 Abdomen : « jr*x6 0*31 : I+26 0*30 Total . : . ‘x83 — ; I-go — Genitalia : . 0°36 -— ‘ _ — 46 45 Fics. 45, 46.—Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius), male. 45. Anterior region of head, dorsal. 46. Terminal segments of abdomen. Neotype male (Text-figs. 45-50; Pl. 12, fig. 1) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 51, Pl. 12 fig. 2) of Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)), slide no. 10514, from Charadrius h. hiaticula Linn. from Ireland. Neoparatypes : 116 males and 159 females from the same host form from the British Isles and 17 males and 9 females from Charadrius h. tundrae (Lowe) from the Sudan. THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 253 Pediculus lagopi (p. 220) __ This appears to be a redescription of Linné’s species of the same name and the host (Tetrao lagopus) is also the same. J. C. FABRICIUS, 1781 Species Insector'um .. . Hamburgi & Kilonii, Vol. 2, pp. 478-48 P PP- 475-484 This is little more than a list of names, and all the new names proposed in it have already been discussed. It need not detain us. Fics. 47, 48.—Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius). 47 Male genitalia. 48. Paramere. SCHRANK, 1781 (Enumeratio insectorum Austriae indigenorum. Augustae Vindelicorum, PP. 499-507, pl. 1.) __ We must confess to a great feeling of relief in getting away from the work of J. C. _ and O. Fabricius to that of Schrank, for (as before) his descriptions are for the most _ part accurate and are nearly all accompanied by figures which enable his species to be - easily recognized. * ENTOM, Ill, 6. a 254 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA Pediculus porcelli (p. 500, Pl. 1, fig. 1) After being mentioned by Linné without indication, definition or description, this name was copied by almost every author with whom we have dealt, still as a nomen nudum, until Schrank finally described the species. The host is Mus Porcellus, the description is good and the figure excellent, considering the date. Schrank himself (1803 : 186) renamed the species Pediculus saviae, Olfers (1816 : 83) redescribed it as Pediculus bifurcatus, and Nitzsch (1818 : 304) proposed Gyropus gracilis as a nomen novum for it. Later authors have either used Nitzsch’s name or referred the name porcellt to Linné, but the authorship of this name must be ascribed to Schrank. 50 49 51 Fics. 49, 50.—Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius). 49. Mesosome, ventral. 50. Distal end of — mesosome, dorsal. Fic. 51.—Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius), terminal segments of the female abdomen. The species has been excellently described and figured by Werneck (1936: 398- 402, figs. I-g), and our neotypes agree with his description and figures. Neotype male and neallotype female of Gliricola porcelli (Schrank) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slides nos. 584-5) from tame guinea-pig, Cavia por- — cellus (Linn.), from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Neoparatypes : 14 males and 30 females from the same host species from Brazil, British Isles and S. Africa. Pediculus ovis (p. 502, Pl. 1, figs. 8, 9) This is a somewhat similar case to that of porcelli, since Linné mentioned the name — without description and with only a queried reference to Redi, which does not save aun ie THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 255 the name from being a nomen nudum. In passing it seems worth mentioning that the presence of the query suggests very strongly that what Linné had before him was not Redi’s insect, for the latter’s figure is not at all bad ; we suspect that Linné may have had a sucking louse. In any case the authorship of ovis must be assigned to Schrank. The host is Ovis aries (domestic sheep) and the species is well known. Schrank (1803 : 187) renamed it Pediculus ovisarietis, Olfers (1816 : 85) described it as Ped1- culus sphaerocephalus, and Nitzsch (1818 : 296) proposed the new name Tvichodectes sphaerocephalus for “‘ Ped. Ovis Linn. Fabric.’ (nomina nuda), Schrank’s species and the left-hand figure on Redi’s pl. 22. Our neotypes of ovis Schrank are also automatically neotypes of the nomina nova proposed by Schrank (1803) and Nitzsch (1818), but are not neotypes of sphaerocephalus Olfers because this has an indepen- dent description. The species has been excellently described and figured by Werneck (1936 : 537- 540, figs. 169-174), and the neotypes agree with his figures and description. Neotype male and neallotype female of Damalinia ovis (Schrank) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slides nos. 586~7) from domestic sheep, Ovis aries Linn. from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Neoparatypes : 29 males and 37 females from the same host species from Brazil, E. Africa and New South Wales, Australia. Pediculus anatis (p. 503, Pl. 1, figs. 2, 3) The excellent description and the figures represent an Anaticola, and there is a reference to the upper figure of Redi’s plate 10, which is Anaticola anseris (Linn.). The host is given as Anas boschas varietas fera (= Anas p. platyrhynchos), but fig. 2 of the plate is labelled P. anseris, which perhaps means that this specimen was taken from a goose. There can be little doubt that anatis Schrank is a mixture of Anaticola anseris (Linn.) and A. crassicornis (Scopoli), and it is probably the basis for Olfers’ record of both Anas and Anser as hosts of the latter species and the subsequent appearance in the literature of a non-existent “ cvassicornis Olfers.’”’ In view of Schrank’s host-record and choice of specific name, anatis must be held to apply primarily to Anaticola crassicornis (Scopoli), of which it is a synonym. Neotype male of Anaticola anatis (Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)), slide no. 4242, from Anas p. platyrhynchos Linn. from N.E. Poland. This specimen agrees with the description and figures (Clay & Hopkins, 1951 : 17) of A. crassicornis (Scopoli). Pediculus ortygometrae (p. 503) ___ This species, from Rallus Crex = Crex crex (Linn.), is not figured and the descrip- _ tion is most unsatisfactory. The species was identified by Burmeister (1838 : 428) and by Denny with Nitzsch’s manuscript name Nivmus attenuatus, and there are _ important reasons why this identification should be accepted if at all possible. The position is that attenuatus first appeared in print (Nitzsch, 1818 : 291) as a nomen nudum, a reference to Pediculus ortygometrae Schrank being queried. Burmeister gave no description of the insect but included the same reference without the query, 256 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA thus making Nirmus attenuatus Burmeister a nomen novum for P. ortygometrae Schrank. Denny (1842: 52, 134, Pl. ro, fig. 2) described material from Crex pratensis (= Crex crex (Linn.)) as Nirmus attenuatus “ Nitzsch,” and “ N. attenuatus Nitzsch ”’ as subsequently described by Giebel from Nitzsch’s manuscript (1874: 170, Pl. 6, fig. I) appears to be congeneric with Denny’s species. To interpret P. ortygometrae otherwise than was done by Burmeister and by Denny would raise serious difficulties with regard to the type species of Rallicola. Schrank’s description of ortygometrae is as follows : “Insectum oblongum. Caput cordatum, parte acuminata ab abdomine aversa; antennae breves moniliformes. Thorax angustus, longus apice latior, apicis medio productiore. Abdominis seg- menta, demta thorace octo setosa, utrinque spiraculis magnis maculatis instructa. Pedes thoraci affici, articulis tribus elliptoidibus constant, articulo tertio acuto, breviori. In capite varia transparent intestina; ejusque apices utrinque setam longiusculam emittunt.”’ We considered the possibility that the various internal structures appearing in the head might be the conspicuous gular plate of Psewdomenopon, but this genus is ex- cluded by the cordate head and the fact that the “ apex ”’ of the thorax is stated to be produced in the middle. We think Fulicoffula to be excluded by the statement that the insect is oblong and by the cordate head. Jncidifrons is not known from Crex crex, but we have examined J. fulicae (Linn.) and this, in common with Pseudo- menopon, has two long setae arising from the temporal angles (Schrank’s “ apices ”’ of the head), whereas Rallicola has only one. Summing up, the whole of the very vague description could apply to Rallicola and the presence of only one long temporal seta is peculiar to this genus. It is legitimate to use as confirmation the fact that Rallicola is common on Crex crex and the other genera rare or unknown. This species is distinguished from R. cuspidatus (Scopoli) (see Clay & Hopkins, 1951 : 25) by the shape of the head in both sexes, the absence of marked sexual dimorphism of the antennae, the male genitalia and the female genital region. MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male Female Length Breadth ‘Length Breadth. Head. ; . 0°44 0:33 i 0°45 0°33 Prothorax ? = 0:22 — 0°22 Pterothorax . = 0°29 : — 0-28 Abdomen ; . 0:86 0°42 ‘ 0-92 0°42 TOG). 2 ; » 1°53 — : 1-66 a Genitalia ‘ . 0°28 — ; — — Neotype male (Text-figs. 52, 53) and neallotype female (Text-figs. 54, 55) of Ralh- cola ortygometrae (Schrank) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slide nos. 570-1) from Crex crex (Linn.) from Scotland. Neoparatypes : 5 males and 3 females from the same host species from Scotland and France. The material described by Denny as Nirmus attenuatus ‘‘ Nitzsch’”’ (one male in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Denny Collection) agrees with the neotype of Ralh- THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 257 cola ortygometrae (Schrank). There are no specimens of ‘‘ Oncophorus attenuatus N.,” as described by Piaget (1880: 214, Pl. 18, fig. 1) in the Piaget Collection in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). FOURCROY, 1785 (Entomologia Parisiensis, Paris. Part 2, pp. 517-522) The section of this work which deals with Anoplura and Mallophaga is in two diffe- rent parts; pages 517-519 contain a list of species of Pediculus, sometimes with Fics. 52, 53.—Rallicola ortygometrae (Schrank). 52. Male. 53. Male genitalia. __ brief descriptions or quotations of the descriptions of other authors (whose names are _ hot mentioned), and all the names are in valid binomial form. But on pages 520- 522, under a separate heading “ pediculi Rhedi & Linnaei”’ there is a list in which _ every name which is not a nomen nudum is a descriptive phrase and has a partial 258 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA duplicate: ‘‘ Pediculus accipitris, abdomine oblongo”’ and “‘ Pediculus accipitris, abdo- mine ovato,”’ for instance. We conclude that these phrases on pp. 520-522 are not to be taken as names and are only in Latin because the whole work is in that language. On the other hand, the names on pp. 517-519 are undoubtedly valid and must be dealt with, because in three instances Geoffroy’s descriptive phrases are first shortened to valid form in this work. 54 Fics. 54, 55.—Rallicola ortygometrae (Schrank). 54. Female. 55. Terminalsegments of female abdomen. Pediculus circi (p. 518) Proposed for Geoffroy’s Pediculus circi, fuscus oblongus .. . , the identity of which has already been briefly discussed (Clay & Hopkins, 1950: 270). Geoffroy’s host-record is “‘ Busard des marais, civcus Bellon” (= Circus aeruginosus (Linn.)). The same species was named Pediculus milvi by Schrank (1803 : 193) ; Liotheum © (Laemobothrion) gigantewm Nitzsch (1818 : 301) is composite and we shall restrict THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 259 the name to the present species. L. nigrolimbatum Giebel was described from speci- mens taken from Circus cineraceus (= C. pyargus (Linn.)) and Circus aeruginosus, and in view of the loss of the types is best assumed to be the same as circz (Fourcroy). The species of Laemobothrion from the Falconiformes can be divided into three main groups as follows (see also Kéler, 1937, and Eichler, 1943) : 1. Gular setae and lateral setae on prosternal plate absent . . tinnunculi group. —. Gular setae and lateral setae on prosternal plate present : ‘ a 2. Majority of abdominal tergites with central uncoloured area (Text-fig. 68) (vulturis group) 3. -. Abdominal tergites without such areas : . maximum group. 3. Lateral margins of anterior abdominal segments with dark, stout spine- like setae F , glutinans N. —. Lateral margins of anterior abdominal segments without such setae rest of vulturis group. Fics. 56—58.—Posterior setae of 1st femur. 56. Laemobothrion tinnunculi (Linn.) 57. L. civct (Fourcroy). 58. L. vulturis (J. C. Fabricius). Fics. 59-61.—Proximal part of 2nd femur. 59. L. tinnunculi. 60. L. circi. 61. L. vulturis. In addition the members of the tinnunculi group have the shape of the head dis- tinctive, have only a few setae on the anterior margin of the prothorax, and never have a complete vertical line of setae along the outer edges of the patches of minute comb-like structures on abdominal sternites IV-V.!_ The vulturis group is further characterized by the presence in the female of a lateral pigmented spot each side posterior to the vulva (Text-fig. 67, x), and by the presence in both sexes of dark, stout spine-like setae on the margin of the first femur and on the margin and dorsal 1 These are similar to those found in Microtenia, 260 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA surface of the proximal part of the second femur (Text-figs. 58, 61) ; the third femur may or may not have these setae. In general, members of the vulturis group tend to be larger and to have a greater number of stouter setae. In the maximum group some forms have (Text-figs. 57, 60) a few of these spine-like setae on the femora, smaller than those of the vulturis group ; in the tinnunculi group the second femur a Fic. 62.—Laemobothrion circt (Fourcroy), male head, dorsal. a tA ) 64 63 Fics. 63, 64.—Laemobothrion circt (Fourcroy). 63. Female prosternal and meso-metas- ternal plates( unmounted specimen). 64. Proximal part of prosternal plates of three individuals to show variation in shape and number of setae (mounted canada balsam). (only) may have one or two small spine-like setae (Text-figs. 56, 59). Each of these groups will probably prove to be a polytypic species, the subspecies of which seem to be distinguished by the colour pattern (apparently correlated to a certain extent with the plumage colour of the host), the shape of the gular plate, the number and ay ee PK Yo ri THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 261 size of the setae, and the total length in the females. There is some individual varia- tion in the numbers of gular and lateral setae of the prosternal plate which makes these characters unreliable for the separation of related forms ; similarly the shape of the prosternal plate tends to vary (Text-figs. 63, 64). The position of the setae on the meso-metasternal plate (see Eichler, 1943 : 210) is also variable, due to varia- tion in the posterior prolongation of this plate. The shape and size of the head, even where the total length is a distinguishing character, tend to be similar in related forms. It seems doubtful whether the male genitalia show any differences through- out the members of one group, but a greater amount of material is necessary in order to judge the amount of variation in the shape of the sclerites within populations from one host species. Fic. 65.—Laemobothrion civci (Fourcroy) male, terminal segments of abdomen. a. Anus (internal). Of the four species described up to this date—1785—L. tinnunculi (Linn.) is quite € distinctive (see Clay & Hopkins, 1950: 228). JL. vulturis (J. C. Fabricius) was re- _ described (Clay & Hopkins, 1951 : 33) from a small amount of mounted material, _ but now through the kindness of Mr. B. K. Tandan (University of Lucknow) it has Te been possible to examine fresh material of this species and thus to amplify the descrip- tions and figures. It differs from other forms parasitizing the Aegypiinae mainly in size and possibly in colour pattern, but the available specimens of Laemobothrion 262 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA from this subfamily are not in a condition to show this last character fully. The number and size of the setae tend to be greater in both sexes than in circi (cf. Text- figs. 66 and 67), but there is considerable individual variation in this character. In our first description (1951 : 34) it was suggested that the number of lateral prosternal setae was a diagnostic character, but the number of these in L. vulturis may vary, as shown for the following 4 males and 4 females (setae on left and right side of each prosternal plate) : Male. a) foe es Siok SG hs gt Female. “SE Ay 4 Op Of 7 Fees 66 Fic. 66.—Laemobothrion cirvci (Fourcroy) female, terminal segments of abdomen. This species has the form of the tergal plates (Text-figs. 68) and femoral setae (Text-figs. 58, 61) characteristic of the vulturis group. L. maximum (Scopoli) (see Clay & Hopkins, 1951 : 34) and L. circi (Fourcroy) belong to the maximum group, — but owing to lack of material of maximum the differences (if any exist) between these — two forms cannot be given. L. circi differs from L. titan Piaget (host: Milvus m. migrans) in the lesser degree of pigmentation and in the female by the shorter abdo- men, In both sexes of civci abdominal tergites I-IV show signs of a median division. THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 263 MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: Male Female ‘Length Breadth. ‘Length Breadth - Head (midline 2 E44 = : I+52 — (laterally) ONE oy I+54 , 1:78 I+65 Prothorax . = I*20 ‘ — I+37 Pterothorax . oo 1°63 : — 1-87 Abdomen : ~ 4°95 2°20 . 6-00 2:80 Total . : | 8-15 — ; 9°40 — Genitalia ; - 2°20 — : — — y 67 Fic. 67.—Laemobothrion vulturis (J. C. Fabricius), Terminal segments of female abdomen, ventral. +. Post-vulval pigmented area. Fic. 68.—Laemobothrion vulturis (J. C. Fabricius), third abdominal tergite, female. Neotype male (Text-figs. 62, 65; Pl. 12, figs. 3, 4) and neallotype female (Text-figs. 57, 60, 63, 64, 66; Pl. 12, fig. 5) of Laemobothrion civci (Fourcroy) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slide no. 609) from Circus a. aeruginosus (Linn.) from Kenya. Neoparatypes: 26 males and 20 females from the same host form from Kenya, Yugoslavia and India. Pediculus passeris (p. 519) A binomial name for Geoffroy’s descriptive phrase ‘‘ Pediculus subflavescens : abdomine ovato ”” (see Clay & Hopkins, 1950: 270), but with a brief descrip- tion which may perhaps be independent. The point is not of much importance, as 264 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA both descriptions clearly indicate a Philopterus and the host is the same: “moineau franc ’’ (= Passer domesticus). The earliest name for the Philopterus from Passer domesticus is P. fringillae (Scopoli) (see Clay & Hopkins, 1951 : 32) and passeris, therefore, becomes a synonym of this latter name. Neotype male of Philopterus passeris (Fourcroy) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)), slide no. 15778 from Passer d. domesticus (Linn.) from Cornwall, England. This specimen agrees with the figures and description (Clay & Hopkins, 1951 : 32 ; fig. 43; Pl. 3, fig. 3) of P. fringillae (Scopoli). Pediculus corvi (p. 519) Proposed for Geoffroy’s ‘‘ Pediculus albo nigroque varius ...” The host is “corbeau,” which may mean crow or raven, though usually the latter. Geoffroy’s species is certainly a Philopterus. Philopterus corvi (Fourcroy) is preoccupied both in Pediculus and in Philopterus, for if not the same as Philopterus corvi (Linn.) it is a homonym of the latter. It is therefore unnecessary to try to fix it more closely. MOHR (N.), 1786 (Forsog til en Islandsk Naturhistorie. Kiobenhavn) Pediculus procellariae (p. 103) There is a short Latin description but no host-record other than that provided by the name, which is preoccupied by Pediculus procellariae J. C. Fabricius, 1775. We consider Pediculus procellariae Mohr, 1786, nec J. C. Fabricius, to be completely unrecognizable. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are indebted to the Trustees of the British Museum for permission to publish — Text-figs. 12, 33, 53, drawn by Mr. A. J. E. Terzi, to the Zoological Society of London for permission to publish figures 52-55, and to Colonel Meinertzhagen for permission to publish Text-figs. 29 and 31, drawn by Mr. R. S. Pitcher. Text-figs. — 5 and 18 were drawn by Mr. A. Smith, and the remaining figures by Miss T. Clay. TABLE I.—Breadth (in mm.) of Head at Temples of Male Philopterus populations — with Number of Specimens. 0*45-0°46 0°47-0'48 0+49-0°50 0°51-0'52 citrinellae ‘ ‘ 3 22 2 — curvirostrae . , I 16 4 — pyrrhulae : F — 2 4 6 chloridis ; : — 18 6 2 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA TABLE II.—Breadth (in mm.) of Head of Female Philopterus populations with Number of Specimens 265 0+47-0°48 0+49-0°50 0°5I-0°52 0°53-0'54 0°55-0°56 0°57-0'58 0:59-0:60 citrinellae curvirostrae . pyrrhulae chloridis ; ‘ I 3 I 2 2 6 16 4 ~- II 12 4 I 3 2 > 19 I 7 8 12 LIST OF SPECIES The synonymy of the following names has been established : Specific name agonum Nitzsch . alaudae Schrank anatis Schrank arcticus Mjéberg attenuatus Burmeister . bassani O. Fabricius bifurcatus Olfers canis De Geer canis O. Fabricius chloridis Schrank civct Fourcroy citvinellae Schrank clangulae O. Fabricius communis Nitzsch compar Piaget cornicis De Geer cuvuccae Schrank curvivostvae Schrank emberizae De Geer | fringillae De Geer gallinae De Geer giganteum Nitzsch globifer Olfers gracilis Nitzsch . grylle O. Fabricius hiaticulae O. Fabricius hologaster Nitzsch - lavi De Geer lavi O. Fabricius _ lariphaga Timmermann latus Nitzsch _ leontodon Nitzsch megacephalus Denny mergi J. C. Fabricius . mergiservatt De Geer mesoleucum Nitzsch milvi Schrank . Present status Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank) Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank) Anaticola crassicornis (Scopoli) Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius) Rallicola ortygometrae (Schrank) Pectinopygus bassani (O. Fabricius) Glivicola porcelli (Schrank) Trichodectes canis (De Geer) . Trichodectes canis (De Geer) . Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) Laemobothrion circt (Fourcroy) Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) . Anaticola clangulae (O. Fabricius) . Philopterus cttrinellae (Schrank) . Philopterus curvirostrae (Schrank) . Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer) . Menacanthus curuccae (Schrank) . Philopterus curvirostrae (Schrank) . Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) Ricinus fringillae De Geer Gontocotes gallinae (De Geer) . Laemobothrion civci (Fourcroy) Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) Gliricola porcelli (Schrank) Saemundssonia grylle (O. Fabricius) Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius) Goniocotes gallinae (De Geer) Trinoton querquedulae (Linn.) Saemundssonia lari (O. Fabricius) . Saemundssonia lari (O. Fabricius) . Trichodectes canis (De Geer) . Sturnidoecus sturni (Schrank) Saemundssonia grylle (O. Fabricius) Anaticola c. mergiserrati (De Geer) Anaticola c. mergiserrati (De Geer) . Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer) . Laemobothrion circi (Fourcroy) I Page. 229, 227; 229, 224 226 225 249 255 247 254 243 244 232 258 232 246 228 229 237 223 232 237 235 242 258 228 254 247 251 242 239 248 248 244 232 247 241 240 237 258 266 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA Specific name minutum Nitzsch nigrolimbatum Giebel . nitidissimus Nitzsch ortygometrae Schrank . ovis Schrank ovisarietis Schrank parviceps Piaget passeris Fourcroy : phasiani J. C. Fabricius porcellt Schrank . procellariae Mohr plerocephalus Olfers pyrvhulae Schrank pyrvhulae Piaget vubeculae Schrank saviae Schrank . sphaerocephalus Olfers. sphaerocephalus Nitzsch sturnt Schrank ‘ subaequalis Haan temporalis Nitzsch tyingae Fabricius Cray, T., & Hopkins, G. H. E. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Ent. 1 (3): — 1951. Pt. JI. op. cit. 2 (1):1 Present status Menacanthus curuccae (Schrank) Laemobothrion circi (Fourcroy) Ricinus fringillae De Geer Rallicola ortygometrae (Schrank) Damalinia ovis (Schrank) Damalinia ovis (Schrank) Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank) Philopterus fringillae (Scopoli) Chelopistes phasiani (J. C. Fabricius) Glivicola porcelli (Schrank) Unrecognisable Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank) . Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank) . Glivicola porcelli (Schrank) Damalinia ovis (Schrank) Damalinia ovis (Schrank) Sturnidoecus sturni (Schrank) Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer) . Anaticola c. mergiserrati (De Geer) . Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius) REFERENCES The early literature on Mallophaga: Pt. J. Bull. Brit. 229, EICHLER, W. 1943. Balkan-Mallophagen. I: Laemobothrion. Mitt. naturw. Inst. Sofia, 16: 207-213. Hopkins, G. H. E. 1942. 108-119. Stray notes on Mallophaga : Vv. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11) 9 Kier, S. 1937. Uber einige neue und interressantere Mallophagen des Deutschen Ento- mologischen Instituts in Berlin-Dahlem. Arb. morph. tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem, 4: 312-324. Tuompson, G. B. 1940. (11), 5: 372-381. TIMMERMANN, G. 1949. tiere und Vogel. I. Notes on species of the Genus Pectinopygus. 1951. Die Mowenkneifer. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Ektoparasitenfauna Islandischer Sauge- Greinar Visind. Isl. 2 (3) : 1-32. Parasitological News, Reykjavik, (2) 1: 1-12. WATERSTON, J. 1915. On some Mallophaga in the Kgl. Zoologisches Museum, K6nigsberg. Zool. Jb. (Abt. Syst.), 39 : 17-42. WERNECK, F. L. 1936. Contribuicdo ao conhecimento dos Mallophagos encontrados nos mam- miferos sul-americanos. Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, 31 : 391-589. 16 MAK 1954 Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fia. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Aub wrs AUpY Do + ia SA ape EXPLANATION OF PLATES PLATE to Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank), g. x28. Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank), 2. x 28. Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank), . x 55 Philopterus cttrinellae citrinellae (Schrank). g. x 62 Sturnidoecus sturnt (Schrank), ¢. * SE: Ricinus fringillae De Geer, 2. X 25. PLATE 11 Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer), 3. X 45. BS. yD X 29. Anaticola mergiservati (De Geer), ¢. Anaticola mergiserrati (De Geer), 9. Saemundssonia grylle (O. Fabricius), ¢. Saemundssonia lari (O. Fabricius), g. x Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius), 3. PLATE 12 Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius), 3. Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius), 9. Laemobothrion civci (Fourcroy), ¢. x DI. x 38. 38. x 66. x 47. x 47. Laemobothrion circi (Fourcroy), ¢ genitalia. x 42. Laemobothrion circt (Fourcroy), . ame 9 Bs Bull. B, M. (N.H.) Entom, IIT, 6. PLATE to PLATE srr Bull. B. M. (N.Z.) Entom. III, 6. Bull, B. M. (N.H.) Entom. ITI, 6. PLATE x12 PRESENTED 16 MAR 1954 om eae Oe IE ma i "oO fae vi f a” week er Vie eu Mga e — ae ‘ fry, jit nap ‘.! wee D elt ewe fet af AT LE eh a ae ee 2 re Try 1 mv f ite oy Te 4 Ty ee ' : = ~ ; P M wi : b , ; oe _BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DC : eas ‘ig 2) 17 MAY 1954 L oF. \,, if . ¢ 5 ty ” Or. er Y, SOME -SAWFLIES Or THE BUROPEAN AEPS AND THE MEDITERRANEAN REGION (HYMENOPTERA : SYMPHYTA) R. B. BENSON BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 7 LONDON: 1954 SOME SAWELIES Wr THE BUROPEAN ALPS AND THE MEDITERRANEAN REGION HYMENOPTERA: SYMPHYTA BY ROBERT B. BENSON \y ‘A ‘ VA j Pp. 267-296 ; 31 Text-figures BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 7 LONDON : 1954 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). instituted in 1949, is issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become veady. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 3, No. 7 of the Entomological series. Issued April, 1954. Price Six Shillings. SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS AND THE MEDITERRANEAN REGION (HYMENOPTERA : SYMPHYTA) By ROBERT B. BENSON SYNOPSIS The paper deals mainly with new or little-known sawflies (Hym. Symphyta) collected in recent years in Cyprus and other parts of the Mediterranean Region with a few from the European Alps. In all 16 new species and 5 new subspecies are described, and 4 are re- instated from the synonymy. A list is also included of the sawflies collected for the Museum in Cyprus by Mr. G. A. Mavromoustakis. THE following species or subspecies of sawflies are nearly all from the Central Euro- pean Alps or the lands in or bordering the Mediterranean, and most of them are described here for the first time. The specimens on which the new forms are being based have come to me from many sources and have been accumulating in the British Museum (Natural History) awaiting description over several years, although not all of them belong to that institution. I should like here to thank all those who have sent me the specimens and especially those who have waited patiently a long time for results. At the end of the paper I have included a list of all the sawflies collected in Cyprus for the British Museum by Mr. G. A. Mavromoustakis. Three of these species were also found by Dr. Hakan Lindberg during his stay in Cyprus in 1939 and I am indebted to him for lending me his material for study. As virtually no records of sawflies from Cyprus have been published before, except for some Cephidae by Benson (1946), most of these records are new; and the list probably includes all the species that have yet been collected on the island. I am using here, as I have before, the expression “(statu novo)” or “(stat. nov.)” after a species name to indicate that I am changing its status, raising for example a subspecies to the level of a species. I now propose to introduce still another of these expressions, “(species revocata)” or “(sp. rev.)’’, to draw attention to the fact that the species referred to is being recalled from wrong synonymy ; “ (genus vevocatum) ”’ and ‘‘ (nomen revocatum) ’’ may be used in a similar way. POL: OOL is a well known abbreviation in Hymenoptera to indicate the com- parative distance between the posterior ocelli (i.e., posterior ocellar line = POL) and the distance between one of these ocelli and the eye margin (i.e., ocellar ocular line = OOL). In the same way I am using the abbreviation OO-CL to indicate the distance between a hind ocellus and occipital-carina or the hind margin of the head where this carina would be if it were developed (i.e., ocellar occipital-carina line). ENTOM, III, 7 2I§ 270 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS CEPHIDAE Calameuta festiva sp. n. 2. Black except for the following parts which are yellow: apical half of the front femur, the front tibia and the front tarsus, extreme apex of the middle femur, sides of the 3rd tergite, whole of the 4th and 5th except medially behind, sides of the 6th and 7th, 8th except the extreme lateral margins, also spot each side of 3rd, 4th and 5th sternites. Wzngs hyaline with stigma and venation piceous except for extreme base of C in forewing which is yellow. Head with eyes slightly closer together in front than the height of one; distance between antennal sockets about 2 as long as the distance between an antennal socket and the anterior tentorial pit on the same side (ant. ant. : ant. tent. as I-0 : 1°5). Antenna 21-segmented ; club thickening from 9th to 13th segment; penultimate segments about 2 as long as broad. Thorax and abdomen normal but legs with sub- bifid tarsal claws and hind tibia with 2 pre-apical spines ; cerci about 4 as long as sawsheath and reaches back as far; sawsheath 4 as long as basal plate. Pubescence on head and thorax above dark; pale and evenly distributed on under- thorax and whole of abdomen ; on head, pronotum and anterior and lateral lobes of mesonotum the pubescence is about } as long as the diameter of an ocellus. Pwuncta- tion: head shining between the small follicles on the face but at the back of the head these are dense and conspicuous ; prothorax likewise has only very fine follicles, but medial lobe of the mesonotum is dull with fine dense punctures ; lateral lobes shining with large widely-separated punctures in the middle and behind though on the anterior } and the outer lateral margin the punctures are a little smaller and closer together though much larger than those on the anterior lobe, and the inter- spaces are still shining; scutellum almost impunctate; mesopleura covered with large shallow follicles. Abdomen with the surface roughened by the dense follicle. Length 9°5 mm. Cyprus: Yerasa, 1000 ft., 1 9 (Holotype), 2.iv.1945 (G. A. Mavromoustakis) (British Museum). This species is superficially like C. gaullei (Konow), from Algeria, which, however, is distinguished by its much more heavily infuscated wings and by the punctation of the lateral mesonotal lobes (dull with dense punctures as is the anterior lobe), by the punctation of the anterior margin of the scutellum, and by its ant. ant. : ant. tent. ratio of I-0: 2:0 (see Benson, 1946). Structurally it is much more like C. apicicornis Pic (on the basis of a 9 collected at Jerusalem, 2.iv.1941, by Mr. H. Bytinski-Salz) which has very similar sculpture, but this species can be distinguished by its rich marking of yellow on the face and the thorax, and by the longer saw- sheath (sawsheath: basal plate as 1-0: 1-8) with its broad subtruncate apex when viewed from above. C. zdolon Rossi is distinguished by its rich yellow colouring on face and pronotum, its yellow costa and stigma in the forewing, and the thicker club of its antenna (the subapical segments of which are about twice as broad as long), and its single pre-apical spine on the hind tibia as well as by its ant. ant, : ant. tent, ratio of I-0 : 2-0, SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 271 ARGIDAE Kokujewia palestina sp. n. 9. Head black. Thorax with mesonotum including scutellum reddish yellow (except for the depressed lateral and hind margins of the side lobes and the hind margin of the scutellum which are black) ; underside, metanotum and legs entirely black. Abdomen reddish yellow except for Ist tergite and sawsheath which are black. Wings smoky with a black spot under the base of the stigma ; stigma and venation black. In structure not distinguishable from K. ectrapela Konow except that the saw- sheath is broadly rounded behind (Figs. 1 and 2) (instead of narrowing to a rounded point) and the hind basitarsus is about as long as the three following tarsal segments together (instead of clearly longer than this). Length Io mm. PALESTINE : Wadi Umbaghik, larva on ? Rumex 19 (Holotype) emerged ili.1945 (H. Bytinski Salz) (British Museum). Fics. 1-2.—Sawsheath of Kokujewia spp. from above: (1) ectvapela; and (2) palestina. I am indebted to the late Dr. Gussakovskii for giving to the British Museum a paratype of K. ectrapela (Caucasus and Transcaucasia) with which I have been able to compare the specimen from Palestine. K. ectrapela differs, in addition to the characters in the form of the sawsheath and tarsi mentioned above, in having a black scutellum and a red supra-clypeal area. K. clementi Zirngiebl (Anatolia), the only other described species in the genus, is said to differ from K. ectrapela in having a black medial stripe on the mesonotum and red on the frons. CIMBICIDAE Abia plana sp. n. Q. Colour dark metallic green; antenna with apex of 3rd segment, 4th, and obscurely 5th and 6th brown; Ist, 2nd, base of 3rd and 7th black; labrum and mouthparts piceous ; legs with coxae, trochanters and femora (except for apices) black ; apices of femora, tibiae and tarsi yellowish brown, slightly fuscous beneath on the hind legs. Wangs as in A. sericea L. but that the apical cloud is obsolete. 272 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS Head as in A. sericea L. but that the surface is entirely dull with fine coriaceous sculpture round the orbits and between the punctures. Thorax dull with fine coriaceous surface sculpture between the punctures which are mostly smaller than the interspaces between them. Legs as in A. sericea L., but that the inner tooth of the tarsal claw is broader and longer than the end tooth (Fig. 3). Abdomen with the tergites flat, not longitudinally arched as they are in A. sericea; and dull all over with dense hair follicles in the middle parts of each tergite while the margins and sides are densely coriaceous and the whole is covered in a fine dense pile ; hypopygium simple (not produced slightly in the middle as it is in A. sericea ) ; sawsheath parallel-sided in dorsal view and trifid at apex ; cerci long and extending back almost as far as the apex of the sawsheath ; saw very similar to that of A. fulgens. Length 13 mm. 6. As in 9, but the eyes above approach to each other to a distance that is little more than } the diameter of an ocellus, the 4th, 5th and 6th abdominal tergites each have the central quarter modified as in A. sericea and covered with a dense fine mat of short black tomentum surrounded by a shining glabrous margin, but, unlike A. sericea, etc., the modified areas are scarcely depressed and are (as in A. fulgens) in the same plane as the lateral portions of the same tergites. Length II°5 mm. HuncGary: Retyezdth, 1,200-1,800 ft., 1g, 19 (Holotype), 6~-7.vi.1937, I d, 24.V-4.vi.1937 (B. Lipthay) (British Museum). This species is very close to A. fulgens Zaddach as is shown by the very similar saws (vide Kangas, 1946, fig. 1a) and by the fact that in these 2 species alone of the European species known to me! the tomentum patches on the modified portions of the 4th to 7th abdominal tergites in the male are not depressed below the level of the rest of the tergite (in A. sericea L., nitens L., candens Konow, melanocera Cameron, imperialis Cameron and vitilisi Turner the tomentum patches are in depressions). The new species is, however, at once distinguishable from A. fulgens by its heavier punctation and by its tarsal claws, which have the inner tooth minute in A. fulgens but larger than the end tooth in the new species (cf. Figs. 3 and 4). Corynis semisanguinea (Pic.) The description by Pic (1916[1]) of this species from Algiers and of C. subcarinata from Greece (1916[2]) seem generally to have been overlooked; Gussokovskii (1947), for example, omitted them from his key to the genus. I had in fact already prepared a description of the specimens before me as a new species and informed the collector about this when I came upon Pic’s paper quite by chance. So far as Pic’s description goes it covers Guichard’s specimens very well and I think it probably refers to the same species, but as Pic’s description is very incomplete as well as being generally inaccessible I include a fuller description herewith : 1 Excluding those species which Kangas places in Abia (Aenoabia) and which really belong to Zaraea as defined in Benson, 1951. SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 273 9. Reddish yellow with the following parts bronzey black: antennae and head (except for the fronto-clypeal area below the antennae), longitudinal fleck in the middle of each of the lateral lobes of the mesonotum, sunken lateral parts of the mesonotum beside the mesoscutellum, metanotum (except for the meta-post- scutellum), mesosternum, mesepimeron, front and lower part of mesepisternum, metapleura, coxae, trochanters, basal half of fore and middle femora, and extreme base of hind femur, 1st and 2nd tergites except at sides above, a medial fleck on each of the 3rd, 4th and 5th tergites, the medial part of the margins between these segments, a broad broken band on the hind margin of the 8th tergite, almost the whole of the underside of the abdomen with the sawsheath (except the apex of the hypopygium and the gth sternite). Wings hyaline with stigma costa and rest of venation yellow. Antenna (Fig. 6) with 3rd segment twice as long as 4th; 3rd +4th = 5th; 5th a little more than 14 times as long as broad (1-0: 1-7). Head with malar space about as long as 4 diameter of front ocellus; POL: OOL as 1:0:0:8; POL: OO-CL as 1:0: 0°6. Pubescence on head and thorax grey and upstanding, the longest hairs being about the same as the diameter of an ocellus ; on abdomen fine, dense and recumbent. Punctation : the larger punctures over almost the whole of the upper surface are interspaced with more numerous very fine punctures; on the middle of the mesonotum, scutellum, middle of mesopleura, and middle of the abdomen, the larger punctures are mostly separated from each other by from 1-2 diameters ; on the head the punctures are coarser than on the body, and, round the orbits, between the antennae and on the postocellar area are very densely spaced and partly confluent ; on the sides of the apical tergites the punctures are also very densely set. Length 6-5 mm. TRIPOLITANIA: 75 km. S. of Bou Ngem, 5 9, 4.ii.1952 (K. M. Guichard) (British Museum). Superficially this species is very like C. sanguinea (Vollenhoven) of which I have before me 1 9 from the Canary Islands (Tho. V. Wollaston Coll., B.M. 1869-65). The punctation in C. sanguinea, however, is very much denser; on the meso- notum, for example, many of the larger punctures are contiguous or with interspaces little more than a diameter. Furthermore in C. sanguinea the 3rd segment in the antenna is only about 14 times as long as the 4th, and the club, forming the 5th segment, is about twice as long as broad (cf. Figs. 5 and 6). The abdomen is also paler above in colour, and the stigma and apex of the costa are blackish brown instead of yellow. Corynis reticulata sp. n. 3. Black except for the yellowish white tarsi, tibiae and extreme apices of femora. Wings hyaline ; stigma and rest of venation yellowish brown. Antenna (Fig. 7) with 3rd segment 14 times as long as 4th; 5th (club) = 3rd + 4th ; 5th about twice as long as wide. Head with malar space very short, scarcely ENTOM. III, 7. 21§§ 274 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS wn ve) ~ fore) Bn > ) = [| 5 3 2 7] “vn Figs. 3-4. Hind tarsal claw in Abia spp.: (3) plana; and (4) fulgens. Fics. 5-8. Antenna in Corynis spp.: (5) sanguinea ; (6) semisanguinea ; (7) reticulata ; and (8) fulvicrus. Fics. 9-10. Penis valve in Dolerus spp.: (9) vomanus ; and (10) thoracicus. SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 275 longer than the greatest breadth of the apical segment of the maxillary palp ; supra-clypeal area concave above but below and on clypeal area slightly concave medially ; front margin of clypeus with an excision about the size of the front ocellus ; POL: OOL is as 1:0: 0-7; POL: OO-CL as 1:0: 0:5. Claws bifid; inner front tibial spur about 2 as long as basitarsus, and outer spur } as long as inner spur. Abdomen with 8th tergite unmodified. Punctation : whole insect reticulate in appearance, so densely covered in punctures that the only interspaces larger than a puncture are: one immediately adjoining each ocellus, a few in the middle of the front lobe of the mesonotum and a few on the front of the scutellum. Pubes- cence outstanding and silvery; on head and upper mesopleura about as long as diameter of front ocellus; on rest of thorax and abdomen about 3 this length. Length 5 mm. PALESTINE: Shapat near Jerusalem, 1 ¢ (Holotype), 27.11.1918 (E. E. Austen) (British Museum). This species appears to be nearest to C. andrei Konow and C. similis Mocsary and runs to the couplet containing these two species in Gussokovskii’s key (1947), but in both these species the antennal club is much shorter than the 3rd and 4th antennal segments combined. C. similis (known from Crete, Cyprus, Syria, etc.) has very much shorter pubescence on the whole body, except on the head it is nowhere as long as } the diameter of the front ocellus ; and the punctures on the head and thorax are much less dense with abundant shining interspaces larger than individual punctures; and it also has a longer malar space (about as long as the diameter of the front ocellus in the 2 and about 4 this diameter in the g). C. andrei (Konow) (from Oran) I have not seen but it is described as having the pubes- cence on the head and mesonotum fuscous and the apical 3rd of the hind femur pale. Corynis fulvicrus sp. n. 9. Black with the following parts reddish yellow: labrum, mouthparts, suffused fleck on underside of antennal club, apical 4 of front and middle femora above, and hind femur (except for extreme base above and basal 4 below) hind tibia and tarsus (except for the apical tarsal segments which are brownish). Wings hyaline ; stigma, C. and Sc. yellow ; rest of venation brown. Antenna (Fig. 8) with 3rd segment ? longer than 4th; 5th (club) = 3rd + 4th. Head with clypeus excised in front to a depth of about ? diameter of front ocellus ; malar space very short (about as long as greatest breadth of apical segment of the maxillary palp; POL: OOL as 10:08; POL: OO-CL as 1:0:0:6. Legs with inner front tibial spur about ? as long as basitarsus ; outer spur about 4 the inner spur. Abdomen with 8th tergite unmodified. Punctation mostly very dense with interspaces as large as individual punctures only on clypeus, middle of supra-clypeal area, in frontal basin adjoining front ocellus and beside each lateral ocellus, middle of mesonotum and mesoscutellum, upper mesopleura, and most of 6 basal tergites. Pubescence, dense silvery up-stand- ing and about as long as diameter of front ocellus, on head mesonotum and whole mesopleura. Length 7-5 mm. 276 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS ALGERIA: Hamman Ben Hadjar, 1 9 (Holotype), 31.iii.rg10 (F. D. Morice) (British Museum) ; Misserghim, 1 9, 1929 (Allawaud and Jeannell) (Paris Museum). Another 2 from Algeria: Chellala, 1895 (de Vauloger) (Paris Museum) agrees with the above in colour and structure except that the whole punctation is sparser ; the punctures on all the mesonotum (except the margins), including the scutellum, and most of the middle of the mesepisternum are separated by interspaces as large or larger than individual punctures. TENTHREDINIDAE SELANDRIINAE Selandria serva fuscitarsis subsp. n. This differs from the typical subspecies in that the 4 apical tarsal segments of the hind legs and + middle legs are infuscate and that in the forewings the costa has little more than the basal 4 yellow and almost the apical 4 black (in the typical subspecies the basal 2 of the costa are yellow and only the apical $ black). CorFu: I ¢ (Holotype), 8.iv.1912 (F. D. Morice) (British Museum). ITaLy : Romagne, 2 g, I 9, 1945 (P. Zangheri) (1 J, I 2 in Zangheri Coll.; 1 3 in B.M.) ; Bologna, Gaibola, 1 2, 24.iv.1950 (G. Grandi) (in B.M.) and 1 Q, 30. iv. 1951 (G. Grandt). Strongylogaster lineata cypria subsp. n. This form differs from the typical S. lineata (Christ) in that the hind femora are entirely pale yellow (instead of infuscate at base) and the two basal antennal seg- ments are entirely black (instead of + yellow). Cyprus: near Platania Forest station, 3,500-4,000 ft., 2 2 (including Holotype), 7.v.1945 (G. A. Mavromoustakis) ; Mt. Troodos, 5,500-6,000 ft., 1 9, 28.vi.1937 (G. A. M.) (British Museum). Since writing this I have seen 39 of this subspecies from LEBANON: Falonka, 17.V.1953 (G. A. M.) (British Museum). Dolerus romanus sp. n. ¢. Black; wings hyaline with black stigma and venation. Head contracted behind the eyes ; clypeus with front half inflexed along a medial transverse carina and anterior excision not so deep as half total height of clypeus ; antenna about as long as vein C of forewing, 8th segment being about four times as long as its basal breadth ; head densely and rather coarsely punctured above without interspaces larger than the punctures except adjoining each of the lateral ocelli and each side of the post-ocellar area which is margined laterally by a deep pit; hind ocelli nearly as far apart as the distance between an ocellus and the occipital carina (POL : OO-CL as 1-0: 1-2); occipital furrow behind the temples and carina well developed. SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 277 Mesonotum with front lobe heavily punctured, dense at the sides with an impunc- tate area in front and in the middle with interspaces between the punctures larger than the punctures ; lateral lobes with smaller shallow punctures spacer towards the front and sides and denser behind; scutallum flat and except for a shining sparcely punctate area in front is coarsely and very densely punctured ; post-tergite of scutellum with obsolescent surface sculpture and no medial carina; meso- pleura very densely and rather finely punctured above, but with the punctures thinning out below and the mesosternum is almost impunctate. Abdomen with the ist tergite shining and sparcely punctured, but with the other tergites densely transversely coriaceously sculptured all over except for a small medial apical bare patch on the 8th tergite ; 9 penis-valve as Fig. 9. Pubescence very dense and grey and long on head above and the whole of the thorax, the longer hairs being about as long as 14 the diameter of the front ocellus ; abdomen with a hair patch each side of the middle line on each of the first 4 tergites, those on the ist tergite being very long ; 5th to 8th tergites clothed all over except in the middle line. Length 8 mm. ITaLy: Ermilia, Rivola, Fuenza, 1 ¢ (Holotype), 18.11.1951 (P. Zanghert) (in the Zangheri Collection). This most interesting new species would run to the megapterus-asper couplet in my recent key to the British species (Benson, 1952, p. 77) but differs from both these species and from D. thoracicus Fallén (cf. Figs. 9 and 10) in the form of the penis valve, in its much denser punctation on the mesonotum and base of the abdomen, and the much denser and longer pubescence on the abdomen. The penis-valve appears to be closest to that of the N. American D. sericeus Say but it differs from that species in almost every other character not common to all the “ black ”’ Dolerus, lacking, for instance, the strong tubercle on the apex of the 8th tergite, the deep excision of the clypeus and the coarse punctation of the mesopleura. In the pubes- cent clothing the new species resembles D. nigratus Miiller and the possibility that it might prove to be the unknown male of the Mediterranean D. rufotorquatus Costa had to be considered. D. rufotorquatus 2 is not known to differ in any way struc- turally from D. nigratus 2, but it would appear that the new species is far too densely sculptured on the thorax and base of the abdomen to be the male of D. rufotorquatus which now appears to me to be no more than a southern race of D. nigratus witha red instead of black pronotum and front lobe of the mesonotum. (Dolerus rufotor- quatus Costa = D. nigratus rufotorquatus stat. nov.). BLENNOCAMPINAE Athalia cuspidata sp. n. 2. Head black except for the clypeus, labrum, mouthparts and underside of the antennae which are yellow. Thorax and abdomen yellow except for the following parts which are black: front lobes of mesonotum, a spot covering the posterior + of the raised part of each of the lateral lobes, the post-tergite of the scutellum together + with the sunken lateral parts of the metanotum, the mesosternum, the extreme apices of the front and middle tarsal segments and the sawsheath, Wings 278 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS hyaline ; stigma and apical } of vein C as well as Sc + R + piceous ; rest of venation yellow. Impunctate except only for faint hair follicles. Head with clypeus very short (laterally only about as long as the 2nd antennal segment) and slightly produced medially (where it is about as long as the 1st antennal segment) and sparsely pubes- cent ; malar space less than $ the diameter of the front ocellus; distance between antennal sockets about the same as the distance between an antennal socket and the nearest eye margin. Antenna 12-13-segmented; 3rd segment greater than 4th + 5th; 6th onwards broader than long. Legs with tibial spurs broad and very short (inner hind tibial spur about 4 as long as basitarsus and about 2 as long as apical breadth of tibia) ; claws with a small middle tooth in addition to the end tooth. Abdomen with hypopygium as in A. cordata Lep. (see Benson, 1952, p. 82, fig. 254) and saw (Fig. 11) with prominent and sharp marginal teeth very like those of A. cordata (l.c., fig. 252). Pubescence on head and mesonotum long and grey but rather sparse, on the mesopleura it is evenly spread but it becomes very sparse on the mesosternum ; abdomen entirely glabrous above. Length 6-7 mm. 3g. Coloured as in 9 but that the whole upperside of the thorax is black (except only for the declivous parts of the mesonotum round the wing bases) and that the black spreads also from the mesosternum to cover the lower parts of the espisternum and the whole of the epimerum to the base of the wings ; the metasternum and the middle of the Ist tergite are also + infuscate. In structure as in 2 except for the sexual segments, and that the malar space is linear, that the pubescence on the thorax is much denser and covers the under- thorax evenly ; hypopygium entire behind. PALESTINE: Jerusalem, 1 9 (Holotype) 16.iv.1943, 2 9, I g, I.v.1941, I 9, 7.V.1943 (H. Bytinski-Salz) (Holotype, 1 g and 1 9 paratype in British Museum ; 2 2 in Bytinski-Salz collection). There are only 3 species of Athalia with toothed claws previously known (I do not regard A. galericulata Kontuniemi! as anything more than a dark form of A. scutellariae Cameron such as are often to be found in Britain with the typical form) ; and of these I can find no structural differences between the darker A. scutellariae (Europe) and the paler A. flammula Zhelochovtsev (E. Asia), so that I believe they are but races of the same species. [Athalia galericulata Kontuniemi, 1951 = scutellaniae Cameron, 1880, syn. nov. A. flammula Zhelochovtsev, 1927 = A. scutellariae flammula Zhel. stat. nov.]| A. scutellariae and also A. dimidiata Konow (Transcaucasia) differ from the new species in their longer tibial spurs and in the form of their antennae (which have only the gth segment onwards transverse). The new species is otherwise very similar to A. dimidiata in structure, having a very similar hypopygium and saw to that species, though in colour A. dimidiata is very different in having an entirely black thorax and Ist tergite. 1 Likewise Athalia cordatoides Kontuniemi, 1951, and A. longifoliae Kont., 1951, are synonyms of A, lineolata Lepeletier, 1823, Syn. nov. SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 279 Athalia glabricollis meridiana subsp. n. This subspecies differs from the typical subspecies (see Benson, 1952, p. 81) in that approximately the basal 4 of the veins C and Sc + R are yellow (instead of only about the basal 4) and that the mesonotum is more densely pubes cent. PERSIA: Suva, 2 g, 8 @ (including Holotype), Escalera Coll. (British Museum 1900-61). TurKEY: Ockmen, I 9, 12.viii.1939 (F. S. Bodenheimer) (Brit. Mus.) ; Aksehir, 1 3, 8.viii.1951 (Wahrman Coll.). PALESTINE: Jaffa, 2 g, 2 2, 24.11.1951 (H. Bytinski-Salz) ; Jerico, 1 3, 3.iv.1943 (H. B.-S.); Jordan, Al Maghtas, 1 9, 24.11.1942 (H. B.-S.). Empria persephone sp. n. gd. Black except for the following parts which are brownish white to brown: labrum, mouthparts, + the apices of the front and middle femora, fore and lower side of front tibia and tarsus, fore side of middle tibia, +. bases of middle and hind tarsal segments, and a fleck each side of tergite 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Wings infuscate ; stigma and venation piceous brown. Head contracted behind eyes ; the whole covered with dark pubescence (about as long as the diameter of a lateral ocellus) arising from minute tubercles surrounded by shining interspaces ; occipital carina reaches from mandible almost to level of top of eyes; clypeus about as long as the distance between the hind ocelli, sub- truncate in front, very slightly emarginate, with a small medial tooth continued back almost to the base of the clypeus as a longitudinal rib ; eyes about 4 longer than broad ; malar space about equal to length of znd antennal segment ; frons as a raised platform ; frontal furrow very shallow and ill-defined ; hind ocelli further apart than distance of each from hind margin of head (POL : OO-CL = 1-0: 0°8) ; POL: OOL as 1-0: 1-2; postocellar area about twice as wide as long. Thorax shining and impunctate though in places covered with minute tubercles ; the whole with dense pubescence mainly fuscous in colour ; hind tibial spurs about as long as apical width of tibia ; claws with a minute medial tooth in addition to the end tooth. Wing venation normal, with vein m-cu missing in hind-wing. Abdomen with hypopygium slightly emarginate medially ; penis-valve as in figure 16. Length 6 mm. FRANCE: Var, Les Args, 1 ¢ (Holotype), 15.iv.1939 (W. Fassnidge) (British Museum). This species would run in Conde’s key to European Empria (Conde, 1940) to E. liturata (Gmelin) and in my key to the British species to couplet 10 which includes E. liturata (Benson, 1952, p. 86-90). It differs from E. liturata by its infuscate wings, its very dark colour pattern, its longer antenna (in Jiturata the subapical segments are less than 3 times as long as broad), in its flat table-like frontal area, in its almost truncate clypeus and in its different penis-valve (cf. fig. 16 with fig. 275 in Benson, /.c.). 280 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS Fics. 11-15. Ninth and roth marginal teeth of saw of: (11) Athalia cuspidata; (12) Monophadnus pallescens ; (13) M. monticola ; (14) M. alpicola; and (15) Paracharactus hyalinus. Fic. 16. Penis valve of Empria persephone. SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 281 Monophadnus alpicola sp. n. 9. Black with the following parts brown to brownish white: labrum, tegula, apices of femora of all legs, tibia of front and middle legs, and base of tibia of hind legs and + bases of tarsal segments. Wings hyaline; stigma with the upper 4 black and the lower $ brown ; rest of venation brown. Head swollen behind the eyes ; and eyes small so that the temples in dorsal view appear as long as the eyes ; genal carina short and fading out at about level of the bottom of the eyes; clypeus slightly emarginate in front and faintly punctate ; malar space about 4 length of front ocellus; antenna about # as long as costa of forewing, with 2nd segment about as long as broad, 3rd about } longer than 4th segment, 4th-6th of almost equal length, so are 7th—-gth ; frontal area flat with its sides continued forwards to join, on the antennal sockets, the conspicuous supra- antennal crests which border the deep concave antennal furrow; _post-ocellar area about twice as wide as long ; hind ocelli about as far apart as each is from the hind margin of the head ; hind orbits with a deep furrow from the top with a line of coarse irregular punctures in the furrow. Thorax impunctate ; prepectus to mesopleura absent. Wing venation and legs as in M. pallescens Gmelin but that the tarsal claws have each a definite middle tooth in addition to the end tooth. Abdomen mostly impunctate except for very faint coriaceous sculpture in places ; sawsheath almost twice as long as basal plate (I-0 : 0-6), parallel-sided in dorsal view and truncate at the apex where it is about as wide as the apex of the apical tarsal segment ; ovipositor about as long as 4 basal tarsal segments ; saw with sharp marginal teeth (Fig. 14). Pubescence pale and covering whole insect including mesosternum (though it is sparser here) except for the 4 basal tergites of the abdomen which are glabrous. Length 4:5-6-5 mm. ¢ unknown. SWITZERLAND: Valais, Arolla, 7,000 ft., 2 2 (including Holotype), 18.vi.1935, 14 99, 29.vi.1935 (J. E. & R. B. Benson); Les Haudéres, 4-5,000 ft., 2 9, 6— 27 .vi.1935 (J. E. & R. B. B.). Monophadnus, as restricted by Benson (1952, p. 97-98), includes 5 or 6 previously described species of which 3 are nearctic and 2-3 European. M. alpicola sp. nov. is distinguished at once from any of these species by its small eyes (so that when the head is viewed from above the length of the temple behind the eye appears about as long as the eye from that viewpoint). From M. pallescens Gmelin and M. monticola Hartig it is also distinguished by its toothed claws, by the form of the teeth on the saws (cf. Figs. 12, 13 and 14), and by the pubescent clothing of the underthorax, which in these two species is interrupted by a broad glabrous band at the junction of the mesosternum and episternum and is extremely sparse on the mesosternum. M. semicinctus Hartig is so different from any of the species already mentioned that it may perhaps represent a different generic group, having very short antennae (scarcely 2 as long as costa of forewing), 1 It is interesting that Empria alpina Benson, another high alpine sawfly we collected in Switzerland at the same time but which also occurs in arctic regions such as Lapland and the mountain tops of Scotland, likewise differs from all other species in its genus by its similarly small eyes, 282 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS an elongate 2nd antennal segment, very large eyes having very short temples behind (in dorsal view eyes about twice as long as temples behind the eyes), and an up- turned apex to vein A, in the forewing. Superficially the new species is very similar to Paracharactus hyalinus (Konow) which we collected at the same time and place as the new species. In P. hyalinus the pubescent clothing is the same, the eyes are not so reduced in relation to the length of the temple (in dorsal view about 1-3 : 1-0), the claws are very similar, but its elongate antennae at once distinguish it (segments 3, 4 and 5 are subequal in length) and the saws are different (cf. Figs. 14 and 15). It would seem that the genera Monophadnus and Paracharactus (+ Phymaio- ceropsis) are extremely closely related and may even really belong to one series. The presence or absence of a prepectus to the mesopleura is not the clear-cut charac- ter that recent writers would have us think. In Paracharactus longicornis (Hartig) (comb. nov.) (= Monophadnus longicornis Hartig of previous authors) the prepectal furrow is reduced to a very short pit, in P. /yalinus it is obsolete and only indicated by an ill-defined depression, while in Dicrostema gracilicormis (Zaddach) the prepectus itself is reduced to a very narrow flange ; all these three were yet treated by Enslin (1912-18) as lacking a prepectus. I characterise Paracharactus as follows : Blennocampini having antennal segments 3, 4 and 5 of almost equal length, claws without a basal lobe, a post-genal carina developed on the head below, the stub to vein A, of the forewing simple (not bifid or turned up at apex) and with a prepectus to mesopleura + defined. Paracharactus longicornis (Hartig) is attached to Helleborus and this associaton again suggests the view that Pavacharactus and Monophadnus are closely related, for Monophadnus is so far as is known entirely associated with Ranunculaceae. Eutomostethus gagathinus meridionalis subsp. n. This form differs from typical Eutomosthethus gagathinus (Klug) of Europe in being on the average larger (6:5-7°5 mm. : 5:5-6:5 mm.) and in that the apical antennal segment is 14 to twice as long as the 8th segment (in E. gagathinus gaga- thinus the apical segment is about 4 times as long as the 8th) and the mesonotum is more densely pubescent. Cyprus: Chiffliccondia, near Limassol; 3 4, 4 9, 13.iii.1946; 2 3, 3 9 (including Holotype), 20.iii.1946 ; 3 ¢, 5 9, 21.iii. 1946 ; 2 ¢, 28.iii. 1946; and 2 9, 31. ii. 1946 (G. A. Mavromoustakis) (British Museum). TENTHREDININAE Tenthredopsis convergens sp. n. 6. Black: except for the labrum, mandibles, 7th segment of the antenna and probably also 8th and 9th (which are missing in the type) which are white; and except for the following parts which are reddish brown: palps, femora of all the legs, tibiae and tarsi of front and middle legs (tibia of hind legs piceous). SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 283 Wings hyaline; stigma white at the extreme base, but with the apex and the rest of the venation piceous. Head clearly contracted behind the eyes, which are large and strongly converging in front, where they are closer together than the height of an eye (1-0: 1-2) ; malar space only about as long as the width of the apical segment of the maxillary palp ; clypeus subtruncate in front and slightly emarginate medially ; antennal sockets moderately expanded on their inner margins (as in 7. excisa Thomson), but the medial fovea is not deep and is separated behind from the 3-pronged frontal con- cavity adjoining the front ocellus; occipital carina well-developed throughout, but most prominent behind post-ocellar area and genae; POL: OOL as 1-0: 1°8 and POL: OO-CL as 1:0: 1-4; postocellar area about twice as broad as long and defined laterally by very deep furrows. Above, the head is smooth and almost impunctate except for the hair follicles though the genae and hind orbits are rough ; and the pubescence is short and dark. Thorax above shining and smooth except for the follicles and except for some clear punctures on the posterior half of the meso- scutellum ; mesopleura dull with coarse irregular surface puncturing. Legs normal, with basitarsus of hind legs equal to three following tarsal segments together. Wings normal, with external vein surrounding hind pair. Abdomen transversely coriaceous and evenly clothed in pubescence ; Ist tergite with slight medial carina ; penis valve as in T. excisa group (see Benson, 1952, fig. 310). Length 9:5 mm. PALESTINE: Elon, 1 ¢ (Holotype), 16.vii.1g--. (N. Bytinski-Salz) (in British Museum). This species is readily distinguished at once from every other known species in the genus by its strongly converging eyes in front where they are closer together than the height of an eye and, correlated with this, by the exceptionally short malar space and the strongly narrowed head behind the eyes in dorsal aspect. On all other counts it is a typical Tenthredopsis and there seems no reason to erect for it a distinct genus. Sciapteryx costalis corcyrensis subsp. n. Differs from S. costalis costalis F. in the 2 in that the whole of the inner orbits are white-margined (instead of only the upper half) and that the lower § of the outer orbits are also white-margined and that the supra-clypeal area is banded across with white ; the ¢ likewise is more profusely marked with white than is S. costalis cos- talis, having the whole of the face below the eyes white (except along the post-genal carina and the tips of the mandibles), as well as a white spot on the mesapisternum. CorFu: 1 g and 1 9 (Holotype) (S. S. Saunders Coll.) (British Museum, 1886— 19). The colour pattern on the head of the new subspecies is similar to that of S. sorror Konow which, however, differs from all S. costalis not only in its black veins C and Sc + R of the forewing but also in the fact that its hindwings are as smoky in colour as its forewings (all forms of S. costalis have the hindwings subhyaline in contrast to the smoky forewings). 284 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS Sciapteryx cleopatra sp. n. ?. Black with the following parts yellowish white: palps, labrum (except front margin) front 4 of clypeus (except front margin), inner orbits and lower } of outer orbits, front of tegula and hind margin of pronotum, line along upper side of all femora and front side of all tibiae (except apical } in hind tibiae and extreme apex in the other legs), apical and lateral margins of all tergites of abdomen and apical margins of sternites. Wings yellowish subhyaline ; basal % of stigma, C and Sc + R of forewing orange in colour; rest of venation piceous. Head shining with very dense coarse punctures becoming rugose on frons, thinning out on post-ocellar area and temples behind the eyes where the punctures are sepa- rated by large shining interspaces. Malar space about as long as greatest width of 2nd antennal segment ; POL: OOL as 1:0: 1-4; POL = OO-CL; postocellar area about as long as its greatest breadth ; postgenal and occipital carinae continued to level with top of eyes. Antenna as in S. costalis F. Thorax shining between the punctures which are sparse and fine on the medial parts of the front lobes of the mesonotum, coarse and tending to fuse at sides of the lobes, dense and small on the front of the lateral lobes, becoming coarse and irregular behind, large and distinct on the front of the scutellum, smaller behind, but here the interspaces between them are densely sculptured with fine surface reticulations ; mesopleura densely rugose above, shining between scattered punctures below; legs with tibial spurs short (on hind legs the inner spur is scarcely longer than the apical breadth of the tibia). Wings normal. Abdomen with transverse alutaceous sculpture above; sawsheath and saw very similar to that of S. costalis. Length 7-8 mm. PALESTINE : Jerusalem, 1 2 (Holotype), 1929 (S. Tahudht) “ Sciapteryx costalis F., 6, det. R. Forsius ”’ (British Museum). Ecypt: Alexandria, 1 9, 1902 (J. de Joannis) (Paris Museum). This species is close to S. costalis but distinguishable from it at once by its sub- hyaline instead of smoky forewings and by its different punctation (for in S. costalis the whole of the mesonotum and mesopleura are dull, densely covered with small irregular punctures and with the interspaces between these punctures dull with irregular coriaceous sculpture). In S. costalis the malar space is also shorter (in the 2 about as long as the greatest breadth of the 1st antennal segment). S. cleopatra is also much more profusely marked with white on the face of the female than is S. costalis, in fact it is almost as pale here as male S. costalis and the holotype was actually identified by Forsius as a male S. costalis. S. levantina André has its wings coloured as in S. cleopatra but has a different type of punctation from both species, with small regular wide-spaced punctures on the head and thorax and dense reticulate surface sculpture between. Elinora flaveola (Gmelin) and E. dominiquei (Konow) In addition to the differences in colour and the differently shaped and segmented antennae in these two species (/laveola has longer and thinner 9-segmented antennae ; SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 285 domuniquet has shorter more compressed and 8-segmented antennae) there are note- worthy differences in the shape of the clypeus which have not been mentioned before : E. dominiquet (Gmelin) has the front lobes of the clypeus convex with declivous sides (Fig. 18). E. flaveola (Konow) has these lobes flat and the sides as though pressed out (Fig. 17). guich. Fics. 17-20. Clypeus of Elinora spp.: (17) flaveola ; (18) dominiquet ; (19) maculata ; and (20) guichardi. Fics. 21-23. Meso-scutellum of Macrophya spp. : (21) montana ; (22) aphrodite ; and (23) cyrus. Elinora corynetes (Kirby) (comb. nov.) Macrophya corynetes Kirby (1882) 1: 264-5, and pl. 10, fig. 3. Mr. K. M. Guichard collected at Jebel Soda and also at 75 km. south of Bou Ngem in Tripolitania on 2nd—4th March, 1952, a series of 16 9 of a species of Elinora very like E. pectoralis Kriechbaumer except that the wings are entirely hyaline (instead of yellowish) that the vein Sc + R of forewing is piceous (instead of yellow) and that the znd antennal segment is black. 14 of these specimens agree closely with the type specimen of Macrophya corynetes from Tunis and are presumed to 286 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS belong to that species. Two specimens, however, taken at Jebel Soda on 2nd March in company with normal specimens differ in that the outer spur of the middle tibia has a small tooth half-way down the inner side and a flange from the tooth to the base of the spur; the spur is, in fact, modified in the same way for cleaning the antennae as the inner front spur, though to a lesser extent (cf. Figs. 27 and 28). As no other differences in these insects seem to be correlated with this form of spur it is assumed to be aberrational, but in E. maculata Kriech. (= syriaca André) and in the two new species which follow here the middle outer spur is apparently normally modified in this way like a front spur. For the saw of this species compared with that of E. caspia and guichardi sp. n. see (Figs. 24-26). Elinora saharensis sp. n. 2. Yellowish white marked with black as follows: head above antennae (except fleck on inner orbits above and streak continuing from genae to temples behind eyes almost to vertex), antenna (except basal segment), apical segment of labial palp and basal parts of labium together with apex of mandible, margins of supraclypeal area, axis, mesonotum (except for a streak each side of front each side of front lobe) as well as whole of scutellum (except its post-tergite), metanotum (except for the post- scutellum) upper edge of mesepisternum, mesosternum and streak on mesepimerum and mesopleura, legs with a touch on the outer apex of the tibiae the apices and a line on the outer side of the tarsal segments, basal tergite (except laterally) and front part of each of the following tergites though the black thins out laterally to end before reaching the lateral edge of the segment and is smaller on each succeeding tergite so that on the 8th and goth it occupies no more than the narrow front margin. Wings hyaline ; stigma, C and Sc (i.e., front half of the fused Sc + R) yellow ; rest of the venation brown except for the yellow extreme bases. Head broadened behind the eyes and face very flat ; malar space about equal to diameter of front ocellus; antenna 8-segmented with 3rd longer than 4th + 5th; clypeus (cf. Fig. 20) almost in one plane and scarcely incurved along the margins, almost glabrous and smooth except for a few coarse but shallow punctures on the lobes ; frons and temples smooth between minute scattered punctures ; POL : OOL as about 1-0:1°5. Thorax shining between very fine scattered punctures which, however, become thicker on lower part of mesopleura and mesosternum ; outer spur on middle tibia modified as in corresponding spur on front tibia being stout with a strong tooth near the apex. . Abdomen dull with fine transverse alutaceous surface sculpture ; sawsheath and saw similar to that of FE. pectoralis. Pubescence white and on head and mesonotum about as long as malar space ; on mesopleura longer, outstanding and apically curved, becoming adpressed on mesosternum. Length 10:5 mm. SAHARA DESERT: Ahaggar Mountains, Oued Tamanrusset, 10° E., 24° N., at about 1,300 m., I 9, 5.iii.1928 (Paris Museum). 1 Captain D. B. Baker tells me that in several species of Euceva as well as in some other genera of bees the middle spur is likewise modified similarly to the front spur and that this is sometimes accompanied by several modifications of the basitarsus, but I am not aware that the middle spurs are ever so modified in other Hymenoptera. SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 287 This species is extremely close to E. coynetes which differs in having shorter pubescence on the mesopleura (not longer than malar space), a simple or but slightly modified inner spur on the middle tibia, a slightly longer malar space and no dark colour on the sternites. It may well be that FE. saharensis will ultimately be treated as a fourth subspecies of FE. pectoralis together with lindbergorwm (Forsius) (Atlas Mountains), pectoralis (Kriechbaumer) (Algiers), and corynetes (Kirby) (Tunisia and Tripolitania) ; E. dominiquei (Konow) (W. Europe) and flaveola (Gmelin ) (C. and S.E. Europe) are also closely related. E. saharensis is, however, of particular interest in that it is the first sawfly recorded from the Ahaggar Mountains, probably because so few collectors go there early enough in the year. E. saharensis is very similar in general appearance to E. maculata Kriechbaumer (= syriaca André) which has its outer middle tibial spur modified in the same way. E. maculata is, however, readily distinguished by its thickened clypeus with slightly projecting anterior lobes and declivous margins (cf. Figs. 19 and 20), as well as by its slightly convex and more strongly punctured scutellum. Elinora guichardi sp. n. 2. Black with yellowish white on the base of the mandible, the labrum, -+ a stripe on the gena, -++ the tegula, and sometimes + the 1st perapterum, an oblique streak behind on the mesepisternum and another on the metapleura; and with reddish yellow to yellowish white in middle of mandibles, at least front of clypeus, some- times + basal segment of antenna, at least on hind angles of pronotum, legs (though + infuscate throughout and at least on bases and on posterior sides of coxae, apices of tibiae and most of tarsi), hind margins of tergites laterally with the ventral por- tions of them entirely, together with the broad hind margins of the sternites. Wings hyaline ; stigma (except lower margin), C and Sc (front half of Sc ++ R) yellowish brown ; lower margin of stigma and rest of venation piceous. Otherwise as in E. saharensis Bens. sp. n., but that the malar space is only about as long as } diameter of a front ocellus, the 3rd antennal segment is about as long as the 4th + the 5th and about 4 of 6th. The inner spur of the middle tibia bears a medial inner tooth and from the tooth a flange runs to the base of the spur (cf. Figs. 27 and 28). Saw with sharp ventral teeth (Fig. 25). 3g. Colour extremely variable as in 2 and though the abdomen may be entirely black (except + for whitish hypopygium and margins to the sternites) it may be + reddish yellow to entirely reddish yellow and in the palest forms the reddish yellow spreads over the 4th and 5th tergites at least posteriorly, and sometimes even across the posterior margins of the other tergites also. Wings as in 9. Structure, except for sexual segments, as in 9; but the malar space is very short (only about 4 diameter of front ocellus) and in one of the males (out of 8 3) the inner tibial spur is un-modified. Length 7-9:5 mm. TRIPOLITANIA: 75 km. south of Bou Ngem, 2 2 (including Holotype), and 1 (with simple middle tibial spurs), 4.ii.1952 (K. M. Guichard) (British Museum) ; Jebel Soda (Wadi Ghodaifa), 5 3, 3.iii.1952 (K. M. G.) ; Wadi Tonzist (51 miles south of Bou Ngem), 1 dg, 8.iii.1952 (K. M. G.). 288 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS Structurally this very variable species appears to be closest to E. corynetes which is distinguished from it, however, by having a longer malar space (about as long as front ocellus in 9) and a saw with teeth that are much less sharp and prominent (cf. Figs. 24-26). Sova ane oo Pa me Fics. 24-26. Ninth and 1oth marginal teeth of saw in Elinova spp.: (24) corynetes ; (25) | guichardi ; and (26) caspia. Fics. 27-28. Inner tibial spurs of Elinova guichardi : (27) foreleg; and (28) middle leg. Rhogogaster arctica Kiaer. | Dr. E. Enslin has most kindly presented to the British Museum (Natural History) 1 2 Rhogogaster arctica Kiaer which he collected himself in the Frankische Jura of | Bavaria, on 2.vii.1933 ; this species was previously only known from arctic and sub- arctic Europe and is therefore an addition to the known fauna of Central Europe. Superficially it is very like Pachyprotasis rapae L., but that the antennae are shorter with the 3rd segment about 14 times as long as the 4th, the stigma of the forewing . is pale, and, of course, except for the generic characters, the flatter and more broadly emarginate labrum, and the tibia longer than the femur and with shorter spurs. | Macrophya orientalis Mocsary (stat. nov.) and M. rufipes (L.). Macrophya rufipes var. orientalis Mocsary, 1891, p. 156. Mocsary described this form as a variety of M. rufipes L. differing from the typical form in having an entirely black abdomen instead of one banded with red. A series in the British Museum from S.W. Persia, B.M. 1900-61 (Escalera Coll.) evidently belonging to the form described by Mocsary differs so markedly from M. rufipes in SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 289 sculpture as to indicate that the two belong to different species, distinguishable as follows : M. orientalis Mocsary. Head with strong and dense punctures on the frontal area which become finer on the inner orbits; the surface between the punctures is shining. Abdomen black with lateral flecks on 6th and 7th tergites, dull above with dense transverse striae, and the pubescence sparse and very short. Wings smoky. Inner hind tibial spur shorter (spur : basitarsus as I-0 : 1°8). M. rufipes (L.). Head shining between shallow setiferous punctures, the punc- tures becoming smaller and sparser on the orbits and temples. Abdomen black with + reddish yellow band on the 3rd and 4th tergites, and in 9 with a large lateral fleck on each side of the 6th tergite, a smaller one on each side of the 7th and on the middle of the 9th, shining above without surface sculpture between the follicles and the adpressed hairs from these follicles are longer than the distance between them so that they overlap. Wings yellowish hyaline. Inner hind tibial spurs very long (spur : basitarsus as I-0 : I-4). Macrophya aphrodite sp. n. 9. Black with the following parts yellow: mouthparts, labrum, clypeus, hind angles of pronotum, tegula, meso-scutellum (except hind margin), and its post- tergite, fleck on mesopleura, legs (except for black hind coxae, bases of fore and middle coxae, apical 4 of hind femur; and brownish extreme apices of fore and middle tibia and tarsal segments ; and for reddish brown hind tibia and tarsus); Ist tergite of abdomen almost entirely, 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th tergites each with a lateral fleck each side increasing in size progressively so that on the 6th the flecks almost meet dorsally, 7th with a small lateral fleck and oth entirely. Wings yellowish hyaline ; venation piceous though the lower part of the disc of the stigma is brown. Head with malar space very short (only about 4 the transverse diameter of the front ocellus), densely punctured on frons, orbits, vertex and genae, with interspaces alutaceous and smaller than the punctures; on temples the punctures are much sparser so that the interspaces are in places larger than the punctures and with the surface smooth and shining. Thorax: mesonotum very thickly covered with small punctures dull with alutaceous sculpture between; scutellum (fig. 22) in front tumid and shining, with sparse punctures, but with the posterior quarter depressed and densely punctured and without a medial keel; post-tergite about as long as the width of a cencher, and shining with only 2 or 3 vague punctures and no medial keel; under- thorax with dense fine punctures and a few scattered interspaces larger than punc- tures and with alutaceous surface sculpture. Legs with hind tibia about as long as hind tarsus ; basitarsus longer than following tarsal segments (as about 1-2 : 1:0) ; inner hind tibial spur more than 3 as long as basitarsus (as about 1-0: 1-6). Fore wing : anal cell with very short cross vein in the middle. Abdomen with dense transverse alutaceous sculpture ; saw not distinguished from that of M. montana. 3. Coloured as in 9 but that the front and middle coxae are black only at the extreme apex and the hind coxae are only black above on the basal 2, the hind tibia 290 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 4 and tarsus are on the other hand entirely black (except for a yellow apical outer spot on the tibia, and on the basitarsus, and for the mainly yellow 2nd and 3rd tarsal segments), that the yellow flecks on the abdomen are smaller (that on the Ist tergite is medially contracted and the gth tergite is only yellow at the extreme apex), Structurally as in 9 except for the sexual segments and that the malar space is linear. Length 9 10-11°5 mm.; 4 9°5—-10°5 mm. Cyprus: Episcopi, 7 2 (including Holotype), 9 g, 14-30.v.1937 (G. A. Mavro- moustakis) ; Platus, i g, 19.vi.1937 (G. A. M.); and Platus, 3,800 ft., 1 9, 10. viii. 1937 (G. A. M.). This species is apparently most closely related to M. montana Scopoli which it much resembles in colour; but the stigma is brown instead of piceous and in the 2 the hind tibia and tarsus are reddish brown instead of being black with yellow flecks (as they are, however, in its g). In sculpture the head of the new species is far more densely and finely punctate all over (though not so densely and finely punctate as is M. postica Brullé). The scutellun (Fig. 22), however, is different in form, being tumid and smooth and almost impunctate in front, without a medial keel behind or on the post-tergite (in M. montana it is flatter and dull, with numerous punctures except on the front 4, and there is a medial keel over the posterior $ and continued across the anterior 3rd of the post-tergite (Fig. 21)). Macrophya cyrus sp. n. Q. Black with the following parts yellow: mouthparts, labrum, clypeus, + Ist, and, and base of 3rd antennal segments, hind angles of pronotum, tegula, meso- scutellum (except hind margin and post-tergite), fleck on mesopleura, legs (except coxae and + femora especially inner side of hind pair, but that on the hind legs the yellow colour has an orange tinge, and the tibia and tarsal segments are brown at their apices), 1st tergite of the abdomen almost entirely, broad apical margins of 3rd to oth tergites (broken medially on the 3rd and 4th, and laterally on 7th and 8th), also + medial apical flecks and narrow apical margins of sternites except hypopygium. Wings subhyaline with the forewings slightly infuscate apically (the infuscation occupies cell 3R, and -++ overflows the margins of the surrounding cells) ; stigma, C, Sc and anal veins of forewing yellow ; rest of venation brown to piceous. Head with frons and area beside ocelli heavily punctures though with interspaces as large as punctures, giving way to shining and parsely punctured lower face, orbits and temples with a large impunctate area each side of post-ocellar region, the inter- spaces and impunctate areas being without surface sculpture byeond the hair follicles ; malar space very short (about 4 diameter of front ocellus). Thorax with mesonotum and mesopleura heavily punctured and with coriaceous sculpture on the interspaces which are in places as large as the punctures ; meso-scutellum (Fig. 23) with anterior 2 tumid, rounded and almost impunctate ; while the posterior 4 and post-tergite are dull with dense coarse punctures and coriaceous sculpture between the punctures, and are transected by a sharp medial longitudinal keel ; the post-tergite is extremely short (only about 4 width of a cencher). Fore wings with the anal cell constricted medially for about as long as is the greatest width of the apical portion of the cell. SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 291 Abdomen and legs as in M. aphrodite, but that the saw has very acute marginal teeth. dg. Coloured as in 9 but that the fore and middle legs are entirely pale and the hind femora are only black on the inner side, though the hind tibia may be + infus- cate below as well as on the inner side, and on the abdomen the Ist and 3rd—6th tergites and all the sternites together with the hypopygium are yellow (except at the extreme bases, and the 3rd and 4th tergites medially). Structurally as in 9 except for the sexual segments and that the malar space is linear. Length 9 10-11 mm.; 4 8-5-10°5 mm. S.W. Persia: K. Sefid, 6 @ (including Holotype), 10 3; and Bazuft, 2 9, 2 d. (Escalera Coil.) (British Museum 1900-61). This species belongs to the same group as the preceding but forms a sub-group, distinguished by the yellow stigma, C and Sc of forewing, together with M. postica Brullé, M. superba Tischbein and M. ottomana Mocsary all occurring in S.E. Europe and the E. Mediterranean. It is closest to M. superba with which it agrees in general colour and sculpture including details of the mesoscutellum and its abnormally short post-tergite. It differs, however, in its wings being subhyaline with apical infus- cations (uniformly yellowish hyaline in swperba) in its much shorter malar space in the 2 (4 diameter of front ocellus instead of 4) and in the constriction of the anal cell of the forewing (superba has a short cross-vein). M. postica has much denser punc- tation on the head with the interspaces coriaceous, a scutellum as in M. aphrodite Benson sp. n. (see above), uniformly yellowish hyaline wings with but a narrow con- striction of the anal cell of the forewing and a saw with blunt marginal teeth. M. ottomana (if I have correctly interpreted this species) was represented by 1 gin the Escalera Collection from S.W. Persia, K. Sefid, which agrees well with the original description of this species so far as that goes ; it differs from the new species in having a scutellum like that already described above for M. aphrodite, with a normal post- tergite (cf. Figs 22 and 23), wings coloured as in M. cyrus but with anal cell constricted for only a short way (as in M. postica), a head with denser punctation (as in M. postica), but without microsculpture between the punctures, antennae entirely black, hind femur with basal 4 yellow and apical } black on both outer and inner sides and abdomen with much less extensive yellow colouring as follows: a yellow lateral fleck each side joined by a narrow apical margin on the Ist tergite, lateral flecks on the 3rd to 7th tergites (those on the 5th and 6th being much larger than the others but still interrupted medially), and the apex of the last tergite; while the hypo- pygium and sternites are black. NEMATINAE Cladius ordubadensis Konow (species revocata) Mr. Mavromoustakis has taken in Cyprus a long series of this form which was originally described by Konow (1891, p. 211-12) from the Caucasus and is known also in the Crimea. In this series there is scarcely any variation in the structure of the male or female antennae or deviation from Konow’s description ; and Zhelochovt- 292 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS sev’s view (1952) that this species, together with C. difformis Panzer and C. comari Stein, are but forms of C. pectinicornis Geoffroy is not acceptable without much stronger evidence. Fic. 29. Penis valve of Mesoneura lanigera. Saw of Mesoneura spp. with the clothing of flattened pubescence omitted : (30) lanigera and (31) opaca. FIGs. 30-31. Mesoneura lanigera sp. n. Q. Yellowish brown with the following parts black or piceous: head above clypeus (except for the supra-clypeal area), antennae, axis, a broken vitta on each lateral lobe of the mesonotum, suture beside the mesoscutellum, mesosternum, sunken and lateral parts of the metanotum, bases of coxae and extreme base of front et ea SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 293 and middle femora, + apex of hind tibia and hind tarsus, sternites and sawsheath of abdomen. Wings hyaline ; stigma, C and Sc (i.e, front half of Sc + R) yellow, rest of venation piceous. Pubescence : head and thorax covered with dense woolly pubescence, much of it as long as the long inner spur on the fore tibia, and yellowish white in colour. Abdo- men with long woolly pubescence below but this is very short and sparse above. Punctation: head and thorax smooth and shining except for the fine surface follicles ; abdomen above with dense alutaceous surface and transverse striae. Head with malar space linear; clypeus medially excised in front to about } its total length ; frontal area slightly concave and carinate laterally, but with the frontal basin confluent in front with the deep antennal groove; POL: OOL as 1-0: 0-7; POL : OO-CL as about 1-0: 0-8; postocellar area defined laterally with short deep pits. Antenna almost as long as C of forewing ; 3rd segment a little shorter than 4th and obliquely truncate apically ; 4th-5th; 6th onwards progressively shorter. Thorax, wing venation and abdomen as in Mesoneura opaca F., but inner hind tibial spur about as long as apical width of tibia, sawsheath broadly emarginate behind —about as broad as the apex of the hind femur and saw with more marginal teeth (cf. Figs. 30 and 31). 3. Black with the following parts yellowish white : mouthparts, base of mandibles, labrum, front 4 of clypeus, prothorax, tegulae, + trochanters, apical 4 of front and middle femora, and hind femur (except extreme base and a line beneath basal 4), tibiae (except apex of hind pair), fore and middle tarsi, and 2nd, 3rd and 4th ter- gites and front of 5th. Otherwise as in 9 except for sexual segments ; hypopygium broadly truncate at apex, very slightly emarginate medially ; penis valve (Fig. 29). Length 7-8 mm. Cyprus: Pera Pedi, 2,000 ft., 3 2 (including Holotype), 4.iv.1952 (G. A. Mavro- moustakis ; Potamitissa, 3,000 ft., 1.3, 25-26.iii.1944 (G. A. M.) (in British Museum). Mr. Mavromoustakis tells me, in a letter dated 19.iii.1953, that these specimens were all captured at flowers of Quercus infectoria Oliv., which is probably the food- plant as the genus is associated so far as is known entirely with Quercus. This new species can be distinguished from M. opaca F. by the pale colour of the abdomen in the 9, by the saws (cf. Figs 30 and 31), and by the long woolly golden pubescence on the head and thorax in both sexes ; in M. opaca this pubescence is nowhere as long as the inner front tibial spur. The colour pattern and pubescence would serve also to distinguish the new species from the two other described species in the genus, M. arquata Klug (C. Europe) and M. macroptera Takeuchi (Japan), but no male of any species in the genus has been found before. SAWFLIES OF CYPRUS CEPHIDAE. Syrista parreyssi Spinola. (S. Europe and E. Mediterranean to Caucasus.) Mt. Troodos, Krios River, 5 g, I 9, 15-20. vi.1937. Platus, 3,800 ft., 1 g, 3 8, 5-12. vii. 1937. 4 Pachycephus smyrnensis J. P. F. Stein. (Balkans and E. Mediterranean.) _Amathus, Kyrenia, Larnaca and Limassol, iii-iv. 1931-5. Trachelus armenius (Konow). (E. Mediterranean.) Amathus, Larnaka, Limassol, Mesagitonia and Yermasogia, iii—iv. 1935-46. T. tabidus (F.) (C. Europe and Mediterranean to Caucasus.) Amathus, Limassol, Mesagitonia and Yermasogia, iii-iv.1935. Calameuta idolon (Rossi). (Mediterranaean to Caucasus.) Fasoulla, 400-500 ft., 8 3g, 8 Q, ili-iv. 1940, on flowers of Sinapis. C. festiva Benson sp.n. (Cyprus.) Yerasa, 1,000 ft., 1 9, 2.iv.1945. 294 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS SIRICIDAE. Urocerus gigas gigas L. (W. Palaearctic.) Limassol, 1 9, iv. 1932. Sirex noctilio F. (Holarctic.) 5 3, 3 9, 25.x.1927, H. M. Morris. ex pine log. ARGIDAE Arge ochropus Gmel. (Mediterranean and Europe to C. Asia.) Platus, 3,800 ft., 2 9, 20.vi.1937; Pera Pedi, 2,000 ft., r g, 18.vi.1937; Kykko, 2 3g, 1 9, 15-17.vil.1939 (H. Lindberg). A. cyanocrocea syriaca (Mocsary). (Asia Minor.) Amathus, 1 g, 23.iii.1935 ; Kato Amiandos, 3,500 ft., iv.1946; Platus, 3,800 ft., 2 2, 3 g, 10.vi.1937; Mt. Troodos, Krios River, 4,500—5,000 ft., 3 g, I 9, I15-I7.vi.1937; Yermasogia, 4 4, 12.ii-28.iv.1935; Yersa, 1,000-1,200 ft., ili-iv.1945-47; Galata, 1 3, 15-21. vi.1939 (H. Lindberg). A. nigritarsis Klug. (E. Mediterranean to N. Persia.) Limassol, 1 3, 12 , 10-17. iii. 1931 ; Platus, 3,800 ft., 18 g, 6 2, 11-19. vi.1937 ; Pera Pedi, 4,000 ft., 1 Q, 18.vi.1937; Mt. Troodos, Krios R., 4,500-5,000 ft., 4 g, 2 Q, 15.Vvi. 1937; Yermasogia, 4 9, 13-14. iii. 1935. A. proxima André. (E. Mediterranean to Turkmen.) Mandria, 2 9, 16.vi.1937; Pera Pedi, 2,500 ft., 7 3, 7 9, 18.vi.1937 ; Platus, 3,800 ft., 11 3, 6 2, II-I9. vi.1937 ; Mt. Troodos, Krios R., 4,500—5,000 ft., 10 g, 16-17. vi.1937 ; Kykko, 2 3, 3 2, 15-17. vii. 1939 (H. Lindberg). CIMBICIDAE. Corynis similis (Mocsary). (E. Mediterranean.) Amathus and Limassol, iii-iv. 1931-35. m TENTHREDINIDAE SELANDRIINAE Strongylogaster lineata cypria Benson subsp. n. (Cyprus.) Near Platonia Forest Station, 3,500-4,000 ft., 2 9, 7.v.1945; Mt. Troodos, 5,500-6,000 ft., I 9, 28.vi. 1937 a - SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 295 BLENNOCAMPINAE. Athalia cordata Lepeletier. (W. Palaearctic.) Limassol and Mesagitomia, xii.1934- iii.1935; Mt. Koznos, 2,500 ft., 3.vi.1936 ; Kato, Amiandos, 3,500 ft., 4.iv.1946. Allantus balteatus Klug. (C. Europe and Mediterranean.) Amathus, Limassol, Mesagitomia, Sphalogiotissa, Yesmasogia, xi-iv and vii. 1933-35. Empria archangelskii Dovnar-Zapolski. (E. Mediterranean to Caucasus.) Koznos Mts., 2,500 ft., iii.1936; and Ayia, Izini R., 7 miles from Limassol, 1 3, 1 9, 25.Xli.1947. Eutomostethus gagathinus meridionalis Benson subsp. n. (Cyprus.) Chifliccondia, nr. Limassol, 13-31.111.1946 ; Akrotiri Bay, 2 g, I 9, 26.iii.1947. TENTHREDININAE Macrophya aphrodite Benson sp. n. (Cyprus.) Episcopi and Platus, iv—v.1937. Platus, 3,800 ft., I 3, 19. vi.1937, I 2, 10. Vil. 1937. NEMATINAE Cladius ordubadensis Konow. (E. Mediterranean to Caucasus.) Limassol, Mesagi- tomia, Sphalagiotisa, and Yermasagia, xi—vii. Mesoneura lanigera Benson sp.n. (Cyprus.) Pera Pedi, 2,000 ft., 3 9, 4.iv.1952 ; Potamitissa 3,000 ft., I g, 25-26.i11.1944. Nematus lucidus Panzer. (Palaearctic.) Kellaki, 2,000 ft., 1 9, 28.iii.1952; Pera Pedi, 2,000 ft., 1 9, 4. vi. 1952. Pristiphora ? sp., near biscalis Forster. Pera Pedi, 2,000 ft., I 9, 4.1V.1952. REFERENCES Benson, R. B. 1946. Classification of the Cephidae (Hymenoptera Symphyta). Tvans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 96 (6) : 89-108. 1951-52. Handbooks for the Identification of British Insects, 6 (2a-b), Hymenoptera Sym- phyta, London (R. ent. Soc.) ConDE, O. 1940. Eine Revision der mir bekannten Empria Arten (Hym. Tenthr.) Disch. ent. Z. 1939-40 : 162-168 Gussakovskil, V. V. 1935-47. Faune de l’URSS, n.s. Insecta Hym., 2, Chalastogastra, pt. 1 (1935) and pt. 2 (1947). Kaneas, E. 1946. Uber die Gattung Abia Leach (Hym. Tenthredinidae) im Lichte ihrer europaischen Arten. Amn. ent. fenn. 12 : 77-122. ! Kirsy, W. F. 1882. List Hym. Brit. Mus.1. London. ; Konow, F. W. 1891. Bemerkungen und Nachtrage zum Catalogus Tenthredinidarum Europae. Désch. ent. Z. 35 : 209-220. Kontuniemi, T. 1951. Zur Kenntnis des Lebenszyklus der SAgewespen (Hymenoptera, Symphyta) in Finland. Act. ent. fenn. 9 : 1-92. MocsAry, A. 1891. Tenthredinidae et Siricidae novae. Term. Fiiz. 14 : 155-159. Pic, M. 1916. (1) Sur le genre Amasis Leach. Echange 32 : 14-15. _— 1916. (2) Sur le genre Amasis Leach (Deuxiéme article). Tom. cit. : 17-18. ZHELOKHOVTSEV, A. N, 1952. [Revision of the Cladiinae (Hym. Tenthredinidae) of the US.S.R.]. Zool. Zh. 31 : 257-269. [In Russian]. ZIRNGIEBL, L. 1949. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tenthrediniden (Hym.). Mitt. Miinch. ent. Ges. 35-39 : 283-290. 22 PRESENTED 47 MAY 1954 ~ PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED, — BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. ; 4. NOV 1954 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) HANS JOHN BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 8 LONDON: 1954 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) VON HANS JOHN (Bad Nauheim) Yul | Pp. 297-313; Pls. 13-17 BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 8 LONDON: 1954 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, 1s issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become veady. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 3, No. 8 of the Entomological series. PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued November, 1954. Price Seven Shillings and Sixpence. NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) Von Hans JOHN (Bad Nauheim) SYNOPSIS. New Notiophygidae. The paper is based mainly on material collected in South Africa by R. E. Turner, and in Ceylon and the Far East by Dr. M. Cameron and R. V. de Salvaza. Two new genera, Pondonatus from S. Africa and Profallia from Singapore, are described, each with one new species. Six new species of Aphanocephalus and four of Cephalophanus are also described and figured. The holotypes of the new species are in the British Museum (N.H.), with the exception of Aphanocephalus pseudatomus and A. tonkinensis, which are represented by paratypes, the holotypes being deposited in the Paris Museum. EINE Sendung Notiophygidae aus den nicht determinierten Bestanden des Briti- schen Museums in London ergab eine solche Fille wenig bekannter und neuer Spezies, dass es geboten erscheint, die Ergebnisse zusammenzufassen und gemeinsam zu besprechen. Fiir die freundliche Bereitstellung des Materials und seine Aus- sonderung spreche ich Mr. E. B. Britton und Miss C. M. F. von Hayek meinen verbindlichsten Dank aus. Die Familie der Notiophygidae (= Discolomidae) umfasst bisher 13 Gattungen, von denen nur bei Notiophygus, Aphanocephalus und Discoloma Spezies in grésserer Zahl bekannt geworden sind. Aber auch diese waren meist auf Grund weniger oder einzeln vorliegender Exemplare determiniert worden, wobei die kérperlich grésseren, 7 bis 8 mm. messenden Gattungen sich in der Vereinzelung ihres Auftre- tens nicht von den kleinen, 1 bis 3 mm. messenden unterscheiden. Um so auf- schlussreicher war daher die vorgelegte Kollektion, welche von einigen Spezies verschiedener Gattungen ganze Reihen enthielt. Es darf daher angenommen werden, dass fiir die Zahl der erbeuteten Tiere nicht ihre Seltenheit, sondern die Methode des Sammelns ausschlaggebend ist. Hier méchte ich nicht unterlassen, dankbar die Namen der Herren R. E. Turner, R. V. de Salvaza und Dr. Cameron zu erwahnen. Leider fehlen noch fast alle Beobachtungen tiber die Lebensweise der Tiere und Larven sind bisher erst von zwei Gattungen bekannt geworden, (Fritz van Emden, Zool. Anz. 101 (1/2), 1932 : Discoloma cassideum Reitter und Arb. morph. tax. Ent. 5 (2), 1938 : Notiophygus hesset John). Die ZugehGrigkeit fraglicher Kafer zur Familie kann ganz kurz dahin beantwortet ENTOM. III, 8. 23§ 300 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) werden, dass Notiophygidae an allen Beinen drei Tarsen und dazu drei Paar gleich- gestaltete kugelige Htiften haben. Durch die kugeligen Hiiften sind sie auch leicht von denjenigen Colydiidae zu trennen, welche ebenfalls nur 3 Tarsen besitzen. Denn die Erwartung Horns (Fauna Hawait. 3 (5): 431 1908), dass méglicherweise Gattungen mit kugeligen Hiiften, wie Discoloma, aber tetrameren Tarsen und anders gebildeter Fiihlerkeule als Ubergange zu den Colydiidae gefunden werden kénnten, hat sich bisher nicht erfiillt. Nach Untersuchungen tiber die anatomischen Unter- schiede der Colydiidae und Notiophygidae sind solche Ubergange auch nicht zu erwarten. Dagegen ist anzunehmen, dass nicht nur die Spezieszahl iiberall noch erheblich steigen wird, sondern dass auch noch neue Gattungen auftreten werden. Denn Gebiete wie Siidamerika und Australien, aber auch die weiter von der Kiiste entfernten Lander Asiens sind in dieser Hinsicht noch nicht erschlossen. Daher sei schon hier gesagt, dass in der vorgelegten Kollektion auch 2 neue Gattungen gefunden wurden. Im Ubrigen verteilt sich das Material recht ungleichmissig auf folgende Gattungen: Notiophygus Gory, Discoloma Er., Cassidoloma Kolbe, Parafallia Arr., Aphanocephalus Woll. und Cephalophanus John. Notiophygus Gory N. canus John, Arb. morph, taxon. Ent., Berl. 2.1.1935, p. 16 und 5.2.1938, p. 130. Die Spezies wurde auf Grund eines 3 Exemplars festgelegt (Typus im Britischen Museum). Spater wurden 6 Exemplare und jetzt 48 Exemplare determiniert, die alle am gleichen Ort (Mossel Bay, C. P.) von R. E. Turner gesammelt waren. Abbildungen : l.c. Discoloma Erichson D. sancatarinae John, Beitrége Ent. (Bln-Friedrichshagen), 2.6.1952, p. 618. Die Spezies wurde nach 8 Exemplaren, leg. Liiderwald, Fundort S. Catarina, Brasilien, determiniert (Typus g2 und Paratypen im Deutsch. Ent. Inst.). Material: 1g, nicht ganz ausgefarbt, im Britischen Museum, leg. Plaumann, S. Catharina (!), Nova Teutonia. Abbildungen : l.c. Cassidoloma Kolbe Ct. hymaloides Reitter, Dtsch. ent. Z. 22, 1878, p. 125 (Discoloma). Material : 1 Exemplar leg. L. Burgeon, Fundort : Haut Uelle, Moto, im Britischen Museum. Abbildungen: Arb. morph. taxon. Ent., Berl. 7, 4, 1940, Taf. 7 und 8. Parafallia Arrow P. simoni John (Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 5, 1952 ; 156). Die Spezies wurde nach 4 Exemplaren der Coll. Grouvelle des Pariser Museums beschrieben. (Typen im Pariser Museum, Paratypen im Deutschen enone schen Institut). Vom Britischen Museum wurden vorgelegt : 12 Exemplare aus Ceylon, Colombo und 19 Exemplare aus Singapore, leg. Dr. NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 301 Cameron, Nov./Dez., 1915, welche zu einigen Erganzungen der Beschreibung Veranlassung geben. Auf p. 157 lc. heisst es: . .. die 2. Pore(des Pronotums) liegt dicht an der Leiste auf einer schmalen ovalen Flache. Die Befunde an 31 Exemplaren ergaben : Die 2. Pore liegt frei neben der Randleiste, oft ist ihr Rand etwas verbreitert und bildet einen flachen Ring, seltener ist dieser Ring zu einer kleinen Flache verbreitert, welche zum Discus hin rund, zum Seitenrand hin spitz ausgebildet ist, ohne mit der Randleiste zu verschmelzen. Diese letzte Form wurde unter 12 Tieren aus Colombo 3 mal, unter 19 Exemplaren aus Singapore I mal beobachtet. Die Reihe aus Colombo umfasst Gréssen von I'I X 0°9 mm. bis I°3 X I'05 mm. Die Serie aus Singapore umfasst Gréssen von I X 0°85 mm. bis I°'2 X Imm. Von beiden Reihen wurden identische Penisse prapariert. Abbildungen: Taf. 17, fig. 1a-1Cc. Ein Exemplar tragt einen Zettel mit einem Hinweis auf die Lebensweise: ‘‘ Fruit of Jaradaga’’. Neue Spezies von Aphanocephalus Wollaston Uber die von Wollaston (1873) in Ent. Mon. Mag. aufgestellte Gattung haben verschiedene Autoren gearbeitet, zuletzt Grouvelle (Notes Leyden Mus. 34 (2) 1g12.). Dabei wurden eine Anzahl Spezies dieser Gattung zugeschrieben, welche nicht dorthin gehéren. Auf Grund von Material aus dem Britischen und Pariser Museum konnte ich die Verhdltnisse klar stellen und die Ergebnisse in einer ‘“ Re- vision der Gattung Aphanocephalus”’ niederlegen, welche zurzeit noch nicht ge- druckt vorliegt. Soweit Spezies der Gattung Parafallia Arrow zuzuweisen waren, habe ich dies in der ‘“‘Parafallia-Studie’”’ Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 5, 1952, p. 152 erwahnt. Die hier aufgefiihrten neuen Spezies von Aphanocephalus sind in Art der Beschreibung der “ Revision” angeglichen. Aphanocephalus pseudatomus sp. n. Die Spezies wurde auf Grund von 4 Exemplaren aus dem Besitz des Pariser Museums aufgestellt, eine Beschreibung aber bisher nicht veréffentlicht. Die jetzt in Anzahl aus dem Besitz des Britischen Museums vorliegenden Exemplare, welche R. V. de Salvaza an gleicher Ortlichkeit sammelte wie A. de Cooman, gaben die Méglichkeit, die Geschlechter zu trennen. Kurz behaart. Die Spezies ist in Grésse und Farbung atomus Grouvelle sehr ahnlich doch durch die starkere Ausbildung der Seitenrander und die viel kraftigere, Punktierung, besonders der Elytren, sehr gut von ihr zu trennen. Pseudatomus ist etwas breiter im Umriss und die Basis des Pronotums ist staérker konvex als bei atomus. Zudem ist die Partie an den Vorderecken nur etwas roétlich transparent, im ganzen aber dunkel, nicht farbig aufgehellt wie bei atomus. Die Punktierung des Pronotums ist ziemlich kraftig, die der Elytren noch starker und die Pseudo- poren treten besonders im Basalteil oft zu Gruppen zusammen. Die Behaarung der Oberfliche ist etwa dreimal langer als bei atomus. In der Mitte der Elytren befindet sich ein rundlicher rotbrauner Fleck mit verschwommenen Randern. Die Randleiste ist kraftig entwickelt, in ihrer Flache schrag liegend und lasst die 302 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) Tuberkelporen besonders im Basalteil deutlich sehen. Die Spezies gehért zu den Formen, deren Penis distal nicht in zwei seitliche Teile gespalten ist und deren Peniszunge an Stelle einer distalen Verbreiterung spitz geformt ist und eine heraus- streckbare chitinisierte Réhre als Fiihrung des sac intern besitzt (Vergl. austerus John, Ent. Bl. 37 (5/6), 1941, Taf. 8, fig. 10). Grésse: 1°7 X 1°3 mm. Material: Typen und 2 Paratypen im Pariser Museum, 7 Paratypen im Deutschen Entomo- logischen Institut, 19 Paratypen im Londoner Museum. Fundort: Tonkin, Hoa Binh, leg. A. de Cooman und R. V. de Salvaza. Abbildungen: Taf. 14, fig. 2-6 (atomus Grouvelle, fig. 7). Aphanocephalus tonkinensis sp. n. Kurz behaart, von ovaler Umrissform, glénzend dunkelbraun bis rotbraun, das Pronotum im ganzen etwas heller. Die Elytren haben einen breiten Seitenrand, der sich aber zur Spitze hin stark verschmialert. Die leicht erhéhten Porenéffnungen der Tuberkel sind gut sichtbar. Die Punktierung des Pronotums ist von mittlerer Feinheit, die der Elytren lasst sehr deutlich zwei Formen erkennen, die zarteren Punkte, aus denen die Haare entspringen und die Pseudoporen, welche wesentlich grosser, tiber die ganze Flache verteilt, aber im Basalteil besonders gross und haufig sind. Die Behaarung ist sehr fein und kurz und scheint allgemein auf den Elytren noch schwacher zu sein als auf dem Pronotum. Die Unterseite ist dunkel, das “1.” Sternit ist gleichmdssig grob punktiert, die iibrigen dagegen feiner. Der Penis ist weichhautig, einfach gebaut, die Zunge (Einlage) ist fast 4 langer als der Penis- kérper und am Ende breit abgerundet. Grésse: 1°55 x 1°05 mm. Material: Typen gQ und 21 Paratypen im Pariser Museum, 2 Paratypen im Britischen Museum, 6 Paratypen im Deutschen Entomologischen Institut. Fundort : Tonkin, Hoa Binh, leg. A. de Cooman und R. V. de Salvaza. Abbildungen : Taf. 14, fig. 11-14. Aphanocephalus decoomani sp. n. Kurz behaart. Die Oberflache ist stark konvex und bei seitlicher Ansicht zeigt sich die starkste Kriimmung in der Mitte des Kérpers, nach vorn und zur Elytren- spitze hin ist die Schwingung vermindert. Die Rander am Pronotum und besonders an den Elytren sind kraftig abgesetzt, die Farbe ist tiefschwarz, am Kopfausschnitt und am Seitenrand des Pronotums rotbraun transparent und gelegentlich, besonders im Basalteil der Elytern, mit einem zarten metallischen Hauch, gelblich oder blau- lich, tibergossen. Die Punktierung der ganzen Oberflache ist fein und gleich- massig, auf den Elytren sind die Pseudoporen grésser, sehr gleichmassig tiber die Flache verteilt, finden sich aber in der Nahe des Scutellums oft zu einer Gruppe zusammen. Bei einer ganzen Anzahl der Tiere zeigt sich auf dem Pronotum eine Besonderheit. Sie besteht in vier zarten Furchen, welche strahlenférmig von der Mitte der Basis ausgehen und durch eine Anzahl grésserer Punkte ausgezeichnet sind. Die beiden mittleren Furchen fehlen haufigzmanchmal ist tiberhaupt nur eine leichte Schwingung der Oberflache nebst ein paar grésseren Punkten tibriggeblieben. Im Gegensatz zu hemisphaericus Wollaston und birmanus Dodero ist die ganze Unter- seite nebst Beinen so dunkel wie die Oberseite. Der Peniskérper ist dorsal an der NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 303 Spitze geschlitzt, beide Enden sind mehrfach gezipfelt. Die Zunge hat einen geschwungenen dicken Rand, der nach hinten (innen) in zwei freistehende scharfe Dorne auslauft. Grésse: 2°25 x I°7 bis 255 x 2mm. Material: 12 Exemplare (Typus $2 und Paratypen) im Pariser Museum, 4 Paratypen im Deutschen Entomo- logischen Institut, 1 Paratypus im Britischen Museum. Fundort: Tonkin, Hoa Binh, leg. A de Cooman, 1926, 1 Exemplar Laos, “‘ betw. Vientiane and Luang Prabang ’’ 1919, leg. R. V. de Salvaza. Abbildungen: Taf. 14, figs. 15-18. Aphanocephalus prophysus sp. n. Das einzelne Exemplar gehort zu den in Gestalt und Farbe einander ahnlichen Spezies mit je einem Fleck auf den Elytren. Diese mégen hier prophysus in Stich- worten gegeniiber gestellt werden : bimaculatus Grouvelle (= austerus John), fast doppelt so gross und starker sculptiert Australien modiglianii Grouvelle, pronotum kiirzer, der gelbliche Fleck auf den Elytren ist sehr gross Engano, Malaconni vitveus Matthews, transparent, pronotum schmaler, Elytren mit grossem aufgelésten roten Fleck “* China ”’ aiomus Grouvelle, pronotum kiirzer und schmaler, Randleiste der Elytren schmaler, Punktierung von gleicher Feinheit ; ; A . Mana Riang, Ranau, Palembang, Sumatra, Padang und Mentawai. binotatus Grouvelle, .... nur auf den Seyshellen . : : : : ; ; pseudatomus n. sp., wie atomus, doch mit viel starkerer Punktierung . - Tonkin, Hoa Binh. Haare winzig. Gegeniiber den genannten Spezies hat prophysus ein auffallend grosses und breites Pronotum, der Umriss ist daher verkehrt eiférmig. Die Ober- flache ist ebenso spiegelnd blank wie bei atomus Grouvelle, die etwas sparsamer gesetzte Punktierung ist ein wenig scharfer, tragt aber ebenso kurze Haare. Die Basis des Pronotums ist viel starker geschwungen als bei atomus. Auf den Elytren sind die Pseudoporen weich eingesetzt und erscheinen dadurch etwas grésser. Der Schulterbuckel ist schwach, die Randpartie ist kraftig aufgekippt, verschwindet aber an der Spitze fast, die Randleiste ist abgeschragt und zeigt die 6 Tuberkelporen deutlich. Die iiber der Randpartie befindliche Einschniirung der Elytren, welche bei den anderen Spezies eine fortlaufende Reihe grosser eingestochener Punkte tragt, ist hier nur mit wenigen schwachen Punkten besetzt. Der Fleck auf jeder Elytre ist klein, transparent braunrot und etwa um die Lange seines Durchmessers von der Sutura entfernt. Grésse: 1°6 X 1°15 mm. Material: 1 Exemplar (Typus) im Britischen Museum. Fundort : Singapore, leg. Dr. M. Cameron. Abbildungen: Taf. 14, figs. 8-10. Vom Britischen Museum erhielt ich 6 Exemplare von Kafern der Gattung A phano- cephalus, von denen Grouvelle je zwei mit den Namen ‘‘niger” und ‘‘sculpturatus”’ bezeichnet hatte, wahrend das dritte Paar als potamophilus Lea, cotype bezettelt war. Beschreibungen sind nicht erschienen. Bei zwei Spezies konnte ich die Namen belassen, bei sculptwratus i. 1. Grouvelle stelle ich fest, dass ich die Spezies nach einem einzelnen Exemplar desselben Fundortes und Sammlers bereits als ENTOM. III, 8. 23§§ 304 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) pellitus n. sp. in einer Revision der Gattung Aphanocephalus beschrieben hatte. (Die Arbeit erscheint im 2. Heft der Ent. Bl. 1954). Aphanocephalus potamophilus sp. n. Drei australische Spezies sind bisher bekannt geworden: bimaculatus Grouvelle (= austerus J.), hackert J. und perlucidus J., welche in Cairns, Brisbane und Rock- hampton gefunden wurden. Zu ihnen kommt eine von Lea, 1921, gesammelte Spezies, die Lea selbst als ‘‘ potamophilus’’ benannt, aber nicht beschrieben hat. Leider liegt als Fundort nur die allgemeine Angabe “ Australia ’’ vor, doch stammen die Tiere wahrscheinlich aus den Ausbeuten von den Lord Howe und Norfolk Inseln. Lang behaart. Gelbbraun bis kastanienbraun, ungefleckt. Das Pronotum ist im ganzen etwas heller als die Elytren, es ist trapezf6rmig, am Kopfausschnitt fast gerade geschnitten und die schragen Seitenlinien sind vom Basaltuberkel ab scharf nach innen umgebogen. Die Basis springt medial zum Scutellum vor. Die Punktierung ist dicht und kraftig, die Lange der Haare betragt etwa das 5-6-fache der Zwischenraume dieser Punkte. Der Seitenrand der Elytren ist schmal, aber deutlich bis zur Elytrenspitze vom Discus abgesetzt durch eine mitlaufende Einschntirung, welche mit grossen Punkten perlschnurartig besetzt ist. Die Randleiste ist dick und tragt je 6 Tuberkelporen. An der Elytrenspitze lasst eine fast geradlinige Verbindung dieser Poren den Umriss kantig erscheinen. Die Haarpunkte sind nur wenig kleiner als auf dem Pronotum, aber weitlaufiger gesetzt, die Pseudoporen sind zahlreich, verschieden gross und tief eingelassen, die grésseren neigen zu ovaler Form. Der Penis gleicht in seiner Anlage dem von bimaculatus Grouvelle (= austerus J., Ent. Bl. 37 (5/6), 1941, p. 193, fig. 10). Der distal spitz endende Penisk6rper und die distal nicht gespaltene Zunge (Einlage) weichen im Bau so weit von dem Typ ab, der sich bei allen nicht australischen Spezies dieser Gattung bisher gefunden hat, dass man von einem gesonderten australischen Formkreis sprechen kann. Grosse I'9 X I'4mm. Material: 2 Exemplare (Typus 9) im Britischen Museum, Fundort: Australia, leg. Lea, 1921. Abbildungen: Taf. 15, figs. 1-4, Umriss, Penis, Pronotum, Sculptur. Aphanocephalus niger sp. n. Die bereits von Grouvelle mit dem Namen ‘‘niger’’ bezeichnete aber nicht beschrie- bene Spezies ist die zweite mir bekannt gewordene Spezies aus Indien. Kurz behaart. Schwarz glanzend, am Rande des Pronotums und an der Basis der Elytren mit einem Stich ins rotbraune, breit oval, mit leichter Einschniirung der Umrisslinie an der Basis des Pronotums und deutlicher Abflachung am Kopf- ausschnitt. Die Basis ist gegeniiber dem Scutellum stark konvex. Die Randleiste der Elytren ist schmal, aber bis zur Spitze hin deutlich, nach aussen leicht abgerundet. Sie tragt je 6 Tuberkelporen in schwachen Verbreiterungen der Leiste. Die Ein- schniirung des Discus oberhalb der Randleiste ist massig und zeigt nur gelegentlich kleine punktférmige Vertiefungen. Die Punkte des Pronotums, aus denen die Haare NEVE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 305 entspringen, sind klein und weich eingesetzt, die Lange der Haare betrigt kaum die Halfte der Zwischenraume dieser Punkte. Auf den Elytren sind die Haar- punkte fast doppelt so gross, untermischt mit etwas grésseren Pseudoporen, beide Formen sind weich in die Oberflache eingesenkt, die Lange der Haare ist hier etwas geringer. Die Farbe der Unterseite ist braun, in der Mitte verdunkelt, Beine, Fiihler und Mundteile sind gelbbraun. Die Behaarung ist fein, aber doppelt so lang wie auf der Oberseite. Beim 2 ist die mediale Partie des Metasternums vor den Coxae 3 stark konvex, beim g dagegen ziemlich flach. Grdsse: 1°95 x 1:6 mm. Material: 2 Exemplare (Typus g@) im Britischen Museum. Fundort: India, leg. Bowring, 63-47+ und Sarda, Bengal, F.W.C., 1927. Abbildungen : Taf. 15, figs. 5-8, Umriss, Penis, Pronotum, Sculptur. Neue Spezies von Cephalophanus John John : Ent. Bl. 36 (3), 1940, p. 81 und 38 (5/6), 1942, p. 171. Die hier beschriebenen 4 neuen Spezies erganzen in bemerkenswerter Weise die Kenntnis der Gattung, von welcher bisher nur 2 Spezies (l.c.) aus Chien-Hoa, Tonkin und Si-Rambé, Sumatra bekannt waren. Die Gattung ist durch zwei Eigentiim- lichkeiten ausgezeichnet, welche ihr innerhalb der Familie allein zukommen: die gg haben an den Tarsen des 1. Beinpaares gespaltene Klauen und im Innern ihres K6rpers findet sich ein mehr oder weniger langer Chitinfaden, welcher medial an der Analseite des “ 1.”’ Sternits entspringt und zum Teil bis in das Metasternum hineinragt. Da das Ende dieses elastischen Fadens unter der Basis de Penis liegt, ist seine Funktion wohl zu vermuten, konnte bisher aber nicht eindeutig festgelegt werden. Die neuen Spezies stellen aber noch andere Probleme. Bisher konnte Cephalophanus zu den Gattungen gezadhlt werden, welche regelmassig 6 Tuberkel auf dem Seitenrand jeder Elytre besitzen. Aber die in 2 Exemplaren ($9) vor- liegende Spezies /ewist besitzt jederseits 7 Tuberkel und es fragt sich nun, ob Cephalo- phanus sich hier wie Notiophygus Gory verhalt, bei welcher Gattung nicht nur die Zahl der elytralen Tuberkel oft tiber 6 hinausgeht, sondern auch haufig eine Zahl- variation der linken und rechten Elytre gefunden wird, oder ob Cephalophanus, falls eine Vermehrung der Tuberkelzahl eintritt, diese auf beiden Seiten stets gleich- massig ausbildet. Weiterhin wurde bei der Spezies dohertyi (1g, 299) bei einem 9 ein abweichend geformtes “1.’’ Sternit gefunden, welches in der Art seiner Aus- bildung einen vollig normalen Eindruck gemacht hatte, wenn nicht die gattungs- gebundene Form bereits bekannt gewesen ware (Abb. Taf. 13, fig. 1d). Es handelt sich hier nicht um eine Deformation, wie sie gelegentlich beobachtet wurde und durch Verletzungen der Puppe erklart werden kann (Sufi. ent. 1.c. 17, 1929, Taf. 9 bei fig. 2) sondern anscheinend um eine Mutante, da die Abweichung beiderseits vollig regelmassig ausgebildet ist. Sie besteht in einem doppelten bogigen Aus- schnitt des normalerweise zwischen die Coxae 3 zum Metasternum vorspringenden “1.” Sternits, wobei in diesem Fall in der Mitte der Intercoxalprocess als schmaler Vorsprung stehen bleibt, aber keine Verbindung mehr mit dem Metasternum be- sitzt. Es entwickelt sich ein tief in den K6rper reichender Spalt, der nur durch eine zarte Haut ausgekleidet ist. Ich erwadhne dies so ausfiihrlich, weil ich eine 306 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) ahnliche Erscheinung bei der Gattung Solitarius m. (Ent. Bl. 39 (1/2), 1943, p. 28) als normal angesehen, beschrieben und abgebildet habe. Dort handelt es sich ebenfalls um zwei tiefe Ausschnitte, die aber zu beiden Seiten der Mittelpartie am Vorderrand des Mesosternums liegen (S. schaumi m.). Damals stand mir nur 19 zur Verfiigung. Eine Nachpriifung bei der zweiten zu Solitarius geh6renden Spezies des schon von Matthews beschriebenen Aphanocephalus impunctatus (Ann, lc. Mag. nat. Hist. (5), 19, 1887) konnte leider nicht erfolgen, da das vorgelegte Exemplar bereits so stark geklebt war, dass ein volliges Zerfallen zu befiirchten war. Es taucht also hier der Verdacht auf, dass das der Beschreibung zu Grunde liegende Exemplar von Solitarius schaumt ebenfalls eine Mutation war. Wenn es stets eine missliche Sache ist, eine Beschreibung nach einem Unikum auszufiihren, so liegen die Verhaltnisse bei den Notiophygidae leider so, dass die Tiere nur ausnahmsweise in grésserer Anzahl gefangen werden, meist werden am selben Ort nur 1 oder 2 Exemplare zufallig mitgesammelt und gleiche spater nie mehr gefunden. Cephalophanus bryanti sp. n. Die Spezies hat eine fast halbkugelige Gestalt, die Farbe ist dunkelbraun, auf jeder Elytre befinden sich 2 grosse, goldbraune Flecke. Am Pronotum ist die Partie beiderseits des Kopfausschnittes ebenfalls fleckartig braun, doch kann diese Farbe sich auch seitlich bis zum 2. Tuberkel ausdehnen und vorn am Kopfausschnitt zusammenfliessen. Die vordere Ecke ist abgerundet, die dort beginnende Rand- leiste ist um die Tuberkelpore herum verbreitert und flach, wird im mittleren Teil schmal und hoch und hat vom 2. Tuberkel ab mehr als die doppelte Breite ihres mittleren Teiles. Die eingestochenen Punkte stehen im 3- bis 5-fachen Abstand ihrer Durchmesser und sind auf dem Discus kleiner als auf den Randpartien. Zwi- schen ihnen stehen sehr zahlreich die kleineren Haarpunkte. Auf den Elytren fehlen die Basal- und Randflecke der Tuberkel, das Basaltuberkel ist nicht, der Schulterbuckel ist nur schwach erhéht. Die Randpartie ist gegen den Discus bis kurz vor die Elytrenspitze abgesetzt, ihre Randleiste ist besonders im vorderen Teil stark erhéht und tragt jederseits 6 Tuberkelporen in kleinen Anschwellungen. — Die Pseudoporen sind kleiner und stehen weiter voneinander entfernt, als die ein- gestochenen Punkte des Pronotums, sie sind auf dem Discus sehr zart, verstarken sich aber zu den Seiten hin und sitzen auch auf der Randpartie. Die Behaarung der Oberflache ist diinn, aber ziemlich lang, auf den dunklen Teilen ist sie dunkel, auf den Flecken glanzt sie goldig. Bei den Fiihlern ist das Basalglied braun, die Geissel samt Keule ist fast schwarz, die Behaarung ist im ganzen dunkel, nur an der Keule zum Teil auch farblos. Grosse: 2°85 ), welche aussen am Rande liegen, ist der Rand etwas verdickt und am basalen Tuberkel ist auch die daneben liegende Randpartie etwas auf- getrieben. Discus und Randpartien sind mit kleinen eingestochenen Punkten besetzt, die in Grésse und Tiefe etwas variieren. An den Randern dieser Punkte entspringen die hakenférmig gebogenen, distal gespaltenen Haare. Das Scutellum ist klein, etwas eingesenkt. Die Elytren iiberragen seitlich das Pronotum und die Schulterecke ist dazu ein wenig vorgezogen, so dass der Eindruck entsteht, dass die | Basalecke des Pronotums dort die Basis der Elytren iiberschneidet. Doch sind beide Teile nur sehr eng aneinander geschmiegt. Der Seitenumriss der Elytren ist nur schwach konvex, fast gerade, im Spitzenteil lauft die Randlinie halbkreis- férmig zusammen. Der Schulterbuckel ist gut entwickelt, ein Basaltuberkel fehlt aber (s. Notiophygus). Die Pseudoporen der Oberflache sind bedeutend grésser als die eingestochenen Punkte des Pronotums und die Haare entspringen zwischen ihnen. Die Randpartie ist schmal, am Rande konkav und bis zur Spitze deutlich abgesetzt, sie tragt 6 schwach erhabene Tuberkel beiderseits, deren Poren an der Aussenseite des Randes liegen. Die Unterseite ist im ganzen schwarz bis schwarz- braun glinzend, Pro-, Meso-, Metasternum und Sternite sind mit grossen einge- stochenen Punkten besetzt, aus denen sehr zarte einfache Haare entspringen. Das “1.” Sternit ist sehr breit, die iibrigen schmal, ohne besondere Merkmale. Griésse: 2:05 X I°4 bis 2°2 X 16 mm. Material: 41 Exemplare (Typus 9, Paratypen) im Britischen Museum, 8 Exemplare (Paratypen) im Deutschen Entomo- logischen Institut. Fundort : 24 Exemplare Port St. John, Pondoland ; 18 Exem- NEVE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 311 plare E. Cape Prov., Katberg ; 5 Exemplare Eshowe, Zululand ; 2 Exemplare Natal : Kloof, leg. R. E. Turner. Abbildungen : Taf. 16, figs. 1-8. Im Gegensatz zu den Verhaltnissen bei Notiophygus, wo jeder Fundort eine neue Spezies ergibt, liegt hier ein auffallend weitraumiges Siedlungsgebiet einer Spezies vor. Es diirfte wohl naheliegen, diese Ausbreitung mit dem Besitz von Fliigeln in Verbindung zu bringen. Gestiitzt wird diese Ansicht durch die ebenfalls weitrau- mige Verbreitung der zur gefliigelten Gattung Praviclava John (Mitt. dtsch. ent. Ges. 10, (9/10), 1941, p. 103) gehdrenden Spezies corrosa m., welche aus der Ge- gend des Victoria Sees, Insel Ukerewe und aus Kamerun, Makak, bekannt geworden ist. Profallia gen. nov. Als Sharp die amerikanische Gattung Fallia aufstellte (Biol. cent.-amer. Col. 2 (I), 1902, p. 629), betonte er die Verwandtschaft mit Aphanocephalus Woll. und setzte sich mit den Versuchen auseinander, diese Gattung zu placieren. Er lehnt Matthews Vorschlag ab, eine Familie der Pseudocorylophidae zu bilden, bezweifelt aber auch Horns Familie der Discolomidae. Er halt alle diese Formen fiir abwei- chende Colydiidae. Inzwischen ist die Familie der Notiophygidae (= Discolomidae) nicht nur an- erkannt worden, sondern ist auf bisher 13 Gattungen angewachsen und ihre Trennung von den Colydiidae ist auf Grund eindeutiger Merkmale zweifelsfrei durchgefiihrt. Es zeigte sich, dass die Notiophygidae in Beziehung auf ihren inneren K6rperbau, einschliesslich der Sexualorgane, eine weit gréssere Analogie besitzen, als die Coly- diidae. Sie kénnen zudem auf Grund von 2 dusseren Merkmalen auch von den- _ jenigen Colydiidae getrennt werden welche innerhalb allgemein tetramerer Gattungen trimer sind. Diese Merkmale sind : (1) Der Besitz von 3 Paar gleichgebildeten kugeligen Hiiften. (2) Der Besitz offener Poren am K6rperrand und zwar wenigstens 2 am Seitenrand des Pronotums und wenigstens 6 am Seitenrand der Elytren (oberseits oder unter- seits). Die neue asiatische Gattung steht Fallia Sharp naher als Parvafallia Arrow zu Fallia. Leider sind nur 2 Exemplare einer Spezies vorhanden, doch zweifle ich nicht, dass diese Gattung sich ebenso verhalten wird, wie ihre nachsten Verwandten, d. h. die verschiedenen Spezies werden so geringe Unterschiede aufweisen, dass unbedenklich auch nach einer Spezies die Gattungscharaktere festgelegt werden kénnen. GATTUNGSDIAGNOSE. Die Grésse der Kafer ist ungefahr die gleiche wie bei der Gattung Fallia, Der eliptische Umriss des K6rpers ist bei Fallia leicht eiférmig, wobei das stumpfe Ende vorn am Pronotum liegt. Zugleich ist der Kopfausschnitt mehr oder weniger breit quer abgeschnitten und gibt dadurch dem Umriss ein rundlich-kantiges Aus- sehen. Die Gestalt von Profallia ist dagegen schmal-eliptisch, vorn und hinten vollig abgerundet, vorn ein wenig schmaler als hinten, aber in keiner Weise ei formig. Von der Seite betrachtet, fallt die Abweichung der Riickenlinie gegen- 312 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) iiber Fallia besonders auf: Profallia ist fast } niedriger bei gleicher Lange. Bei Seitenansicht bildet die Randlinie der Elytren mit der Randlinie des Pronotums an der Schulterecke bei Fallia einen Winkel von ca. 135°oder 14 rechte Winkel, bei Profallia ist dieser Winkel bedeutend stumpfer und liegt etwa bei 160°. Das Pronotum bildet fast einen vollen Halbkreis, wenn man die Basis als Durchmesser betrachtet. Der Kopfausschnitt ist von oben her nicht sichtbar, bei genauerer Prii- fung findet sich aber ein leichter, sehr flachwinkliger Kerb und von vorn gesehen bildet der Kopfausschnitt einen sehr flachen Bogen, der ohne Ecke rund in die Seiten- linie tibergeht. Dort setzt eine schmale Randleiste an, welche bis zur Basis reicht. Am Ansatz dieser Leiste liegt die nach vorn gedffnete 1. Pore, wahrend die 2. etwas vor der Basalecke in einer schwachen Verbreiterung der Randleiste liegt. Die Oberflache des Pronotums ist glatt und gleichmassig gekriimmt, an den Seiten, besonders aber vor dem Kopfausschnitt ist die Kriimmung etwas starker. Die Basis ist medial schwach konvex, aber vor den Basalecken konkav. Das Scu- tellum ist etwas breiter als lang. Die Elytren sind im ganzen starker konvex als das Pronotum und ihre Schulterecke ist abgerundet. Die dort plétzlich breit ein- setzende Randleiste ist mehrfach breiter als die des Pronotums und zeigt an ihrem Ansatz einen Kerb, in welchem die Basalecke des Pronotums ruht (wie bei Falla und Aphanocephalus). Die Flache dieser gegen den Discus scharf abgesetzten Leiste ist etwas schrag nach aussen geneigt und zeigt sehr deutlich 6 Poren, welche auf Verbreiterungen der Leiste liegen. Seitlich betrachtet kriimmt sich die Riicken- linie vor der Spitze soweit riicklaufig, dass die Randleiste dort von oben her nicht mehr zu sehen ist. Das Pronotum ist mit sparlich stehenden eingestochenen Punkten besetzt, welche sehr feine kurze Haare tragen (bei 60-facher Vergr. zu sehen). Die Oberflache der Elytren zeigt deutlich 2 Formen von Gruben, die kleineren Haar- gruben und die grésseren Pseudoporen. Der Kopf ragt bis zum Fiihleransatz aus dem Pronotum heraus, er ist sparlich aber viel langer behaart als die Oberflache. Der Clipeus ist durch eine scharfe Naht von der Stirn getrennt. Die Fihler sind 8-gliedrig, das Basalglied ist seitlich etwas kantig, die Keule ist so breit wie lang, rundlich-dreieckig und flachgedriickt. Das 4. Glied zeigt eine Abschniirung, die darauf hinweist, dass auch, wie bei Fallia, Spezies mit 9 Gliedern gefunden werden kénnten. Die Mundteile zeigen eine weitgehende Ubereinstimmung mit denen der nachststehenden Gattungen. Die Mandibeln sind 3-zahnig und besitzen eine Lacinia mobilis, die Maxillen haben eine distal beborstete Galea und Lacinia und 4-gliedrige Palpi. Die Unterlippe hat 3-gliedrige Palpi. Die Unterseite zeigt im Bau den Familientyp, das “1.” Sternit bildet eine glatte Flache. Die Behaarung ist spdrlich aber langer als auf der Oberseite. Die Schenkel erreichen den Umriss des KG6rpers nicht, die Tibien des 1. und 2. Beinpaares sind kiirzer als die Schenkel, die Tibien des 3. Beinpaares sind so lang wie die Schenkel. Bei den Tarsen ist die dritte so lang wie die beiden ersten zusammen. In Ubereinstimmung mit den iibrigen Gattungen ist auch die Verlangerung der Hiiften im Innern des KG6rpers. Auch hier sind alle drei Paare von gleicher Bauart. Bei den Sterniten ist die ur- spriingliche Zahl von 7 Sterniten durch Verschmelzen der ersten drei auf fiinf reduziert und dieses “‘ 1.’”’ Sternit zeigt im Innern bei vielen Gattungen durch stehen- gebliebene Leisten seine Herkunft aus 3 Sterniten deutlich an. Bei der vorliegenden NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 313 Gattung ist aber diese Verschmelzung so weitgehend, dass eine Dreiteilung nicht mehr sichtbar ist. Die Gattung ist gefliigelt. Die Alae besitzen nur Costa und Media, ein Basallappen fehlt. Der Penis gleicht im Grundschema dem von Parafallia (der Penis von Falla ist noch nicht bekannt), doch ist die Basis der Peniszunge (Einlage) hier so stark ausgebildet, dass sie vom Gelenk ab im Bogen aus der dorsal geschlitzten Basis des Peniskérpers heraustritt, ehe sie als Réhre ventral hervor- kommt. Dazu teilt sich von ihrem Grunde her ventral ein schmaler Streifen ab, welcher stark chitinisiert ist und vielleicht als Fiihrung dient. Habitat : Malakka, Typus: Profallia cameront. Profallia cameroni sp. n. Die Beschreibung ist im wesentlichen in der Gattungsdiagnose enthalten. Hier folgen noch einige Angaben, welche fiir die Trennung von Spezies entscheidend sein k6nnen. Die Gesamtfarbe ist dunkelbraun. Die Elytren tragen in ihrer Mitte je einen roten verschwommenen Fleck, der die Seite und die Sutura nicht erreicht und welcher so dunkel ist, dass er nur schwer sichtbar wird. Bei den Elytren sind die Haarpunkte kraftiger als auf dem Pronotum und sind nebst den Pseudoporen weich in die Oberflache eingebettet, erscheinen daher oft zu Zweien oder Dreien zusammenfliessend. Seitlich gesehen, liegt die héchste Erhebung der Kérper- kriimmung hinter der Mitte, und das Pronotum ist etwas schwacher konvex als der Spitzenteil der Elytren. Die Randpartie der Elytren zeigt eine deutliche scharfe Kante als Aussenlinie und auf ihr sitzen die 6 Poren. Im letzten Drittel der Elytren wiolbt sich der Discus ein wenig iiber die Randlinie hinaus, das heist diese Linie unter- lauft den Discus. Die Fiihler sind 8-gliedrig. Beim 4. Fiihlerglied ist eine Teilung angedeutet, doch ist keine echte Articulation vorhanden. Die breite Keule zeigt eine leichte Abschniirung. Grésse : I-42 X o0gmm. Material: 2 Exemplare (Typus 3, Paratypus) im Bri- tischen Museum, Fundort: Singapore, Dezember, 1915, leg. Dr. Cameron. Ab- bildungen : Taf. 17, figs. 3a-3c und 4-7. 24 NOV 1954 TAB 2) 23. Fic. 1a-1tg. Cephalophanus dohertyi sp. n.; ta, Umriss mit Fleck- und Farbverteilung ; 1b, Pronotum von oben; tic, Unterseite; 1d, abweichende Bildung des “1.” Sternits bei einem 2; te, Sculptur von Pronotum (Pr) und Elytren (E/); tf, gespaltene Klauen eines 4, nur am ersten Beinpaar vorhanden; 1g, Penis, a, lateral; 6, ventral; c, halb von hinten ; d, Penisspitze ventral. Fic. 2a-2c. C. faciatus sp. n. 2a, Umriss mit Fleck- und Farbverteilung ; 2b, Pronotum von oben ; 2c, Sculptur von Pronotum (Pr) und Elytren (£7). Fic. 3a—3c. C. bryanti sp. n. 3a, Umriss mit Fleck- und Farbverteilung; 3b, Pronotum von oben ; 3c, Sculptur von Pronotum (Pr) und Elytren (EI). Fic. 4a-4d. C, lewisi sp. n. 4a, Umriss mit Fleck- und Farbverteilung; 4b, Pronotum von oben ; 4c, Sculptur von Pronotum (Pr) und Elytren (El) ; 4d, Penis: a, lateral, b, ventral, (Stellung der Seitenteile im Wassertropfen) ; c, ventral (Lage in situ); d, Basis dorsal. PLATE 13 Bull. B. M. (N.H.) Entom. ITI, 8. TAF. 14. Fic. 1. Cephalophanus bryanti sp. n. Penis, a, lateral; 6b, ventral; c, mittlere Spitze halb dorsal. Fics. 2-6. Aphanocephalus pseudatomus sp.n. 2, Umriss mit Farbverteilung und Sculptur ; 3, Antennenkeule ; 4, Penis, a, lateral, 6b, ventral; 5, Sculptur, Py, Pronotum, El, Elytren ; 6, Pronotum unverkiirzt. Fic. 7. A. atomus Grouv.: Sculptur zum Vergleich mit pseudatomus, Pr, Pronotum ; El, Elytren. Fics. 8-10. A. prophysussp.n. 8, Umriss mit Farbverteilung und Sculptur ; 9, Sculptur, Py, Pronotum, E/, Elytren; 10, Pronotum unverkirzt. Fics. 11-14. A. tonkinensis sp. n. 11, Umriss mit Farbverteilung und Sculptur; 12, Sculptur, Py, Pronotum, E/, Elytren; 13, Penis, a, lateral, b, ventral; 14, Pronotum un- verkiirzt. Fics. 15-18. A. decoomanisp.n. 15, Umriss mit Farbverteilung und Sculptur; 16, Sculp- tur, Pr, Pronotum, El, Elytren ; 17 Pronotum unverkiirzt ; 18, Penis, a, lateral, b, Spitze halb dorsal, c, Spitze ventral. Oberhalb der kreisférmigen Sculpturzeichnungen sind die zugehérigen Haarlangen auf kurzen wagrechten Strichen angegeben. Bull, B.M. (N.H.) Entom., IIT, 8. PLATE 14 oe & iy. Nave) nae : = Pats Bate SACs yl ia : : . | ‘ | i ‘i ad Pail & ‘ x > a | . a ~ r 8 NOV 1954 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE (TRICHOPTERA: RHYACOPHILIDAE) MARTIN E. MOSELY BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 9 LONDON: 1954 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE (TRICHOPTERA : RHYACOPHILIDAE) MARTIN E. MOSELY. 2 ne a Pp. 315-346; 86 Text-figures BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 9 LONDON: 1954 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, is issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become ready. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 3, No. 9 of the Entomological series. PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued October, 1954 Price Ten Shillings THE “PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE (TRICHOPTERA : RHYACOPHILIDAE) By MARTIN E. MOSELY* IN 1937, when describing some Mexican Hydroptilidae (Tvans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 86 : 151-190), I remarked of Protoptila: “It is perhaps open to question whether Protoptila should not be placed in the Rhyacophilidae rather than the Hydroptilidae.” Following this suggestion Dr. H. H. Ross, writing in 1938 (IU. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 21: 112), placed the genus in the Rhyacophilidae, subfamily Glossosomatinae. For my part I retained the genus in the Hydroptilidae for the time being, as I had a large amount of Mexican material still unsorted and considered that there was a possibility that more new genera belonging to the group might be found when I should be able to spare the time for a further examination. When describing Brazilian Hydroptilidae (1939, Novit. Zool. 41 : 218-224), I erected two new genera akin to Protoptila, still retaining the group in the Hydroptilidae. Subsequently I received a letter from Dr. G. Ulmer in which he wrote “I am now sure that Morto- niella and Protoptila do not belong to the Hydroptilidae but to the Glossosomatinae of Rhyacophilidae. .. . If Mortoniella and Protoptila are Glossosomatinae, then the genera Mexitrichia, Canoptila and Antoptila will belong also to this subfamily, perhaps Padunia Mart. (?)”. On receipt of this letter I determined to complete my examination of the Mexican material and to deal with all the genera concerned. It was my own inclination to make a new subfamily of the Rhyacophilidae to take these kindred genera, but as both Ulmer and Ross consider that there is close rela- tionship in the earlier stages to genera in the Glossosomatinae, I accepted their view and make the transfer accordingly. The genus Protoptila, the first to be described in the group, probably contains a great number of species, but in this paper I propose to confine myself to those Mexican and Brazilian genera and species with which I am personally acquainted. Dr. Ross has described many more from North America in his papers on IIlinois Trich- optera. Other genera in the group are Mexitrichia (Mexico and Brazil), Mortoniella (Brazil), Antoptila (Brazil), Canoptila (Brazil) and a new genus from Mexico, described in this paper under the name Culopiila, found in the material which I had set aside for further examination. With regard to Padunia Martynov, if this genus should really prove to be associated with Protoptila and its allies (of which Ulmer does not seem to be entirely convinced), attention should be drawn to the far more complete neuration of the posterior wing, as figured by Martynov, than is to be found in any * Mr. Martin E, Mosely died in 1948, ENTOM, III, 9. 24 318 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE of the other genera in the group, although that of the anterior wing agrees tolerably well with at least Antoptila. All the genera in the group are characterized by a pale streak at the anastomosis, covering the cross-veins from the radius to the media, which are always aligned, the remaining cross-veins of the anastomosis generally continuing the line down to the post-costa. The new genus Culoptila is remarkable for the extraordinary development of the tegulae which, in the male sex, are enlarged to form hollow caps, at the base of which is situated a structure that no doubt functions as a scent- organ. More will be found about this structure in the generic account. All the species in these genera have a ground-colour of chestnut brown; in some of the Brazilian species the anterior wings are decorated with silver bars, particularly along the anastomosis. When denuded, it is seen that the membrane at the anastomosis is coloured yellow. It may be added that in the anterior wing of Protoptila there is a short arc of stiff bristles situated on the membrane between Cu, and the anal veins. In the other genera of the group this arc is represented by a short straight row of similar bristles arising from the posterior margin of Cug. All species have a ventral process to the sixth sternite, that of Culoptila being somewhat peculiar in form. The Mexican species described in this paper were collected by Dr. Adolph Dampf, and all the types are deposited in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). Finally, I must acknowledge the help given me by Mr. D. E. Kimmins, of the Dept. of Entomology, who has not only drawn all the figures illustrating this paper, but has also put his younger eyes at my disposal in making out the very intricate and obscure structures of the genitalia of this difficult group. Protoptila Banks Banks, 1904, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 6: 215. Ulmer, 1906, Notes Leyden Mus. 28:99; id., 1907, Gen. Insect. 60a: 220. Betten, 1934, N.Y. Mus. Bull., 292: 149. Mosely, 1937, Trans. R. ent. Soc, Lond. 86: 152. Ross, 1938, Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 21: 112; id., 1944, op. cit., 23: 41. In the 3, the genital characters are very obscure and it is scarcely possible to homologize them with corresponding parts in other Trichoptera species. In the descriptions I have already made, I have attempted to follow McLachlan’s nomen- clature of the genital parts, but my naming of such organs as “‘ intermediate appen- dages,”’ “‘penis-sheaths ” is necessarily arbitrary. I have failed to recognize any process that could be termed an inferior appendage, though Ross describes these processes in some of his species. In many of the species, the ventral margin of the eighth segment is modified to such an extent that it is difficult to avoid the conclusion that this segment functions as a structure of the genitalia. The description “‘penis- sheaths ”’ for the telescoped structures terminating in a strong and often sinuous spine is perhaps open to criticism, since penis-sheaths of this form are, so far as I know, unknown in the Trichoptera. I have hesitated as to whether they may not function as inferior appendages, but their origin seems too near the dorsal half of the ninth segment for them to be so regarded, What I have termed “ intermediate THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 319 appendages’ might equally be superior appendages or even processes of the dorsal plate. Ina paper of this nature, it is immaterial what the parts are termed, provided that the connection between the descriptions and the figures is clearly indicated. ———— Se ee omen ee locula SS liqua 2 resolda SS Fics. 1-3. Neuration of wings of 1, Protoptila locula, 3; 2, P.liqua, 3; 3, P. vesolda, 3. In the wings, the anterior is characterized by an unbroken line of nervures at the anastomosis, and the variation in the neuration seems practically to be confined to the base of apical fork no. 2, where in some species it is narrow and pointed and in others wider and blunt. In the posterior wing, where the neuration is always reduced, there are numerous irregularities in the different species. A close consideration of the descriptions of the genitalia and neuration given in 320 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE my papers of Mexican and Brazilian species shows that the genus falls into two groups, in which the presence or absence of penis-sheaths and variations in the base of apical fork no. 2 in the anterior wing may be co-related. Thus what I will term the Jocula group with narrow base to fork no. 2 and penis-sheaths present contains the following species: Jlocula, piacha, malica, techila, alexanderi, dubitans, resolda. Sa 4 cardela i techila SS a Fics. 4-8. Neuration of posterior wings of 4, Protoptila cardela, 3; 5, P. delaca, 3; 6, P. piacha, 3; 7, P. techila, 3; 8, P. malica, 3. What I have termed the liqua group, with the base of fork no. 2 broad and penis- sheaths absent contains ligua, guata, tojana, delaca, lorada, rota, salta, cardela. Ixtala is an exception and here the penis-sheaths are present while the base of fork no. 2 is broad in most of the examples examined. I do not consider these small differences a a ws, 321 GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE THE PROTOPTILA Fics. 9-13. Protoptilalocula, 3. 9, Genitalia, lateral ; 10, genitalia, dorsal ; 11, genitalia, ventral; 12, penis, lateral; 13, penis, ventral. 322 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE to be of sufficient value to warrant the separation of the two groups into distinct genera. Protoptila locula sp. n. (Figs. I, 9-13) Insect brownish, neuration as figured. GENITALIA, g. Margin of the eighth tergite truncate, the sternite without the long production found in P. salta, ixtala, rota and resolda. Ninth segment consider- ably withdrawn within the eighth, from the side only the dorsal and ventral distal apices being visible. Beyond the margin of the eighth tergite can be seen the centre of the distal margin of the ninth segment, forming a small, triangular projection. Intermediate (?) appendages two-jointed ; from above, basal joint visible as an out-turned, triangular projection, distal joint with a scroll-like head, broadening towards the margin of the eighth segment. Seen from the side, the appendage is directed downward, basal joint with an acute, distally directed apex ; distal joint triangular, directed vertically downward, wide at the base, its apex a pointed, in-turned hook. Penis-sheaths three-jointed, short, terminal joint the longest. Penis very complicated ; from the side with an irregularly-formed distal part, a pro- jecting, blunt hook on the lower margin, and towards the base two pairs of blackened processes, the distal the larger. The basal pair form two short rods with fringed, truncate apices, the distal pair fused to make a plate as shown in the figure. There is the usual enormous, axe-headed extension of the upper surface at the base. Length of anterior wing, J, 2 mm. Mexico : Guerrera, Cocula, 28.iii.1935, Iguala, 29.iii.1935, 21.1.1936; Micho- acan, Caracuara, 1197 m., 24-29.iv, 3-5.v.1935, Nocupetara, 9.v.1935; Mexcala, 13. xii. 1929. Type, 3 (microscope preparation), Caracuara, 24-29.iv.1935. Protoptila piacha sp. n. (Figs. 6, 14-20) Neuration, posterior wing as figured, anterior as in P. locula. GENITALIA, g. From above, the margin of the eighth tergite slightly convex and serrate, fringed with long hairs ; sternite strongly produced to nearly as far as the end of the penis, narrowing to a shallowly excised apex, upper margin from the side strongly serrate. Ninth segment almost completely withdrawn within the eighth, only the pointed tip of the ventral margin visible in the side view. Inter- mediate appendages two-jointed ; from above, basal joint broad and triangular ; terminal joint arises from a broad base and narrows to a pair of bands curling under the penis and, as seen from beneath, with the apices divided in two small forks. From the side, the second joint is long, lower margin sinuous, apex in the form of a down-turned hook. Penis deep, with the distal margin strongly excised, lower portion broad, separated from the upper by a shallow, lateral groove in which lies THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 323 the penis-sheath. Lower penis-cover as figured. Penis-sheaths with a very long, sinuous terminal joint, basal joints obscure, probably three-jointed. Length of anterior wing, 3, 2°25 mm. Mexico: Chiapas, Huixtla, 21.xi.1930 ; Guerrera, Tierra Colorada, 18. xii. 1929. Type, $ (microscope preparation), Tierra Colorada, 18.xii. 1929. 15 Fics. 14-20. Protoptila piacha, 3. 14, Genitalia, lateral; 15, a penis-sheath ; 16, geni- talia, dorsal; 17, genitalia, ventral; 18, apex of intermediate appendage, dorsal ; 19, penis, lateral; 20, penis, ventral. ENTOM. III, 9. 248 324 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE Protoptila malica sp. n. (Figs. 8, 21-26) Neuration of the posterior wing as figured, anterior as in P. locula. GENITALIA, g. Distal margin of the eighth segment fringed with stiff hairs, somewhat serrate towards the distal end of the sternite, which projects only slightly beyond the margin of the ninth ventral segment. From beneath, the distal margins of both the eighth and ninth segments are widely excised, the excision of the eighth being more shallow than the ninth; from above the eighth tergite is slightly and widely excised, the margin of the ninth showing beyond it. From above, the basal joints of the intermediate appendages are large and triangular ; from the side the appendage is directed downward, both joints rectangular, the basal the shorter and with a large, curved, lateral lobe obscuring the connection of the joints. Penis from above broad, apex excised to form two out-turned stout horns ; from beneath, the excision is wider and the distal surface of the apical joint of the intermediate appendage is seen to be densely covered with small corrugations and its upper margin slightly produced to form a hook. Other structures of the penis are shown in the figures, but I am not venturing to suggest their functions nor to name the parts. Penis-sheaths three-jointed and very short, the basal joint much the longest. Length of anterior wing, 3, 3 mm. Mexico: Colima, 27.i.1930, I ¢ (microscope preparation). Protoptila techila sp. n. (Figs. 7, 27-31) Insect brown. Antennae wanting in the single example before me. There are differences in the neuration of the posterior wing between this and other species in the genus, as may be seen by a comparison of the figures. In the anterior wing, neuration is normal and corresponds with that in P. locula. GENITALIA, g¢. Ventral margin of the eighth sternite enormously produced in a wide plate with a serrate distal margin ; from the side the margin is truncate, with the upper angle produced in a strong spur. Ninth segment withdrawn into the eighth, leaving the dorsal portion protruding beyond it so that, from above, it appears with the centre produced in a small, subacute triangle. The ventral margin of the ninth segment is completely concealed within the eighth ; from the side it is much produced and narrows to a sinuous point. The upper penis-cover from above appears as a pair of long, sinuous processes with strongly dentate outer margins, inner margins with angular indentations at the centre. Intermediate appendages two-jointed ; from above, basal joints stout, distal curving inwards with bifurcate apices, the forks short and pointed, the lower the longer. Penis- sheaths three-jointed, terminal joint spine-like and sinuous, second joint the smallest, first joint sinuous. Penis with the usual axe-headed projection of the upper margin at the base ; it is complicated and fashioned after the pattern of locula, with various processes on the lower surface (lower penis-cover ?), of which the most conspicuous is THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 325 a pair of strong, up-turned hooks towards the centre, and at the base a pair of rectan- gular, distally directed processes with fringed apices. Length of anterior wing, 3, 2°5 mm. Mexico: Oaxaca, Rio Chiltepec, 21.iii.1932, 1 ¢ (microscope preparation). + ae |S Fics. 21-26. Protoptila malica, 3. 21, Genitalia, lateral ; 22, apex of an intermediate appendage, from beneath; 23, genitalia, dorsal; 24, genitalia, ventral; 25, penis, lateral ; 26, penis, ventral, 326 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE Fics. 27-31. Protoptila techila, 3. 27, Genitalia, lateral ; 28, penis-sheath ; 29, genitalia, dorsal; 30, penis, lateral; 31, penis, ventral. THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 327 Protoptila alexanderi Ross Ross, 1941, Tvans. Amer. ent. Soc. 67: 48, pl. 2, fig. 14. Numerous examples of this species were taken in Nuevo Leon, Tamaulipas, 5. vi. 1931. Fics. 32-35. Protoptila liqua, 3. 32, Genitalia, lateral ; 33, intermediate appendage, lateral; 34, penis, lateral; 35, penis, ventral. Protoptila liqua sp. n. (Figs. 2, 32-37) Insect brown. The neuration of the posterior wing differing from that of P. techila as shown in the figure. 328 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE GENITALIA, g. Margin of the eighth tergite armed with an evenly and closely arranged fringe of long, stiff hairs. Ninth segment completely withdrawn within the eighth and invisible except in a balsam preparation. Intermediate appendages 37 Fics. 36-37. Protoptila liqua, 3. 36, Genitalia, dorsal ; 37, seventh, eighth and ninth segments, ventral. two-jointed, basal joint from above short and wide, terminal joint armed with two strongly chitinized spines, the upper from above sinuous and slender, directed upward, inward and distally, the lower much stouter and directed downward, THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 329 terminating in an acute beak. Penis with the usual axe-headed extension of the basal upper margin, apex membranous with a pair of large, stout spines at the base of the membrane, directed downward, a single sinuous spine under the apex, also 40 Fics. 38-43. Protoptila guata, 3. 38, Genitalia, lateral; 39, genitalia, dorsal; 40, genitalia, ventral ; 41, interm ediateappendage, ventral ; 42, penis, lateral; 43, penis, ventral. 330 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE directed downward. Towards the base of the penis are two pairs of branches terminating in beak-like apices, the outer directed inwards, the inner distally ; * " tin * ’ of ye eo". ¥ t. Re ene a ae 2 ae Fics. 44-48. Protoptila tojana, g. 44, Genitalia, lateral; 45, genitalia, dorsal ; 46, genitalia, ventral; 47, penis, lateral; 48, penis, ventral. still nearer the base is a pair of chimneypot-shaped processes, apices fringed with stiff hairs. Penis-sheaths wanting. Lower margin of the eighth sternite furnished with four pairs of spine-like processes ; from beneath, the shortest pair at the centre THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 331 with a longer pair outside ; the other two pairs, which are the longest, arise near the pleurite. Seen from beneath, the outer of these lateral pairs is calliper-shaped, the inner straight, directed inwards with the apices touching. Length of anterior wing g, 4 mm. Mexico: Liquidamber, 1130 m., 19.iii.1931. La Prusia, 1075 m., 25.11.1931. Type, 3 (microscope preparation), Liquidamber, 19. iii.193I. Protoptila guata sp. n. (Figs. 38-43) Neuration, anterior wing as in P. liqua, posterior as in P. delaca. GENITALIA, g¢. Distal margin of the eighth tergite straight, serrate and fringed with long hairs; the sternite is produced in a pair of rather short processes with truncate apices separated from each other by a wide excision. The upper angle of the sternite is produced in a long, sinuous spine, sparsely clothed with short hairs towards the apex. Ninth segment with only its upper margin visible, forming a wide, shallow, angular projection from above and a short spur from the side ; lower margin, only to be seen in a cleared specimen, produced in a pair of sharp processes divided from each other by a wide excision. Intermediate appendages two-jointed, basal joint large, in side view with its lower angle produced in an up-curved, sickle- shaped hook ; the second joint is bifurcate, upper fork long, slender and sinuous, curving downward, lower fork stout, curving upward from the side, somewhat sausage-shaped and sloping inwards from beneath. Penis dilated at the apex and excised, with a process on its under surface, wide at the base, terminating in a chitinous hook directed downward. There is a pair of hooks arising about the centre, also on the under side and curving downward. Lower penis-cover as figured. Penis-sheaths wanting. Length of anterior wing, 3, 3 mm. MExico : Sinaloa, Badiraguata, 30.iii.1932, I ¢ (microscope preparation). Protoptila tojana sp. n. (Figs. 44-48) Neuration, anterior as in P. diqua, posterior as in P. delaca. GENITALIA, g. Distal margin of the eighth tergite widely and deeply excised to show the rounded distal margin of the ninth segment in the excision ; the margin is strongly fringed, dentate and pigmented. The sternite is only slightly produced beyond the tergite and bears on each lateral margin a very long spine directed distally and sparsely fringed towards the apex ; the distal margin of the segment is not excised but merely slightly concave. Ninth segment partly withdrawn within the eighth to leave just the apical margin above and beneath visible, the upper showing as a blunt knob, the lower as a stout, upwardly directed hook. Intermediate appendages with the terminal joint produced from a broad, stout base in a pair of strongly chitinized, superimposed, sinuous spines, the upper the shorter; basal 332 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE | Fics. 49-53. Protoptila delaca, 3. 49, Genitalia, lateral; 50, genitalia, dorsal ; 51, genitalia and apex of intermediate appendage, ventral; 52, penis, lateral ; 53, penis, ventral. THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 333 joint of the appendage obscure. Penis with a membranous apex containing a hooked spine arising from its under surface; from above and beneath, the penis widens to an excised apex. Lower penis-cover as shown in the figure. Penis- sheaths wanting. Length of anterior wing, J, about 2°5 mm. (wing broken at base). Mexico: Chiapas, Jonata, 2.xi.1932, I 4 (microscope preparation). Protoptila delaca sp. n. (Figs. 5, 49-53) Neuration, posterior wing as figured, anterior as in P. liqua. GENITALIA, g. Distal margin of the eighth tergite rounded and serrate, fringed with long, stiff hairs. Sternite cleft, forming a wide, deep excision, base rounded, the sides of the excision with truncate apices, of which the outer angles are produced in three or four long, pointed fingers or teeth of varying length. From the side it may be seen that the lowest of these dentate processes is separated from the others by a rounded excision. Ninth segment with the dorsal margin withdrawn into the eighth, ventral margin from beneath appearing in the excision of the eighth as a stout, blackened, bifurcate structure, the apices of the forks obliquely truncate. Intermediate appendages two-jointed, curling down and under the penis; basal joint broad from above, rather long and narrow from the side ; terminal joint with a rounded outer lobe and an inner, in-turned spur extending nearly half-way across the penis ; a second small spur between this spur and the rounded lobe can be made out in a balsam preparation. Penis from above with the apex dilated in two pairs of superimposed lobes, the upper the smaller ; arising from the margin of the lower is a pair of corkscrew spines, the apices directed outwards ; from beneath is seen a short central spine directed distally. Lower penis-cover as shown in the figures. Penis-sheaths wanting. Length of anterior wing, ¢, 3°5 mm. Mexico: Vera Cruz, Cardel, 3.viii.1932, I g (microscope preparation). Protoptila lorada sp. n. (Figs. 54-58) Neuration, anterior wing as in P. liqua, posterior as in P. cardela. GENITALIA, 3. Eighth tergite with the distal margin straight and slightly dentate ; the margin of the sternite with a narrow, rounded and not very deep excision, near which it is produced in a pair of shortish and very acute projections or spurs. Ninth segment entirely withdrawn into the eighth ; in a cleared preparation, the dorsal margin is undulating, ventral produced at its centre and shallowly excised at the centre of the produced portion. Intermediate appendages two-jointed, basal joint somewhat rectangular, apical joint bearing three sinuous spines of which the upper is the longest and, from the side, rather widely separated from the two lower. Penis with a membranous, excised apex, armed on its lower surface, as seen from the side, 334 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE with three stout spines, of which the most distal is considerably curved, the central longer and nearly straight, the basal short and beak-like. Structures towards the base, including two more hooked processes, probably form part of the lower penis-cover. Penis-sheaths wanting. ‘ ‘ ‘ ' ‘ ‘ ‘ \ Fics. 54-58. Protoptila lovada, 3. 54, Genitalia, lateral; 55, genitalia, dorsal ; 56, genitalia, ventral ; 57, penis, lateral; 58, penis, ventral. THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 335 Length of anterior wing, 3g, 2°25 mm. Mexico: Guerrera, Tierra Colorada, 18.xii.1929. Type, 3, mounted as a microscope preparation. 61 Fics. 59-63. Protoptila cardela, 3. 59, Genitalia, lateral; 60, genitalia, dorsal ; 61, genitalia, ventral ; 62, penis, lateral ; 63, penis, ventral. 336 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE Protoptila cardela sp. n. (Figs. 4, 59-63) Neuration, posterior wing as figured, anterior as in P. liqua. GENITALIA, g. Ninth segment only visible as a small ventral hook, the remainder being completely withdrawn into the eighth. The dorsal margin of the latter is straight, fringed with very long hairs; from beneath it is deeply excised to leave prominent outer angles separated by a deep, round-based excision. From the side the distal margin is obliquely truncate, the extreme distal angle appearing consider- ably above the hooked termination of the ninth segment. Intermediate appendages unusual in construction, apparently single-jointed, with a broad base, lateral outer angle produced in a very long, sinuous spine. Penis from above broad and rectan- gular, upper surface with the apex excised, lower surface projecting beyond it ; imbedded in the membranous apex is a sinuous spine arising form a broad base. Other structures of the penis, possibly a complicated form of lower penis-cover, as shown in the figures. Penis-sheaths wanting. Length of anterior wing, g, 2°75 mm. Mexico: Vera Cruz, Cardel, 3.viii.1932, I ¢ (microscope preparation). A very unusual form of Protoptila, with no apparent penis-sheaths and a single- jointed intermediate appendage. Culoptila gen. n. (Figs. 64-66) This genus has so far only been recorded from Mexico. Its most striking feature is the development of the tegulae, which are enlarged in the male from mere plates to huge caps, containing at their bases concertina-shaped structures which probably function as scent-organs. Whilst such structures are generally extensile or ever- sible, I believe that in Culoptila the organ is fixed as in the shape shown in the figure. The material at my disposal is plentiful and in the large number of examples passed through KOH, there is no sign of any expansion or extension of the structures. As may be seen in the figures, the edges of the folds are armed with bristles. Culoptila may also be distinguished from Protoptila and other genera in the group by the neuration and characters of the genitalia. In the anterior wing, forks nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 are present, fork no. 4 being absent in Protoptila and other allied genera. As with these allied genera, there is a short row of stiff bristles arising from the posterior edge of Cu,, which is considerably thickened. In the posterior wing the neuration is variable and possibly even occasionally aberrant, as is shown in the figures of C. aluca. Ocelli present. Spurs 0,4, 4. There is always a prolongation of the upper distal margin of the ninth seg- ment covering a pair of in-turned hooks of varying shape. There is a large, shield- shaped upper penis-cover. The penis is very obscure ; there are, in every species, two black spines of unequal length and the presence of an apparent duct at the base of one of them suggests that these may be penis and sheath. The structure which —— THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 337 I have doubtfully termed the lower penis-cover is in all species bifurcate, and in cleared examples is seen, in the side view, to be connected far back in the fifth seg- ment with the upper penis-cover. The ventral process of the sixth sternite is peculiar in shape in all species and from the side is seen as a rounded or oval lobe attached to the sternite by a short stem. Fics. 64-66. 64, Head and thorax of Culoptila aluca, 3, dorsal ; 65, tegula of C. aluca, 3, showing scent-organ ; 66, head and thorax of Allotrichia pallicornis Eaton. Type species, Culoptila aluca sp. n. Culoptila aluca sp. n. (Figs. 67-69) Insect brownish, neuration as figured. GENITALIA, g. Ninth dorsal segment produced. Beyond it there is a large dorsal plate which, from above, entirely obscures the genitalia. Arising from its underside, near the base, is a down-turned process terminating in a bifurcate apex, outer fork long and down-curved, inner rounded, armed at its apex with a few bristles. 338 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE There is a very large, shield-shaped upper penis-cover and a pair of asymmetric spines, the longer of which may be the penis, the shorter its sheath. At the centre of the margin of the eighth sternite is a process which may be the lower penis-cover, with outer wings and a central plate bearing, on each side, a blunt projection of its apical margin, armed with a pair of bristles. Inferior appendages (?) short, slightly curved. Length of anterior wing, J, 2 mm. MExico : Guerrera, Cocula, 28 .iii. 1935, Tierra Colorada, 18.xii.1929 ; Michoacan, Caracuaro, I197 m., 24-29.iv, 3-5.V.1935, Nocupetaro, 9.v.1935 ; Huetamo, 8. vii. 1935. Type, 3 (microscope preparation), Caracuaro, 24-29.iv.1935. aes = SSS Fics. 67—67a. Culoptila aluca, $. Wings; 67a, apex of posterior wing of another example. Culoptila amberia sp. n. (Figs. 70-72) Anterior wing as figured, both posterior wings too incomplete for description. GENITALIA, g. Ninth segment extending downwards only slightly below the pleurite of the eighth. Dorsal plate produced, apex truncate, directed downward in side view ; from its underside arises a pair of stout, in-curving hooks with their sub-acute apices nearly meeting. Upper penis-cover from beneath wide at the base, becoming somewhat abruptly sub-acute at the apex, the formation of the structure obscure ; from the side it is broad, with a truncate apex and there are indications that it may consist of two structures superimposed. Penis and sheath in the form of two blackened spines, the longer being probably the penis. Inferior appendages invisible except in cleared material ; they lie above what I suppose to be the lower penis-cover and are short and sinuous, curving slightly outward as seen from beneath. Lower penis-cover consisting of a pair of large arms separated from each other by a wide, rounded excision, each apex armed with one or two stout bristles. Length of anterior wing, ¢, 2°75 mm. Mexico: Liquidamber, 19.iii.1931, I ¢ (microscope preparation). a i a a THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 339 Fics. 68-69. Culoptila aluca, 3. 68, Genitalia, lateral; 69, genitalia, ventral. 340 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 70 Fic. 70. Culoptila amberia, 3. Anterior wing. ea TI ill] ull é sails er a es —X ity: T2 Fics. 71-72. Culoptila amberia, 3. 71, Genitalia, lateral; 72, genitalia, ventral. THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 341 Culoptila rusia sp. n. (Figs. 73-74) Insect brownish, neuration as in C. aluca. GENITALIA, g. Dorsal plate much produced and very narrow at the sub-acute apex, which is directed slightly downward ; at the base, on the underside, are two large, in-curving hooks or processes with blackened apices, sinuous from the side. Fics. 73-74. Culoptila rusia, 3. 73, Genitalia, lateral; 74, genitalia, ventral. Upper penis-cover shield-shaped, apex sub-acute, from the side with the lower margin produced downward in a large triangular flap, apex produced and acute. Penis and sheath in the form of two blackened spines, the shorter being probably 342 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE the penis. Inferior appendages short, curving downward. Lower penis-cover with a pair of widely divergent, lateral arms and a quadrate plate dimly seen beneath it. Length of anterior wing, 3, 2 mm. Mexico: La Prusia, 1075 m., 25.iii.1931 ; Belisario, Dominguez (San Geronimo), Chiapas, 6.v.1935. (The place is situated near the swift-running Huixtla River, with cataracts and waterfalls.) Type, 3 (microscope preparation), La Prusia, 25.ili. 1931. Culoptila saltena sp. n. (Figs. 75-76) Neuration as in C. aluca. GENITALIA, g. Ninth segment produced dorsally, slightly shallower than the eighth, lower distal margin terminating in a rounded knob as seen from the side. There is a dorsal plate which, from beneath, is seen to bear on the under surface two in-turned claws enclosing an oval space. Apical margin of the plate arises from a narrowish stem, broadened towards the distal, truncate margin, of which the upper angle is produced in a sharp spur, lower forming an inwardly directed hook. Upper penis-cover shield-shaped as in C. aluca. There are two black, asymmetric spines, of which the longer is probably the penis. Inferior appendages short and curved. Lower penis-cover broad, with divergent, narrow, triangular, lateral arms, apices notched from the side; behind it a quadrate plate whose excised distal margin appears between the arms. Length of anterior wing, ¢, 2mm. Mexico: Huixtla, 21.xi.1930; Saltenango de la Paz, 15.iii.1931; Morelos, Cuernovaca, 1542 m., southern slopes of the Central Tableland, many brooks in deep-cut valleys, 8-I1.vi.1932. Type, 3 (microscope preparation), Huixtla, 21.xi.1930. Mexitrichia meralda sp. n. (Figs. 77-79) Insect very similar in general appearance and neuration to M. leroda Mosely. GENITALIA, §. To the margin of the ninth dorsal segment is jointed a large plate, probably fused superior appendages, with a rounded excision of the distal margin, the outer angles produced, blackened and incurved like a pair of horns. From the side the plate is wide at the base, with a sinuous lower margin, the upper being straight until it approaches the apex, where it is abruptly bent downward ; the apex of the plate terminates in a blackened, distally and slightly downwardly directed beak. Upper penis-cover long, spine-like, straight from above, curving slightly upwards from the side, with a slightly thickened base. Penis broad and fleshy, not exserted in the type as is shown in leroda; the two terminal black spines, so conspicuous in Jevoda, are doubtfully shown in meralda and appear to be directed ; ; ; THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 343 basally. Sheaths long, somewhat ribbon-shaped. Lower penis-cover from below with two outstanding wings as in leroda, and a very long, twisted spine arising from the centre and extending beyond the penis ; the surface is covered throughout its length with a few small teeth. Fics. 75-76. Culoptila saltena, 3. 75, Genitalia, lateral ; 76, genitalia, ventral. Length of anterior wing, J, 3 mm. Mexico: Huixtla, 21.xi.1930; Esmeralda, 545 m., I9.xi.1930; Morelos, 344 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 7, 21.iv.1932; Montecristo de Guerrero, I1.iii.1931; Michoacan, Caracuaro, 25.1V.1935. Type, $ (microscope preparation), Huixtla, 21.xi.1930. yuppie IZZZZZAZ, Zs —— ly Wl Fics. 77-79. Mexitrichia meralda, 3. 77, Genitalia, lateral; 78, genitalia, dorsal ; 79, genitalia, ventral. THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 345 Mexitrichia rancura sp. n. (Figs. 80-86) Insect brown. In the neuration there are slight differences between vancura and the type species Jeroda as shown in the figure. GENITALIA, g. Dorsal margin of the ninth segment widely excised as in leroda. Beyond it is jointed a large plate, apical margin above produced at its centre in an acute triangle, sides bent downward, with acute, blackened apices which, from the side, appear as a beak-like hook directed downward ; from this aspect, the produced centre of the plate appears as a large, distally directed beak. Upper penis-cover long, from the side sinuous, from above broadened before the apex. Penis very broad, roughly oblong from the side, from beneath strongly constricted at the middle, ee —— ——— a SS Se 80 Fic. 80. Mexitrichia rancura, 3. Wings. tapering from a broad base ; arising towards its apex is a pair of laterally outstretched, short, curved horns, densely covered with minute setae. There are two sinuous and strongly chitinized spines, shaped like staples, back to back on each side of the penis. These may be penis-sheaths ; their attachment to the penis and lower _ penis-cover is very obscure. Lower penis-cover with outstretched wings as in the _ other species of the genus, but with no apparent central spine in the single example available. Length of anterior wing, 3, 4 mm. Mexico: Barranca Honda, 24.ii.1931, I ¢ (microscope preparation). In the figures of the species, I have included certain structures apparently connected _ with the penis and the lower penis-cover. These structures are very obscure as _ to their attachments. They appear also in meralda, but as in this species they are _ €ven more obscure, I have omitted to figure them or to refer to them in the descrip- tion of either species. I believe that homologous structures, equally obscure, occur also in the genera Protoptila and Culoptila. It is perhaps beyond the scope of this purely taxonomic paper to deal with these anatomical features. 346 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE — "4S y Fics. 81-86. Mexitrichia vancura, 3. 81, Genitalia, lateral; 82, genitalia, dorsal; 83, aN genitalia, ventral ; 84, lateral portion of dorsal plate, ventral ; 85, penis with its upper and lower covers, lateral; 86, penis with upper and lower covers, ventral. a s=-NTED “PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY 4 ° ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED, BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. i LO. ta i Le | | \eeaives =) 9. s G {- ; ae im PREwSEMA ED 358 (d) Legs : : ; : i : , ‘ . 360 (e) Abdomen j ; ; , : : F « <361 (f) Male genitalia . : : : ‘ ‘ ; . 1362 (3) Zoogeography . ; ; : : ; Goe4 (4) Plate and key for identification of adults , : , s 2390 (5) Interspecific relationships. : ; : ; , J. F385 (6) Immature stages ; : : ; : : : . 386 III, EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF VARIATION IN Aedes pseudoscutellaris (THEOBALD) : ‘ ; : ; ‘ : ‘ > 4369 (r) Introductory : i : F : : ‘ ; . +387 (2) Material . ; : ‘ : : : : : . 388 (3) Methods. ; . : : : ; : , . 389 (a) Rearing . , ‘ : ; E ; : . 389 (6) Sampling . : ; ‘ : ‘ : a> 6800: (c) Examination of specimens ‘ : : : : 2 ‘307 (2) Variation of larval environment . . : , “4392 (4) Results : , a” -2395 2 (a) Tables III and Iv: Length of wing aud of hind femur - 395 ¥ (b) Table V: Pale scales under the proboscis. : - 396 z (c) Table VI: Scutal pattern 397 . (a2) Table VII: White scales on either side of ihe prescutellar bare area . 398 (e) Table VIII: White basal patties: on fore and mid taréi . 399 (f) Tables IX and X: Extent of white anterior streak and ventral dark line on the hind femur ; 400 (g) Tables XI-XVIII: The bands on the hind tarsal segments 401 (h) Table XIX : Distance between lateral patches on tergites Vand VI. é - 407 (*) Table XX: Specialized setae on the basal lobe ; - 408 ENTOM. III, ro. 25 + ; am oeiell “ie ri i 350 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP PAGE (5) Summary of experimental results . : . é ; : 60g (6) Conclusions ; , d . : : ; ; /:) hh IV. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS . : : ‘ ‘ . i : - 410 V. BIBLIOGRAPHY . ‘ ‘ ; 6 . ‘ : ; Rie <3 SYNOPSIS Eighteen described and three undescribed members of the Aedes scutellaris subgroup are recognized from the Australasian region and eastern part of the Oriental region. The systematic status accorded to members is reviewed, the diagnostic specific characters critically examined, and the geographical distribution of the subgroup illustrated and discussed. An original pictorial chart for identification of members of the subgroup indicates also the geographical distribution of various taxonomic characters, the implications of which are con- sidered. The general trend is from west to east but one character shows a north-south distri- bution. A key to adults is provided for use with the chart, and the inadequate state of present knowledge of immature stages is briefly indicated. Source and experimental methods of rearing a colony of Aedes pseudoscutellavis Theobald are described. Results are tabulated of a biometrical study of twenty-eight characters, in five series of pseudoscutellaris adults bred from larvae whose environment had been subjected to controlled variation of either temperature or salinity, and in one series of adults from different stock, also bred in controlled conditions. The records are analyzed and their implications discussed. The results support the specific status accorded to members of the scutellavis subgroup, in | that the observed range of experimental variation is not generally of the same magnitude as interspecific differences in the same character. Lack of variation in the basal lobe of the male coxite is evidence of its value in defining species. Two characters should probably be used with caution for delimiting species, since pseudoscutellaris can exhibit both extremes of their development. A complete interruption to the white bands on hind tarsal segments II-IV can be produced by low temperatures of larval environment. Presence or absence of a white streak under the proboscis may be due to differences in hereditary constitution, though larval environment also has some effect. I. INTRODUCTION In recent years, many closely related mosquitoes which were, or would have been, — regarded by earlier workers as varieties or subspecies, have been given full specific status. This is partly due to more adequate material being available for study, but in certain well-investigated groups, biological studies have suggested or proved — the distinctness of the forms concerned, where morphological differences are slight or obscure. At the same time, cross-breding experiments have shown a few forms to be no more than subspecies. The classical example is the Anopheles maculipennis complex in Europe; others are the Anopheles maculipennis complex in North America and the Anopheles gambiae complex in Africa. Culicine mosquitoes have not received the same attention as Anophelines, but the Culex pipiens complex is now being widely studied. All the foregoing groups of mosquitoes have a continental distribution. Where the members of a complex are geographic races, largely confined to different island groups, there might appear to be a strong case for regarding some, at least, of them as subspecies. Such a complex is the Aedes scutellaris subgroup, widely distributed in the Australasian region and the eastern part of the Oriental region. Of the . A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 351 eighteen described members of the subgroup, seventeen have been treated by recent authors as full species ; cross-breeding experiments have involved only four members, one of which, as a result, is regarded as a subspecies. There is a little evidence indicating biological differences between sympatric members of the subgroup, but no intensive research on the subject has been made. In many cases quite small morphological differences are used to separate the species. Huxley (1942) described variation as “... a study of the differences between organisms. On analysis, these differences may turn out to be due to differences in _ environment ... or ... to differences in hereditary constitution ... or ... toa simultaneous difference both in environment and in constitution ... The important fact is that only experiment can decide between the two.’’ Simpson (1944) pointed out that “... no morphological character is inherited as such. What is inherited is a complex of potentialities for development, and the ultimate morphological _ expression of the same hereditary characters may differ markedly.” It appeared that some light might be shed on the systematic status of members _ of the scutellaris subgroup by a study of the amount of variation that could be induced in one member by controlled variation of the environment. Comparison of specimens from different stocks of the same species, reared in identical conditions, _ might indicate differences due to hereditary constitution. At the same time, the _ reliability of certain taxonomic characters could be tested. In order to evaluate _ the results of the experimental work, it was first necessary to review the scutellaris _ subgroup as a whole, and to examine the characters in use for distinguishing the species. In addition to laboratory-reared material, these studies are based on the examina- tion of numerous specimens in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History), London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu (E. C. Zimmerman collection), and University of Queensland, and on notes on specimens in the U.S. National Museum made by Dr. Alan Stone. Il. REVIEW OF THE SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP (1) General Survey The subgenus Stegomyia Theobald of genus Aedes Meigen is practically confined to the tropical and subtropical regions of the old world, chiefly the Ethiopian, Oriental and Australasian regions. Aedes (Stegomyia) aegypti Linn. has spread to _the new world by man’s agency. A group of species within the subgenus Stegomyia is known as the scutellaris group. Its exact limits have been differently interpreted. Edwards (1932) divided the subgenus Stegomyia into four groups. In what he termed ‘“ Group C (scutellaris group) ’’ he included ten species from the Oriental and Australasian regions, Crete and Africa. Three of these were known from the Australasian region, A. (S.) albolineatus (Theobald), A. (S.) albopictus (Skuse) and A. (S.) scutellaris (Walker) (of which he listed five varieties). The albolineatus-complex, removed from Group C by Knight & Rozeboom (1946), was named Group E (albolineatus group) by Knight & Hurlbut (1949). The latter 352 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP authors divided Group C, thus modified, into three subgroups, viz.: Subgroup I, scutellaris s.str. Subgroup II, albopictus, and Subgroup III, mediopunctatus. The term “‘ the scutellaris group ’”’ as used by Farner & Bohart (1945) and more recent — authors has, in fact, referred to practically the same complex of species as Knight — & Hurlbut’s Subgroup I. | The scutellaris subgroup of the present paper is synonymous with Knight & ~ Hurlbut’s Subgroup I, which the authors define as follows: “‘ Characterized by having the more mesal portions of the abdominal tergal markings sub-basal. In — addition, post-spiracular scales are lacking, the scutal longitudinal median line is — relatively slender, and the pleural scale patches are arranged in two rather well- defined longitudinal bands (not true of gurneyi, however.)” The following list of the species included by Knight & Hurlbut under their defini- tion, with the addition of one species and one subspecies since described is arranged in chronological order of the date of publication of the names (as either varietal or — specific). The original designation is given in parenthesis. . scutellaris Walker, 1859 (Culex scutellaris). . pseudoscutellaris®? Theobald, 1910 (Stegomyia pseudoscutellaris). . tongae Edwards, 1926 (Aedes variegatus var. tongae). . andrewsi Edwards, 1926 (Aedes variegatus var. andrews). mn bh WwW DN HA . alorensis Bonne-Wepster & Brug, 1932 (Aedes (Stegomyia) variegatus var. alorensts). . horrescens Edwards, 1935 (Aedes (Stegomyia) scutellaris var. horrescens). . gurneyt Stone & R. Bohart, 1944 (Aedes (Stegomyia) gurneyt). . marshallensis Stone & R. Bohart, 1944 (Aedes (Stegomyia) marshallensis). Oo CON OD . guamensis Farner & R. Bohart, 1944 (Aedes (Stegomyia) guamensis). 10. pernotatus Farner & R. Bohart, 1944 (Aedes (Stegomyia) pernotatus). 11. quasiscutellaris Farner & R. Bohart, 1944 (Aedes (Stegomyia) quasiscutel- laris). 12. hensilli Farner, 1945 (Aedes (Stegomyia) hensillt). 13. paullusi Stone & Farner, 1945 (Aedes (Stegomyia) paullust). 14. riversi R. Bohart & Ingram, 1946 (Aedes (Stegomyia) riverst). 15. scutoscriptus R. Bohart & Ingram, 1946 (Aedes (Stegomyia) scutoscriptus). 16. hakanssoni Knight & Hurlbut, 1949 (Aedes (Stegomyia) hakanssont). 17. scutellaris katherinensis Woodhill, 1949 (Aedes scutellaris katherinensis). 18. polynesiensis Marks, 1951 (Aedes (Stegomyia) polynesiensis). 1A. (S.) gurneyi is often placed with albopictus ; scutoscriptus is also aberrant. Stone & Farner (1945) found A. (S.) galloisi Yamada difficult to place, from the description, and omitted it from their key ; Knight & Hurlbut (1949) place it in Subgroup II, albopictus. ; 2 Marks (1951) demonstrated that two species had previously been confused under the name “‘ pseudo- _ scutellaris.”” In this paper ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris ”’ is used for authors’ references which do not discriminate — between the two forms. Where the identity of the form is beyond doubt it is referred to under the appropriate name pseudoscutellaris or polynesiensis, A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 353 In addition there are three other forms known but not named.!' The form of A. (S.) scutellaris described from Andaman Is. by Barraud (1928, 1934) is recognized by recent authors as probably distinct, and from my own observations of specimens I feel satisfied that this is so. Edwards (1929) noted a form from Rotuma I., north of Fiji, which differed in certain aspects from “‘ pseudoscutellaris.” I have seen this also and it appears to represent a distinct race. Both these forms await review when more adequate material is available. Bohart & Ingram (1946b) gave some details of “Aedes sp. in scutellaris group ”’ from Palau Group, Caroline Islands, and Dr. Alan Stone (im litt.) considers it is a valid species. He has sent me additional particulars of it which confirm his finding. ' The scutellaris subgroup is equivalent to a “species group”’ of Zeuner (1943), or to a “‘ superspecies ’’ of Mayr (1942), if the latter concept were modified, as seems reasonable, to include groups of species which are mainly allopatric but in which the ranges of a few species overlap.” Mattingly (1953) considers that A. (S.) granti (Theobald), which Knight & Hurlbut (1949) placed in Group C, Subgroup IIl—albopictus, belongs to the scutellaris sub- group, which it resembles in pleural markings. Mattingly uses the presence of an extra stripe of pale scales between the dorsal border of the sternopleuron and the lower edge of the posterior pronotum to link granti with hakanssoni and scutoscriptus, and to distinguish them from “ more typical members of the group.’”’ However, a similar stripe may occur in scutellaris, in pseudoscutellaris and, reduced in length, _ in polynesiensis. It is most likely to be seen in large unrubbed specimens and might well be found in other species if suitable series were available. Descriptions indicate that granti differs from all the species here included in the scutellaris subgroup in _ markings of proboscis, female palps, wings, legs, scutellum and abdominal tergites _ (which have the white bands basal medially). While some species of the subgroup do not conform in certain characters with the general pattern, there is an overall _ strong indication of close relationship. In my opinion, inclusion of grant: would destroy the homogeneity of the subgroup, which could no longer be regarded as _ representing a superspecies, whereas, if grant: were placed by itself in a separate subgroup of Group C, the affinities with the scutellaris subgroup indicated by the pleural pattern would not be obscured. __ The full synonymy of the various species of the scutellaris subgroup, first dealt with by Edwards (1917), has been fully covered in recent papers on the group (1944 onwards), and finally cleared up by the examination of a topotypic male of Aedes scutellaris (Walker). by Stone (1947). In references to earlier papers, species are _ treated here under the names by which they are at present recognized. Table I records the treatment which species described before 1940 have received ¢ , 1 Since this paper went to press, Dr. R. M. Bohart has informed me of a fourth undescribed species from Korror I., in the Palau Group, and has very kindly supplied details which will enable it to be distinguished from others in the subgroup. Descriptions of the two species referred to here as Palau sp. and Korror sp. will be published by Dr. Bohart at an early date. In addition Mr. Mattingly informs me that he has recently examined a specimen of the scutellaris subgroup from the Maldive Is., a description of which isin the press. In the majority of characters, including the basal lobe of the male coxite, it closely resembles scutellaris scutellaris but it differs in having white scales on the under side of the proboscis. * The concept has recently been so modified (Mayr et al., 1953, p. 29), A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 354 SOIJOLIe A, = SISUGAO]D "TVA snqosatava — (s)"'F — ISMAAPUD “IVA ISMaApUY “IEA 1SMIAPUD “TEA $1401] 34NIS SNIVSarAVAA snvsarava (Ss) (‘S) °V (S) °F avsuoy aDSU0] “IBA, avsuol “eA “IBA $1401191NIS snjvsarava snjvgaravn (Ss) ‘F (‘S) °V (‘S) °F $140]194NIS $1409113]NIS stapyjagnasopnasd -opnasd *Ava -opnas¢ “40a "IBA $14b1]94NIS snjvsarsvn sngogaravn (Ss) Vv (‘S) ‘Vv (Ss) °F snapiaqay “Tes snapiaqgay *IeA snapiaqay "Tea $140]]9{NIS snjpsarava snjvsarava (Ss) °F (S$) °F (Ss) ‘Vv 4 4 $140]191NIS snqosarsvn snvsarava (‘s)°V (Ss) Vv (Ss) °F (z€6r) (z£61) 8n1g pue (9z61) spieMpy Ioqysdo jy -ouuo0g sprempy snvsarava (vidwmosas) sapar (¥z61) spremMpy DIDSIIADA viwmosas (2161) sprempy ov6r asofaqg paqusssap qnossqnsS stIe[[aynos ay7 fo ssaquayy papsoorp snjvjs swmouoxvy fo sisdoudS—] AIAVL $141] 9{NIS -opnas¢ vidmMmosas (0161) (‘uury uddsev (S) v=) (‘1qe.q) vpv19snf wikmosas jo*‘ukS ° $1401] 9NIS viAMmosas ' (1061) PIeqooygL * SUAISAAAO TT : * sisuasop . . isMmadpupy avsuo * suampjajnasopnasd gz61 ‘sprempy snapiaqay “IeA snyvsatava sapay TOQI “JOMTeM sadypuoz xany gSgi ‘(yueryIS gau) [Teyosefoq, SNQDSAIAVA KAINI ’ * stAnqjajnag sutAuouAs pur sersedg 355 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP SOTOLIV A, SUAISAAAOY “TCA setoeds soroodsqns SUBISAAAOY SUdISAAAOY SUIISAAAOY ot ee (S) °7 (S)"P —— stanjqaqnas ("S) “V $18U94010 = = (s)'V = = 1SMAAPUD = = 4 = = $1401]94NIS (Ss) °F (2+61) auoj}s avsuo) _ avsuo, (*S) "Pf anauoz (‘S) "Pp stawpqagnas (‘S) °F $1AD119]NIS S1AD119{NIS siavyainos — stawpjagnasopnasd -opnas¢ (*S) *W -opnasd (‘S) *v -opnasd (‘S) "VY stanpqaqnos ("S) *¥ snapiaqay (S) °F snapiaqay sadupuoz | snapisqay s14vjjagnas (*S) “¥ (S)°V (‘S) °F $1401] 21NIS $1401191NIS a CS 4 mae stapjjaqnes ("S) “¥ (oh61) wessuy (Sh61) 10uIeq (Sb61)y1eyYoq (Fh61) yreYOd » Y peyog 3 su0j}g 9 I9sUIeY yreyog ‘Wysuyy $1401] 3{NIS CS) °F — ; SIsMaso]M "IVA $1401] 34NIS — (‘S) °F : ISMIAAPUD “IBA, StAD1]4NIS — Cs) -F i avsuo} “IVA $1401191NIS = (‘S) °F : siawyjagnosopnasgd “IGA $1401191NIS — (‘S)°V ; snapraqay “eA $1401191NIS = (‘S) °F : S141] 4NIS = ee Seo (S€61) (h€6r) spreMpy pneleg : SUIIS9AAO FT ‘ S1SUado] : 1sMmaApu avsUu0 I s1appjanasopnasg gz61 ‘sprempy snapraqgay "rea snqyogarava sapay TOgI “IOXTeEM saqdypuoz xajny gSgr ‘(yueIyIS Jaw) TTeEYoseTOC, SNIDEILADA KINI : S140114NIS sutAuouds pur sorsedg 356 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP from those authors responsible for changes in nomenclature or systematic status. Forms described since 1940 have suffered no change in the status ascribed to them by their original authors. The first recognition of the scutellaris subgroup as such (i.e., that A. scutellaris as then recognized comprised a complex of closely related forms was by Edwards (1926), prompted by Buxton & Hopkins who had observed constant differences between the anal gills of larvae from Samoa and from the New Hebrides. He found that “there are at least five distinct varieties distinguishable by small differences of colour and also by the male hypopygium, especially in the form of the basal lobe of the sidepiece. The characters are fairly well defined, but are perhaps best treated as varietal rather than specific, especially as their significance appears to be mainly geographical.” Barraud (1928), Edwards (1929) and Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) gave details of forms from Andaman Is., Rotuma I. and Taroena (= paullusi) respectively which differed from those already described but did not give them varietal names; the last authors, however, described a sixth variety, alorensis. Following Edwards, varietal status was ascribed to the named forms until Knight, Bohart & Bohart (1944) listed them as subspecies, without comment on the change. Farner & Bohart (1945) on the basis of male genitalia differences, regarded the known Australasian members of the scutellaris subgroup as separate and distinct species occupying similar ecologic niches. The occurrence of more than one from the same area lent support to their contention. Farner (1945) observed, in describing hensilli, that it was possibly a subspecies of guamensis but until further material was available and in view of the differences in tarsal and abdominal banding it seemed best to regard it as specifically distinct from guamensis. Since 1944, most authors have described new forms as full species without comment on their status. The exception is scutellaris katherinensis to which Woodhill (1949a) gave subspecific rank on the grounds of its ability to hybridize with scutellaris scutel- laris. The description in recent years of many new forms in the scutellaris subgroup reflects an increase in the quantity and quality of collections, and the examination of males from localities whence only females were known before. Additional characters have been brought into use for identifying the different species but it cannot be said that the recognition of the various forms as full species is due to the discovery of new and more significant characters. They are still distinguished from one another chiefly by differences previously in use for separating those forms recognized as varieties. It is the significance placed on these characters by taxono- mists that has altered. The treatment of the different forms (except s. katherinensis) as full species is now general, and will probably remain so unless it can be proved incorrect. Not all culicidologists are convinced that this treatment is in all cases justified, and where forms replace one another geographically it may yet be possible to demonstrate that some are, in fact, only subspecies. Morphological differences between some species appear to be no greater than those between the subspecies s. scutellaris and A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 357 s. katherinensis. However, to quote Mayr (1942), “‘ Considerably more material must be examined in order to recognize subspecies, than is needed for the description of good species.” It may be, on the other hand, that, with further knowledge of geographical varia- tion, what is now recognized as a single monotypic species will be broken up into two or more subspecies. Bohart & Ingram (1946b), for instance, found that speci- mens of hensilli from Ulithi had the last tarsal segment usually about half white, whereas in Truk specimens it varied from two-thirds white to all white ; there was also a greater tendency for complete abdominal bands in Truk females. There may be some slight differences between tongae from Tonga and from Sikiana in degree of development of specialized setae on the basal lobe of the male coxite. I have seen a series of eight specimens of s. scutellaris from Admiralty Is., two of which are normal, four have a line of white scales on the anterolateral margin of the scutum, one has hind tarsal V with a dark patch at the tip, and one has hind tarsal bands reduced in width and segment V dark on the apical half. A male similar to the last and a normal male were reared from the same larval collection from Aneityum I., New Hebrides, by Dr. Marshall Laird. Male genitalia of the three types appear identical. These variations have not been recorded from elsewhere in the range of s. scutellaris. Male genitalia of the three types appear identical. The few hybridization experiments recorded, viz.: s. scutellaris x s. katherinensis (Woodhill, 19492), s. scutellaris and s. katherinensis < pseudoscutellaris + (Woodhill, 1950), and s. scutellaris x pernotatus (Perry, 1950), have only served to confirm the status already ascribed to the forms concerned.? Smith-White (1950) discussed the genetical significance of non-reciprocal fertility between s. scutellaris and s. katherin- ensis and suggested further lines of investigation. (2) Taxonomic Characters (a) General Doleschall (1858) and Walker (1859, 1861) made no comparison with other species in their descriptions, which all apply to s. scutellaris. Theobald (1901, 1903, 1907, I910a) included specimens of both albopictus and members of the scutellaris subgroup in his concept of scutellaris. When (1g10b) he described pseudoscutellaris he distinguished it by the characters in which it differs from what he called “‘ scutellaris’’, but we now know to have been albopictus, i.e., by the typical scutellaris subgroup pleural markings of white lines. He also observed the curving white lateral patches on the abdominal tergites. Edwards (1917) included several forms of the scutellaris subgroup, among them pseudoscutellarts, in one monotypic species and it was not until 1926 that he realized they represented a complex of distinct forms. 1 T have confirmed by examination of specimens the identity of Woodhill’s colony as pseudoscutellaris and not polynesiensis. : ® Woodhill (1954) has crossed pseudoscutellaris from Fiji with polynesiensis from Tahiti and obtained small numbers of fertile hybrids, showing that the two species are not genetically isolated, though they do not mate readily in laboratory conditions. This suggests that polynesiensis may be a subspecies of pseudoscutellaris. However, repetition of the experiment using Fijian polynesiensis and a study of the habits of the two forms, where they occur together in nature, would appear desirable in order to judge whether there are barriers to their natural hybridization, 358 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP The characters discussed here include all that have been found of importance by Edwards and later authors in identification of specimens of the scutellaris subgroup and some which have been suggested but are not in general use. A consideration of their occurrence and variability supplements the information given in Plate 1. They do not, however, include all characters which may be noted in descriptions. The first author to use a character is indicated. A name is put in inverted commas where it is obvious that an author was including more than one form under it. Colour differences have been noted in some cases. Not enough is known about factors causing differences in scale colour, but generally in mosquito taxonomy, such small differences as between white and creamy white or yellowish are of doubtful value. (b) Head Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) noted in the median white stripe on the vertex, a difference in the width towards the nape between “ scutellaris’’ and alorensis ; this character is not in general use. The same authors observed that Taroena specimens of “ scutellaris”’ (= paullusi) had a distinct white line under the proboscis ; this feature is now known to occur in a number of species, sometimes in the male only ; in some cases it appears to be very variable. Stone & Farner (1945) noted the white stripe in paullust males, but only a few pale scales under the female proboscis; I have seen a male of this species from Samar I. which lacks the white stripe. The following species have a white stripe : riverst 3, 2; quasiscutellaris 3, 2; tongae 3, 2 (Stone & Farner (1945) observed this in g, it is also present in all 99 I have seen) ; horrescens 3 (Q with some pale scales) ; pernotatus 3, 2 (but I have seen pernotatus gg in which it was lacking). It is present also but has not previously been noted in Andamans sp. 3, 9, and alorensis § ; and I have observed that there may be some pale scales under the pro- boscis in andrewst 3, scutoscriptus 3 (Dr. Alan Stone informs me (im litt.) that scuto- scriptus has a faint line of yellowish brown scales on the underside of the proboscis) and Rotuma sp. g. Bohart & Ingram (1946d) noted that the proboscis of “‘ pseudo- scutellaris’’ 3g sometimes has some pale scales beneath ; this was also observed by Marks (1951a) in “‘ pseudoscutellaris’’ (= polynesiensis) $$ and 99. Both sexes of pseudoscutellaris may have proboscis with a white stripe beneath, or entirely dark ; variation in this is shown in Table V. Stone & Bohart (1944) found that marshallensis had the white markings on the male and female palps considerably reduced ; this is the only species thus distin- guished. (c) Thorax Scutum. Edwards (1926) noted that the scales of the median stripe might be creamy rather than white. Bonne-Wepster & Brug observed that the stripe in alorensis was narrower than in “‘ scutellaris,”’ and Edwards (1935) that in horrescens it was broader than in “‘ pseudoscutellaris’’ but no measurements have been made A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 359 from comparable series of different species. Environmental conditions can affect this character in pseudoscutellaris.1 The median line often continues into a denfiite or faint fork on either side of the prescutellar bare area: Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) noted some whitish scales in this position in “ scutellaris,” a distinct fork occurs in hakanssoni and scutoscriptus, and I have observed it also in Andaman Is., form and in alorensis; Woodhill (1949a) found no fork in the great majority of specimens of s. katherinensis ; most authors refer to it only in general terms. Varia- tion of the amount of white scaling in this position in pseudoscutellaris is shown in Table VII. It may be a character of which more use could be made. Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) observed a narrow white line on the anterolateral margin of the scutum in Taroena specimens of “ scutellaris’’ (= paullust) ; Stone & Farner (1945) observed a similar line of fine yellowish scales in quasiscutellaris (not noted in the original description); scutoscriptus has a broad line in this position ; a narrow line occurs in hakanssoni, pseudoscutellaris, and in some specimens of s. scutellaris from Admiralty Is. In all except probably scutoscriptus these lines are variable and may be incomplete, particularly in females. In pseudoscutellaris they may be reduced to patches of scales on the scutal angles. Species which usually have the scutal angle dark scaled may sometimes have two or three pale scales in this position though this has not been recorded in descriptions. I have observed this in polynesiensis, andrewst, alorensis, guamensis, horrescens and Rotuma sp. The number of pale scales on the scutal angle is important in distinguishing between specimens of pseudoscutellaris and polynestensts and would possibly prove of use in other cases if details were available. The white scales above the wing root are usually all broad. In hakanssoni this is not specifically stated in the description and, in fact, I have observed that they are mainly narrow-curved. In scutoscriptus there are some narrow-curved scales in addition to the broad ones noted in the description. It is possible that they have been overlooked in other species also, and it is a character that is worth further investigation. Scutellum. The characteristic scaling of the scutellum in the scutellaris subgroup is white, with a small patch of black scales at the apex of the midlobe. Knight & Hurlbut (1949) found that hakanssoni has much more extensive black scaling. Gurneyt is described on differences from albopictus and by inference has all lobes entirely white scaled, but Dr. Stone informs me (7m /itt.) that there are a few dark scales at the tip of the midlobe in unrubbed specimens. Pleuron, Stone & Bohart (1944) observed that the white scales on the pleura of gurneyt 1Mr. P. F. Mattingly drew my attention to a character which Edwards found useful in separating African species of Stegomyia, viz., the presence of broad scales medially on the anterior margin of the scutum. A cursory examination of the experimental series of pseudoscutellaris showed that these scales might be present or absent and suggested that they are affected by environment though this was not thoroughly investigated. The character therefore does not appear a promising one for use in the scutellaris subgroup. 360 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP are arranged in patches rather than the straight lines characteristic of other members of the scutellaris subgroup (in this it resembles albopictus). The description of scutoscriptus indicates that only the upper pleural line is complete in this species. Specimens of some species have the upper and lower white patches on the mesepi- meron fused, in others they are separate ; usually no note of this is given. I have observed both conditions in pseudoscutellaris and it does not appear a promising diagnostic character, though it would need further investigation to be certain. Wings. These are dark scaled in all species. Wing length is often given as a measure of size but not as a diagnostic character. In some species a white spot occurs at the base of the costa; it has possibly been overlooked in others; it is a practically constant character in pseudoscutellaris. The ratio of the length of the fork cells to their stems, a character used in several culicine groups, is omitted from most descriptions. Halteres. The scaling of the halteres is not recorded for all species, but in most the knob appears to be mainly dark scaled, whereas in scutoscriptus Farner & Bohart (1946) observed it to be entirely pale scaled and in hakanssonz it is largely pale. (2) Legs Fore femur. Stone & Bohart (1944) noted the absence of a white apical spot on the fore femur of marshallensis but it apparently occurs in all other species. Mid femur. Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1937), who had a mixed collection of “ scutellaris,”’ observed that sometimes the mid femur had a thin longitudinal white stripe on the outer (= anterior) side. Stone & Farner (1945) noted this as one ol the diagnostic characters of paullusi ; Woodhill (1949a) found that it was a constant character by which s. katherinensis could be distinguished from s. scutellaris. I have found that a similar white stripe occurs in alorensis ; this had previously been over- looked. Of five adults of andrewsi examined, one female had an anterior line on the basal two-thirds of one femur; possibly this was an aberrant specimen, or else in this species the character may be variable. Fore and mid tibiae in some species have scattered pale scales posteriorly, but this has not been used as a diagnostic character. Fore and mid tarsi. Most species have white patches at the base of segments I and II on fore and mid tarsi. Edwards (1935) noted that horrescens had white scales more frequently on fore and mid tarsal III than did “‘ pseudoscutellaris”’ ; Farner & Bohart (1944) found that males of guamensis had the fore tarsus entirely dark and distinguished pernotatus by the presence of basal patches on III and sometimes IV and V; quasiscutellaris is similar to horrescens. I have observed that in andrewsi only fore and mid tarsal segment I has a basal white patch. The development of this character in pseudoscutellaris is shown in Table VIII. Hind femur. Edwards (1926) noted differences in the size of the white spot at the tip of the hind femur, but this is not a useful character. Bohart’ & Ingram (1946b) drew attention to two distinct types of pattern in the marking of the anterior surface of the hind femur; there is a longitudinal pale area which either forms a tapered white line (in most species), or trails off ventrally towards the tip rather A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 36t than tapering to a sharp point (in guamensis,' scutoscriptus, hakanssoni and sp. from Palau, also in some specimens of marshallensis (see p. 382)). I have observed an apparent difference between pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis in the distance from the base of the femur to the beginning of the dark ventral scaling, but the character needs further investigation. Hind tarsi. The white bands on the hind tarsi are one of the most important distinctive characters, and are usually measured in terms of the ratio of the length of the band to the total length of the segments ; most species have V entirely white. Edwards (1926) observed differences in the widths of the bands and gave ratios for segment IV. Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) observed that in “ scutellaris”’ the band on I was incomplete (i.e., interrupted by dark scales beneath) and gave ratios for the bands on II-IV, noting that Taroena specimens (= paullusi) had wider bands on IV. Stone & Bohart (1944) found marshallensis had V dark on the apical half or more ; hakanssoni is similar ; in hensilli the character shows geographical variation, Ulithi specimens have the apical half dark, whereas in Truk specimens not more than one-third is dark and the segment may be all white. Two specimens of s. scutellaris (one from Admiralty Is. ; one from Aneityum I., New Hebrides) have been seen with apical half of V dark and bands on other segments reduced. Farner & Bohart (1944) observed that guamensis had the white bands completely interrupted by dark scales on the inner side. Stone & Farner (1945) noted that andrews? had the bands on IV interrupted on the dorsal surface, but this appears to be variable and I have seen two females with the band quite complete. The majority of species have the band on I interrupted beneath though it is recorded as complete in a few and not noted in others. It was complete in specimens of _alorensis and Andamans sp. examined. In some species the extent to which the remaining bands are interrupted has been found to be quite variable. Tongae was _ previously recorded as having complete bands on II-IV, but I have seen one specimen from Tonga with I-V, another with IV and V, and one from Sikiana with IV completely interrupted. Complete bands are also recorded for pernotatus but a specimen from Aneityum I., New Hebrides, has the bands on I-IV completely interrupted beneath. Variation in this character in pseudoscutellaris is shown in Tables XIII-XVIII. Farner (1945) gave measurements of the inner as well as the outer lengths of the white bands in hensilli. Stone & Farner (1945) reversed the usual convention by giving the width of the dark band on segment IV at its 5 q | widest dimension, but no other authors have followed this formula. _(e) Abdomen The characteristic markings of the abdominal tergites in the scutellaris subgroup are lunate lateral white patches curving away from the base of the segment into forwardly directed hooks which may extend dorsally to form a broken or complete sub-basal band across the segment. The characteristic markings of a species _ usually show best on tergites [V-VII but may be found on II and III in some. 1 Not noted in the original description. 2 Stone & Farner said they had not examined specimens of andvewsi and it was included in their key on the basis of the original description ; however, the latter does not mention this character. 362 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP Edwards (1926) observed the degree of completeness of these bands on the different segments of the abdomen; this continues to be one of the principal diagnostic characters employed, but in some species is rather variable. He noted the distance the bands were removed from the bases of the tergites; Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) also used this character, and Knight & Hull (1952) found differences in it between paullust and s. scutellaris. It is possible that if long series of other species — were examined and the measurement could be made from the actual base of the — tergite, and not from the apex of the preceding one, distinctive differences might be found. In practice, with dried specimens which have been in various conditions and ages when killed and have shrunk to different extents, the character has not been proved a generally useful one, the more so as not all authors have noted it when describing species. Edwards (1926) also noted whether the lateral patches were creamy or white and (1935) on what segments they were visible dorsally ; the latter character is rather unreliable. Farner & Bohart (1944) observed sub-basal lateral patches on guamensis which are not of the typical lunate shape, but rather triangular. There is possibly some variation in the shape of the lateral patches in other species, but no long enough series have been examined to be sure of this. Edwards (1926) recorded the scale pattern of the sternites, whether those of the basal segments were all white, or had apical black bands; the latter is the more common condition. This is not one of the principal diagnostic characters but might be used to supplement them in some cases. It may prove rather variable and in dried specimens the sternites are often difficult to see. Some 99 of s. katherin- ensts which have narrow sub-basal white bands on sternites V and VI and a submedial — band on VII appear distinct from s. scutellaris which usually has wide basal bands on ~ | . V and VI, and often only small lateral patches on VII ; other specimens are much more like s. scutellaris. (f) Male genitalia Edwards (1926) first recognized that members of the scudellaris subgroup (“ races of Aedes variegatus’’) could be distinguished “‘ by the male hypopygium, especially in the form of the basal lobe! of the sidepiece.”’ The parts that have been used in — distinguishing members of the scwtellaris subgroup include the ninth tergite, coxite, style and basal lobe of coxite. The complete genitalia of pseudoscutellaris are illustrated in Fig. 1. There are various terminologies in use for the description of the parts of the male genitalia. That followed here is given by Edwards (1941), and all except direct quotations from other authors have been translated to these terms. The male genitalia of the mosquito rotate 180° during the first 24 hours j : 1 The term basal lobe is in general use for this structure in subgenus Stegomyia ; it bears no resemblance E to, for instance, the basal lobe in subgenus Ochlerotatus. In the scutellaris subgroup, its anatomical position indicates that it is homologous with the harpago (claspette of Edwards) of Ochlerotatus and — Finlaya, though it lacks the terminal appendage present in those subgenera. Edwards (1941) in his ; general description of mosquito genitalia describes the basal lobe as a modification of the coxite on the — area between the ventral root and the midsternal connection of the coxites. ‘‘ In some genera part or the whole of this basal lobe has more the form of a subsidiary appendage, which has been called the — claspette.”” In his description of subgenus Stegomyia he says “ claspettes in the form of a hairy basal lobe or plaque attached to sternal side of coxite, this plaque in a few species with the inner part forming — a small process bearing modified bristles.” This is in contrast to his earlier (1932) description of the subgenus “‘... basal lobe (plaque) present and hairy ; no claspettes.”’ A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 363 on sce SSSSSSSSSSS5585 Fig. 1.—¢ Genitalia of Aedes pseudoscutellaris (Theobald), complete, tergal view (E. 7). ENTOM, III, 10, 26 364 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP after emergence. Thus the 8th and gth tergites become ventral, the 8th and gth | sternites dorsal. The ventral aspect referred to in the literature is therefore tergal. — The left coxite, of which the basal lobe is usually illustrated, is that on the left side q of the insect after rotation and therefore on the left side of figures of whole mounts — Fig. 2. ¢ genitalia of Aedes pseudoscutellaris (Theobald) bisected, inner lateral view (H. 33). of genitalia which are conventionally drawn from the tergal aspect with the distal portions towards the top of the page. In this paper the view from the mid line of — 4 the genitalia is referred to as “ inner lateral view | ’ (illustrated in Fig. 2), and that 4 of the side of the basal lobe nearest the coxite as “ outer lateral view.’ Certain of the setae of the basal lobe may be enlarged, thickened or flattened { and arise from tubercles ; these are quite distinct in appearance from the remainder — 2 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 365 Fics. 3 and 4. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of Aedes pseudoscutellaris (Theobald). Fig. 3. Tergal view (B .7). Fig. 4. Sternal view (B. 7). 366 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP and are here referred to as specialized setae. Other authors have given them various designations (not always very clearly defined, but usually interpretable by reference — to accompanying figures). The term does not include the very long hairs at the oe Fics. 5 and 6. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of Aedes pseudoscuiellaris (Theobald). Fig. 5. Inner lateral view (B. 1). Fig. 6. Outer lateral view (B. 1). tip of the lobe in some species which are thickened and elongated by reason of their size but do not differ in form from the majority—these are the “‘ thickened bristles ” of some authors. In several species a scale has occasionally been observed on the basal lobe (Fig. 7) ; it appears to be an aberration of no taxonomic significance. A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 367 Edwards (1926) found differences in the length of the coxite compared with its breadth at the base; this ratio has not been recorded for most of the recently described species. Though the character by itself is not diagnostic it might be advantageous to have some note of it as it would give a basis of comparison where, as in many cases, the only part of the genitalia illustrated is the basal lobe. 8 Fics. 7 and 8. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of Aedes polynesiensis Marks. Fig. 7. Tergal view (the scale is aberrant). Fig.8.Sternal view. dg, Taveuni, Fiji. Edwards also observed differences in the style, whether slender or moderately stout, with tip swollen to varying degrees, and with its spine slender or stout, blunt or pointed, Such differences of degree are not very useful diagnostic characters, in 368 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP particular if other forms are not available for comparison. The appearance of the style depends to some extent on the way the specimen has been mounted. If the ratio of length of style to length of coxite were recorded, differences might be found between species. The spine varies even more with the mounting, as it is 10 Fics. 9 and 10. Left basal lobe ¢ coxite of Aedes polynesiensis Marks. Fig. 9. Inner lateral view. Fig. ro. Outer lateral view. , Suva, Fiji A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 369 liable to shrink in diameter, and I have seen it appear quite different in two specimens of the one species. Another character used by Edwards (1926) was the form of the ninth tergite— whether convex or emarginate—it is emarginate in guasiscutellaris, convex in most other species in which it has been described. The sclerotized portion of the tergite is narrow and very apt to become twisted in a mounted preparation, so that its shape is not always easy to interpret. ~ =~ 14 _0.03mm. ng : i 120; Fics. 11, 12. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of sp. in scutellaris group from Andaman Is. Fig. 11. Inner lateral view. Fig. 12. Outer lateral view. The character which Edwards observed as most important, the basal lobe, is now often the only part of the genitalia described or figured, since it has been found the most distinctive of all diagnostic characters used in separating the species of the scutellaris subgroup. Edwards noted that the basal lobe differed in shape, the tip rounded, square-ended or conical; also in the length and disposition of the setae at the tip. He did not mention the occurrence on the basal lobe in any forms of stouter specialized setae, though his figure of andrewsi suggests they were observed in this species. The figures suggest (as do Edwards’ preparation of genitalia of British Museum specimens) that the genitalia were mounted undissected ; they were drawn in tergal view. He distinguished the basal lobe of tongae from that of ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris’’ by the fact 370 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP that the former was hairy at the tip only and the latter hairy on the apical half or more. Edwards’ figure shows the setae extending half-way down the tergal aspect of the basal lobe of ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris,” though in fact they occur on the sternal aspect. The specimen figured was from Samoa (= polynesiensis). Barraud (1928) was the first to record the presence of specialized setae on the basal lobe. He observed in Andaman Is. form that a few of the setae at the apex of the ime be 14 Fics. 13, 14. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of Aedes andrewsi Edwards from Christmas I. Fig. 13. Inner lateral view. Fig. 14. Outer lateral view. basal lobe are “‘ stouter and more blade-like than the majority.” Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) recognized the distinctive form of the basal lobe in alorensis and the presence of “‘ a peculiar claspette-like, long and slender structure with two filaments at tip.” (In my opinion really part of the basal lobe bearing specialized setae (see figure in Plate 18). Farner & Bohart (1944) described and figured ‘“‘ enlarged bristles ’’ (i.e., specia- lized setae) on the basal lobes of pernotatus and scutellaris. They made an important contribution to the methods of investigating the subgroup by the introduction of figures of the basal lobe in lateral as well as in tergal view. (They figured lateral A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 371 views for scutellaris and guamensis, but the latter from comparison with specimens is more a tergal than truly lateral view.) They also stated “ the thickened bristles of the basal lobe in guamensis are less developed than those in pseudoscutellaris'.” This might have been interpreted as a reference to specialized setae in which case the specimens of ‘“ pseudoscutellaris”’ would be true pseudoscutellaris. However, their illustration is of polynesiensis and Dr. Alan Stone (tn litt.) informs me that the setae of the basal lobe in the latter are all slightly heavier than in guamensis. Farner & Bohart (1945) referred to guasiscutellaris as having “‘ a row of somewhat thickened bristles’’ and ‘‘ no specialized setal group.”” They described the basal lobe of tongae as ‘‘ without a specialized group of stout setae ; large bristles confined Fics. 15, 16. Left basal lobe of $ coxite of Aedes tongae Edwards from Sikiana, Solomon Is. Fig. 15. Inner lateral view. Fig. 16. Outer lateral view. to apex, particularly in ventral view.’”’ They had seen one male from Vavau, Tonga Is., and figured the lobe in dorsal and ventral view. I have examined the basal lobe of a male of tongae from Sikiana, Solomon Is. in lateral view and it has g—10 specialized setae (Fig. 15). It is not easy to judge with specimens mounted in tergal view but another Sikiana male appears to have 6 or 7. Three males from Tonga have 5 to 7 specialized setae which appear less strongly developed and more tapered than in those from Sikiana. The same authors distinguished between “ simple ’”’ (e. g., tongae) and “‘ complex ” (e.g., guasiscutellaris) basal lobes and noted whether the lobe is covered with minute setae tergally. 1 Cf. Bohart & Ingram (1946b) who describe the basal lobe of ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris ’’ (= polynesiensis) as “ largely covered with bristles, none of which appear as thickened setae,”’ 372 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP Farner (1946) described the basal lobe of hensilli as similar to guamensis “ but — apparently with thickened bristles extending more basad.” Bohart and Ingram (1946) distinguished two types of arrangement of specialized setae: “‘in a clump” in scutellaris as compared with “in a row ”’ in hensilli. The distinction is not a satisfactory one since an inner lateral view of the basal lobe of s. scutellaris shows the specialized setae in a row though in other views they often appear clumped. The basal lobe of s. scwtellaris is square-ended in inner — 17 18 Fics. 17, 18. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of Aedes guamensis Farner & R. Bohart from Rota, Marianas. Fig. 17. Inner lateral view. Fig. 18. Outer lateral view. lateral view and the specialized setae are grouped on the sternal angle of the tip © (this occurs also in andrewsi) whereas in hensilli and species with similar basal lobes the tip is more rounded and the row of specialized setae extends down the sternal — aspect of the lobe. Woodhill (1949a) described the genitalia of s. katherinensis as indistinguishable from those of s. scutellaris, ‘‘ the basal lobe of the coxite carrying a series of hairs at the apex with several longer hairs joined to form a spine. The degree of development of this spine varies in both subspecies ....” Ihave examined — A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 373 ce 4 ” specimens of s. katherinensis from Woodhill’s colony. The “spine” is the group _ of specialized setae which, as in s. scutellaris, often appear clumped, but in inner lateral view they are seen as a row of about six setae. From this aspect the lobe _ differs somewhat in shape from s. scutellaris ; the tip is more conical without a distinct _ angle sternally, and the row of specialized setae extends down the sternal aspect. Knight and Hurlbut (1949) figured only the tergal view of the genitalia of hakan- _ ssont and described it as “‘ quite similar to riversi and hensilli’’ which presumably _ means that specialized setae are present though this is not indicated in figure or text. I have examined a paratype of this species, and, though difficult to make out, _ there do appear to be 3 or 4 broader setae in a row among the non-specialized ones. _ It was the observation of constantly-occurring specialized setae on the basal lobe _of the coxite of specimens from the laboratory colony at Cambridge which first drew attention to the distinctness of this form (pseudoscutellaris) from the widely distri- buted Polynesian form (folynesiensis) usually referred to when the name “‘ pseudo- scutellaris ’’ was used. There is usually one aspect of the basal lobe which shows the characteristic shape of the lobe, and the specialized setae to best advantage. In species with complex basal lobes, which appear expanded in tergal view, such as quasiscutellaris, pernotatus, horrescens and alorensis, this aspect shows all that is needed for identification. In a species such as paullusi with a simple truncate lobe, the setae all visible tergally and none of them specialized, the same view is again sufficient. Most of the species with basal lobe simple or expanded in lateral view have only a few long setae at the tip visible tergally. Thus Fig. 1 which shows this aspect of pseudoscutellaris is an equally good illustration of polynesiensis and tongae, and shows nothing except in proportionate lengths of the parts of the genitalia, to distinguish it from Rotuma sp. and possibly also from hensilli, hakanssont, riverst, : guamensis and andrewsi. On these same basal lobes, the unspecialized setae may _ occur only towards the apex or may extend varying distances towards the base— _ if the latter they may do so on the sternal aspect of the lobe, as in polynesiensis (when they are adequately illustrated from an inner lateral or, if there are no specialized setae, a sternal view), or more towards the outer lateral aspect as in t pseudoscutellaris. _ Practice has varied in illustrating the lateral aspect of the basal lobe. Thus 4 - figures of the lateral view of s. scwtellaris in Farner & Bohart (1944, 1945), Bohart ; _ & Ingram (1946b) and Knight & Hull (1952) and of s. katherinensis in Woodhill _ (19494) all appear to be of the outer lateral aspect ; whereas those of henszlli and _ riversi in Bohart and Ingram (1946d) appear to be of the inner lateral aspect. Where ; specialized setae occur in a row, the illustration must show them in file to display 4 their number and shape ; this, in all species examined, is best seen from the inner lateral view. I have drawn the outer lateral aspect for a number of species and find _ that it shows quite distinctive arrangements of the unspecialized setae which would _be valuable adjuncts to the characters of the specialized setae. Figs. 3-18 demon- strate the necessity for dissection of the genitalia in forms with a simple basal lobe, and for illustrations of more than one aspect of it, in order to show all the distinctive features. 374 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP Where the basal lobe is simple it might be useful to record its length relative to the length of the coxite, taking them from a given level (e.g., the outer lateral angle at the base of the coxite). This ratio appears to differ between psewdoscutellaris, polynestensis and tongae on the one hand and Rotuma sp. on the other, though one would need to see more than the single available specimen of the latter to be satisfied — on this point. A few authors have recorded the number of apical teeth on the phallosome but there is insufficient information to suggest whether there may be specific differences in this character. (3) Zoogeography Mosquitoes of the scutellaris subgroup are found in the eastern part of the Oriental region and in almost all parts of the Australasian region that lie within the tropics, — though their distribution on the tropical portion of the Australian mainland is © apparently rather limited. They range from the Andaman Is. in the west, north- east to Okinawa and south-east to Mangareva Is. and Pitcairn I., i.e., from approxi- mately 93° E. to 130° W. and from 26° N. to 25°S.1 | The present known distribution of the various members of the subgroup is shown - in the accompanying map.? In addition to well-established records, a distinction has been made on the map — between definite records of the scutellaris subgroup, where it is the identity of the species that is in doubt, and comprehensive records which include a whole island group within the range of a species, though the localities given for it cover only a small portion of that range. Where the range of two species overlap, the known ~ limits of the overlap are shown. Most species of the scutellaris subgroup are confined to islands or groups of islands — and are plainly examples of the process of speciation by geographical isolation. The origins of the insect faunas of Pacific islands have been discussed by, amongst — others, Buxton (1935) and Zimmerman (1948). They are derived mainly from the west and are largely Indo-Malayan in origin. Farner & Bohart (1945) con- sidered that superficially the scutellaris subgroup “‘ appears to be of Polynesian or Melanesian origin, having spread westward into the insular parts of the Oriental region’ but they acknowledged that with further knowledge of the subgroup, it might be necessary to modify or discard this suggestion. There seems no reason to suppose that members of this subgroup have spread naturally in a different — direction from other mosquitoes and other insects. Moreover, they include the easternmost representatives of the subgenus Stegomyia, which extends throughout the Oriental and Ethiopian regions, and this in itself is strong evidence that the subgroup originated somewhere in the western part of its range, where also it overlaps — the range of the closely allied albopictus subgroup. 1 The specimen of scutellaris subgroup from Maldive Is., reported by Mattingly (see footnote, p. 353) extends the range westward to approximately 74° E. 2 A copy of an earlier version of this map appears in Manson-Bahr & Muggleton (1952). The original contained no reference to Anopheles punctulatus farauti, and the indication in the published map, that ~ its southern boundary of distribution is coincident with that of s, scutellaris, is incorrect except in New Hebrides, ‘peuliyuoo you soroeds jo AzTWUSpT ynq peprose1 dno1is stpyjajnos = - — — — ‘dnoi3 purjst jnoysno1y} snonurjuos pouinsse soroeds jo uolynqiysIq “""*"*"* ‘umouy AToyIUYep soroeds Jo uOTZNqLIysIq ‘dNOUDANS srmpjaynos (vidmosyS) sapay AHL AO NOILNAINLSIQ TWOIHdVaDo0as) T T t j. gi id 7 - e1sojjaqnosopnasd PI vsrooatd it #8] |P2 abi meats aa ‘ sforauvbuoyy * ei ss rie 3 WOrdBy jo sido Dpouysny S/suauseyoY 9150//27N29 ors ) none /S2psqe} many 9 **O6 3 ext NN Se TSH OwNWYe 4 > ds S]NDEYO] >, ee ¢ opbiorzt meg, 91 OZ 98 sp xuncyy i ad Se \ 2:85 $1 PRAUD & : hates | st Sata! a ec Aas ae Sj tp se a . a . Speer ouljoun’y) ° s] neubortd ra yin “ere scl” juossuoyoy i? | ae e ereuawonb~ 1 if yprsvey °T puorsoyy 4, a q 9 e] Homey 1 : Va ‘2 . 2SUBALA, ne) e 31 n mts A. bss i oss 1 br 1 on 1 376 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP Though many of the species of the scutellaris subgroup are isolated from their fellows, there are several cases where the ranges of two or three overlap. If the distribution is treated in terms of island groups, the overlap appears considerable, but when details of locality records are examined, it is found that in some cases, as far as at present known, it is of small extent. Apart from the records of recognized forms—Andamans sp., andrewsi from Christmas I., alorensis from Alor and s. scutellaris from Ceram, Aroe Is. amd Moluccas —there are numerous records of “ scutellaris ”’ from islands of the Malay Archipelago which have not been reassessed since the existence of many distinct species in the scutellaris subgroup was recognized. Brug (1932), Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932, 1937) and Brug & Bonne-Wepster (1947) record mosquitoes of the scutellaris sub- group from Sumatra, Java, Lesser Paternoster Is., Celebes, Boeton, Kaboena, Adonare, Tenimber, Boeroe, Sanana, Saparoea and Sumba. Brug & Bonne-Wepster (1947) also record paullusi from Celebes, Ceram, Amboina, Sanana and Sumatra. Since it has now been found that alorensis has an anterior white line on the mid femur, it seems possible that some of these records may refer to alorensis. For this reason, until further information is available, these localities have not been included in the range of paullusi on the map, but remain in the area of species of unconfirmed identity. Paullusi is known with certainty from Sangir and the southern half of Philippine Is.; in the latter it overlaps the range of s. scutellaris which occurs throughout the group. To the north the subgroup extends to Okinawa, where one species, viverst, is found. The Caroline Islands stretch from east to west over 2,000 miles and five species* are known from them—s. scutellaris, hensilli, scutoscriptus, hakanssoni and sp. from Palau group. In the latter islands, at the western end of the chain, s. scutellaris is the only species recorded from Pulo Anna and Angaur ; on Peleliu and Garakayo both hensilli and ‘‘ sp. in scutellaris group”’ have been found. To the north-east: hensilli is the only species known from Ulithi Atoll, and still further east it is found on five islands of Truk Atoll, on four of which scutoscriptus also occurs. At the eastern end of the Carolines chain, hakanssont is the only species of the group found on Ponape. It is a reasonable supposition that hensilli was formerly confined to Ulithi and perhaps other islands as yet uncollected, and has subsequently extended. its range both east and west to overlap in each direction that of another form. North of Caroline Is., a single species, gwamensis, is known from Mariana Is., and to the east another, marshallensis, from Marshall and Gilbert Is. The Philippines and Carolines records of s. scutellaris represent the north-west limits of its range. It extends south through New Guinea and I have seen specimens from Hammond Is., Torres Straits, within about 20 miles of Cape York. In the eastern islands of Torres Straits it occurs on Murray, Darnley, Nepean and Yorke Is. The subspecies s. katherinensis is known from Northern Territory and northern West Australia. The situation in north Queensland is interesting and requires elucidation. Mackerras (1946) mentioned the occurrence of scutellaris in unsettled parts of Cape York Peninsula adjacent to Thursday I. ; his specimens have not been available for examination. Of two females from the Red Island Point area near 1 Dr. R. M. Bohart has a sixth species, from Korror I. in the Palau group. A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 377 Cape York, one is apparently s. scutellaris with mid femora entirely dark anteriorly ; _the other has three white scales scattered along the anterior surface of its remaining mid femur. Of five females from the Coen district, about 200 miles south of Cape York, two from Skull Creek are badly damaged; the only remaining mid femur has three or four white scales scattered along its anterior surface. There are seven to fourteen white scales in this position in specimens from Coen and from Musgrave $tation. The fifth specimen from Blue Mountains goldfield, has distinct but incom- plete narrow lines of white scales on the anterior surface of its mid femora. In this it resembles one of Woodhill’s s. scutellaris x s. katherinensis F* hybrids, rather _than s. katherinensis. It must be remembered that s. katherinensis is known chiefly ¥ from specimens descended from one batch of eggs from Katherine, N.T., only six _ other specimens from two localities being recorded. It might be possible for the _ white line to vary to this extent in different stocks (cf., variation in white scaling on the proboscis of different stocks of pseudoscutellaris shown in Table V). On the Bother hand, Cape York Peninsula is the most likely place for a naturally interbreeding _ population of the two subspecies to occur. Whether or not this specimen is a hybrid, it indicates that s. katherinensis does occur on the Peninsula. _ The north-east limits of s. scutellaris are Admiralty Is. and Bismarck Archi- " pelago. As already noted, some Admiralty Is. specimens have atypical scutal or tarsal markings. Laird (1946) records s. scutellaris from New Britain, but Hill’s _ (1925) record of “ variegatus ’’ from New Ireland has not been re-checked. Laird A ~ (952) found quasiscutellaris on Nissan I., half-way between New Ireland and _ Solomons. : In the south-east s. scutellaris extends to New Hebrides where it occurs on _ numerous islands and overlaps the range of the local species, pernotatus. A possible } _ physiological difference between s. scutellaris from New Guinea and New Hebrides : is suggested by its incrimination as the vector of jungle dengue fever in New Guinea _ (Mackerras, 1946), whereas in New Hebrides Perry (1948) considered that it did - not appear to be a vector of dengue in nature under normal conditions (though _ Daggy (1944) thought it a probable vector on epidemiological grounds). North of te New Hebrides, Farner & Bohart (1945) quoted identifications of s. scutellaris from " Rennell! and Bellona Is. in south-west Solomons, and of s. scutellaris and tongae : from Nupani I. in Santa Cruz group. They considered these records needed confir- “mation by further collections. _ The islands have been doubtfully included in the range of these species on the pap. In Solomon Is. both quasiscutellaris and the aberrant species, gurneyi are found ; ' the latter has been recorded only from Bougainville and Guadalcanal. Tongae has _been collected on Sikiana an outlying island east of the Solomons, but is the only species known both from there and from Tonga. In the eastern part of the subgroup’s range there are several species, females of 1 The identification of further specimens from these islands would be of particular interest. Professor G. D. Hale-Carpenter informs me (im /itt.) that in its butterflies of the genus Euploea, Rennell differs considerably from other islands of the Solomons group, and it seems that it got some at least of its fauna directly from New Guinea’s eastern tip via the Louisiade archipelago as stepping stones. 378 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP which are very difficult to distinguish from one another. Pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis have until recently been treated together as “‘ pseudoscutellaris”’ 1 and Rotuma sp. females ? may be indistinguishable from polynesiensis, as also are some females of horrescens. It has been possible to check many of the records by examination of males and folynesiensis appears to be the only widely distributed species in this area. Specimens collected by Dr. Marshall Laird on Nukonono I. have confirmed that polynesiensis occurs in the Tokelau group. Until males have been seen, some doubt must be felt in particular about records from Ellice Is. and Wallis I., which are nearest to the ranges of other members of the subgroup. | Theobald’s (1907) record of “ scutellaris”’ from Pitcairn I. seems to have been overlooked by later authors. Though Theobald at that time included both albo- pictus and scutellaris in his concept of “ scutellaris,” it is very unlikely that this record referred to albopictus and highly probable that it was polynesiensis. In Fiji three species occur ; polynesiensis is here at the western limit of its range but pseudoscutellaris and horrescens are not known from elsewhere. Edwards (1935) suggested that horrescens might be the native Fiji form, and that “ pseudoscutellaris ” had been more recently introduced from Samoa. While it is likely that the wide- ranging polynesiensis is an introduction, not enough is known of the distribution of pseudoscutellaris to cast doubt on its endemicity. Though the most obvious explanation is that these sympatric species originally developed in geographical isolation, comparatively little is known of differences in their ecology which might affect speciation.* Horrescens does show differences in habits from ‘‘ pseudo- scutellaris,”’ but now that the latter name is known to have covered two species, the subject needs re-examination. The question arises why, when most of the species of the scutellaris subgroup have, as far as we know, a fairly restricted distribution, a few should have much © more extensive ranges. The larval ecology of all is essentially similar, why should some species apparently be much more biologically aggressive than others ? | A study of the literature suggests that there may be some correlation between a species’ ability to extend its range and a combination of avidity for human blood — and ability to colonize artificial containers. The only forms for which both latter characteristics are recorded are s. scutellaris, ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris ’’ (= polynesiensis), hensilli, quasiscutellaris and riversi. With the exception of the last two, each of these species overlaps in its range at least two other members of the subgroup. Table II gives a summary of the recorded habits of the species.* The inference to be drawn is that the activities of man have had much to do with the spread of these species and also that almost certainly they originally developed 1 Taylor’s (1914) and Breinl’s (1915) records of ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris’’ from Papua can be assumed to — refer to s. scutellaris. 2 In one 9 from Rotuma the ratio of the length of the white band on hind tarsal segment IV was 0°86; in one g, 0-79. This is longer than is usual in pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis, and might prove a distinguishing character. 3 Zimmerman (1948), as a result of his observations of insects on Pacific islands, considers that certain organisms appear to have selected certain environmental conditions, Rather than being what they are as the result of environmental influences, certain mutant forms seek out.the niches best suited to them. 4 Dr. R. M. Bohart informs me that Korror sp. breeds in pitcher plants and has a very distinctive - larva. A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 379 in geographic isolation somewhere within their present range. Buxton and Hopkins (1927) have put forward a strong case for the distribution of “ pseudoscutellaris ” (= polynesiensis) through the islands of Polynesia by the agency of Polynesian canoes. They similarly explain the occurrence of tongae on Sikiana; little has been recorded of the habits of tongae. Marks (1950) found that a percentage of pseudoscutellaris eggs could survive up to three weeks immersion in sea water, suggesting the possibility of dispersal in small floating vessels, such as coconut husks ; however, it is now doubtful whether pseudoscutellaris is widely distributed. The fact that certain forms of the scutellaris subgroup are known from the same localities without apparent intergrades justifies their treatment by taxonomists as full species, but further investigation is needed of forms which replace one another geographically. Huxley (1940) has emphasized the necessity for detailed mapping of the boundaries and range changes of species and subspecies. Many more records are needed before this can be attempted for the scutellaris subgroup. (4) Plate and Key for Identification of Adults Plate 18 includes the twenty-one known forms in the scutellaris subgroup! and, as indicated, eighteen have been actually examined, though in two of these male _ genitalia were not seen. The data included are based on a study of all descriptions and figures available, supplemented by direct observations on specimens, and by notes on gurneyt, marshallensis, scutoscriptus, hakanssont and sp. from Palau group, kindly made by Dr. Alan Stone from specimens in U.S. National Museum. The previous discussion of the diagnostic characters of the scutellaris subgroup - indicates the variability of these in some species. Each figure therefore represents what, as far as can be judged from the information available, would be the condition in an average specimen of that series.2, In several cases where characters vary considerably and both extremes are well represented, this has been shown by dupli- cation of the parts concerned ; in the case of pseudoscutellaris some of the variation obtained experimentally has been indicated thus. All drawings, except those of the basal lobe, are conventional. For example, no attempt has been made to indicate the distance of the white band from the base of the tergite. The lengths of the tarsal segments are in their correct proportions, but the width has been exaggerated. The width of the white bands on the tarsal segments is the outer (i.e., greatest) width; where the bands are interrupted by dark scales this is shown in the same figure though in the actual specimens the interruption (except in andrewst) is on the inner side. The descriptions from which the figures are drawn vary in detail. Hensilli and s. katherinensis are fully described. Marshallensis is described on the basis of 1 Dr. R. M. Bohart has supplied the following details for Korror sp. of characters figured in Plate r. Proboscis : no white scales on under side in female, a somewhat distinct line in male. Scutum: no white scales along anterolateral margin. Scutellum: silver scales on all lobes, black at apex of mid lobe. Mid femur: no anterior white line. Hind femur: anterior white marking sloping off ventrally, not tapering. Hind tarsus: white bands complete on II-V, covering ? III, } IV, 2 V. Tergite V: band usually, but not always, incomplete. Basal lobe: somewhat as in riversi but row of specialized setae in apical rather than subapical position. 2 The faint line of yellowish brown scales under the proboscis of scutoscriptus has not been interpreted as a white streak. ENTOM, III, to, 27 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 380 “sTseLTely orporzed-uou peunssy * ‘(SopHqeH WON, ut you Apjueredde ‘eouins) MON Ut) onsueq °* ,uorordsns Jepuy ,, ‘onsuop JON ‘ansuep ¢ ‘siserieyy orporied-uoNn * pores oseasiq] ours ‘T1724 ‘epppnd ‘ooqureq yyds ‘puoiz ynuU0I00 uoyey ‘fixe jyeoy ores * ooqureq * gyno ‘sojoy oor ][eulg ° * Te1OO UI SefoYy ‘ s[rxejyeoyT * s]ixe Jeo] JOU ‘ooqureq yno UT sefoy ‘sefoy qeID * seo] Ore} JO [XV ° sooquieq ‘spuosj ynu * -0900 use} ‘stood yoo * spuoyy * ynuos00 jo 9aseq ‘TPM ° sjerreq * ‘suioj-901} ‘sooquieq ‘UIT, * S[IXe Fee] * you ‘spuoly jnuUO0D00 uoT[ej ‘SeOTAeIO YOY * sperreq UIeY * Fe] * snuepued ‘puod durems ° xe * Jeol Ore} ‘sooquieq 43ND * SNOSUPTSOSTI sysny IO + + ee 2 = + + t: So + + by + i + oe bE + + 3 + at + a 5 + soToy s1ouTe}UOd “SorL Teoyiyty ‘soovrd Surpessig + . SoA SOA Sox aa + sox + on « Hoge + + Sumreacqy,, * ae el + Sox + * sox + * Ajerexy 9injzeu Ul sTToys ueul sovIg ynu000) ~GNOaSQns sireyjaynos ayz fo sarvadS fo sjiqvyy papsovay fo hanmuns—'] ATavL * nereg wor ‘ds avsuo} snqqisosojnas $140]]9]NIS |,stsmpjagnas Isha * srampjajnosisonb §sisuatsaucjog snqojousag * asnyynog SISUA]]VYSADUL tswaosassoy 311suay qmMossunyDy whauane dstsuamond sotoedg A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 381 differences from s. scutellaris and gurneyi on the basis of differences from albopictus, but Dr. Stone has cleared up doubtful points forme. He has also provided a descrip- tion of the characters illustrated for sp. from Palau group, of which only brief details were given by Bohart and Ingram (1946d). The illustration of the basal lobe of this species is copied from a sketch supplied by Dr. Stone ; he describes the lobe as follows: ‘‘ The apex is somewhat angular, almost as in marshallensis, but lacking the two stout spines ; the hairs of the apex of the lobe (mediad) are thickened and curved and form a very distinct curved tuft.’” Bohart and Ingram’s notes on the hind tarsus differ from Dr. Stone’s, so both have been illustrated. The differences in the figures of the basal lobe are probably in some cases more apparent than real and in others more real than apparent since they are from various sources. The drawing of the basal lobe of scutoscriptus is enlarged from a small figure of the complete genitalia and possibly suggests a closer resemblance to perno- tatus and alorensis than actually exists. Dr. Stone informs me (im litt.) that an examination of the type slide of viverst shows the basal lobe to be more as in s. katherinensis than would appear from the figure in the chart. Some species show the distinctive shape and specialized setae of the basal lobe best in tergal view. In others an inner lateral view is essential for correct inter- pretation. It is believed that the figures are drawn to meet these requirements. Unfortunately, sp. from Rotuma does not show the specialized setae in tergal view, and since a second male was not available from which a mount in lateral aspect could be made, the basal lobe is figured in sternal view; this figure is therefore not directly comparable with any of the others. It was thought proper to show a distinction between freehand and scale drawings. The former were made during visits to the British Museum (Natural History) and though they are believed to give an accurate representation, it was not possible to give the same time and care to details as in specimens which were examined in the laboratory in Cambridge or Brisbane ; the latter were drawn to scale. The species are arranged in Plate 18 as far as possible in their geographical relation- * No information is available on the habits in nature of spp. from Andaman Is., or Rotuma I., nor of andvewsi, alovensis, pseudoscutellaris or s. katherinensis ; laboratory colonies of the last two feed readily onman. Bahr (1912) had both polynesiensis and pseudoscutellaris amongst the mosquitoes used when he proved ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris ’’ the vector of filariasis in Fiji (see Marks, 1951). + Bohart & Ingram (1946b) report that adults of guamensis “‘ are rarely seen in nature and have never been observed to bite man even in heavily breeding areas’, Reeves & Rudnick (1951) record 21 speci- mens of guamensis in a collection of 7767 mosquitoes taken biting man. Farner & Bohart (1945) quote Fullaway’s report in 1912 of this species as “‘ very abundant and troublesome in the forests ’’ but it seems unlikely that this referred to guamensis. Laboratory experiments of Travis (1947) showed that guamensis would not feed readily on a dog but that in 68% of those which did, larvae of Divofilaria immitis developed to the infective stage. ¢ Manson-Bahr & Muggleton (1952) found that adults of horrescens reared in the laboratory fed reluc- tantly on human blood and concluded from their experiments that this species was unlikely to be a suitable host for the local non-periodic filaria. § Buxton & Hopkins’ (1927) records of breeding places of “‘ pseudoscutellaris’’’ refer to polynesiensis, the only species of the subgroup known from Samoa. Paine (1943) gives a long list of breeding places of “ pseudoscutellaris ’’ in Fiji but these may refer either to pseudoscutellaris or to polynesiensis. Perry (1950) quotes a personal communication from Lever reporting that “‘ pseudoscutellaris ’’ was an important agent in the transmission of dengue in Fiji—this might apply to either or both pseudoscutellaris or polynesiensis. §] Backhouse & Heydon (1950) found scutellaris inhospitable to Wuchereria bancrofti in the Rabaul region, 382 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP ships, so that those next to one on the plate are those nearest to it on the map. This was more difficult with species in the eastern part of the range of the group, and for interpretation of apparent trends in characters, the plate should be used in conjunction with the map. It is hoped that the plate may overcome certain disadvantages of keys and tables. The visual presentation directs attention to resemblances and differences and the geographical arrangement brings out trends in characters and suggests relationships, some of them quite unexpected, which might otherwise escape notice. If an unde- scribed form were encountered, the plate should indicate the fact more strongly than a key can. Like keys and tables, however, the plate is not more than a pre- liminary guide and final identifications should always be made by reference to full published descriptions. Though the plate was designed for use on its own, it might prove more useful in the field if a key were available or a preliminary guide. The following key has therefore been prepared. It gives a good indication of the necessity for examination of male genitalia for certain identification of a species. The plate obviates the need for a key to male genitalia. Key To ADULTS OF THE scutellaris SUBGROUP (Median white line on scutum relatively slender; hind tarsal segments I-IV basally banded, V basally banded or all white.) 1. Abdominal tergal markings basal; pleural markings in patches . albopictus subgroup. Abdominal tergal markings with more mesal portions basal; pleural markings in longitudinal bands ; costa with white line on basal third . 4 ‘ granti. Abdominal tergal markings with more mesal portions sub-basal ; costa all dark or with small basal white patch ‘ ; ‘ : ; scutellaris subgroup 2. 2. Pleural markings in patches. : ‘ : : ‘ : j sities Pleural markings in longitudinal bands ‘ ‘ 3. Hind femur with white marking on anterior surface sloping off ventrally towards apex? 4. Hind femur with white marking on anterior surface tapering towards apex . , ri 4. Abdominal tergites with triangular white lateral markings . ; : : ee Abdominal tergites with lunate white lateral markings 5. Scutellum with patches of dark scales on all lobes ; hind tarsal V with apical half or more completely dark? ; ; hakanssoni. Scutellum with small patch of dark scales at apex of mid lobe only ; hind tarsal V white to apex on outer aspect ; 6. 6. Scutum with wide white line along anterolateral margin : abdominal tergites with lateral patches only . ; ; scutoscriptus. Scutum dark on anterolateral margin ; some abdominal tergites with complete bands ° . ‘ ‘ ‘ : ‘ y : : ; . Palau sp. 1 Since going to press I have seen four 9° of marshallensis collected by Dr. M. Laird on Teaoraereke I., off Tarawa, Gilbert Is., in which the ventral dark scaling on hind femur is reduced; in two specimens the white marking on anterior surface still appears tapering, but in two it slopes off ventrally towards apex; the latter would key to the second half of couplet 5, being distinguished by the dark apical half of a hind tarsal V. 2 Dr. R. M. Bohart has supplied the following note: Korror sp. keys out to couplet 5 but has hind tarsal V about % dark all around. Otherwise it agrees with the second half of the couplet and goes on to couplet 6 where it differs from either part by tergites sometimes having lateral patches only and scutum always dark on anterolateral margin. ' j _—— eee ee A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 383 7. Mid femur with longitudinal white line on anterior surface . : . : ° 8. Mid femur dark on anterior surface . 2 : ; ; ; : 10. 8. Scutum with narrow white line along anterolateral margin ; . ‘ ‘ paullust. Scutum dark on anterolateral margin ‘ ‘ : P : : : : 9. g. Proboscis with white streak ventrally. ‘ : 2 ; : : . alorensis.+ Proboscis dark ventrally . ‘ , . scutellaris katherinensis 1o. Scutum with complete or incomplete narrow white or - yellowish line along antero- lateral margin (at least, not less than five white scales) . ; Iz. Scutum dark on anterolateral margin (at most, less than five white scales on ‘scutal angle) , . : : : $ 12; 11. Some abdominal tergites with complete bands ? : , : , quasiscutellaris. 5 Abdominal tergites never with complete bands . : é pseudoscutellaris. 12. Hind tarsal V with black apex ; some abdominal tergites with ca aaa bands : 13. Hind tarsal V white to apex on outer aspect j ; 14. 13. Length of white band on hind tarsal IV, 0-2—0-4 ; on hind tarsal V, 0°2-0°5 length of segment . - ‘ marshallensis, Length of white band on hind tarsal Tv, oO: 326: 6: on hind tarsal V, 0-4-1°0 length of segment , ; ; , 4 ‘ hensilli.8 14. Some abdominal tergites with complete bands , , . : 15. Abdominal tergites with incomplete dotted bands, or with lateral patches : ; 16. 15. Proboscis with white streak ventrally. : é . ; ‘ ‘ Andamans sp. Proboscis dark ventrally . : scutellaris scutellaris. 16. Some abdominal tergites with almost complete dotted bands ; proboscis with white streak ventrally . : ; F } : : o UEGS Abdominal tergites with lateral patches only : ‘ F : 18. 17. White scaling on one or more of hind tarsals III-V interrupted by dark scales on inner aspect , . . tongae (in part). White scaling on hind tarsals III-v not interrupted riverst, horvescens, tongae (in part). 18. Proboscis with white streak ventrally. : : ? : . : . pernotatus.® Proboscis dark ventrally . ‘ . 19. 19. White band on hind tarsal IV interrupted by dark scales on ‘ote aspect . andrewst. White band on hind tarsal IV not interrupted . ‘ ‘ 20. 20. Length of white band on hind tarsal IV, not less than 0-8 length of segnient " Rotuma sp. Length of white band on hind tarsal IV usually less than 0-8 length of segment polynesiensis .® (5) Interspecific Relationships In considering the relationships of the species it can be seen from Plate 18 that different characters show trends in different directions. Where the affinities thus implied conflict with one another, it is impossible to say which is indicative of closer relationship. The tendency might be to regard the genitalia characters as of greatest importance. However, Woodhill (1950) has shown that differences in the basal lobe between s. scutellaris and pseudoscutellaris are not mechanical barriers to cross 1 Alovensis is known only from one g; it is probable that paullusi 99 with reduced anterolateral markings on scutum would be difficult to separate from alorensis 29. * Aberrant s. scutellaris from Admiralty Is. would key out here ; guasiscutellaris with reduced line on scutum may key to s. scutellaris. * Aberrant s. scutellaris from Admiralty Is. and New Hebrides would key out here ; hensilli with hind tarsal V completely white will key to s. scutellaris. * Some specimens of s. scutellaris have dotted bands and would key to couplet 16, but have no ventral white streak on proboscis. 5 Some specimens of horrescens and polynesiensis may key out here; some specimens of pernotatus will key to andrewsi but the interruption to the hind tarsal bands is on the inner aspect, * Some specimens of horrescens, pernotatus and andrewsi may key out here, 384 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP fertilization ; such differences therefore must be regarded from the same morpho- logical standpoint as any other characters. The Aedes (Finlaya) kocht group of mosquitoes has a similar distribution to that of the scutellaris subgroup though it does not extend quite so far into the Pacific. Marks (1947) observed that neither general coloration, nor structure of genitalia in the kochi group showed any obvious relationship to geographical distribution, but suggested that the affinities from New Guinea east might be traced in the larvae since the structure of the teeth of the lateral comb did appear to be related to geo- graphical distribution. It would be exceedingly difficult to trace affinities in the larvae of the scutellaris subgroup, since many of them are so alike that they can only be identified doubtfully, if at all; adult characters are a more promising field. The white scaling on the proboscis is frequently a variable character and the trends it shows in distribution may be open to question. Species with a white stripe under the proboscis extend from Andaman Is. east to Alor (alorensis) and Philippines (paullusi) and north of the latter to Okinawa (riversz) ; there is a gap in distribution then as far as Solomon Is.! (quasiscutellaris), to the east of which the character appears in Sikyana and Tonga (tongae), New Hebrides (pernotatus) and Fiji (horres- cens and sometimes pseudoscutellaris). White scaling on the anterolateral margin of the scutum links paullusi in the Philippines east to the Caroline species scwtoscriptus on Truk and hakanssom on Ponape, south to aberrant s. scutellaris in Admiralty Is. and quasiscutellaris in Solomon Is., and east again to pseudoscutellaris in Fiji. Since hakanssoni is the only species with distinctive scutellar scaling this character cannot be considered. } f . } ee Species with a white anterior streak on the mid femur have a north-south distri- — bution from Philippines to northern Australia, these are paullust, alorensis and — s. katherinensis. Dr. Alan Stone informs me (in litt.) that the mid femur of the type specimen of riversi “‘ has a very narrow border of pale yellowish scales along the lower margin.” Most species have pale scaling along the lower posterior margin of the mid femur and this sometimes extends on to the anterior margin. I have seen a specimen of s. scutellaris with a distinct white border along the lower anterior margin of the mid femur and probably the condition in viversi is comparable with this and not with the medially placed anterior streak of paullust. Four species are linked by having the white anterior scaling on the hind femur sloping off apically, instead of tapered as in the remaining seventeen forms. This character is found only in specimens from Marianas (gwamensis) and Carolines (sp. from Palau, scutoscriptus from Truk and hakanssoni from Ponape).? On the hind tarsi, the absence of a dark interruption to the band on segment I brings together species in the western part of the subgroup’s range, Andamans sp., alorensis, s. katherinensis with gurneyi from Solomon Is. in the east, and sp. from Palau and viversi from Okinawa in the north. There is a reduction in the width of the white hind tarsal bands linking species in 1 The occurrence of related forms in Moluccas area and in Solomon Is. without intermediates in New Guinea is known in Lepidoptera (Zeuner, 1943) and Odonata (Lieftinck, 1949) and has been explained by Zeuner (/.c.) in terms of the theory of continental drift. 2 Also in some specimens of marshallensis from Gilbert Is, (see p. 382). A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 385 a west-east line, hensilli in the western Carolines, scutoscriptus on Truk, hakanssoni on Ponape and marshallensis from Marshall and Gilbert Is.; these, except scuto- scriptus, also have in common a black apical half to segment V (white in all other species and sometimes in hensillt). Species which may have segments III-V or [V-—V interrupted by a line of dark scales beneath, extend south-east from Marianas (guamensis) through Carolines (sp. from Palau, scutoscriptus from Truk, hakanssoni from Ponape) to Sikyana in Solo- mons, and Tonga (tongae) ; pseudoscutellaris in Fiji may show this character in certain environmental conditions, and it may occur in aberrant pernotatus. Far west of these species, andrewst may have the band on segment IV interrupted, but dorsally, not ventrally. Complete abdominal bands are found in species in the western and central part of the subgroup’s range, from Andaman Is. sp., alorensis (Alor), s. katherinensis (N. Australia), pawllus: (Philippines), hensilli and sp. from Palau (Carolines), s. scutellaris (New Guinea, etc.) to guasiscutellaris and gurneyi in Solomons, and north- east to marshallensis (Marshalls and Gilberts). On the outskirts of this distribution almost complete abdominal bands are found to the north, in rivers: (Okinawa) and to the east in tongae (Sikiana and Tonga) and horrescens (Fiji). The species which have only curving lateral patches on the abdominal tergites are found from Caroline Is. (scutoscriptus, hakanssont) south-east to Rotuma sp. and pseudoscutellaris (Fiji) with polynesiensis ranging east from Fiji, and to the west, pernotatus in New Hebrides. North of Caroline Is., guamensis also has lateral patches but these are of distinctive shape. The exception to this distribution pattern is andrewst from Christmas Is., far removed from the other species with lateral patches. When one examines the form of the basal lobe, there is one particularly well- defined type, a simple lobe with a row of specialized setae along its sternal aspect. This can be traced from Okinawa (riversi) south-east through Marianas (guamensis), Caroline Is. (hensilli in the east, hakanssoni in the west) to Sikyana and Tonga (tongae) and Fiji (pseudoscutellaris). Rotuma sp. may be allied to this type and polynesiensis is essentially similar but has lost the specialized setae. Other species with a simple basal lobe are found in the western parts of the subgroup’s range. The specialized setae are at the apex in Andaman Is. sp. and andrewst, while paullusi has only non-specialized setae arising from its truncate apex. Though slightly expanded in lateral view the basal lobes of s. scutellaris and s. katherinensis are essentially similar to the simple type. There is a fairly close resemblance between andrewst and s. scutellaris, both of which have the specialized setae set on the sternal angle of the tip ; Dr. Stone has noted a resemblance between riversi and s. katherin- ensis. Quite a different form of lobe is that with an elongated somewhat flattened apex, with specialized setae borne on its inner projection (i.e., towards midline of genitalia). This is found in the East Indian species alorensis (Alor) and in pernotatus (New Hebrides) ; scutoscriptus (Caroline Is.) appears to be similar; quasiscutellaris (Solomons) and horrescens (Fiji) though rather different, might be derived from this form ; gurneyt which lacks specialized setae could be derived either from this, or 386 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP from further flattening of the apex of a lobe of paullusi type. Marshallensis has a similar inner projection, but the apex of the lobe is produced, not flattened, and it could derive almost equally well from the simple lobe first discussed ; sp. from Palau is apparently most like marshallensis but without specialized setae on the inner projection. Although the distribution of the different characters may suggest different affinities, it is clear that (with one exception) there is a very definite west-east trend (as already pointed out, it is unlikely to be east-west), which is in accordance with known relationships of the fauna of Pacificislands. The notable exception is the north-south distribution of mid-femur pattern, but this is in the Indo-Australian portion of the range, where distribution of the fauna is a more complex problem. (6) Immature Stages Although, as already detailed, it was differences between larvae from different areas that first led to the recognition of the scutellaris subgroup, Farner & Bohart (1944) justly observed “‘An effective systematic revision of the larvae must await the availability of greater amounts of reared and associated material as well as a critical study of the taxonomic characters.”” No one has yet produced such a revision. No details have been recorded of larvae of andrewst, alorensis, gurneyt, tongae or spp. from Rotuma, Palau group and Andaman Is., though all except possibly andrewsi, alorensis and Rotuma sp. have been reared from larvae. Descriptions available for larvae of the other forms vary in their completeness from Woodhill’s (1949a) note on the larvae of s. katherinensis “‘ indistinguishable from those of Aedes scutellaris scutellaris’’ to Knight & Hurlbut’s (1949) detailed account of the larva of hakanssoni. ; Various authors have found characters for distinguishing the larvae where two species occur in the one locality. Edwards (1935) tabulated characters for separating larvae of horrescens' and “‘ pseudoscutellaris’’ (Fiji) and indeed it was the observation of two distinct larval forms which led to the recognition of horrescens as a distinct species. Larvae of pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis can be separated on the relative lengths of their gills (Marks, 19510) so that the three Fijian species are identi- fiable. Perry (1944) gave key characters for distinguishing the larvae of s. scutellaris and pernotatus (New Hebrides). Bohart & Ingram (1946b) were able to distinguish hensilli larvae from those of scutoscriptus and sp. from Palau (Caroline Is.). Belkin (1950) provided a system of nomenclature for the complete chaetotaxy of a culicine larva. With the aid of this and adequate representative larval material of the various species, it would very likely be found that many of the larvae could be identified on a combination of characters, as are the adults, and possibly some trends in the distribution of characters would appear. For example, examination of a small number of larvae of pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis has suggested that hair 2 of abdominal segments III—-VII is frequently single in pseudoscutellaris and 1 Edwards gives a series of distinctive characters. The presence of multi-branched hairs on thorax and abdomen is not by itself sufficient to identify a specimen as horrescens, since occasionally these hairs are fairly heavily branched in larvae of pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis, i el tls ia —— A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 387 rarely so in polynesiensis. Long series from varied localities are essential for evalua- tion of characters such as this. Our present knowledge is quite inadequate for preparation of a key to the larvae of the subgroup or for useful discussion of the specific larval characters. No attempt has been made to separate species on pupal characters and the pupal stages have in general been ignored though Knight & Hurlbut (1949) give details of the pupa of hakanssoni, and Penn (1949) describes that of s. scutellaris. The eggs of all species, so far as is known, appear identical but no comparative measurements for different species have been recorded. III. EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF VARIATION IN AEDES PSEUDOSCUTELLARIS (THEOBALD) (1) Introductory The characters by which a culicidologist distinguishes the various members of the scutellaris subgroup from one another have already been discussed in detail. Descriptions of some species indicated a certain amount of variation in several of the diagnostic characters. It was decided therefore to take a single species and investigate the extent to which such morphological characters of the adults could be affected by controlled variation of the larval environment. The results would give some indication of the reliability of the different characters for taxonomic purposes, and the factors involved in their phenotypic variation. They might thereby provide some evidence on the validity of the specific status accorded to the form investigated. The common diagnostic characters of the subgroup were chosen for biometrical study. These all (except on the genitalia) concern the proportions of white scaling to black. Some additional characters of this type were studied, in view of their possible taxonomic use and also to discover whether they varied in a similar fashion to the rest. The measure usually given to indicate size of mosquitoes is the wing- length. This was recorded, and also for comparison, the length of the hind femur. It is a well-known zoological fact that size varies considerably with the temperature of the animal’s environment, as well as from other causes such as, in mosquitoes, abundance of larval food. In addition to these two measurements, the following characters were examined (each is discussed in further detail in conjunction with its appropriate table) : White scales under the proboscis ; white scales on the anterolateral margin of the scutum ; white scales in front of the prescutellar bare area; white patches at the bases of fore and mid tarsal segments ; extent of anterior white streak and of dark ventral scaling on hind femur ; greatest length of white bands on hind tarsi; and least length (i.e., the extent to which they are interrupted beneath) ; distance between the lateral patches on abdominal tergites V and VI ; number of specialized setae on the basal lobe of the male coxite. Variation was apparent also in several characters which were not investigated biometrically. In females bred at 15-16° C., the median white stripe on the scutum was the width of about five scales across, whereas at 30-32° C., it was 9 or 10 scales 388 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP across. At 30-32°C., broad appressed white scales were developed in certain sites where at lower temperatures the white scales were narrow curved.! This was particularly marked on the anterior margin of the scutum at the commencement of the median white stripe (some specimens from 4 sea-water were similarly affected); a few broad scales were frequently present also at the posterior extremity of the median stripe, and on the scutal angle. The studies of variation described herein were made on specimens derived from a laboratory colony, a small population which had been inbred for many generations. Though it seems probable that small populations are favourable to relatively rapid evolution (Mayr, 1942; Ford, 1949), they often show reduced variability due to accidental gene loss or genetically limited ancestry. It is therefore likely that the amount of variation observed in this stock is less than would occur in a natural population subject to the same conditions ; this is confirmed by a comparison with material from a colony of different origin. However, the specimens have been reared in controlled conditions, so that what variation does occur can be related to the variation in the environment. Conditions were not controlled rigidly and the experiments were spread over a period of approximately sixteen months. It is therefore not surprising that when some of the series were tested for homogeneity in several cases appreciable hetero- geneity was found. In this kind of exploratory work it is not necessary to make very precise measurements of the effect on each series of changing one factor in the environment and the interest is mainly in the qualitative differences. Nevertheless, comparison between Series F, C, B and E, in which the temperature was progressively raised while other conditions were the same, is very constant wherever any positive effect occurs at all. The effects of the different treatments are illustrated in Tables III-XX. In certain cases where these were not clear-cut and it was a matter of interest to examine them further, their significance was tested statistically. In the tables, where specimens fall on the limits of two ratio groupings, they have in all cases been placed in the lower category. (2) Material The species chosen for investigation was Aedes (Stegomyia) pseudoscutellaris (Theobald) of which a culture was obtained from the following source : The late Mr. D. W. Amos in August, 1948, sent by air larvae (all stages) of ““pseudo- scutellaris’’ from Fiji to Sir Philip Manson-Bahr in London. No particulars are now available of the number of specimens with which the colony was started, nor of the exact locality from which they had been collected, though it is believed to have been Suva. Mr. P. G. Shute established the laboratory colony and it was subsequently maintained as a continuously breeding population in the Parasitology Department of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine. From thence 1 It would be interesting to know what factor is responsible for the development of a scale in one or other of two such distinct shapes. The distinction between narrow and broad scales on a given site is often used to separate species or even subgenera of mosquitoes. i | A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 389 a sample of all stages from egg to pupa was obtained in November, 1949. Approxi- mately 350 adults were reared from it and their progeny are regarded as the first (Cambridge) generation. The studies of variation were made on specimens from this stock. Whether the original stock from Fiji was a pure culture of pseudoscutellaris is unknown, but there is no doubt that the sample brought to Cambridge was a pure culture of this species. A second stock of pseudoscutellaris was received from Mr. B. A. O’Connor in April, 1951, direct from Fiji. This consisted of a batch of about 120 eggs obtained from wild-caught males and females, collected 1oth—16th March at Naduruloulou Agricul- tural station (about 12 miles in a direct line east of north from Suva). Approximately 60 adults were obtained from this sample, and their progeny, reared under standard conditions, were compared with the other stock. (3) Methods (a) Rearing The design of the experiments required that the conditions in which larvae were reared should be controlled, though highly refined techniques and rigorous control of all conditions were deemed unnecessary. A continuous breeding colony was not maintained ; egg batches were hatched as required and the larvae reared with the following standard technique. Breeding bowls were kept at the required temperature in thermostatically con- trolled incubators or in a constant temperature room. Straight sided glass bowls of varying capacity were used. Larvae. The liquid contents of the bowl in which the eggs were to be submerged consisted of tap-water, “ larval essence ’’’ and a small amount of larval food. “‘ Larval essence,’ used as a hatching stimulus,! was the filtered liquor in which a previous culture of larvae had been reared. It was stored in a jar and used as required in amounts of approximately 30-100 c.c. per bowl. The quantity was not standardized since there was no means of standardizing the quality. The size of bowl and the volume of tap-water used were adjusted to the number of eggs to be hatched so that overcrowding of larvae was avoided. Larval food consisted of a mixture of equal parts by volume of finely ground Bemax and two types of dog-biscuit, one of which contained meat-meal. It was fed either in aqueous suspension or the powder sprinkled directly on the surface of the medium. Larvae were fed as necessary, usually daily or every second day. Enough food was added to keep the liquid slightly cloudy, but to avoid formation of a scum. The medium soon developed a rich culture of micro-organisms and it is likely that these formed the bulk of the material actually ingested by the larvae. Salinity. Specific gravity measurements made with an immersion hydrometer indicated no increase of salinity in tap-water culture media at completion of rearing at 25°-28° C., and in essence, when compared with tap-water at similar temperatures. 1 Numerous workers have found that the presence of micro-organisms is one of the many factors that stimulate hatching in Aedes eggs, including Buxton and Hopkins (1927) in their studies of “‘ pseudo- scutellaris”’ (= polynesiensis). The effect of the “‘ essence ’’ may have been through the micro-organisms it introduced to the medium. 390 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP When rearings were made in diluted sea-water, the salinity was estimated by the method described by Harvey (1928) of titration with silver nitrate solution. The corrections he gives were applied and the results recorded in parts per thousand (%o) to the first decimal place. The salinity of selected samples from other con- ditions was measured in the same way. Air. Compressed air was bubbled slowly through the larval medium ; if this was not done a scum formed on the surface and larvae and pupae drowned. Pupae were collected daily or every second day and transferred to a dish of clean water in a cage; in other respects the pupae were subjected to the same variations in environment as the corresponding larvae. When all pupae in the dish had emerged, the cage was transferred to a constant temperature room at 24-26° C. Adults of all series were kept in cages (8 in. cubes or larger) in a constant tem- perature room at 24-26°C. The humidity of the room varied, but glass bowls with moist filter paper or porous earthenware pots of water were placed in the cages to provide moisture. Most specimens required for subsequent examination were killed 24-48 hours after emergence. No food was given other than blood meals. The source of these was usually man, less frequently rabbit and once chicken. A blood meal was offered when the majority of females in the cage were 3-5 days old and continued long enough for numerous specimens to engorge (usually 20-30 minutes). Sometimes a second meal was given on a later day. Porous earthenware pots containing water were provided for oviposition. They were removed within 7 days of the blood meal and the water decanted, but the pots were kept moist for a further 1-2 days. They were stored in the constant temperature room at 24-26° C. and shards with the required quantity of eggs broken off when needed. Where egg batches were obtained from individual adults, these were laid on moist filter paper in a glass tube. Specimens for study were usually pinned through the side as this was least likely to damage the characters studied. Each specimen received a label with its series letter (indicative of the conditions of rearing) and a serial number. Records. Day by day records were kept for each batch of larvae reared. These included source and approximate or exact number of eggs; date submerged ; particulars of medium ; number of pupae collected ; emergence of adults (in certain samples the proportions of the sexes were recorded from a count of pupal skins) ; date and source of blood meal ; date of oviposition. (6) Sampling Sampling was at two levels, firstly from the total of adults reared in a batch, secondly from the collection of pinned specimens. In all cases damaged specimens were rejected. In the case of progeny of individual females, all suitable adults reared were pinned. With large collections of adults of mixed parentage, if none were needed for breeding, all were killed and the required number of specimens pinned. If it was desired to breed from the adults, each specimen for pinning was captured by hand in a glass tube. This method was found more satisfactory than an aspirator for the purpose of obtaining perfect specimens. Pupation of a batch of larvae extended over a period of days. The pupae (and Se ee ee nt Sin A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 391 adults emerged therefrom) in lots representing 1, 2 or 3 days pupation were kept in separate cages until samples had been taken. The majority of males emerged in the first few days, while the proportion of females gradually increased. The pro- portion of each sex to be pinned from any particular cage was in several cases known accurately from a count of sexes of the pupal skins. In most cases the numbers were eStimated in the light of this experience, by direct observation of the adults to be sampled. The serial number of a pinned specimen indicated the batch from which it came and also the collection of pupae within that batch. The specimens examined represented proportionately the number pinned from each pupal collection within the batch. In this way a representative cross-section of the population was obtained. It should be made clear, however, that though equal numbers of each sex from a batch might be pinned and equal numbers examined, the numbers of each sex actually reared in that batch were not necessarily equal. From the males examined, a smaller number were selected on the same principle for dissection of the genitalia. (c) Examination of specimens The characters of the external morphology of the specimens were examined with a binocular dissecting microscope. Measurements were read on an eyepiece micro- meter with divisions of 0-I mm. ; using X 7 eyepieces and x 5 objective, 38 divisions of the scale represented I mm. A rotating insect stage was used for orientating specimens for examination of characters. Only one leg or wing (the one most easy to observe) was measured on each specimen. Gemtalia. The technique employed was a simple one which facilitated the preparation of a large number of mounts. The specimen was relaxed and the terminal segments cut off and transferred to a small tube of 10% potassium hydroxide. This was set in a beaker of water, which was heated to boiling-point, and it was allowed to remain in the hot water for 5 minutes. The genitalia were transferred to a watch glass of distilled water, plus acetic acid. After five minutes they were transferred to cellosolve on an excavated slide and then dissected. With a straight surgical needle the genitalia were divided longitudinally into two halves, the basal lobe of one half was detached with the aid of fine steel pins.1 : The parts were transferred to chloral gum medium on a slide, arranged so that both basal lobes were in lateral view, and covered with a piece of glass coverslip. They were examined with a monocular microscope using 4 in. objective. When required, scale drawings were made with the aid of a squared eyepiece micrometer. 1 It is recommended that in specimens where the basal lobes are to be examined in lateral view, one lobe should be left attached to the coxite so that it may readily be determined which is the inner and which the outer lateral view. 392 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP (d) Variation of larval environment Only one factor was varied in the larval environment in any one series of experi- ments. An arbitrary “‘ standard ”’ series was reared as already described, in a tap-water medium at 25°—28° C. (Series B). The following series were reared similarly but the temperature was varied : 15°--16° C. (Series F). 19°—22° C. (Series C). 30°-32° C. (Series E). After preliminary experiments it was found that larvae could be reared satis- factorily in a medium containing 4} sea-water. Series D was reared in 3 sea-water at 25°-28° C. Specimens of Naduruloulou stock (Series H) were reared similarly to Series B. Attempts to rear larvae at 10° C., and at temperatures above 32° C. were unsuc- cessful. The following summarizes the particulars for each series : Series B. 25°-28°C. About 40 batches representing nine generations were reared. Many of these were for the purpose of maintaining the stock, but 1,394 specimens (658 3g, 736 99) were pinned from 1g batches, either mass rearings or individual egg batches. Speci- mens representing nine of these batches were studied; they had been reared from December, 1949, to July, 1950. The 152 males examined came from six batches (1st generation mass rearing, 54; 3rd generation individual batches, 9, 9; 4th generation individual batches, 36, 14, 30). From the same batches respectively (excluding one 3rd generation batch) females were taken in the following numbers, 20, 10, 10, 10, 10; and in addition from a 3rd generation mass rearing (20) and 5th and 6th generation individual rearings (10, 10), making a total of 100, from eight batches. The mean temperature reading for the larval medium for one of these batches was 27:4° C. (6 readings). Genitalia of 25 males were dissected. Series F, 15°-16° C. One batch was reared in February-March, 1951, 350 specimens pinned (202 g¢, 148 99) and 100 of each sex examined. The batch was gth generation (from Series C eggs, laid by females of 2nd generation bred at 19°-22°C.). Mean temperature was 15:2° C. (30 readings). Genitalia of 25 males were dissected. Series C. 19°-22° C. , ee a were ee ee ee Six batches were reared from February, 1950, to March, 1951, 500 specimens ~ pinned (250 gg, 250 99) and 100 of each sex examined. The first three batches (50, 50, 100 pinned adults) were from eggs from Series B (1st, 4th and 7th generations respectively). From the third of these, three succeeding generations at 19°-22° C — j i A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 393 _ were bred (100 adults pinned from each). Twenty per cent of each lot of pinned _ specimens was examined, the sexes being equally divided. The following are the mean temperatures of the medium for each batch, with the number of readings in parenthesis : 20°5 C. (8), 20°3 C. (9), 21-3° C. (3), 20°5° C. (19), 20°7° C. (19), 20°5° C. (ro). Gemitalia of 25 males were dissected. Series E. 30°-32° C. Four batches were reared from December, 1950, to March, 1951, 469 specimens pinned (lots of 60, 88, 300 and 21 totalling 260 3g, 199 29), and 100 of each sex examined. From the above batches respectively were taken 35, 30, 21 and 14 males and 18, 28, 48 and 6 females. The first two batches were 8th generation eggs from Series B; the third, 9th generation eggs from Series C (laid by female of 2nd - generation bred at 19°-22°C.); the fourth, the progeny of the third. Mean temperatures of the medium for each batch (number of readings in parenthesis) were mearr C. (12), 30°7° C. (22), 30°6° C. (23), 29°9° C. (8). . Genitalia of 25 males were dissected. Series D, 25°-28° C., 4 sea-water. Five batches were reared from June to November, 1950, in a medium of 4 sea-water at 25°-28° C., 500 specimens pinned (250 gd, 250 29) and 100 of each sex examined. The first batch was 6th generation eggs from Series B and the remainder were succeeding generations bred from these ; from each 100 adults were pinned, 20% of which were examined, the sexes being equally divided. For two batches the mean _ temperatures (number of readings in parenthesis) were 27-1° C. (4), 25:9° C. (9). _. The following are the salinity measurements at the beginning and end of each _ rearing: Initial Number Final f salinity. of days. salinity. (Joo) (°/oo) 157 . 23 2 16-2 II-9 15 : 13°I I2°1 13 : 12°7 II-9 13 ‘ —_— rre7 15 ; 15:0 The sea-water used was the laboratory stock from Lowestoft; its salinity, measured on one occasion, was 34:6%,. Genitalia of 25 males were dissected. Series H. 25°-28° C. One batch, the 2nd (Cambridge) generation of the Naduruloulou stock, was reared for study in April-May, 1951, 97 adults pinned (47 gd, 50 29) and 25 of each sex examined. Two temperature readings of the medium were 27° C. Genitalia of 10 males were dissected. est asl | | ae OL ™~ pene ioe) stl id *‘soSejusoied ur pessoidxe suourtoeds jo sIoquInN, » ze 61 ZII + oh Da ce ce gol -1€1 -gzi -Gz1 -zz1 -611 -g11 -€11 -o11 —Lo1 —vorI —IOI || |a* Ib} 18] P13] Pal | | SS pp jen | | CS I i 00 0 (‘mu I = sytun gf) yysuaT ay =) e) 4 1) fee) =) wn WH NY fe XN QQ re) ra] S =) .e) Yn YD rea) Q rea) xX [ea He H fe ° 5 isa) _ > isa) 4 < 394 «801m Jo w8ue] stanpjagnasopnasg sapay—'|J] AlavVL oor oor oSt oor oor suourtoeds yo IoquInNy 4904S JUSIOYIp “"Y 8%—o$% “H SOLES Joyem-voas $ “2 .8Z—$z ‘q Sete *D ot€-,0€ “A SELES 2) 82% $% ‘q SaTIag ge o&e—,O1 < SeTIES we o91—,$1 “a SOTIIS SoTeula,T 319038 UeLBIp “*) 8@—o$% ‘H Seles Joyem-eas “9 .§%—$z ‘q SetIeg *) .c£—-,0€ ‘q SetIias “2 8%- $2 “g SeTIEg ") .%2—,61 ‘9 Satreg ‘D) .91- $1 “WY Setteg sore surm ——— Ss ey 7 eS eee eee er axe ee ee ee CN A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 395 (4) Results (a) Tables III and IV: Length of wing and of hind femur TABLE IV.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Hind femur Length (38 units = 1 mm.) Length of femur.* pet AS Number of * 48- 5I— 54- 57— 60- 63— 66— 69- 72— 75- 78— 81-— 84- 87— 62 80 specimens 50 53 56 59 65 68 7I 74 77 83 86 89 Males Series F, 15°-16° C. : 100 —- — — — — I 2 56 200 2—- —- — — Series C, 19°-22° C. ‘ 100 — — — 2 7 1% 5 19 8 — — — — — Series B, 25°—28° C. ; 152 -_— — — 2 24 49 245 —- —- —- —- —- — — Series E, 30°-32° C. ; 100 - 7 Il 26 20 25 9 2 — —- —- —- — — — Series D, 25°-28°C.,_ . 100 _ 2 22 49 282 6 —- —~ — —~ — — — 4 seawater Series H, 25°-28°C., 25 _—- — — — 12 488 40 —- —- —- —- — — different stock Females Series F, 15°-16° C. . 100 —- —- —- — — — — 4 10 29 39: «1662 — Series C, 19°—22° C. F I0o —- —- — — — — — 2 33 23 38 21 r 2 Series B, 25°—28° C. - 100 —- —- — — — 3 6 21 42 244 4—-— — Series E, 30°-32° C. : 100 2 3 #5 12 32 25 6 5 — — —- — — — Series D, 25°-28° C., - 100 — — — — 7 12 37 29 14 I —- — — — 4 sea-water Series H, 25°—28° C., A 25 —- —-—- —- — — — 6 6 8— — — — different stock * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. The measurements have not been converted from the units in which they were made, since tabulation of these shows clearly the effects of different larval conditions. Wing-length was measured from the large sclerite at the base! to the tip of the wing, excluding the fringe. The table shows that the longest wings are found in specimens bred at lowest temperatures, and conversely the shortest in those bred at the highest temperatures, with a gradient between. The wings of both males and females reared in } sea-water (Series D) are significantly shorter (at 0-1% level) than those reared in tap-water at the same temperature (Series B). Wings of females are longer than those of males in the same series. The length of the hind femur was measured from its upper basal margin to the tip of the white patch at the apex. It shows a similar gradation to the wing-length in relation to temperature except that this is not apparent between females bred at 15°-16° C. and 19°-22°C. In Series D from 4 sea-water the femur is shorter 1 At the wing base there is a complicated system of small sclerites ; the largest of these is a prominent dark shield-shaped sclerite lying just posterior to the base of the costa and articulating distally with the remigium (the united bases of veins of the radial complex). Prashad (1918) in his description of the wing-joint in Anophelines calls it the ‘‘ epaulette’”’ ; S. R. Christophers (personal communication) regards it as homologous with the 2nd axillary of Snodgrass (1935). It was found convenient to measure: the wing-length from the proximal edge of the well-defined sclerite, rather than from the actual base: of the costa which was not always easy to observe. The difference between measurements taken from. these two points is less than 2% of the total wing-length and therefore of negligible importance in comparisons between species. ENTOM. III, tro. 28 396 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP than in Series B from tap-water; the difference is highly significant. The femur is longer in females than in males from the same series. The ratio of the length of the wing to that of the hind femur was plotted for several series. This showed some correlation but there was considerable scatter of the points, so that one could not be deduced from the other with any precision. (5) Table V: Pale scales under the proboscis TABLE V.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Proboscis Pale streak on under side Number of pale scales* Number of ;- A a specimens fe) I-10 II-20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 Males Series F, 15°—16° C. . 100 ¢ 64 25 8 3 - = _ — Series C, 19°-22° C. . 100 i. 3e 52 13 3 — — — = Series B, 25°-28° C. . 152 2 hakO 43 30 6 I = ~— as Series E, 30°—32° C. , 100 : 16 48 20 13 3 ~ ~- a Series D, 25°-28°C., 100 a i, 69 13 I — = a - 4 sea-water Series H, 25°-28° C., > 25 oo 8 12 16 36 12 8 8 different stock Females Series F, 15°-16° C. ; 100 =! 63 “4 —_— — — — _— — Series C, 19°-22° C. . 100 . 67 28 5 — — — — — Series B, 25°—28° C. - 100 5. gS 31 6 4 I — — — Series E, 30°-32° C. : 100 s Ga 31 5 — — — — — Series D, 25°-28° C., 7 100 a 31 3 oo — o — = 4+ sea-water Series H, 25°—28° C., - 25 oo a 24 12 24 20 16 4 different stock * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. The amount of pale scaling under the proboscis was recorded by an actual count of the number of pale scales. These observations led to the conclusion that a count of more than ten could be taken to represent the presence of a pale streak under the proboscis. Ignoring for the moment the implications of the counts for Series H, the table illustrates that a pale streak is of much more frequent occurrence in males than in females. The variation of larval environment has had little effect on the amount of pale scaling in the female, except at the lowest temperature, 15°-16°, when a much higher proportion have the proboscis completely dark. This applies also to males at 15°-16° C., and there is a progressive reduction in the number of males with a recognizable streak at temperatures below 25°-28° C., but not an appreciable increase above. Series D in 4 sea-water also shows a reduction in numbers with a streak. Series H, from different stock, has a very high proportion of both sexes with a streak. This emphasizes that though the observations of variation in one stock may suggest certain conclusions, it would be unsafe to interpret them as applying rigidly to all members of the species, let alone to related species. ee ee A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 397 (c) Table VI: Scutal pattern TABLE VI.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Scutum Extent of white scaling on anterolateral margin Scutal pattern * (see Fig. 19). Number of r A ~ specimens B- B A- A A+c+ Males Series F, 15°—16° C. : 100 ° 65 30 4 I — Series C, 19°-22° C. ; 100 : II 35 43 II — Series B, 25°-28° C. : 151 -- 4 14 82 — Series E, 30°—32° C. ; 100 I 4 29 46 20 Series D, 25°-28° C., Pe 100 — I 28 65 6 4 sea-water Series H, 25°-28° C., : 25 ° oa 12 40 40 8 different stock Females Series F, 15°—16° C. ‘ 100 r 69 29 2 — — Series C, 19°—22° C. F 100 4 II 61 24 4 — Series B, 25°—28° C. : 100 : 5 16 59 20 —- Series E, 30°—-32° C. : 100 : I 32 32 30 5 Series D, 25°-28° C., ; 100 F I 18 55 25 — 4+ sea-water Series H, 25°—28° C., = 25 : — 20 52 28 — different stock * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. Fic. 19. Variation in white scaling on anterolateral margin of scutum of Aedes pseudo- scutellaris (Theobald). (B-, F. 268; B,C. 44; A-,C.152; A, D. 488; A +, E. 123; all 29.) The line of white scales along the anterolateral margin of the scutum distinguishes pseudoscutellaris from the closely similar species polynesiensis. The line may be definite, or faint and interrupted, but there are always some pale scales present. For biometrical interpretation the amount of white scaling was divided into five categories, B-, B, A-, A, and A +, B — having the least and A + the greatest ENTOM, III, 10, 28§ 398 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP development of white scales. These categories are illustrated from typical specimens in Fig. 19. B—: white scales confined to a small patch on the scutal angle. B: white scales on the scutal angle and extending forward slightly along the margin ; or else only on the scutal angle, with 2 or 3 scales further forward. A—: white scales extending along the anterolateral margin, but the line inter- rupted to a greater or lesser extent, sometimes complete on one side and incomplete on the other. ' A: white scales forming a narrow continuous line along the anterolateral margin. A+: white line on anterolateral margin quite thick and well marked. There is no line of demarcation between these categories and interpretation is purely a matter of judgment, but by allotting the specimens among them, they do present a general picture of the variation in this character. From the table it appears that at 15° C. the amount of white. scaling is reduced to a minimum and the pattern is similar in both sexes ; with increase of temperature the white scaling increases, but to a greater extent in males than in females ; a larval environment of 4 sea-water does not appreciably affect it. The presence of white scales on the anterolateral margin of the scutum is the only character known to distinguish females of pseudoscutellaris from polynesiensts. Specimens of the latter occasionally have 1-3 pale scales on the scutal angle. A count of the number of white scales on the scutal angle in specimens of pseudo- scutellaris recorded as B— from all series, (165 out of a total of 1,101 examined) gave a range of I-13 with a mean of approximately 6 scales for 299 scutal angles (one side of a specimen was sometimes rubbed or obscured). (4) Table VII: White scales on either side of the prescutellar bare area TABLE VII.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Scutum White scales on either side of prescutellay bare area Total number of white scales on both sides.* Number of cr A . specimens ° 1-4 5-8 Q-I2 13 or over Males Series F, 15°-16° C. ? 100 . 31 54 14 I oo Series C, 19°-22° C. A 100 4 27 55 15 3 — Series B, 25°-28° C. s 135 - 6 61 27 ‘6 — Series E, 30°—32° C. : 100 ; 26 55 15 3 I Series D, 25°—28° C., ; Io0o ‘ 18 54 23 3 2 $+ sea-water Series H, 25°-28° C., > 25 ‘ 8 88 4 -- — different stock Females Series F, 15°—16° C. ‘ 100 ; 50 39 Io I a Series C, 19°-22° C, 3 I0o ‘ 61 33 5 I a Series B, 25°-28° C. ; 100 4 41 42 13 3 I Series E, 30°—32° C. ‘ 100 ‘ 60 37 3 —- cae Series D, 25°-28° C., : 100 ‘ 52 42 5 I —— 4+ sea-water Series H, 25°-28° C., 2 : 76 24 —- — — different stock * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. EE — — ——— ee A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 399 In certain species the white median line on the scutum divides into a definite fork on either side of the prescutellar bare area. In recording this character an actual count of the total number of white scales on both sides of the prescutellar bare area was made, and from these observations it was concluded that a count of more than eight represented a more or less complete fork. The table shows comparatively little variation in this character and nothing that could be safely correlated with variation in larval environment. Only a very small percentage of specimens show a tendency .to form a complete fork ; males, however, do have a few more white scales than females. The evidence suggests that this character is less subject to variation than some others concerned in scale pattern. (e) Table VIII: White basal patches on fore and mid tarsi TABLE VIII.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris White basal patches Fore and mid tarsi Some white scales at base of one or both segments jude ct 5) Fore tarsus Mid tarsus Number of . I II III IV I II III Vv specimens ,;¢ A. ~ ; =e : Males Series F, 15°—16° C. . 100 . 100 100 — — — . 100 938 — — — Series C, 19°—22° C. ‘ Ioo . I00 100 I — — . 100 99 — — — Series B, 25°-28° C. _.. 151 . I00 100 I — a 100 97 3 — — Series E, 30°-32°C... 100 - 100 100 I — — . 100 100 I — — Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 . I00 I00 I — — . 100 99 — — — } sea-water Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 . I00 I00 — — a 100 I00 —- — —_ different stock Females Series F, 15°-16°C. 100 7 [L00" T= 100") .20 — — .100 100 — oo — Series C, 19°-22° C. ‘ I0o p= LOO L001) 12 — — .100 100 — — — Series B, 25°-28° CC. .. 100 . 100 I00 58 _ — . 100 100 4 — — Series E, 30°-32°C. 100 3} 1007100)» FO2 I 23) @) {100 100} -21 — on Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 . 100 I00 66 3 13 100 =6.t00.—SOsdCI — — 4+ sea-water Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 ; 106 100 72 4 8 . 100 100 16 o — different stock * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. One or more white scales at the base of a segment were interpreted as a white patch. Usually both tarsi of the pair were examined and a patch was recorded if there were white scales on one or both. The table shows that pseudoscutellaris normally has white patches at the base of fore and mid tarsal segments I and II; _ the male seldom has more and in these characters is less subject to variation than is the female. Females frequently have a white patch at the base of fore tarsal III and though there is no positive correlation with temperature at 15°-16°C. and 19°-22°C., there is a marked increase in the number with this character at 25°-28° C. and again at 30°-32° C.; larval environment of 4 sea-water does not produce any notable 400 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP effect. At 30°-32° C. and in $ sea-water an occasional specimen has a patch on IV, and a higher proportion show one on V._ The different stock of Series H show these characters at 25°-28°C. Below 25°- 28°C. patches are absent from mid tarsal III; at this temperature few specimens show them, but there is a marked increase at 30°-32° C. and a lesser one in 4 sea-water; Series H again resembles the latter two series. The more frequent occurrence of white patches on the fore tarsal segments than on the mid is rather unusual amongst mosquitoes and does not appear to have been observed in other members of the scutellaris subgroup. The usual tendency is for the amount of white scaling to be least on the fore tarsus, somewhat more extensive on the mid tarsus, and greatest on the hind tarsus. (f) Tables IX and X: Extent of white anterior streak and ventral dark line on the hind femur TABLE IX.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Hind femur Length of anterior white streak Ratio of length of streak to total length of femur.* Number of 2 = Ss “ specimens 0:75- 0: 80— 0: 85- o-—9g0- 0-95- 0:80 0°85 0-90 0°95 I-00 Males Series F, 15°-16° C. ; 100 — 32 67 I — Series C, 19°-22° C. ; 100 : 2 30 68 — — Series B, 25°-28° C. : 152 , 16 84 a a Series E, 30°—32° C. ‘ 100 - von 29 70 I - Series D, 25°-28° C., : 100 — 1? 84 3 I $+ sea-water Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 : — 44 56 —- — different stock Females Series F, 15°—16° C. . 100 —- 58 42 — — Series C, 19°-22° C. 2 100 I 37 62 — — Series B, 25°-28° C. : 100 _ 49 51 a vee Series E, 30°—32° C. , 100 2 44 54 vos a Series D, 25°-28° C., : 100 I 30 69 — a 4 sea-water Series H, 25°-28° C., . 25 ‘ — 44 56 we — different stock * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages, The hind femur at its base joins the trochanter, which projects ventrally a short distance taken from the base of the femur. All measurements taken from the base of the femur were taken towards the dorsal side ; if taken from beneath they would have been slightly shorter. The length of the white anterior streak has not been used taxonomically, nor is it likely to be of value in that respect since many species have it apparently equally developed. However, the opportunity was taken to investigate whether this character varies in the same way as other characters of white scaling. Table IX shows no apparent correlation between the length of the streak and the conditions in which larvae of the different series were reared. A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 401 TABLE X,—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Hind femur Distance from base of femur to beginning of dark ventral scaling Ratio of distance to total length of femur.* ao Number of r ~ specimens o 0: OI- 0: I10- 0: 20- oO: 30- 0:10 0:20 0*30 040 Males Series F, 15°—16° C. : 100 . 18 — 44 34 4 Series C, 19°—22° C. a 100 : 25 2 48 25 = Series B, 25°-—28° C. A 152 A 12 I 18 48 21 Series E, 30°—32° C. : 100 ‘ 3 — 14 65 18 Series D, 25°-28° C., ; 99 : 13 I 19 59 8 4 sea-water Series H, 25-°28°c., S 25 z 4 — 8 76 12 different stock Females Series F, 15°-16° C. ; 100 “ 34 3 39 ae 2 Series C, 19°—22° C. A 100 Fi 31 2 32 35 — Series B, 25°-—28° C. . I0o ; 19 4 28 43 6 Series E, 30°—32° C. ‘ 100 : 7 oo 25 56 12 Series D, 25°-28° C., : 100 : 6 I 29 55 9 4+ sea-water Series H, 25°—28° C., , 25 A — — 12 4 fee 16 different stock * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. A possible difference was observed between pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis in the extent of the dark ventral scaling on the hind femur. The amount of variation in this character in pseudoscutellaris was therefore investigated. The measurement was made from the base of the femur, as above, to the beginning of the dark scaling. If a line of dark scales reached right to the base ventrally, it was counted as zero, though owing to the trochantal projection, the micrometer reading was a small number. This explains the low frequency in the o-o1-o-10 ratio in Table X, as compared with that in Groups 0 and o-10-0-20. This fault was not serious from a point of view of comparison with other species. Table X shows that this character follows the general trends already shown for others. The amount of dark scaling is greatest at low temperatures and following a gradient, becomes least at 30°-32° (though this gradation is not found between males at 15° C. and 19°—22° C.) ; 4 sea- water apparently does not affect it. It may be added here that of 33 specimens of polynesiensis from various localities examined for this character 3 fell in the category 0:20-0-30, 9 in 0*30—0-40, 20 in 0-40-0°50, and I in 0:50-0:60. This suggests a difference between the two species, but it may be a geographically variable character ; insufficient specimens of poly- nestensis from Fiji were examined to indicate whether it would be a useful character there. (g) Tables XI-XVIII : The bands on the hind tarsal segments Each band was measured at its greatest length, i.e., from the base to the further 402 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP extremity of the white scales ; the bands were longest on the upper anterior (outer) surface of the segments. The band on hind tarsal segment I was always interrupted by a dark line beneath. The bands on IIJ-IV were measured also at their least length, i.e., from the base of the segment to the nearest dark scaling which was continuous to the apex. Some- times a band was slightly interrupted by dark scales at its base but formed a con- tinuous ring distal to these ; such interruptions were ignored. In other words, the measurements of least length are of the difference between the greatest extent of continuous dark scaling and the total length of the segment. Bands were narrowest on the lower posterior (inner) surface of the segment. A continuous line of dark scales beneath, even if only one scale in width was regarded as a complete interruption ; sometimes these scales were greyish rather than black, but contrasted with the white. Table XI: White band on hind tarsal segment I TABLE XI.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Hind tarsal, Segment I Greatest length of white band Ratio of white band to total length of segment.* Number of cr A - specimens o°15-— 0*20— 0°25- 0: 30- 0°35- 0:20 0+25 0°30 0°35 0:40 Males Series F, 15°-16° C. ‘ 100 A 4 82 II —_ — Series C, 19°—22° C. ; 100 : 3 72 25 —_ — Series B, 25°—28° C. F 151 a 13 85 2 — Series E, 30°—32° C. * I0o —- 3 qi 25 I Series D, 25°-28° C., 5 100 — 15 75 Io a 4 sea-water Series H, 25°-28°C., 25 : a — 72 28 oo different stock Females Series F, 15°—-16° C. . I00 3 82 14 I — Series C, 19°—22° C. . 100 — 73 27 —_— — Series B, 25°-28° C. 3 100 — II 79 Io — Series E, 30°—32° C. * 100 - I 57 39 3 Series D, 25°-28° C., F 100 — 6 80 14 a 4+ sea-water Series H, 25°-28° C., F 25 —— —_ 84 16 —_ different stock * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. The length of the band varies in relation to the temperature gradient, being least at 15°-16° C., and greatest at 30°-32°C. It is apparently not affected by a larval environment of 4 sea-water. Females from the different stock, Series H, do not differ from others reared at 25°-28°C., but the males resemble those reared at 30°-32° C. The length of the band varies little between males and females of the same series. A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP Tables XII and XIII: White band on hind tarsal segment IT TABLE XII.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Hind tarsal, Segment II Males Series F, 15°-16° C. Series C, 19°—22° C. Series B, 25°-28° C. Series E, 30°—32° C. Series D, 25°-28° C., + sea-water Series H, 25°—28° C., different stock Females Series F 15°-16°c. Series C, 19°—22° C. Series B, 25°—28° C. Series E 30°-32° C. Series D, 25°—28° C., 4 sea-water Series H, 25°—28° C., different stock Number of specimens 152 rIo0o Ioo 25 Males Series F, 15°-16° C. Series C, 19°—22° C. Series B, 25°—28° C. Series E, 30°—32° C. Series D, 25°-28° C., 4+ sea-water Series H, 25°-28° C., different stock Females Series F, 15°-16° C. Series C, 19°—22° C. Series B, 25°—28° C. Series E, 30°—32° C. Series D, 25°—28° C., 4 sea-water Series H, 25°-28° C., different stock * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. Greatest length of white band Ratio of white band to total length of segment.* eee 403 f Ll lus 68 TABLE XIII.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Hind tarsal, Segment II Number of specimens Io0o I0o I0o Io0o 100 25 * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. oO 35— 040 =) O*40— o- Least length of white band Ratio of white band to total length of segment* A... 45 nol | | t ce) 0: oI- 0:05 Ll la errs 0°05- 0-10 |] und 0: 10— O-15 13 28 9 2 Io o-I5— 0:20 0+ 20- 0°25 YY 0*25- 0+30 _ The band, both in its greatest and in its least length, follows the temperature gradient ; the amount of white scaling increases from 15°-16° C. up to 30°-32° C, 404 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP Considering the greatest length of the band, males appear unaffected by 4 sea-water but females show a slight increase in white scaling. Females reared at 30°—32° C. and in } sea-water in both measurements show more white scaling than males of the same series.1 In regard to the least length of the band the most noteworthy effect of the varied conditions is the appearance at low temperatures of a high proportion of specimens with the band completely interrupted by dark scales. Females from } sea-water show a slight increase in the white scaling but males are not affected. The different stock of Series H also has slightly more white scaling, Tables XIV and XV: White band on hind tarsal segment III TABLE XIV.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Hind tarsal, Segment III Greatest length of white band Ratio of white band to total length of segment* ~~ t y Number of 0:30- 0:35- 0:40— 0°45— 0°50— 0°55- 0*60— 0-65— specimens 0°35 0°40 0°45 0*50 0°55 0:60 0°65 0:70 Males Series F, 15°-16° CC. . 100 2 55 36 i —_ _ _ _ Series C, 19°-22°C. . b Cote) oe 13 61 26 — —_— — — Series B, 25°-28°C. . 152 _— 2 43 49 5 I _— _ Series E, 30°-32°C. . 100 — — 8 50 30 12 _— — Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 a a 19 64 13 4 — _ 4 sea-water Series H, 25°-28° C., 25 _- — 16 68 16 — _ _ different stock Females Series F, 15°-16°C. . 100 I 46 49 4 _ — _ — Series C, 19°-22°C. 100 wee 6 48 40 — — _— — Series B, 25°-28°C. 100 — _— 5 72 19 4 HS iz Series E, 30°-32°C. . 100 — _ I 23 39 30 6 I Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 ao — 2 39 30° 18 2 A + sea-water Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 _— —_ 4 72 20 4 — — different stock * Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. The bands show the same correlation with temperature as do those on Segments I and II. Both males and females from } sea-water show an increase in the greatest length of the band ; the females do so in the least length also but it is not affected in the males. Males of different stock (Series H) have slightly longer bands, but not the females; neither differ much in the least length from the original stock. In all series the females have slightly longer bands than the males and less extensive dark scaling beneath. At 15°-16° C. a high proportion of both sexes have the white band completely interrupted. 1 This effect is no doubt partly due to the fact that, as many females emerge later than the males, their immature stages have had longer in the abnormal conditions. It was observed that in a proportion of specimens from these two series the tarsal segments did not become fully extended after emergence ; grossly abnormal specimens were not used for measurements, but in others this had probably occurred to a less marked degree. — “= A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 405 TABLE XV.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris Hind tarsal, Segment III Least length of white band Ratio of white band to total length of segment* ne Pp a ; 2 a Platy chauliodes th eet 2A “IA 142 I 3A Anachauliodes. sere ZC LLP. pe EY A A \ 1 p 7 p ‘ Dysmicohermes sca a R, Ctenochauliodes 4 : ! Fic. 1.—Anal area of fore wing, a, and anterior basal area of hind wing, Pp. A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 419 2. In fore wing, anterior branch of 2A partly fused with 1A, this branch appearing to arise from 1A; a pigmented area immediately basad of this apparent origin . 3, -. In fore wing, anterior branch of 2A not fused with 1A, but either it or the stem of 2A connected to 1A by across-vein . - j i : : ; : . 5. 3. Anterior branch of M in hind wing forked ‘ : : : ‘ : 4. —. Anterior branch of M in hind wing simple . . TAENIOCHAULIODES Esben-Petersen. 4. Male antenna without a whorl of erect hairs on each segment ; lateral gonapophyses of ninth segment of female with a small apical cercus. No cross-vein in marginal fork of R, in fore wing (sometimes absent in Neohermes) . PROTOCHAULIODES Weele.! -. Male antenna with erect hairs on each segment other than the basal; lateral gona- pophyses of female without small apical cercus: cross-vein in marginal fork of R, in fore wing generally present . , . NEOHERMES Banks. 8 Species from Australia, New Zealand, Chile, S. Africa o or Madagascar : i : 6. -. Species with a Nearctic or Oriental distribution . ; P : F re 6. Species from Australia, New Zealand or Chile ; wings generally long and narrow ARCHICHAULIODES Weele.? -. Species from S. Africa or Madagascar; wings relatively broader PLATYCHAULIODES Esben-Petersen.$ 7. Nearctic species . ‘ ‘ 2 : : ; ; 5 : : ; 8. -. Oriental species : : ‘ : 9. 8. Wings mainly blackish brown, with opaque ‘creamy white markings Nicronia Banks. -. Wings greyish hyaline, venation with fuscous spots . : CHAULIODES Latreille. g. 1A in fore wing with three or four branches F ‘ ‘ ANACHAULIODES gen. n. -. IA in fore wing with only two branches . 3 , 7 ° : «EO; to. In fore wing, fork of 2A with a definite footstallc 3 ; eee oe -. In fore wing, fork of 2A sessile ; ; ; CTENOCHAULIODES Weele. 11. Male antenna serrate, anal plates horizontally bilobed . : PARACHAULIODES Weele. -. Male antenna pectinate, anal plates simple . - A é NEOCHAULIODES Weele. Archichauliodes guttiferus (Walker). Figs, 2, 3. Hermes guttiferus Walker, 1853, List Neur. Ins. B.M. 2: 204. Chauliodes guttiferus (Walker), McLachlan, 1867, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 9: 260; McLachlan, 1869, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 4:39. Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 28: 252, figs. 19, 20; pl. 4, fig. 2. Archichauliodes guttiferus (Walker), Weele, 1910, Cat. Coll. Zool. Selys, fasc. 5(1): 48. Tillyard, 1926, Ins. Aust. N. Z. : 313. Examination of the material over this name in the British Museum (N.H.) revealed the presence of three species with almost identical wing markings but entirely distinct genitalia in both sexes. This raised the question to which of the three 1 The unique 2 type of P. dubitatus (Walker) differs from the true Protochauliodes in having the basal y-m cross-vein completely lacking in both hind wings. In view of the fact that it is a unique, from an unknown locality (variously suggested to be New Zealand or S. America) and possibly aberrant, it is proposed to leave it for the present in Protochauliodes. One must not overlook the possibility of its being an aberrant Neohermes, the transverse fuscous band in the basal part of the fore wing at the level of the cubital fork certainly resembling that found in Neohermes. 2 In Archichauliodes diversus (Walker) from New Zealand the basal v-m cross-vein in the hind wing appears to be very unstable and often obsolete. * Paulian’s figure of the venation of his Madachauliodes torrentialis shows no basal y-m cross-vein in the hind wing, and would thus run out in this key to Platychauliodes, from which it appears to differ in a longer fork to Cu, in both wings. 420 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI should the name guttiferus Walker be applied. Walker’s type has for many years lacked antennae and abdomen and I have seen no statement in print as to its sex. The female example figured by Weele (1907, pl. 4, fig. 2) is certainly not the type. Fic. 2.—Archichauliodes guttiferus (Walker). Male genitalia. a, lateral; 5b, left anal plate, dorsal ; c, ninth sternite and aedeagus, ventral. ‘ Fic. 3.—Archichauliodes guttiferus (Walker). Female genitalia. a, lateral; b, eighth sternite, ventral; c and d, anal plate and lateral gonapophyses, lateral, from another specimen, A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 421 The antennae and abdomen may even have been missing at the time of the original description, since neither part is mentioned and Walker quotes the length of the body with a question-mark. Before attempting a decision as to the identity of Walker’s guttiferus, preparations of the abdomens of a number of females (excluding A. deceptor sp. n. from Queens- land) were made and these, while showing some individual variation, seemed to fall into two groups on the structure of the eighth abdominal sternite. Comparison of the wing pattern of these two groups then revealed some not very easily defined differences, and by comparing Walker’s type with these two groups, it appeared to resemble most closely the group the males of which agreed with the figures of the genitalia given by Weele (1907, figs. 19-20). It is fortunate that we are thus able to retain Weele’s interpretation of this species. To facilitate identification of these very similar-looking species I am describing and figuring Walker’s guttiferus as well as the two new species. Examination of long series of Australian material may perhaps prove that what I have considered to be individual variations are really specific differences, but this is a matter which can only be decided by Australian students, Body-colour fuscous. Antennae, palpi and bases of ocelli piceous. Pronotum a little longer than broad, tapering slightly anteriorly. Legs uniformly fuscous. _ Abdomen reddish black, anal appendages piceous. Wings elongate, apices ovate ; membrane slightly brownish hyaline, venation pale fuscous. Fore wing lightly speckled with small brownish dots between the veins, and with rather larger ones at the origin of Rs, and along the costal margin before and after the pterostigma. Hind wing with a few brownish dots in the apical part of the wing, and with four larger spots, two along the costal margin (one at each end of the pterostigma) and the other two between Rs and M, surrounding the facetic spots. The basal of these spots usually overlaps both Rs and M. The hind wing spots sometimes enclose paler areas, giving them a pupillate appearance. 6 GENITALIA. Ninth sternite about as long as tergite, forming a broad subgenital plate. Anal plates about one and one-half times as.long as ninth segment. From the side, each is slender, tapering gradually to apex and slightly down-curved, with a group of trichobothria at its base. From above it is broad at its base, abruptly narrowed about midway to half its width and then gradually narrowing to apex, inner margin spinose. Aedeagus with an arched base, centre of its apical margin produced in an asymmetric, obliquely truncate lobe. There appears to be some individual variation in the length and shape of this lobe. Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite divided longitudinally into two broad sclerites, linked by membrane. Ninth tergite deep, lower angles obliquely truncate ; lateral 4 gonapophyses short, sub-quadrate, upper margin convex, apical margin slightly concave, upper apical angle more or less produced. Anal plates long, slender. Length of fore wing, 23-30 mm. Holotype (lacking antennae and abdomen, sex doubtful, locality unknown) in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). Additional examples in this collection from AUSTRALIA: New South Wales, Upper Murrumbidgee River, Rule’s Point, 4,450 ft., 20. xii. 1934 (R. J. Tillyard) and Mt. Kosciusko, 2,700 ft., 22.i.1885, 16.i.1888. Victoria, Melbourne. 422 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI Archichauliodes plomleyi sp. n. Fig. 4. AUSTRALIA: New South Wales, Mt. Irvine, 2,300 ft., 25.xii.1934 (N. J. B. Plomley), holotype g, allotype 9 and 2 g paratypes ; Heathcote, bred 26.xii. 1916, (R. J. Tillyard), 1 9 paratype; no other data, Saunders, 68-3, 1 paratype (without abdomen). Victoria, Melbourne, 1 paratype (lacking apex of abdomen). Australia, no other data, 3 9, 1 ? (lacking abdomen), paratypes. All the above examples in Brit. a p Fic. 4.—Archichauliodes plomleyi sp. n. Genitalia, male a—d; female e-g. a, lateral ; b, left anal plate, dorsal; c, ninth sternite, ventral; d, aedeagus, dorsal; e, lateral ; f, eighth sternite, ventral; g, anal plate and lateral gonapophyses of another example. General appearance as in A. guttiferus (Walker). The fore wing spots are perhaps a little less dense. Hind wing with four or five large fuscous spots, usually smaller than in gwutiiferus and with the basal spot usually not or only slightly overlapping Rs and M. Spots not pupillate. Fifth spot, when present, over the inter-cubital cross-vein. é 6 GENITALIA. Ninth sternite rather shorter than the overhanging tergite, forming A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 423 a broad subgenital plate, its apical margin flattened and semi-membranous. Anal plates short, from above sharply bent inwards, apices clavate and spinose ; there is a large, rounded, basal group of trichobothria. Aedeagus forming a truncate basal arch, from which arise two stout, up-curved, unequal spines, one acute, the other truncate at apex. © GENITALIA. Eighth tergite entire, sclerotized, from beneath parallel-sided, apical angles produced in rounded lobes. Ninth tergite deep, lateral gonapophyses forming flattened, ovate or pyriform valves. Anal plates short, conical, varying somewhat in width at base. Length of fore wing, 24-28 mm. Holotype 3, allotype 2, each with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. Apart from the differences already mentioned above, A. plomleyi may be separated from guttiferus by the short, incurved anal plates and the two asymmetric spines of the aedeagus in the male and by the entire eighth sternite with rounded apical lobes and the shorter anal plates in the female. The collector informs me that Mt. Irvine is one of the Western mountain range, about seventy miles west of Sydney. Archichauliodes deceptor sp. n. Fig. 5. AUSTRALIA: Queensland, Toowoomba, 2,000 ft., 10.xi1.1884, 1 3, holotype ; no other data (F. P. Dodd), 1 9, allotype, 1 2 paratype. All in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). Fic. 5.—Archichauliodes deceptoyr sp. n. Genitalia, male a-—d, female e. a, lateral, b, left anal plate, dorsal; c, aedeagus, ventral; d, ninth sternite, ventral; e, lateral. ENTOM. III, 11. 20§ 424 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI In general appearance scarcely distinguishable from A. guitiferus and A. plomleyi. The femora and tibia are generally lighter than the tarsi, with a darker patch at the apex of the femora. 3 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite hooded, its apical margin slightly convex. Ninth sternite about as long as tergite, apical margin rounded, not membranous. Anal plates short, stout, somewhat incurved, with a large lateral group of trichobothria. Aedeagus long, slender, up-curved, not asymmetric, apex rounded from the side, pointed from beneath. Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite sclerotized, pigmented, before the apex elevated in two low, rounded, hairy mounds. Ninth segment moderately deep, lateral gonapophyses about as long as segment, rather narrow, directed obliquely upwards, apex bent somewhat tailward and rounded. Anal plates short, conical, each with a large lateral group of trichobothria. Length of fore wing: $25 mm.; 2 27 mm. Holotype g, allotype 2 each with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. In both male and female genitalia this species is more nearly related to plomleyi than gutti- ferus. The male differs from the former in its less incurved anal plates and in the long single spine of the aedeagus. The female differs in the less developed eighth sternite and in the shape of the anal plates and lateral gonapophyses. Archichauliodes australica sp. n. Fig. 6. AUSTRALIA: New South Wales, Upper Murrumbidgee River, Rule’s Point, 4,450 ft., 20. xii.1934 (R. J. Tillyard), 1 9, holotype, in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). Body-colour dark fuscous. Mandibles pale yellowish. Antennae filiform, the segments very slightly inflated on inner side but scarcely subserrate. Lateral margins of head behind eyes with a fringe of short silvery hair. Abdomen with obscure, transverse, fulvous lines. Wings elongate, acutely rounded at apices. Membrane greyish hyaline with brownish venation, fore wing with three conspicuous brown markings in the stigmal area and with numerous small brown spots along the veins and encroaching on the membrane. Hind wing practically without markings other than the brownish stigmal area. Venation much as in guttiferus but costal cross-veins in fore wing less numerous and straighter. In the right wing there is an aberrant cross-vein connecting the basal v—m cross-vein with M. 6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite large, hooded, its apical dorsal margin with a wide shallow triangular excision; sternite short, broad, apical margin forming a flat- tened ellipse. Anal plates stout, in side view with’a rounded lobe on lower margin about midway, then tapering to a rounded apex. The group of trichobothria are situated on a projecting ovate wart close to the base. From above the inner margin produced in a triangular lobe, set with spinules. Aedeagus forming an arched plate, in dorsal view the basal arms spirally twisted about midway. The centre of the arch is produced in two slightly incurved plates, their upper basal margins fused and elevated in a triangular lobe as seen from the side. A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 425 Length of fore wing, 25 mm. Type ¢ with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. This specimen may well be one of those referred to by Tillyard (1926, Ins. Aust. N.Z.: 313) “‘ the mountain forms [of A. guttiferus| closely resemble the New Zealand species.’ After the publication of this work he took typical A. guttiferus at the same locality as this new species, which differs from A. guttiferus (Walker) in the almost complete absence of spots, apart from those along the fore wing veins, the more pointed wings, less moniliform antennae and shorter, blunter anal plates. Fic. 6.—Archichauliodes australica sp. n. Male genitalia. a, lateral; 6, left anal plate, dorsal ; c, aedeagus, dorsal. Archichauliodes chilensis sp. n. Figs. 7, 8. S. AMERICA: Chili (Calvert), 1 3, holotype, 1 9, allotype ; (Reed), 3 2 paratypes ; _ (McLachlan collection), 1 (lacking abdomen), paratype. S. Chili, Araucania (R. M. Middleton), 1 9, paratype. All in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). Antennae moniliform in both sexes, dull blackish brown, the two basal segments shining reddish brown. Body dull reddish or blackish brown, head with a patch in front of each antenna, and the back of the head, orange-brown. Wings elongate- elliptical, apices a little less acute in male than in female, membrane pale brownish hyaline, venation brownish, some of the longitudinal veins in hind wing narrowly bordered with brownish. In fore wing the membrane is lightly speckled with darker 426 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI brown adjoining the veins, and in the apical half of the wing there is a brownish streak running longitudinally through the cells. The pterostigma is more heavily marked with two brownish spots, and there is a brownish cloud over the fork of 2A. 6 GENITALIA. Ninth sternite from beneath parabolic, with a semi-membranous, triangular process extending beyond its apex (much as in A. diversus (Walker)). Anal plates short and stout, in side view slightly curved downward near the apex, which is truncate. From above, the apex is rounded and clothed internally with dense black spinules. Beneath these appendages is the aedeagus, hinged at its basal angles to the lower angles of the ninth tergite. From above it resembles an inverted “ V,” with a blunt, bifid apex, which in the holotype is somewhat asymmetric. Fic. 7.—Archichauliodes chilensis sp.n. Male wings. The outer margin of each apical lobe is armed with a small acute tooth. From the side these lobes are directed obliquely upward. Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite more sclerotized than its tergite, somewhat pro- duced apically in a subgenital plate. Ninth tergite as deep as eighth segment, mainly sclerotized but with a wide, apical, membranous area simulating an excision. The lower basal margins of the tergite overlap the eighth sternite; lateral gona- pophyses elongate and slightly tapering from base to apex. Ninth sternite mem- branous. Anal plates short, each rather stout at the base and bearing a large, rounded group of trichobothria, apex finger-like and somewhat flexible. Length of fore wing: ¢ 27mm.; 9 29-42 mm. This species in general appearance resembles Protochauliodes cinerascens (Blan- chard), but may be separated from it by the stalked condition of the fork of 2A in the fore wing and by the more basal position of the first fork of Rs in both wings. A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 427 From A. diversus (Walker) it may be separated by the absence of any brown speckling along the branches of Rs in the hind wing and by the shape of the anal plates, the aedeagus beneath them and of the ninth sternite. Fic. 8.—Archichauliodes chilensis sp. n. Genitalia, male ad, female, e. 4, lateral; b, left anal plate, dorsal; c, aedeagus, dorsal; d, ninth sternite, ventral; e, lateral. ANACHAULIODES gen. n. 6. Antenna pectinate. Wings with apical branches of Rs somewhat curved posteriorly near apices. In fore wing, 1A with three or four branches, fork of 2A sessile, anterior branch not fused with 1A. In hind wing, basal 7—m cross-vein obsolete. 6 GENITALIA. Ninth segment not more sclerotized than eighth. Tenth segment forming two large anal plates, apical margin excised, inner surface with a few strong teeth on a small projection. Aedeagus large, strongly sclerotized, hooked down- ward. 2 unknown. Type species, Anachauliodes tonkinicus sp. n. 428 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI In general appearance, this genus recalls the North American genus Chauliodes, from which it differs in the more branched 1A and the more curved apical branches of Rs in the fore wing. The latter character recalls Neochauliodes, from which it differs in the obsolete rm cross-vein at the base of the hind wing, as well as the more branched 1A in the fore wing. Anachauliodes tonkinicus sp. n. Figs. 9, Io. TONKIN : Ngai-Tio, 4,800 ft., 22.v.1924 (H. Stevens), 1 g, holotype, Brit. Mus. (N.H.). Fic. 9.—Anachauliodes tonkinicus gen. sp.n. Male wings. Body-colour light fuscous. Antenna piceous, strongly pectinate. Labrum, anteclypeus and mandibles fulvous. Pronotum about as broad as long, slightly narrowed anteriorly. Legs fuscous, femora with a fulvous stripe above. Wings greyish hyaline, venation of fore wing luteous with fuscous interruptions, hind wing mainly fuscous. Fore wing with a dark fuscous patch in costal area basad of the creamy pterostigma, several fuscous spots in subcostal area, a fuscous patch near base of wing, a paler fuscous cloud across the centre of the wing and with fuscous irrorations spreading out from the vein markings. Costal cross-veins fuscous. Hind wing practically without markings. 6 GENITALIA. Ninth segment scarcely more sclerotized than eighth, tergite somewhat extended in a hood, sternite forming a short, rounded subgenital plate. Anal plates large, each with a central group of trichobothria. Apical margin of anal A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 429 plate produced in two rounded lobes, separated by an excision. The upper lobe is the smaller and carries on its lower inner surface a short, dentiferous projection. Lower lobe about twice as deep as upper. Aedeagus large, heavily sclerotized, from the side curved downward, with an acute, hooked apex. The upper surface is produced to form two recurved, triangular plates, from the side appearing as a hook. From above, the aedeagus arises from a wide, arched base, parallel-sided as far as the recurved plates, then narrowed and tapering to the down-turned apex. Length of fore wing, 43 mm. Type with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. Fic. 10.—Anachauliodes tonkinicus gen. sp. n. Male genitalia. a, lateral; 5b, left anal plate, dorsal; c, aedeagus, dorsal; d, aedeagus, lateral. CTENOCHAULIODES Weele Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus. 30: 263; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1): 70. Type species, Chauliodes nigrovenosus Weele, 1907. Antennae pectinate in female and probably in male also. In hind wing, basal y—m cross-vein strong and re-connected to M by a cross-vein. In the genitalia of the presumed male, there is a sclerotized plate beneath the anal plates, probably the tenth sternite. It is possible that in some other genera (such as Neohermes) this plate has become fused to the aedeagus. Ctenochauliodes forcipatus sp. n. Fig. 11. CHINA: [Szechwan?], Kwanshien, July 1930 (G. M. Franck), $ holotype. W. Cuina: Chin-Fu-San (W. A. Maw), ¢ paratype. (Both in Brit. Mus. (N.H.)). Body-colour reddish brown. Antennae broken, with only two basal segments 430 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI remaining (probably pectinate). Labrum reddish piceous, inter-ocellar space piceous, palpi fuscous. Legs dark fuscous. Membrane of wings brownish hyaline, fore wing with dark fuscous markings forming vague clouds, more particularly at base and apex of costal area. Venation reddish brown, costal cross-veins in fore wing sinuously bent in basal half of wing. 6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite short and deep, sternite forming a wide, rounded subgenital plate, its apical margin produced in a triangular, membranous lobe. Anal plates from side deep at base, upper angle produced in a stout finger, incurved, lower apical angle of the finger further produced inward in a triangular lobe. Group of trichobothria set low down on anal plate. Beneath the anal plates is a pigmented, sclerotized plate, probably the tenth sternite, its lower angles projecting in rounded, hairy processes. Aedeagus forming a pair of thin, rounded plates with slender bases. These plates are slightly asymmetric, fused for a short distance medially and slope downwards in roof-fashion from the centre line. Length of fore wing, 27 mm. d Fic. 11.—Ctenochauliodes forcipatus sp. n. Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, left anal plate, dorsal; c, tenth sternite, from behind; d, aedeagus, dorsal. Holotype and paratype each with apex of abdomen mounted in canada balsam. The paratype has the wings damaged, as also is the apex of the abdomen, but as far as can be ascertained it appears to be conspecific with the type. This species differs from C. nigrovenosus (Weele) in the much more uniformly coloured wings. PARACHAULIODES Weele Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus., 30: 250; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, fasc. 5 (1) : 58. Type species (original designation), Chauliodes japonicus McLachlan, 1867. = Metachauliodes Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys. fasc. 5 (1) : 46, 55, 61. (Lapsus calami.) The figures and descriptions of the male genitalia given by Weele were based upon dried material and are not entirely satisfactory. New figures and descriptions have been made, from preparations cleared in KOH solution, of the two species. It should A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 431 be noted that the actual illustrations nos. 47 and 48 in Weele’s monograph on the Sialidae have been transposed, the lateral view of continentalis appearing with the ventral view of japonicus. Parachauliodes japonicus (McLachlan) Fig. 12. Chauliodes japonicus McLachlan, 1867, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 9 : 232. Parachauliodes japonicus (McLachlan) Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus. 30: 259; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys. fasc. 5 (1) : 58, figs. 46, 48; pl. 4, fig. 29. japonicus continentalis Fic. 12.—Parachauliodes japonicus (McLachlan) and P. continentalis Weele (holotype). Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, aedeagus, lateral; c, aedeagus, dorsal; d, left anal plate, ventral. 6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite with its apical margin produced, its centre slightly concave ; lower apical angle produced and rounded, covering the aedeagus in side view. Ninth sternite less sclerotized than eighth, short, broadly rounded, with a small, transparent, triangular lobe projecting beyond its centre. Anal plates stout, 432 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI longer than deep, each with a shallow, horizontal excision of the apex, dividing it into a rounded upper part and a shallow, right-angled lower lobe. This excision is more noticeable in dried examples. The upper part is armed on its inner surface with black spinules. Aedeagus forming a short, broad tongue, in dorsal view con- stricted about midway, its apex rounded, scarcely up-turned, and with its lateral margins elevated. Parachauliodes continentalis Weele Fig. 12. Parachauliodes continentalis Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus. 30: 259; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys. fasc. 5 (1): 60, fig. 47, pl. 4, fig. 30. $ GENITALIA (from holotype). Ninth tergite produced in a rounded hood, from the side with a definite excision of the apical margin below the attachment of the anal plates, the lower apical angle so formed being subtriangular, obscuring the aedeagus. Ninth sternite small, semi-membranous. Anal plates large, from the side obliquely truncate at apex and divided into an upper and a lower portion by a horizontal excision. From beneath, the lower portion is relatively short, about one-third as long as upper, which carries a round area of black spinules on its lower inner surface. The group of trichobothria is situated rather low on the outer surface. Aedeagus short, with divergent, basally directed arms, a pair of triangular lobes on its anterior upper surface, beyond which the apex is produced in a thin, up-curved tongue. KorEA. NEOCHAULIODES Weele Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus, 30: 259; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1) : 60. Type species (by designation of Weele, 1910), Chauliodes sinensis Walker, 1853. This genus differs from Parachauliodes chiefly in the pectinate antennae of the g (serrate in Parachauliodes) and in the simple anal plates, less produced lateral angles of the ninth tergite and the longer aedeagus of the male. The wing venation is variable, some species having the branches of Rs running almost straight to the wing margin, whereas in others (such as the sinensis group) some of these branches are sharply curved posteriorly before reaching the margin. I know of no reliable characters by which to separate the females of the two genera and had it not been that the antennal difference in the males is to some extent confirmed by differences in the genital structure, I should have considered the two genera as synonymous. Sufficient material has not been available to determine to what extent the external genitalia of the female can be relied upon as specific characters. Differences occur in form of the eighth sternite, anal plates and lateral gonapophyses, but in the absence of long series of authentic material, it has been decided to figure the female genitalia of those species only, of which the female is the holotype. A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 433 Neochauliodes simplex (Walker) Fig. 13. Chauliodes simplex Walker, 1853, List Neur. Ins. B.M. : 200. Neochauliodes simplex (Walker), Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1) : 61, fig. 49; pl. 4, fig. 31. Weele’s figure and description of the male genitalia were made from a dried example of Walker’s type series. This example, bearing Weele’s determination label, has now had the abdomen cleared in KOH solution and new figures and description prepared. simplex fletcheri Fic. 13.—Neochauliodes simplex (Walker) paratype, and N. fletcheri sp. n. holotype. Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, aedeagus, dorsal; c, left anal plate, dorsal. 6 GENITALIA. Apical margin of the ninth tergite convex, sternite broadly rounded, its centre produced in a thin, triangular tongue. Anal plates short and stout, from the side subquadrate, rather longer than deep, with rounded angles, from above ovate, with rows of comb-like teeth on the inner surface. Aedeagus long, spatulate, slightly up-curved, its apex a little dilated in side view. From above it tapers gradually to a broadly rounded apex. Length of fore wing, g 25-28 mm., 9 27-34 mm. InpIA: Assam, Sylhet, Shillong, Khasi Hills ; United Provinces, Gahrwal. 434 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI Neochauliodes fletcheri sp. n. Fig. 13. InpIA: Assam, Shillong, 5,000 ft., 26.vi-10.vii.1928 (T. Bainbrigge Fletcher), 3 6,1 2 (fb holotype, 8. vii, 2 allotype, 30.vi). Allin Brit. Mus. (N.H.). In coloration and markings similar to N. simplex (Walker) but rather larger. The chief structural difference is in the male genitalia. The anal plates in side view are deeper than long. The aedeagus is dark reddish brown, from above with the © lateral margins slightly sinuous (straight in stmplex), somewhat convex about mid- way. From the side the dorsal margins are also more sinuous, tapering to a narrow apex. Length of fore wing: ¢ 30-32 mm., 2 38 mm. Holotype with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. Neochauliodes indicus (Weele) Fig. 14. Chauliodes indicus Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 28 : 255, figs. 21-22, pl. 4, fig. 3. Neochauliodes indicus Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys. 5 (1) : 62. The specimen here dealt with agrees quite well with Weele’s general description - and figure of the wings, but there are differences in male genitalia. These may be specific, but after consideration of other instances it is considered that the differences are not more than might be expected in comparing cleared preparations with dried material. $ GENITALIA. Apical margin of ninth tergite straight or slightly concave, some- what depressed at its centre. Ninth sternite moderately short, broad, the centre of its apical margin produced in a transparent, triangular lobe. Anal plates stout, subquadrate from the side, apical margin widely but shallowly excised, so that the apical angles are unusually pronounced. From above the anal plate is thick, its apex truncate, inner surface set with rows of black spinules. Aedeagus broad at base, tapering to a rather narrow, spatulate apex. From the side it is up-curved, stout basally, apex thin and ligulate. The chief differences between this example and Weele’s figure lie in the excised, less obliquely truncate apex of the anal plate and the rather broader apex of the aedeagus. The specimen from which the above description was taken is labelled Sikkim, Gopaldhara, Rongbong Valley, H. Stevens, and I have also seen a female from Darjeeling and another from the Khasi Hills. Neochauliodes tonkinensis (Weele) Fig. 14. Chauliodes tonkinensis Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 28 : 260, pl. 5, fig. 3. Neochauliodes tonkinensis Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1) : 67, fig. 51. In the McLachlan Collection are one male and two females from the Ruby Mines district of Burma, which I believe to be Weele’s tonkinensis (described from a female). A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 435 The two females at present under discussion differ somewhat in size (fore wing, 39-50 mm.), and the smaller one and also the male have the wing pattern somewhat resembling indicus but with the basal half of the fore wing heavily spotted. The costal area is also heavily spotted and for part of its length has two rows of spots. In the larger female the contrast between the spots and the wing membrane in the distal half of the wings is much greater. () bp TOS b indicus tonkinensis Fic. 14.—Neochauliodes indicus (Weele) and N. tonkinensis (Weele). Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, aedeagus, dorsal; c, left anal plate, dorsal. 6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite with apical margin truncate, sternite semi-mem- branous, forming a short, broad subgenital plate, very slightly excised at its centre, its sides a little concave. Anal plates quadrate from the side, inner apical angle bearing rows of short, comb-like teeth. Aedeagus about twice as long as broad, tapering to a rounded apex in distal half, lateral margins in this area slightly ele- vated. . Length of fore wing: ¢ 39 mm., 2 39-50 mm. 436 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI Neochauliodes umbratus sp. n. Fig. 15. Inpo-CuHINA: A, Vuillet, r 3, holotype, in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). Head dark fuscous, labrum and occiput reddish brown, antennae piceous. Pro- notum orange-brown, meso- and meta-nota, legs and abdomen fuscous. Fore wing extensively clouded with fuscous, leaving two indefinite, hyaline bands running obliquely basad from the costal margin, one midway and the other in the apical third. Pterostigma dark brown, long, interrupted by a cream band. Venation brownish, costal cross-veins bordered with fuscous. Hind wing mainly hyaline, with a fuscous cloud at apex and another just beyond the middle, not reaching to the posterior margin. Fic. 15.—Neochauliodes umbratus sp. n. (holotype). Male genitalia. a, lateral; 6b, aedeagus, dorsal; c, left anal plate, dorsal. $6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite only slightly produced apically, from the side with — lower apical angle very obtuse. Ninth sternite short and broad, its apical margin produced in a lightly sclerotized, thin, triangular lobe or tongue, clothed in micro- scopic setae. Anal plates globose, short, inner surface with the usual comb-like { teeth. From the side the anal plate is ovate, upper margin flattened. Aedeagus elongate, narrow, its lateral margins sinuate and subparallel, and with a rounded, ~ apico-dorsally directed lobe on each side, situated at about one third before the apex, which is shallowly excised. Length of fore wing, 33 mm. Type with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. N. umbratus may be easily — distinguished from the sinensis group by the presence of lateral lobes of the aedeagus. ~ These lobes are more apically directed than in N. bowringi, to which it is closely — related in genital structure. A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 437 Neochauliodes bowringi (McLachlan) Fig. 16. Hermes sinensis Walker, 1853, List. Neur. Ins. B.M.: 203 (nom. preocc.). Chauliodes sinensis Brauer, 1865 (mec Walker, 1853), Reise Novara, 1: 102. Chauliodes bowringi McLachlan, 1867, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 9: 260; Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 28 : 259, figs. 23-24; pl. 5, fig. 2. Neochauliodes bowringi (McLachlan) Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1) : 66. Q GENITALIA (holotype). Eighth sternite sclerotized, apical margin produced in a parabolic subgenital plate. Ninth tergite sclerotized, short and deep. Lateral gonapophyses as large as anal plates, flattened laterally, quadrate, directed upwards. Anal plates stout, parallel-sided, then abruptly tapered to an acute apex. LU ‘ Fic. 16.—Neochauliodes bowringi (McLachlan) and N. koreanus Weele. Female genitalia, lateral, of holotypes. bowringi koreanus Neochauliodes koreanus Weele Fig. 16. Neochauliodes koveanus Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus. 30: 261; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys. 5 (1) : 65, pl. 4, fig. 39. This opportunity is taken to call attention to two errors in the published locality data of this species. In his original description, Weele writes “‘ Two females from Korea (the types) are in the British Museum.’ In his Selysian monograph he alters this (without comment) to one female from Korea, Seoul, and one from Hong Kong. The Korean example, which is here designated holotype, bears an additional label (quoted by Weele) ‘‘ Hong Kong Peak, Happy Valley.” I feel sure that this is an error and that this label should in fact belong to the Hong Kong example, which incidentally is the one figured by Weele on plate 4. Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite parabolically produced apically. Lateral gona- pophyses of ninth sternite foliate, from side with upper margin obtusely angled, 438 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI lower slightly convex, apex acutely rounded. Anal plates parallel-sided, lower margin excised before the apex. In the British Museum there is a second example labelled Hong Kong, from the McLachlan Collection, in which the wings are even more heavily suffused with fuscous. Neochauliodes sinensis occidentalis Weele Figs. 17, 18. Chauliodes sinensis (Walker) Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 28 : 262 (partim). Neochauliodes sinensis occidentalis Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus. 30: 260; id. 1910, Coll. Zool, Selys. 5 (1) : 64, pl. 4, fig. 40. sinensis a occidentalis Fic. 17.—Neochauliodes sinensis sinensis (Walker) and N.s. occidentalis Weele, holotypes. Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, aedeagus, dorsal; c, left anal plate, dorsal. § GENITALIA (holotype). Closely resembling those of N. s. sinensis (Walker) but differing as follows: Anal plates from the side with apical angles more rounded, apical margin obliquely convex. From above they are rather more pointed. Aedea- gus from the side more slender, from above somewhat constricted basally, apex — A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 439 rounded, not excised. Ninth sternite shorter, with a triangular membranous tongue at its apex. 2 GENITALIA (allotype). Eighth sternite produced in a subgenital plate, moder- ately pointed apically in side view. Lateral gonapophyses rather small, shorter than anal plates, flattened and pointed apically. Anal plates rhomboidal in side view, stout in dorsal view, the group of trichobothria almost ventral, not visible from above. Very closely allied to sinensis Walker and probably correctly considered by Weele as a subspecies of it. No holotype appears to have been selected from the type series, and I therefore designate the male in the British Museum (N.H.), with abdo- men now mounted in canada balsam, and the female in the same collection as holo- type and allotype respectively. Two other males in the same collection (and the sinensis occidentalis Fic. 18.—Neochauliodes sinensis sinensis (Walker) and N.s. occidentalis Weele (allotype). Female genitalia, lateral. series in the Berlin Museum, not seen by me) become paratypes. The above speci- mens are all from Omei Shan, Szechwan. In the British Museum (N.H.) are two further males from N. W. Cuina (ex McLachlan collection) which agree in wing pattern with the types. Also in the British Museum are a male and female from W. Cun, Chin-Fu-San, and a male from Tonkin, Ngai-Tio, which differ consider- ably in wing markings and which may represent two further subspecies of sinensis. The male genitalia, however, show only slight comparative differences from N.s. occidentalis and it seems wiser therefore to leave them undescribed until more abundant material is available. Neochauliodes sinensis sinensis (Walker) Figs. 17, 18. Chauliodes sinensis Walker, 1853, List. Neur. Ins. B.M.: 199; Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 28 : 261, figs. 25-26. Neochauliodes sinensis (Walker) Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys. 5 (1) : 63. 6 GENITALIA (holotype). Ninth tergite with apical margin slightly produced, 440 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI rather more sclerotized than sternite. The latter is semi-membranous, like the other segments, forming a short, wide subgenital plate, apical margin slightly excised and projecting beyond it is a triangular, membranous lobe. Anal plates short, quadrate from the side, more or less globular from above. The inner surface is set with black spinules, arranged in short, curved, comb-like rows. Aedeagus large, strongly sclerotized, forming an elongate, tapering scoop or tongue, up-curved from the side, its apex shallowly notched. Q GENITALIA (Moncort4, McLachlan Collection). Eighth sternite with its apical margin produced in a subgenital plate. Ninth tergite short and deep, lightly sclerotized, its apical part membranous. Lateral gonapophyses foliate, semi-_ membranous, lightly sclerotized and pigmented basally. Anal plates a little larger than gonapophyses, narrow from above, tapering to an acute apex from the side. The genitalia of the type differ from those figured by Weele (1907) in the form of the aedeagus, which is less dilated apically from the side, and less sharply angled upwards. In dorsal view the lateral margins are evenly convex in apical half, not sinuous. It is possible that these differences may be due to the fact that the present figures have been made after clearing the genitalia in KOH solution. Neochauliodes sinensis truncatus ssp. n. Fig. 19. Inp1A: Assam, Khasi Hills, Shillong, 5,000 ft., 13-15.vi.1928 (T. Bainbrigge Fletcher), holotype 3, allotype 2 and 1 9 paratype, all in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). General appearance much as in the typical s¢mensis but in the fore wing the oblique, transverse band is largely broken into rounded dots. The head, particularly in the female, is distinctly darker and browner than the orange pronotum. 6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite with its apical margin scarcely produced, rather more sclerotized than the sternite, which forms a short, wide, semi-membranous sub- genital plate, apical margin parabolic, and with a triangular, membranous lobe projecting beyond its apex. Anal plates short, stout, apical margin rounded in lateral and dorsal views, its inner apical surface set with rows of black, comb-like spines. Aedeagus strongly sclerotized, large, forming a broad, up-curved plate. From above it tapers but slightly to a wide, truncate apex with rounded angles. Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite produced apically in a broad, shallow, truncated triangle, angles rounded, sides slightly concave. Ninth tergite moderately sclero-— tized. Lateral gonapophyses flattened, broadly pyriform in side view. Anal plates about as long as gonapophyses, in side view with lower margin straight, upper convex, apex rounded. Trichobothria placed laterally. Length of fore wing: ¢ 33 mm.; 2 37-44 mm. The male genitalia are of the sinensis pattern but differ from the typical sub- species in the more rounded anal plates and the wider, truncate apex of the aedeagus. Protochauliodes reedi sp. n. Figs. 20, 21. S. AMERICA: Chili (Reed), 5 g, 1 9 (Calvert), 1 3,29. Holotype ¢ (Reed, with A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 441 : abdomen mounted in canada balsam and left wings between celluloid), allotype 9 _ (Calvert) and paratypes in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). Body fuscous: labrum and clypeus fulvous, mandibles fulvous basally, reddish _ brown apically. A piceous area around the ocelli, a fulvous spot between the . i a — Fic. 19.—Neochauliodes sinensis truncatus ssp. n. Genitalia. a—c, male. a, lateral; }, aedeagus, dorsal; c, right anal plate, dorsal; d, female, lateral. SS a a aa ee ae ee ow i Fic. 20.—Protochauliodes veedi sp.n. Male, anterior wing. a antennae, and back of head marked with fulvous. Antennae dark castaneous _ basally, shading to fuscous apically. Thorax with obscure fulvous markings. _ Wings greyish hyaline, venation brownish. Fore wing with the veins heavily 442 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI bordered with brownish dots or short, divergent fasciae, especially along the radius and its sector and at the pterostigma. The centres of the cells are lightly clouded with a darker grey, but not usually reaching the marginal dots. The attachments of the wings fuscous, not orange. Venation much as in P. cinerascens, but in the fore wing most of the costal cross-veins are distinctly angled distad. : $ GENITALIA. Ninth sternite triangularly produced at centre of apical margin, beyond rounded shoulders. Anal plates stout, slightly dilated apically and truncate Fic. 21.—Protochauliodes reedi sp. n., a-e and P. cinerascens (Blanchard), f-h. Genitalia. a, male, lateral; b, male left anal plate, dorsal; c, aedeagus, dorsal; d, male ninth sternite, ventral; e, female, lateral; /, aedaegus, dorsal; g, male anal plate, lateral ; h, male anal plate, lateral, from another example. or slightly emarginate, with rounded angles in side view, curving inwards in dorsal aspect. Aedeagus with a broad, arched base, subquadrate in dorsal aspect, its apex with a triangular excision between two rounded lobes. There are two raised, divergent ridges or lobes on the upper surface about midway, curving backward and leaving a wide excision between them. From the side the apical lobes curve ~ slightly upwards and the median ridges appear as triangular elevations. Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite pigmented and sclerotized, a triangular area at BY A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 443 ~ centre of apical margin semi-membranous. Ninth tergite deep, lateral gonapophyses stout, laterally compressed, extending beyond the tergite for about one-third of its i length, basal two-thirds pigmented, apical third membranous and carrying a very _ small cercus. Anal plates finger-shaped, about as long as lateral gonapophyses, apices rounded. Length of fore wing: ¢ 35-39 mm.; 9 41-47 mm. This species is closely allied to P. cinerascens (Blanchard) but differs from it in the pattern of the wings, angled costal cross-veins of fore wings, fuscous wing bases, the form of the aedeagus in the male and the rounded anal plates of the female. My interpretation of P. cinerascens is based upon the male in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), described and figured by Weele in Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1) : 49-50, figs. 35-36, pl. 3, fig. 23. The form of the anal plates appears to be variable in cinerascens, b | d | Fic. 22.—Protochauliodes biconicus sp. n. Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, left anal plate, dorsal ; c, aedeagus, dorsal; d, ninth sternite, ventral. _ one example having the lower angle produced and with a small point. It is possibly _ a little more clavate apically but does not offer any good characters by which the _ dried insects may be separated. In cinerascens the aedeagus has its apex divided into two truncate lobes, separated by an acute excision, and the mid-dorsal lobes _ or ridges are much smaller. f Protochauliodes biconicus sp. n. Fig. 22. _ AusTRALIA: New South Wales, Nowra, 8.x.1928 (F. A. Rodway), 1 3, holotype, in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). 444 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI The unique male is somewhat damaged, one antenna and part of the other missing, and the base of the right-hand wings defective. Body-colour dull reddish brown, head with paler markings on labrum, clypeus, between antennae and on vertex. Antennae subserrate, the anterior margin of each segment somewhat dilated, mainly fuscous. Pronotum anteriorly orange-fulvous. Legs fuscous. Wings with mem- brane pale brownish hyaline, fore wing with scattered brownish spots, darkest along costal border ; hind wing with a few spots apically and along costal bordel Venation brown, arrangement of veins much as in P. cinerascens (Blanchard). 6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite with apical margin widely and shallowly excised. Ninth sternite rather broad, lateral margins convex, apex truncate or slightly sinuous, Anal plates stout, from the side with upper margin convex, lower sinuous, lower apical angle produced, short and conical. From above this cone is directed back-. ward and slightly outward. Inner margin sinuous, armed with dense, fine spinules and longer hairs. Aedeagus forming a subtriangular plate, lateral margins excised basally, apex very slightly bilobed. From the side the aedeagus is abruptly angled downwards near its base, then curved tailward to a moderately dilated apex with a small, acute projection on its upper surface. Length of fore wing, 32 mm. . Type with abdomen mounted in balsam. This is, I believe, the first Protochauli- odes to be recorded from Australia. Until the type locality of Chauliodes dubitatus Walker is known, one must not overlook the possibility that the present species may be the male of dubitatus. It differs however in its narrower wings, different pattern and the fact that in dubitatus the basal y—m cross-vein in the hind wing is completely absent. From P. cinerascens it may be separated by the differently shaped anal plates and by the form of the aedeagus. APPENDIX ee Since the galley-proofs of this paper were corrected, I have seen a copy of Mr. E. F. Riek’s paper (‘‘Australian Megaloptera, or Alder-flies,” 1954, Austral. J on Zool, 2 (I): 131-142, I pl., 3 text-figs.). It seems probable that some of the new species described in the present paper will prove to be the same as species of Archi- chauliodes described by Riek, but in the absence of genitalia figures of his species it must be left for Australian entomologists to decide the matter. His Austro- chauliodes dubitatus (Walker) may well be the same as my Protochauliodes biconicus, but his photograph of the female wings shows a definite basal y-m cross-vein in the hind wing, which is lacking in the type of dubitatus Walker. D. E. KimmiIns, 6th Sept., 1954. PRES SNe IOV 1954 es Obi PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. l at py. s tw PRESoNTED 3 pec 954 LHE GENERA HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN, DICROTELUS ERICHSON, NYLLIUS STAL, ORGETORIXA CHINA AND ALLIED NEW GENERA N: C. E. MILLER. BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 12 LONDON: 1954 THE GENERA HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN, DICROTELUS ERICHSON, NYLLIUS STAL, ORGETORIXA CHINA AND ALLIED NEW GENERA BY N. C. E. MILLER eee Y Pp. 445-488 ; 21 Text-figures. “BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 12 LONDON: 1954 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). stituted in 1949, is issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Paris appear at irregular intervals as they become veady. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 3, No. 12 of the Entomological sertes. PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued November, 1954 Price Twelve Shillings and Sixpence THE GENERA HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN, DICROTELUS ERICHSON, NYLLIUS STAL, ORGETORIXA CHINA AND ALLIED NEW GENERA (HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA, REDUVIIDAE, HARPACTORINAE, DICROTELINI) © By N..C. E. MILLER, F.R.ESS., F.Z.S., F.E.S.S.A.° (Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London) SYNOPSES This paper contains a revision of the genus Henricohahnia Breddin, descriptions of new allied genera, also descriptions and figures of the genus Ny/llius Stal, new genera allied to it and new species of Orgetorixa China. THE genus Henricohahnia was erected by Breddin in 1900 (Deutsche ent. Zeit. : 184-185) for the reception of a somewhat bizarre reduviid from the Tengger Moun- _ tains of East Java. He gave it the specific name of wahnschaffet. In 1903 Distant erected the genus Forestus (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12 : 251-253) _ and placed in it four species—typicus, montanus, spinosus and inermis but, in 1904 (Fauna Brit. India. Rhynchota 2: 389) he transferred them to Henricohahnia. In the same year and publication (Joc. cit.) he described a new species—Henrtco- hahnia gallus—and in 1909 another new species—H. badgley1 (Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 53 : 373). A critical examination of the species described by Distant, however, has revealed that the species inermis and badgleyi should not have been placed in Henricohahnia, Accordingly I have erected a new genus—Karenocoris—for them. In the present paper I have also described two more new allied genera—Tapiro- i coris and Malaiseana—both of which are allied to Henricohahnia. I have revised all previous descriptions of Henricohahnia species with the excep- tion of that of wahnschaffei which is given in the original. A few remarks supple- _ mentary to Breddin’s generic description, however, are added. All species are figured for the first time except Henricohahnia typica (Distant). All the known genera in the Dicrotelini are keyed on pages 466 and 474. Nothing appears to be known about the ecology of Henricohahnia or of any of the other new genera described herein, but it is probable, to judge by their habitus, _ that they pass some portion of their lives under the loose bark of dead trees. The types and paratypes of all the new species are in the British Museum (Natural ENTOM, III, 12, 30 448 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA History) with the exception of the type and paratype of Neonyllius echinus gen. et sp. n., which are in the Vienna Museum. For the genera Nyllius and Dicrotelus, Stal proposed the tribal name of Dicro- telini (1859, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. 16 (8) : 366). To this tribe I consider that the genera Neonyllius gen. nov., Paranyllius gen. nov., Orgetorixa China, and Henni- cohahnia Breddin also belong. I express my thanks to Dr. Stevan Kéler of the Zoological Museum Berlin, for his kindness in allowing me to examine the types of Dicrotelus prolixus Erichson and Nyllius asperatus Stal. I am also indebted to Dr. W. E. China of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) for his assistance in elucidating the synonymy of Sphagiastes Stal. Henricohahnia Breddin Henricohahnia Breddin, 1900, Deutsche ent. Zeit. : 184-185. Forestus Distant, 1903, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (12) ; 251-253, type F. typicus Distant ; Distant, 1904, Fauna Brit. India, Rhynchota, 2, 389; Distant, 1909, Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 53 : 373. Capite a supero viso longe cylindrico, pronoto fere aequilongo, antrorsum in processum com- pressum angustum, @ latere viso acutangularem longe prominente ; capite postoculari quam parte anteoculari cum oculis ipsis nonnihil longiore, vetrorsum levissime angustato ; capitis impressione supertore pone oculos minusculos obsoleta, fere nulla, ocellis punctiformibus ab oculis sat remotis. Capite supra granulis paucis setigeris, haud tamen spinulis instructo, infra utrimque spinulis paucis seriatis armato. Rostri articulo basali marginem posticum oculorum haud attingente, quam articulo secundo plus duplo breviore. Antennis breviusculis, capite pronotoque simul sumptis brevioribus, dimorphis ; articulo primo subclavato capite postoculari multo breviore et articulis secundo tertioque singulis in 3 breviore, in 2 subaequilongo ; primo tuberculis compressis et obtu- satis sublobiformibus horrente, secundo in 9 supra paucis eiusmodo dentibus armato, in 3 inermi, piloso. Antepronoto tuberculis nonnullis acutiusculis, post-pronoto granulis sparsis armatis, pone humeros retrorsum sat longe producto. Scutelli apice sat angusto. Hemelytrorum areola discalt valde elongata atque angusta. Membranae area interiore valde parva, quam area exteriore bast ter angustiore eademque area duplo breviore ; avea exteriore vetrorsum distincte dilatata. Ab- dominis marginibus in lobos mediocres dilatatis. Prostethio in sulci lateribus utrimque tuberculis nonnullis, mesostethio antice latera versus nodulo distincto armatis. Ventre medio subtiliter cavrinato. Femoribus quam tibiis multo longioribus, anterioribus subincrassatis. Femoribus omnibus supra et extus spinulis fortibus numerosis seriatis, anterioribus subtus serie unica sub- obliqua spinularum paucarum armatis. Tibiis anterioribus supra spinulis crassis nonnullis minoribus, anticis subtus paucis maioribus instructis. Breddin omits to mention in his generic description that the coxae and trochanters are spinose and that the basal areas of the membranal cells are more or less coriaceous. At the conclusion of his description of the genus, Breddin adds: “‘ genus singulare inter Blaptonem et Sclominam ordinandum.”’ However, I consider the relationship of Henricohahnia to these two genera to be very remote, for the following reasons. In Sclomina Stal (1861, Ent. Zeit. Stett. 22 : 137) all segments of the antennae are slender and the basal segment is approximately twice as long as the head, the rostrum is more or less curved (as in the majority of the Harpactorinae), the head is not cylindrical, the transverse sulcus is deep and wide and the vertex is not produced anteriorly. The spines on the head in Sclomina are long and slender. The pro- notum has long slender spines and the posterior margin of the posterior lobe is Sea an a HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 449 almost straight. In the hemelytra the internal cell of the membrane is about two-thirds as long and one-third wider than the external cell and the venation of the corium is different in having a small, triangular cell adjacent to the discal cell. Blapton was established by Spinola in 1850 (separata from Mem. Matem. fisica, Soc. ital. Sci. 25 (x), 1852, 88 and 144). Spinola states that “‘ha per tipo una specie di Cayenna discritta dai Signori _ Amyot e Serville, vedi Hist. des Hemyft. 376, 113, Sinea punctipes Amyot e Serville.” The type-species of the genus Blapton Spinola, 1850, is thus, undoubtedly, Sinea punctipes Amyot & Serville, 1843. But this S. American species is congeneric with the Brazilian Milyas ornaticeps Stal, 1858, which is the type species of the genus Milyas Stal, 1858, which, because it was preoccupied, was re-named Pselliopus by Bergroth (1905, Rev. Ent.,: 112). Blapton Spinola, 1850, thus has priority _ over Pselliobus Bergroth, 1905, and the South African genus Blapton auctt. nec Spinola takes the next available name, which is Sphagiastes Stal (1853, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Foérh. : 43), type S. horrificus 1853 = ramentaceus Germar, 1837 = dreget Spinola, 1850. There is one other species which has been placed in the genus Blapion, namely | Arilus pilipes Stal (1855, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. : 43). In 1912 Schouteden (Rev. Zool. afr. 2: 114) considered that B. pilipes should be placed, at least, in a sub-genus of Blapton for which he proposed the name Lefton. In 1913 (loc. cit. : 437), having discovered that Lefton was preoccupied, Schouteden substituted the name Lerton. This genus is allied to, but is not a subgenus of Sphagiastes. The affinity of Henricohahmia to Sphagiastes isremote. There isa slight similarity in the shape of the head and rostrum, but the armature of the head, the extraor- dinary spinose pronotum, particularly its posterior lobe, the unique structure of the connexivum and the tuberculate ventral surface of the abdomen, all indicate that _ these two genera are by no means closely related. Furthermore, in Sphagiastes the antennal segments and legs are slender and have compact tufts of short thick _ setae as well as normal setae. The abdomen in Sphagiastes is not carinate mid- _ ventrally, the membranal cells are more or less equal in area and the membrane has _ irregularly ramate veins apically. Henricohahnia, I think, is allied to Nyllius Stal (1859, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Forh. 16 - (8) : 355) and to Orgetorixa China (1925, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 15 : 486-488) with _ which it has the following characters in common, namely the produced vertex, _ more or less cylindrical head, tuberculate and spinose pronotum with the posterior margin medially excavate. Dicrotelus Erichson (1842, Arch. 8 (1) : 284) has certain affinities with these three genera but differs in having a slender habitus, a smooth integument and non- _ tuberculate connexivum and also in being brachypterous. The venation of the hemelytra of Henricohahnia and Nyllius differs from that of _ Orgetorixa in having a relatively small but distinct internal membranal cell which _ Orgetorixa lacks. The presence, absence, or size of this cell, however, may not be _ of great importance, since it appears to vary somewhat and may be absent in indi- _ viduals of species in which it is normally present. For example, the cell was absent _ from a paratype of Nyllius asperatus which I examined. ENTOM. III, 12 30§ 450 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA Key to Henricohahnia species 1. Humeral angles strongly spinously or conically produced ; : : ‘ : 4: ~—. Humeral angles not or hardly at all produced ; : ‘ ‘ . . ; 2. 2. Head and pronotum without black pattern . ; : é ; - . indica sp. n. —. Head and pronotum with black pattern ; ; ; é ? ‘ $ 3. Produced portion of vertex acute apically in lateral view - : vitticeps sp. n. ~. Produced portion of vertex broadly rounded apically in lateral view ; gallus Distant 4. Humeralangles spinous. ; : ‘ : ; ; ; 5. ~. Humeral angles conical, thick, strongly recurved a ; ; ; 6. 5. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe narrowly and deeply incised medially ; cauta sp. n. . Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe widely and shallowly incised medially typica (Distant). 6. Produced portion of vertex truncate apically in lateral view . . ‘ : R re —. Produced portion of vertex rounded apically in lateral view . : : ; , 8. 7. Spines at humeral angles truncate apically . : : i : , . vittata sp. n. —. Spines at humeral angles sub-acute apically . ‘ 9. 8. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe undulate with moderately deep and wide median incision . , montana (Distant) —. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe undulate with very shallow median incision . ‘ . wahnschaffet Breddin. 9. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe undulate with very wide, shallow median incision : ; . spinosa (Distant) —. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe regularly undulate : . tinctoria@ sp. n. Henricohahnia wahnschaffei Breddin (Fig. 1) Deutsche ent. Zeit. 1900 : 184-185. Colour: Ferruginescenti vel fuscescenti-cinerea, griseo pilosa tomentoque cinereo dense induta,. Rostri apice, spinulis gulae, antennarum articulo primo apicem versus quartoque toto nec non — femoribus supra tibiarumque maxima parte, ut videtur semper, nigris vel nigricantibus. Rostri articult primi apice secundoque toto, tibiarum annulo distincto medio alioque subbasali obsoletiore, tarsis articulorum antennarum secundi et tertit parte basali quartique ima basi ferruginescenti- albidis. Structure: Capite infra pone oculos spinulis utrimque binis juxtapositis et basin versus tuberculis utrimque singulis armato. Post-pronoto basi late sinuato vel apertangulariter exciso ; antice cavinis duobus et magis extrorsum lineis utrimque singulis dense pilosis longitudinalibus, omnibus vetrvorvsum divergentibus, inter humeros carinula utrimque transversali ex angulo humerali exeunte et intus mox evanescente instructo ; hoc angulo sublobiformiter prominulo, spina extrorsum et valde vetrorsum producta armato. Tuberculis spiniformibus femorum in series quatuor vel quinque ordinatis, anterioribus praeterea subtus spinis tribus vel quatuor armatis. Tuibits anticis subtus apicem versus spina forti ceterisque longiove calcariformi nonnihil extrorsum directa munitis. Abdomen in mare hemelytris clausis non multo in femina multo latiorve, rhomboideo. Apice segmenti sexti connexivalis cum bast septimi in lobum apertangularem, apice segmenti quintt cum ima basi sexti in lobum mediocrem (in mare irregulariter quadrangularem postice extus acuminatum, in femina trapezoideum apice truncatum) dilatis, in femina angulo apicali segmenti etiam quarti apertangulariter extrorsum prominente. Abdominis margine toto tuberculis minutis setiferis, ventre connexivoque granulis sparsis instructis. The measurements given by Breddin, are total length, 13-15:5 mm.; greatest pronotal width, 4-4-75 mm. 4 4 Fic. 1.—Henricohahnia wahnschaffet Breddin. 452 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA The specimens on which Breddin based his descriptions were collected by Jung- huhn in the Tengger Mountains of East Java. In the British Museum there are also specimens collected by F. C. Drescher in other localities in Java, namely Gunong Slamet at an altitude of 2,200 ft., Gunong Tankoeban Prahoe between 4,000 and 5,000 ft., Gunong Boerangrang at about 4,000 ft. and Gunong Malabar at a similar altitude. Henricohahnia gallus Distant (Fig. 2) Henricohahnia gallus Distant, 1904, Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynchota 2 : 389. Colour: Dark testaceous. Vertex with three longitudinal parallel stripes, postocular dorsally with two longitudinal parallel stripes not extending to base, laterally with an irregular stripe connecting posteriorly with dorsal stripes, black. Rostrum pale testaceous ; segments 1 and 2 basally, segment 3 apically, suffused with dark brown. Anterior lobe of pronotum with black pattern as in Fig. 2. Corium suffused with piceous apically ; membrane hyaline, pale testa- ceous ; venation testaceous; base of veins of cells with a raised pale luteous spot. Apex of scutellum pale luteous; depressed area of disc piceous. Spines on legs pale yellow. Structure : Basal segment of antennae strongly tuberculate, a little more than twice as long as produced portion of vertex; tylus with tubercles; produced portion of vertex apically from above sub-acute; laterally sub-truncate. Head sparsely tuberculate. Anterior lobe of pronotum, with sparse erect and sub-erect tubercles more or less regularly arranged ; posterior lobe medially depressed with a somewhat obscure, short carina bearing low tubercles, sub- dorsally ; lobe very sparsely tuberculate ; humeral angles sub-conical and with low setigerous tubercles ; posterior margin undulate. Disc of scutellum somewhat deeply depressed; apex produced, horizontal, tuberculate. Hemelytra extending very little beyond apex of abdomen. Total length, 9:00 mm. Hemelytra, 5-50 mm. Greatest pronotel width, 2-30 mm. 1¢ (holotype), 1g, India, Kotagiri, in Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). Henricohahnia vitticeps sp. n. (Fig. 3) Colour: Testaceous. Vertex with a spot laterally, postocular with a wide, median stripe, very narrowly divided medially, and narrow lateral stripes; anterior lobe of pronotum with linear suffusion, disc of scutellum, black. Structure: Basal segment of antennae less than twice as long as produced portion of vertex, with short, conical and long cylindrical tubercles bearing setae ; segment 2 with few setigerous tubercles. Produced portion of vertex acute apically. Head and anterior lobe ot pronotum sparsely tuberculate. Posterior lobe of pronotum somewhat deeply medially depressed with a carina on each side of depression; humeral angles not produced, rectangular, rounded; lobe very sparsely tuberculate; posterior margin undulate with median incision very broad and shallow. Disc of scutellum feebly transversely depressed posteriorly. Total length, 11-00 mm. Hemelytra, 6-50 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 3.00 mm. 1 (holotype), Assam, Utakamund, in Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). ———— Fic. 2.—Henricohahnia gallus Distant. HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 454 Fic. 3.—Henricohahnia vitticeps sp. n. Fic. 4.—Henricohahnia indica sp. n. Fic. 5.—Henricohahnia spinosa (Distant). | | HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 457 Henricohahnia indica sp. n. (Fig. 4) Colour: Segments 1 and 2 of antennae piceous ; remaining segments brown. Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum piceous ; anterior lobe of pronotum with two suffused yellowish spots medially basally ; posterior lobe of pronotum, propleura, acetabula and abdomen ven- trally, testaceous ; meso- and metapleura and sterna piceous ; meso- and metasternum with a median testaceous suffusion. Abdomen dorsally brown; connexivum suffused with black ; tubercles on ventral surface brown; apex of 7th segment blackish. Corium dark testaceous with the cross-vein at base of internal cell, external half of basal vein of external cell and apex of vein R pale luteous ; membrane pale infumate with a coppery lustre; metathoracic wings hyaline, iridescent. Legs blackish; base of anterior tibiae testaceous; spines on anterior femora dark yellow; median and posterior tibiae testaceous with dark brown annulations. Tubercles on anterior lobe of pronotum yellowish. Structure: Antennae with abundant, moderately long forwardly directed setae and sparse longer setae ; basal segment feebly curved, thicker towards apex and thrice as long as produced portion of vertex; tuberculate on lower surface, the apical tubercles the longest. Head sparsely tuberculate ; produced portion of vertex from the side rounded apicallv and with the sides sub-parallel ; tylus tuberculate not greatly produced. Lateral angles of collar obtusely conical; anterior lobe of pronotum with a few moderately long setigerous tubercles sub-dorsally and laterally ; humeral angles obtusely conical ; posterior lobe of pronotum with very sparse, low tubercles ; posterior margin sinuate with median incision very wide and shallow. Disc of scutellum shallowly depressed. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of abdomen. External apical angle of connexival segment 5 lobately produced, of segment 6 obtuse angulate. Anterior femora and tibiae with moderately long and short setigerous spines; median and posterior femora with low, setigerous tubercles. Total length: ¢, 9°50 mm.; 9, 10-60 mm. Hemelytra: 3, 6-50 mm.; Q, 6-50 mm. Greatest pronotal width: ¢, 2-50 mm.; 9, 3:00 mm. 1g (holotype) and 3g, 2 (paratypes), S. India (no precise locality) (B.M. 1930- 599); Id, 12 (paratypes), S. India, Lovedale, Nilgiri Hills (B.M. 1915-60); 1 (paratype), S. India ; Kodai Kanal (B.M. 1926-171) ; all collected by T. V. Camp- bell. Henricohahnia spinosa (Distant) (Fig. 5) Forestus spinosus Distant, 1903, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 11: 252. Henricohahnia spinosa (Distant), 1904, Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynchota 2 : 388. Colour: Pale testaceous. Vertex with two perallel, narrow, longitudinal stripes, postocular with a wide median longitudinal stripe, black. Humeral spines light brown. Veins of discal cell of corium and apical margin, except extreme apex, pale luteous. Costal margin of corium suffused with piceous. Membrane pale infumate; venation testaceous. Segments 2, 5 and 6 apically and base of segment 7 of connexivum piceous; marginal tubercles mostly black. Spines on femora whitish, very narrowly brown apically. Metathoracic wings infumate ; venation dark testaceous. Structure. Basal segment of antennae sparsely tuberculate, a little more than twice as long as produced portion of vertex. Tylus more or less vertical with an apical tubercle. Produced portion of vertex rounded apically. Head and pronotum sparsely tuberculate. Posterior lobe of pronotum with indications of short carinae sub-dorsally ; humeral angles spinously produced ; posterior margin undulate with the median incision moderately deep. Disc of ENTOM. III, 12. 308§ Fic. 6.—Henricohahnia tinctoria sp. n. oo —~ a “ i HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 459 scutellum damaged; apex moderately produced, horizontal. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of abdomen. Total length, 12-50 mm. Hemelytra, 8-50 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 3-50 mm, 12 (holotype), Assam ; Sikkim (Atkinson Coll., B.M. 1892-6) ; 29, same locality (Distant Coll, B.M. 1911-383); 29, Bengale, Kurseong (Distant Coll., B.M., tg11-383) ; 19, Dharmoto, Kumaon, 5,600 ft., 9.vi.1g12 (A. D. Imms); 19, Chaurata. The ovum of H. sfinosa is cylindrical, rather strongly curved at oper- cular end. Total length, 2°30 mm. Henricohahnia tinctoria sp. n. (Fig. 6) Colour: Testaceous. Head with two longitudinal, parallel black stripes from base of pro- duced portion of vertex to transverse sulcus and a wide black stripe thence almost to base. Ocelli margined with red. Anterior lobe of pronotum with piceous pattern as in Fig. 6. Spines at humeral angles piceous. Tubercles on both pronotal lobes brownish or piceous. Dorsal surface of abdomen, except connexivum, base of clavus broadly and of corium narrowly, red ; corium apically with a U-shaped raised luteous spot; remainder of corium faintly suffused with red; vein Sc of metathoracic wing red. Connexivum with segments 2-6 dorsally with a large irregular piceous spot apically. Mesopleural episternum anteriorly suffused with piceous. Tubercles on pleura and abdomen ventrally piceous. Structure: Basal segment of antennae more or less straight, not very strongly tuberculate and somewhat narrower towards apex; segment 2 about one-third longer than 1 and without tubercles. Head sparsely tuberculate. Basal segment of rostrum extending very little beyond anterior margin of eyes. Humeral angles spinously produced, the spines rounded apically and directed posteriorly somewhat ; posterior lobe of pronotum with sparse, very low, setigerous tubercles ; posterior margin regularly undulate, the median incision moderately deep. Disc of scutellum very deeply depressed ; carina with a few low tubercles. All segments of connexivum with short, marginal tubercles ; segment 7 of abdomen dorsally transversely rugose in apical half. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of abdomen. In the female paratype the basal antennal segment is more strongly tuberculate and segment 2 is relatively shorter and feebly tuberculate. Total length: g, 12-00 mm.; Q, 13°50 mm. Hemelytra: g, 7°50 mm.; Q, 13°50 mm. Greatest pronotal width: g, 3-50 mm.; 9, 4:00 mm. Ig (holotype), Sikkim, Rongli Chu, 3,000 ft., 29.i11.1924 (B.M. 1924-386) ; 1d, 12 (paratypes), Sikkim, Singhik, 3,500 ft., 23.iv.1924 (B.M. 1924-386) ; coll. Maj. R. W. G. Hingston (B.M. Everest Expedition). Henricohahnia vittata sp. n. (Fig. 7) Colour: Testaceous. Posterior lobe of pronotum with a diagonal, longitudinal stripe within depressions, pro- and mesopleura with a transverse stripe, metapleural acetabula and apex of tibiae piceous ; coxae with suffused piceous spot. Corium testaceous ; apical half of clavus, membrane and metathoracic wings infumate. Structure: Basal segment of antennae twice as long as produced portion of vertex, feebly 460 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA Fic, 7.—Henricohahnia vitiata sp. n. HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA Fic. 8,—Henricohahnia cauta sp. n. 461 462 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA curved and strongly tuberculate. Head with abundant, erect, moderately long setae, sparsely tuberculate. Posterior lobe of pronotum with very strong sub-dorsal carinae and less strong lateral carinae ; humeral angles tuberculately produced ; median incision on posterior margin — of lobe regularly concave. Disc of scutellum deeply depressed; carina and apex irregularly tuberculate. Head, body, legs with abundant setae. Anterior coxae and trochanters strongly, median coxae and trochanters, moderately tuberculate. Total length, 18-00 mm. Hemelytra, 12-00 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 3-80 mm. 1Q (holotype), Indo-China ; Laos, Xieng Khouang, 10.v.1919 (R. V. de Salvaza) (B.M. 1917-98). An ovum dissected from this female is dark brown with the © differentiated portion of the chorion whitish. It is cylindrical, glabrous, somewhat — narrower at the opercular end and with one side straight. Total length, 2-40 mm. Henricohahnia cauta sp. n. (Fig. 8) Colour: Testaceous. Humeral angles of pronotum and apex of corium suffused with brown. _ Membrane and metathoracic wings faintly infumate, iridescent. Pygophore and metapleura ~ suffused with piceous. Lateral tubercles of prosternum piceous. Structure: Basal segment of antennae with short, conical setigerous tubercles and two longer cylindrical tubercles on upper surface, apically; remaining segments with sparse, moderately long, abundant, short setae. Produced portion of vertex from above very narrowly — triangular, acute apically ; from the side triangular, acute apically. Total length: ¢g, 12:00 mm.; 9, I2-Io mm. Hemelytra: g, 7°00 mm.; 9, 7°00 mm. Greatest pronotal width: 3, 3-50 mm.; 9, 3°30 mm. Ig (holotype), Indo-China, Haut Mekong, Nam Mat, 15.iv.1918; 32 (para- types), Laos, Xieng Khouang, 7-17.v.1918 (R. V. de Salvaza) (B.M. 1918-1). Henricohahnia typica (Distant) (Fig. 9) Forestus typicus Distant, 1903, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 11: 251. Henricohahnia typica (Distant), 1904, Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynchota 2 : 387. Colour: Testaceous, except dorsum of abdomen, pale reddish; tubercles on connexivum mostly piceous ; segments 5~7 dorsally suffused with black. Basal half of clavus and extreme — base of corium reddish ; base of veins of membranal cells and an irregular suffusion on corium apically pale luteous; membrane faintly infumate; venation darker. Coxae with piceous spots. Vein SC of metathoracic wing pale yellow, except apical fourth violaceous ; wing faintly infumate, iridescent ; remaining veins dark brown. In the male, the pygophore has two large, ~ suffused piceous spots. , Structure Basal segment of antennae strongly tuberculate and with a long tubercle on upper apical margin; segment less than half as long as produced portion of vertex; tylus with moderately long, setigerous tubercles; produced portion of vertex from above and from the side acute apically. Head sparsely tuberculate. Anterior lobe of pronotum with conical, acute, moderately long and short tubercles; lateral angles of collar conically produced; | posterior lobe with strong carinae anteriorly, sub-dorsally ; humeral angles conical, strongly — HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 463 Fic. 9.—Henricohahnia typica (Distant). 464 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA recurved, tuberculate ; posterior margin of lobe feebly undulate. Hemelytra extending very little beyond apex of abdomen. Total length: g, 11-50 mm.; 9, 13°50 mm. Hemelytra: g, 7:00 mm.; Q, 8-oo mm. Greatest pronotal width: g, 3:00 mm.; 9, 3:80 mm. 12 (holotype), Assam, Sikkim, 53, 39, same locality (Atkinson Coll., B.M. 1892- 6); 14, N. Khasia, 1,500—3,000 ft. (Distant Coll., B.M. rgr1—383). Henricohahnia montana (Distant) (Fig. 10) Forestus montanus Distant, 1903, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), 11, 252. Henricohahnia montana (Distant), 1903, Fauna Brit. India Rhynchota 2, 388). The following is a description of the male: Colour: Head and thorax piceous ; anteocular laterally with a light brown spot in front of eyes ; postocular in front and between ocelli, extreme base of head, anterior lobe of pronotum, propleural epimeron, metapleural acetabula anteriorly and rostrum, light brown. Posterior margin of posterior lobe of pronotum suffused with brown. Meso- and metasternum and abdomen ventrally, light brown with faint reddish suffusion. Femora piceous; tibiae brown with a pale yellowish annulation interrupted on outer surface. Corium brown with an irregular luteous spot at base of veins of membrane and with piceous suffusion ; membrane and meta- thoracic wings faintly infumate, iridescent. Setae and pubescence pale fulvous. Structure: Basal segment of antennae a little less than twice as long as produced portion of vertex, feebly tuberculate ; remaining segments without tubercles and with dense, short setae and sparse longer setae. Head sparsely tuberculate except basally, laterally ; ventro-lateral margin with moderately long tubercles. Basal segment of rostrum extending to middle of eyes. Tubercles on anterior lobe of pronotum short, conical except tubercles sub-dorsally, basally which are moderately long; posterior lobe of pronotum sparsely tuberculate, except at humeral angles ; lobe with an arcuate carina sub-dorsally and a short transverse carina from humeral angles; posterior margin sinuate; spines at humeral angles thick, rounded apically and directed posteriorly somewhat. Disc of scutellum deeply depressed ; carina with a few tubercles. Segment 7 of abdomen dorsally transversely striate in apical half; segments 5 and 6 of connexivum produced ; external margin of segments with low, setigerous tubercles ; connexivum ventrally very narrow; spiracles with ostiole directed outwards ; lateral margin of abdomen ventrally carinate. Total length: g, 13-00 mm.; Q, 14:00 mm. Hemelytra: g, 7°50 mm.; 9, 8:oo mm. Greatest pronotal width: g, 4:00 mm.; 9, 4:50 mm. The holotype of H. montana, a female from Mungphu, Assam (Distant Coll., B.M. 1913-451), in the British Museum, differs in coloration from the male in having the head and body dark testaceous and the apex of the corium luteous. The 3rd antennal segment is pale yellow in the basal half. The basal antennal segment is strongly tuberculate and segment 2 is relatively shorter and has a few tubercles. The spiracles are normal and the connexivum wide ventrally. In the British Museum there is also a male from E. Garo, Assam, collected at an altitude between 1,500 and 2,500 ft. (Distant Coll., B.M. 1911-383), and a male and a female from N. Khasia from a similar altitude (B.M. 1914-383). There are also females from Shillong, Assam, altitude 4,900 ft. (B.M. 1913-451). 465 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA Fic, 10.—Henricohahnia montana (Distant). 466 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA Key to Genera allied to Henricohahnia. 1. Basal antennal segment with moderately long cylindrical tubercles; abdomen mid- ventrally carinate ; coxae and trochanters spinose . y Henricohahnia Breddin. —. Basal antennal segment with low, rounded tubercles ; abdomen not carinate ventrally ; coxae sometimes with a very few spines ; trochanters without spines . ‘ ° 2. . Head and anterior lobe of pronotum with strong black pattern . Tapirocoris gen. nov. . Head and anterior lobe of pronotum without pattern . : : . ‘ ‘ 33 . Head and pronotum with abundant, low tubercles 5 ‘ : 5 : 5 4. . Head and pronotum with sparse low tubercles ‘ ‘ , ; ‘ . Humeral angles narrowly rounded or conical; anterior tibiae with few or no spines Karenocoris gen. nov. 5. Humeral angles broadly rounded ; anterior tibiae with six or more spines Malaiseana gen. nov. > |lwtlrnr Key to Species of Karenocoris gen. nov. 1. Head and pronotum strongly tuberculate ; humeral angles conical . ‘. ; “ 2 —. Head and pronotum moderately tuberculate ; humeral angles rounded . pustulatus sp. n. 2. Posterior margin ot posterior pronotal lobe undulate with deep median incision badgleyi (Distant). ~—. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe undulate . : ; inermis (Distant). Karenocoris gen. nov. Size small. Basal segment of antennae tuberculate, longer than anteocular. Postocular longer than anteocular with sides parallel ; constricted basally. Head cylindrical, shorter than pronotum, ventro-laterally spinose; entirely tuberculate, except ventrally, basally and a narrow area on vertex, smooth; vertex produced anteriorly, Ocelli small, widely separated. Basal segment of rostrum extending to middle of eyes, a little more than half as long as segment 2; segments 2 and 3 straight. Pronotum longer than wide ; anterior lobe shorter than posterior lobe ; both lobes with a median sulcus and tubercles which are arranged in rows on anterior lobe ; posterior margin of posterior lobe undulate. Scutellum longer than wide, produced apically. Pleura, abdomen ventrally and lateral margins of connexival segments tuberculate. Hemelytra with internal cell of membrane very small; corium pubescent; base of cells of membrane sclerotized. FFemora smooth; anterior and median femora with tubercles on upper and lateral surfaces ; anterior femora with a row of spines on lower outer surface and a single spine on inner lower surface; median femora with a spine on lower surface; anterior and median tibiae tuberculate ; anterior tibiae sinuate apically and with a projection sub-apically ; tarsi tuberculate. Type species: Karenocoris pustulatus sp. n. Karenocoris pustulatus sp. n. (Fig. 11) Colour: Antennae, head, thorax, legs, abdomen ventrally and corium, dark testaceous ; head, pronotum and propleural epimeron suffused with piceous. Abdomen dorsally black ; connexival segments with a small yellowish spot basally. Tubercles piceous. Tibiae suffused with piceous apically Structure: Basal segment of antennae feebly curved and feebly tuberculate, the tubercles setigerous. Produced portion of vertex from above narrow with the sides parallel. Transverse 1 Karen, a Burmese people. “=, ) AT Aan 03 a 5 ie - ~ AA AM a ane = Ann AA An ne ME 7 IAAL aan yp, ¢ * “ * ‘. 77a w 7 PY ad tolled er eey 468 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA sulcus on vertex situated behind eyes and interrupted medially. Ocellar interspace less wide than distance between an ocellus and an eye. Anterior margin of anterior pronotal lobe strongly tuberculate ; sulcus on anterior lobe very narrow, not extending to anterior or posterior margins ; sulcus on posterior lobe very feebly indicated. Disc of scutellum deeply foveolate ; produced apical portion horizontal. Abdomen dorsally smooth, except apical third of 7th segment, transversely rugose. ; Total length, 11-30 mm. Hemelytra, 7-60 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 3-10 mm. 13 (holotype), Upper Burma, Seinghka Valley, Aduna confluence, 28-5 N.—97-35 E., 4,500, 3.v.1926 (E. Kingdon Ward) (B.M. 1926-400). Karenocoris inermis (Distant) (Fig. 12) Forestus inermis Distant, 1903, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 11: 253. Henricohahnia inermis (Distant), 1904, Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynchota 2 : 389. Colour: Testaceous. Dorsal surface of abdomen piceous; connexivum dark testaceous with a yellowish spot basally. Membrane infumate. Structure. Basal segment of antennae feebly curved with short curved setae arising from tubercles. Produced portion of vertex relatively short, thick, narrowly rounded apically. Posterior lobe of pronotum rugose, tuberculate ; humeral angles sub-conical ; posterior margin of lobe undulate with feeble median incision. Disc of scutellum damaged; apex sub-acute. Anterior tibiae with two spines sub-basally ; anterior femora with 7 spines on lower inner surface and 1 spine on lower outer surface. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of abdomen. Total length, 13-00 mm. Hemelytra, 7-50 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 3:10 mm. The type of Karenocoris inermis, a female, is from Mungphu (Atkinson Coll., Brit. Mus. 1892-6). In the British Museum there is also a female from Sikkim (B.M. 1911-383). Karenocoris badgleyi (Distant) (Fig. 13) Henricohahnia badgleyi Distant, 1909, Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 53 : 373. Colour: Antennae, head, posterior lobe of pronotum, piceous; anterior lobe of pronotum and rostrum, brown. Pleura, sterna, legs light brown; pleura suffused with piceous. Abdo- men dorsally black ; connexivum brown with a yellow spot on each segment basally ; abdomen ventrally testaceous with brown suffusion laterally and dark brown tubercles. Corium brown ; membrane hyaline, infumate. Structure: Basal segment of antennae feebly curved with short, curved, spatulate setae arising from tubercles. Produced portion of vertex moderately thick, about half as long as basal antennal segment. Both lobes of pronotum smooth, tuberculate; anterior lobe feebly de- pressed medially ; tubercles on posterior lobe arranged more or less in transverse rows ; humeral angles sub-acute ; median incision on posterior lobe of pronotum deep, acute angular. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of abdomen. Total length, 11-00 mm. Hemelytra, 7-00 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 3-00 mm. + Pees “Jot ee Peed heart ri vee “ves - v wide Ret tee ‘ret 4 . >) &. . st ve LAa vy + =) wy, v, ¥ ve by “uv ~t . ev . Fic. 12.—Karenocoris inermis (Distant). eo a Oy wu Where 3 ~ ve veyer® . “ee = ® Fe * oe p aye 3 » > < 2, gw % re Pate On m4 5 ai 235.5 3: g > a > ey “ > ae: PA 4 M3 > > a > > > E . . ., 4 > > Fic, 1 . 13.—K avenocoris badgleyt (Di istant). a a a OS a ees SP HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 471 The type of Karenocoris badgleyi, a male, is from Assam ; collector W. F. Badgley (B.M. 1906-185). There is also a male from the same source. Malaiseana gen. nov.! Size small. Basal segment of antennae tuberculate, longer than anteocular; postocular longer than anteocular, somewhat globose then narrowed. Head cylindrical, shorter than _ pronotum; dorsally tuberculate; vertex produced anteriorly; gular region with spines. Ocelli small, widely separated. Basal segment of rostrum extending beyond anterior margin of eyes, less than half as long as segment 2; segments 2 and 3 straight. Pronotum wider than long; transverse sulcus indistinct medially ; both lobes tuberculate and medially longitu- dinally sulcate, the sulcus not extending to posterior margin of either lobe; posterior margin of posterior lobe undulate. Scutellum longer than wide, triangular with apex produced. External apical angle of connexival segments 5 and 6 produced ; external margins of segments partly tuberculate. Abdomen tuberculate ventrally. Hemelytra with internal cell of mem- brane very small; base of cells of membrane sclerotized. Femora nodulose ; anterior femora with spines on lower surface; median femora with a single spine on lower surface; tibiae shorter than femora; anterior tibiae with spines. Corium setose. Type species: Malaiseana annultpes sp. n. Malaiseana annulipes sp. n. (Fig. 14) Colour: Piceous. Segment 2 of rostrum dark brown. Acetabula, suffusion and spots on pleura and posterior lobe of pronotum, testaceous. Connexival segments with a yellowish spot basally ; abdomen ventrally testaceous with suffusion and tubercles piceous; pygophore piceous. Tibiae and posterior femora with a median yellowish annulation. Structure: Basal segment of antennae with short, forwardly directed setae arising from low tubercles. Produced portion of vertex sub-acute, feebly curved downwards, cylindrical. Vertex medially and inter-ocellar area, smooth, without tubercles. Ocellar interspace less - wide than distance between an ocellus and an eye. Lateral angles of collar with low, conical tubercles. Disc of scutellum feebly depressed. Hemelytra extending a little beyond apex of abdomen. Anterior tibiae with 5 spines on outer and inner surfaces. Pale areas of con- nexivum not tuberculate. Total length, 10-oo mm. Hemelytra, 6-50 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 3-00 mm. Ig (holotype), N.E. Burma, Kambaiti, 7000 ft., 18.v.1934 (R. Malaise) (B.M. 1935-630). Tapirocoris gen. nov.” Size small. Basal segment of antennae tuberculate, longer than anteocular, postocular somewhat globose, constricted basally. Head shorter than pronotum; dorsally and laterally tuberculate ; vertex produced anteriorly. Ocelli small, widely separated. Basal segment of rostrum half as long as segment 2, not extending to anterior margin of eyes; segments 2 and 3 straight. Pronotum wider than long; transverse sulcus interrupted medially ; anterior lobe with setigerous tubercles laterally and some low, tubercles on disc ; posterior lobe smooth ; 1 Dedicated to Dr. R. Malaise of the Stockholm Museum. ? In allusion to the shape of the head. vo ZB v oe Fic. 14.—Malaiseana annulipes sp. n. Fic. 15.—Tapirocoris limbatus sp, n. 474 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA anterior lateral angles acutely produced ; posterior margin of posterior lobe undulate ; anterior lobe with a median, longitudinal sulcus. Scutellum longer than wide ; apex produced. Heme- — lytra with internal cell of membrane very small. Femora smooth, tuberculate; anterior femora with spines on upper and lower surfaces ; median femora with spines on lower surface ; anterior tibiae with spines on lower surface; anterior coxae tuberculate. External apical angle of connexival segments 5 and 6 produced. Type species: Tapirocoris limbatus sp. n. Tapirocoris limbatus sp. n. (Fig. 15) Colour: Testaceous. Head with three longitudinal stripes on vertex, produced portion of vertex, postocular, except a spot basally, a spot between ocelli, and an elongate spot laterally, pattern on anterior lobe of pronotum, sub-lateral area of posterior lobe, disc of scutellum, spots on coxae and pleura, shining black. Abdomen dorsally suffused with red ; connexival segments with a large piceous spot ; abdomen ventrally, meso- and metapleura with sparse small brown spots. Base of veins of metathoracic wing suffused with red. Tubercles and spines on legs piceous. Structure. Basal segment of antennae with short, sub-erect setae arising from tubercles. Produced portion of vertex sub-acute apically, curved downwards feebly ; sides feebly convex. Vertex with a few low tubercles in linear rows on vertex and a few on vertex laterally ; trans- verse sulcus wide. Ocellar interspace a little less wide than distance between an ocellus and an eye. Posterior lobe of pronotum feebly, transversely rugose. Disc of scutellum depressed and transversely sulcate ; apex very feebly produced. Hemelytra extending beyond apex of abdomen. Anterior tibiae with 6 spines on outer and 5 spines on inner surface. External apical angle of connexival segments 5 and 6 feebly produced, rounded. Total length, 12-50 mm. Hemelytra, 8-50 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 3-50 mm. 12 (holotype), Burma, Ruby Mines (Doherty) (B.M. 1911-383). Key to Dicrotelus, Nyllius, Orgetorixa and Allied Genera . Brachypterous. Body narrow, elongate. Head and thorax without tubercles. Lan Segment 9 of abdomen in female strongly lobately produced zt Dicrotelus Erichson. -. Fully alate. Body elongate elliptical. Head and thorax tuberculate. Segment 9 of abdomen in female moderately lobately produced . ‘ . ‘ ; ‘ 2. 2. Internal cell of membrane absent : : F . : . Orgetorixa China. -. Internal cell of membrane present , ‘ ‘ : ° : , ‘ 3. Internal cell of membrane small, elongate, triangular : ; : ° Nyllius Stal. —. Internal cell of membrane very small . ‘ ‘ : ‘ : i ‘ ; 4. 4. Connexivum strongly tuberculate ‘ F . Neonyllius gen. nov. —. Connexivum with a large tubercle at external apical angle of segments . ; ‘ 5. 5. Segments 7 and 9 of connexivum produced, broadly rounded . . Paranyllius gen. nov. Nyllius Stal Nyllius Stal, 1859, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. 16 (8) : 365. Nyllius Wygodzinsky, 1950, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W. 75: 87. Corpus elongatum. Caput cylindvicum, inter antennas sat longe spinoso productum. Antennae geniculatae, articulo I capite paullo breviore, crassiusculo, reliquis gracilibus. Rostrum articulo 7 = + ca Sl gl aa +, ‘ HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 475 basali brevi, secundo illo duplo longiore. Thorax medio constricto, lobo antico multi-spinuloso, postico ante scutellum sat profunde sinuato, angulis latevalibus horizontaliter extrorsum spinoso- productis. Scutellum apice acute productum. Tegmina alaeque completa. Pedes mediocres, femoribus anticis incrassatis, posticis sub-aequelongis, subtus infra medium spina armatis ; tibiis anticis femoribus sub-brevioribus. Abdomen margine spinulis obtusiusculis instructo ; segmento apicali producto fisso. Dicrotelo affine genus, corpore aspero, thorace constricto tegminibus completis distinctum. Nyllius asperatus Stal (Fig. 16) Nyllius asperatus Stal, 1859, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. 16 (8) : 366. Testaceus vel fusco testaceus, parce sericeus. Stal’s description quoted above omits reference to the following characters : Produced portion of vertex acute apically in lateral view ; produced portion of tylus some- what narrow, rounded apically. Tubercles on head moderately long, slender. Spines on collar, on anterior lobe of pronotum and at humeral angles, slender, sub-acute. Produced portion of scutellum with erect, conical elevation apically; apex sub acute and somewhat curved downwards ; disc narrowly deeply depressed ; carinae moderately strongly tuberculate. Hemelytra extending almost to apex of abdomen. Stal’s colour description does not agree with that of the type which is ferruginous with the corium paler. Additional colour details are, clavus and membrane infumate, connexival tubercles white and black, abdomen mid-ventrally pale testaceous. Another specimen, without any locality label, but with a paratype label, differs from the type in having only one membranal cell and is much paler in coloration. Total length, 11-00 mm. Hemelytra, 6-50 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 2-00 mm. Stal’s type, a female in the Stockholm Nat. Riksmuseum, is labelled Nova Hol- landia, without precise locality. Paranyllius gen. nov. Size small. Basal segment of antennae shorter than head. Head longer than pronotum ; almost smooth with very sparse tubercles ; vertex and tylus produced. Ocelli small. Basal segment of rostrum extending to middle of eyes. Pronotum wider than long; anterior lobe longer than posterior lobe ; lateral angles of collar and humeral angles produced ; both lobes smooth with a few tubercles; posterior lobe with carinae sub-dorsally, anteriorly ; posterior Margin excised. Scutellum longer than wide; produced apically ; carinae of disc tuberculate. Hemelytra not extending to apex of abdomen ; internal cell of membrane very small. External apical angle of connexival segments 2-6 tuberculately produced; external apical angle of segments 7 and 9 lobately produced ; abdomen ventrally tuberculate. Anterior femora incras- sate and with a spine on lower surface, sub-apically ; all femora with a few tubercles ; anterior and median tibiae shorter than femora. Type species: Paranyllius turneri sp. n. Paranyllius turneri sp. n. (Fig. 17) Colour: Testaceous. Metathoracic wings hyaline with testaceous venation. Apex of pro- duced portion of vertex, apical segment of rostrum, annulations on anterior and median tibiae, brown. Tubercles on connexivum black. Setae and pubescence greyish. 476 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA Fic. 16.—Nyllius asperatus Stal. eS ar ob em ees owen. Sweet es Fic. 17. Pavranyllius turnert sp. n. 478 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA Structure. Basal segment of antennae a little more than twice as long as produced portion of vertex with a few rounded tubercles, sparse setae and dense adpressed setae; segment somewhat narrower basally and apically. Produced portion of vertex in dorsal and lateral view acute apically ; produced portion of tylus in lateral view triangular, acute; antennal tubercles with minute setigerous tubercles. Head more or less smooth with very obscure, low tubercles, mainly on postocular, sub-basally ; post-ocular feebly constricted in basal third. Lateral angles of collar conical, narrow, rounded apically and directed anteriorly ; tubercles on anterior lobe of pronotum obscure; carinae on posterior lobe feeble with a few tubercles ; lateral angles of lobe moderately strongly tuberculate ; spines on humeral angles short, sub- acute; excision on posterior margin of posterior lobe wide. Disc of scutellum very feebly depressed ; produced portion acute apically and rounded dorsally ; tubercles on carinae very feeble. Hemelytra extending to apex of 7th abdominal segment. Tubercles on connexivum thick, rounded apically. Produced portion of segments 7 and 9 thick, rounded ; tubercles on abdomen ventrally very sparse, low, rounded. Spine on lower surface of anterior femora very short, conical, thick. Total length, 12-00 mm. Hemelytra, 6-00 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 2-10 mm. 12 (holotype), W. Australia, Yanchep, 32 m. N. of Perth, 29.i-8.ii.1936 (R. E. Turner) (B.M. 1936-28). An ovum extracted from this specimen is cylindrical, very feebly curved. Operculum with a circular elevation. Total length, 2-00 mm. Paranyllius pudicus sp. n. (Fig. 18) Colour: Basal segment of antennae, head and thorax dark ferruginous ; remaining segments of antennae light brown. Rostrum light brown. Abdomen dorsally brown; tubercles on connexivum black ; abdomen ventrally testaceous. Corium ferruginous ; membrane hyaline ; venation testaceous. Legs testaceous; anterior and median tibiae with somewhat obscure dark brown annulations. Pubescence whitish. Structure: Basal segment of antennae a little more than twice as long as produced portion of vertex with dense adpressed setae and sparsely tuberculate, the tubercles low, rounded and with sub-erect setae ; segment somewhat narrower basally and apically. Produced portion of vertex in dorsal and lateral view acute ; produced portion of tylus narrowly rounded apically and with short tubercles. Head sparsely tuberculate and with dense pubescence particularly sub-basally ; postocular very feebly constricted sub-basally. Lateral angles of collar irregu- larly tuberculate ; pronotum smooth with two moderately long tubercles anteriorly and with sparse low tubercles; anterior lobe a little longer than posterior lobe; posterior lobe feebly medially depressed anteriorly and with a feeble carina on each side of depression ; spines at humeral angles short, thick, rounded apically ; excision on posterior margin wide. Disc of scutellum very feebly depressed ; tubercles on carinae moderately large; apex sub-acute and curved downwards feebly. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of 7th abdominal segment ; internal cell of membrane very small, narrowly triangular. Tubercles on connexivum mode- rately long rounded apically ; produced portion of segments 7 and 9 narrowly rounded. Spine on lower surface of anterior femora narrowly conical, sub-acute. Total length, 10o-oo mm Hemelytra, 6-00 mm. Greatest pronotal width, 2-00 mm. 12 (holotype), S.W. Australia, Yalingup, 1-12 Dec. ; 19 (paratype), same locality, Nov., 1913 (R. E. Turner) (B.M. 1914-190). Fic. 18.—Paranyllius pudicus sp, n. 480 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA Neonyllius gen. nov. Size small. Basal segment of antennae shorter than head with a few setigerous tubercles ; segment 2 half as long as 1; segment 3 a little shorter than 2. Head longer than pronotum ; vertex and tylus produced; vertex and postocular dorsally and laterally with setigerous tubercles. Ocelli small, elevated. Basal segment of rostrum extending to middle of eyes. Both lobes of pronotum with setigerous tubercles ; humeral angles and lateral angles of collar spinously produced; posterior lobe carinate anteriorly, sub-dorsally ; posterior margin excavate. Disc of scutellum depressed ; lateral carinae tuberculate; apex produced, acute and with a vertical conical elevation. Membrane with internal cell very small. External margins of connexival segments tuberculate ; apical margin of 7th abdominal segment medially excised. Anterior femora moderately incrassate with a spine on lower surface sub-apically ; all femora tuberculate. Segment 9 of abdomen in female lobately produced apically. Type species: Neonyllius echinus sp. n. Neonyllius echinus sp. n. (Fig. 19) Colour: Basal segment of antennae testaceous with obscure ferruginous annulations ; remaining segments brown or slightly ferruginous. Segments 1 and 2 of rostrum testaceous ; apical segment piceous. Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, propleural episternum, meso- and metapleura and sterna, piceous; tubercles ferruginous; posterior lobe of pronotum, pro- pleural epimeron and acetabula testaceous. Abdomen dorsally brown; connexivum yellowish white with tubercles on apical portion of each segment, black ; abdomen ventrally testaceous ; tubercles light brown. Corium testaceous faintly suffused with ferruginous; apex black; membrane hyaline, faintly infumate. Femora testaceous with suffusion and tubercles ferru- ginous; tibiae with obscure brownish annulations ; tarsi light brown. Pubescence whitish. Structure: Basal segment of antennae almost thrice as long as produced portion of vertex ; tubercles mostly in basal half. Produced portion of vertex in dorsal view acute apically ; in lateral view triangular; produced portion of tylus in lateral view sub-acute apically, conical and with moderately long setigerous tubercles. Spines on collar slender; on humeral angles moderately thick, rounded apically and with setigerous tubercles ; tubercles on both lobes of pronotum moderately long and thick; excavation on posterior lobe of pronotum very wide. Tubercles on connexivum moderately long, thick, irregularly spaced ; median incision on 7th abdominal segment feeble. Spine on lower surface of anterior femora short, acute. Lobes on gth abdominal segment moderately long, rounded apically. Total length: g, 10°00 mm.; 9, II-oo mm. Hemelytra: 3g, 5°50 mm.; 9, 6°50 mm. Greatest pronotal width: 3g, 2-7omm.; 9, 3:00 mm. 1g (holotype), 12 (paratype), Australia, Queensland, ex coll. Fruhstorfer (Vienna Museum). The ovum of this species, dissected from the paratype is cylindrical, narrowed towards the opercular end and with one side almost straight. The oper- culum has a short cylindrical elevation in the middle. Total length, 2:20 mm. Key to Species of Orgetorixa 1. Head, pronotum, segments 2 and 3 of abdomen dorsally black : ‘ -. Head, pronotum, segments 2 and 3 of abdomen dorsally dark brown ye Fic. 19.—Neonyllius echinus sp. n. 482 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 2. Tubercles on head large, rounded ; humeral spines thick, rounded apically, somewhat recurved ; moderately thick, sub-acute, directed more or less forwards -. Tubercles on head small, rounded ; anterior tubercles on anterior pronotal lobe and spines on collar . Sa@eva sp. n. anterior tubercles on anterior pronotal lobe and humeral spines less thick, shorter, rounded bs gic spines on collar slender, acute, oblique 3. Tubercles on head small, conical ; rounded apically ; austvalica China. anterior tubercles on ‘anterior pronotal lobe short, spines on collar moderately thick, sub-acute, oblique . €vansi sp. n, Wygodzinsky, 1950 (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 75 : 87) in referring to Orgetorixa states that ‘‘ There is nothing in China’s description that would differentiate his Orgetorixa from Stal’s Nyllius. maintain China’s species for the time being.” I have been able to compare the type of Nyllius asperatus with the type of Orge- torixa australica and am convinced that China’s genus should be maintained. The — differences between the two genera are : Basal segment of antennae Postocular . Basal segment of rostrum Scutellum Connexivum Internal cell of salenilnraati Produced oth Bi it: of ab- domen E : Tylus Colour : of scutellum, ferruginous. Prosternum testaceous ; Antennae, rostrum, legs testaceous. lum, black; posterior lobe piceous ; Corium ferruginous ; Orgetorixa Longer than head Strongly constricted basally Extending a little beyond middle of eyes Carinae feebly tuberculate ; apical spine acute, round- ed dorsally Feebly tuberculate Absent Lobes short, rounded Produced ;_ laterally com- pressed Orgetorixa evansi sp. n. » (Fig. 20) I, 2 and 3 dorsally black. Pubescence grey. Structure : of tylus obliquely truncate with low tubercles and a longer tubercle at lower angle. lateral spines on collar moderately thick, sub-acute. sparsely tuberculate ; It is possible that China’s only species australicus (sic) is different from Nyllius asperatus Stal considering its larger size. We therefore Nyllius Shorter than head. Feebly constricted basally. Extending just beyond an- terior margin of eyes. Carinae strongly tuberculate; apical spine with conical elevation dorsally. Strongly tuberculate. Present. Lobes lamellate, sub-acute. Tuberculate. Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutel- spines and tubercles on both lobes of pronotum and apex clavus and membrane hyaline, pale infumate. meso- and metasternum black. Abdomen testaceous ; segments Produced portion of vertex sub-acute apically in lateral view ; produced portion Head Spines on anterior lobe of pronotum medially anteriorly rounded apically and somewhat constricted medially ; both lobes with sparse tubercles. Disc of scutellum moderately deeply depressed ; carinae irregularly tuberculate ; in lateral view, rounded. External margins of connexivum with a few small tubercles in apical half of each segment. just beyond apex of abdomen. Total length: g, 11°50 mm. Hemelytra: g, 7-30 mm. apex sub-acute ; ; 9, 13°50 mm. . 9, 8-oo mm. Greatest pronotal width (excluding spines) : lateral Hemelytra extending dg, 2.00 mm.; Q, 2-50 mm. HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 483 Fic. 20.—Orgetorixa evansi sp. n. FIG. 21.—Orgetorixa saeva Sp. n. HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 485 1g (holotype), Tasmania, New Norfolk, 31.x.1935; IQ (paratype), Margate, ii.1936 (J. W. Evans) (B.M. 1948-352). Orgetorixa saeva sp. n. (Fig. 21) Colour: Basal segment of antennae pale ferruginous with pale testaceous annulations ; segment 2 pale ferruginous; remaining segments light brown. Head, pronotum, propleura _ brownish ferruginous with tubercles pale ferruginous. Rostrum light brown ; apical segment suffused with ferruginous. Scutellum ferruginous with apex testaceous. Meso- and meta- _ pleura, sterna, and abdomen ventrally, light brown with faint ferruginous suffusion ; abdomen dorsally yellowish. Corium ferruginous with yellowish suffusion apically ; clavus and mem- brane hyaline, faintly infumate. Femora ferruginous; tubercles darker; tibiae brown with faint ferruginous suffusion. Structure: Produced portion of vertex in lateral view broadly conical; produced portion of tylus truncate, minutely tuberculate. Tubercles on head sparse, moderately large. Tubercles on collar, anterior lobe of pronotum anteriorly and on humeral angles, thick, rounded apically ; anterior lobe feebly, transversely, depressed medially ; posterior lobe with feeble carinae anteriorly, sub-dorsally and feebly depressed between carinae ; posterior lobe sparsely tuber- culate. Disc of scutellum feebly depressed; carinae feebly tuberculate; apex acute and somewhat curved downwards; rounded dorsally. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of abdomen. Connexivum marginally with feeble tubercles. Total length: ¢g, 12°50 mm.; 9, 14:00 mm. Hemelytra: g, 7:30 mm.; 9, 7-50 mm. Greatest pronotal width (excluding spines): ¢, 3°00 mm.; Q, 3-40 mm. 1g (holotype), 12 (paratype), Australia, N.S. Wales, Dorrigo (W. Heron) (B.M. 1934-232). ENTOM, III, 12, oie PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED, BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING —- EE EE — Le” UCL Sr 2 ae ig] 4 JAN 1399 REV NAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD (LEPIDOPTERA : LYCAENIDAE) PATRICK ROCHE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 13 LONDON: 1954 REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD (LEPIDOPTERA : LYCAENIDAE) PATRICK ROCHE , ¥ vf { 4 4 or Pp. 489-502 ; Pls. 19—22. BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY | Vol. 3 No. 13 LONDON: 1954 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, is issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become ready. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 3, No. 13 of the Entomological series. PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued December, 1954 Price Eight Shillings REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) By PATRICK ROCHE THE genus Epitola was established by Westwood in 1852 for Papilio posthumus, a species described by Fabricius as long ago as 1793. Since that date a large assem- blage of species has been added. The species are all found in the great tropical forest belt of Africa, extending from Sierra Leone in the West to Uganda in the East. Although many species are widespread through this area, they nearly all tend to show extreme localization, often being found on and around one twig on one tree and not being seen again for many miles when a second “ pocket ’’ may be encountered. For this reason and because they usually fly rather high and erratically many species are poorly represented in collections, and in the future they will probably prove to be commoner than at present appears to be the case. The genus as treated by Aurivillius in Seitz (Macrolepidoptera of the World, Vol. XIII) contained two species which have since been included in other genera : honorius Fabricius is referable to Aethiopana Bethune-Baker and ernesti Karsch to Egumbia Bethune-Baker. Marked sexual dimorphism is the rule in Epitola. Of many species only the male is known, while in the majority the males have yet to have proved their connection with their respective females. This can only be done either by breeding or by catch- ing the species in copula. It has been found that the fine distinctions in the pattern of the undersides and, even more, reliance upon locality and date of capture lead to gross inaccuracy. It is considered that our knowledge of the females is still too limited to provide a key for their differentiation. The key which follows is designed, therefore, solely as an aid to the identification of the males. It may be stated, however, that the division of the genus into groups of species according to the general appearance of the male underside appears to be a sound natural classification in that _ the upperside pattern of those females which are known enables them to be classified into similar groups. E. lamborni Bethune-Baker is known only in the female, so that this species has been omitted from the key. The chitinized portion of the male genital armature is of a simple type, and the : dissection and examination of a considerable number failed to reveal any reliable characters upon which the differentiation of the species could be based. _ Acknowledgments The writer’s thanks are due to N. D. Riley, Esq., C.B.E., for his help and advice throughout and for putting at the writer’s disposal the rich collections in the British Museum, upon which the present work is largely based ; to the following who have _ kindly lent material for examination : Monsieur L. A. Berger (Musée Royal du Congo ENTOM, III, 13. 32 4909 REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD Belge, Tervuren), Dr. T. F. Davey, O.B.E., T. H. E. Jackson, Esq., Dr. Hering (Zoo- logisches Museum der Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin), Dr. Rindge (American Museum > of Natural History, New York), Professor G. C. Varley (Hope Department of Ento- mology, Oxford), Dr. H. K. Clench (Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh), and finally to Dr. S. L. A. Manuwa, C.M.G., O.B.E., Inspector-General of Medical Services, Nigeria, for permission to publish. ! CHECK-LIST OF THE SPECIES OF EPITOLA . crippsi Stoneham, 1933, Bull. Stoneham Mus.17: 1 . hewitsoni Mabille, 1877, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 2 : 221 (= falkensteini Dewitz). . hewitsonioides Hawker-Smith, 1933, Stylops 2: . mivanda Staudinger, 1889, Ent. Nachr. 15: ok ssp. vidua Talbot, 1935, Ent. mon. Mag. 71: 75. 5. posthumus Fabricius, 1793, Ent. Syst. 3(i1) : 149 (g = elion Doubleday & Hewitson, 9? = belli Hewitson). 6. uvania Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 441. ssp. tanganikensis Joicey & Talbot, 1921, Bull. Hill. Mus. 1: 86. 7. crowleyi Sharpe, 1890, Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6 : 106. 8. semibrunnea Bethune-Baker, 1916, Ibid. (8) 17 : 378 (= ammon Joicey & Talbot, 1921). 9 o kWD . cevaunia Hewitson, 1879, Ent. mon. Mag. 10 : 149 (= dewitzt Kirby). . adolphi-friderict Schultze, 1911, Ivis 25 : 95. 11. dunia Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 19: 441. 4 12. caycina Hewitson, 1873, Ent. mon. Mag. 10: t50 (2 = kholifa Bethune-Baker, 1904, and entebbeana Bethune-Baker, 1926). 13. flavoaniennata sp. nov. 14. badura Kirby, 1890, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6: 271. 15. marginata Kirby, 1887, Ibid. (5) 19: 443. var. umbratilis Holland, 1890, Psyche 5 : 425. 16. tumentia Druce, 1910, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 366. q 17. congoana Aurivillius, 1923, Ergebn. zweit. Deutsch. Zentr. Afr. Exped. 1910-11, Zool. 17: 1202. — 18. leonina Staudinger, 1888, Exot. Tagf. 1 : 268. q 19. elissa Grose-Smith, 1898, Novitates Zoologicae 5 : 354 (= oniensis Bethune-Baker, 1913). 20. untformis Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 445. 21. zelza Hewitson, 1873, Ent. mon. Mag. 10 : 151 (= badia Kirby, 1887). 22. tkoya sp. nov. 23. cevcene Hewitson, 1873, Ent. mon. Mag. 10: 150. 24. moyambina Bethune-Baker, 1903, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 12 : 330. 25. cerycenoides Holland, 1890, Psyche 5 : 424 (= batesit Druce, 1910). 26. katherinae Poulton, 1929, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond., 77 : 494. 27. dovothea Bethune-Baker, 1904, Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 14: 227. 28. iturina Joicey & Talbot, 1921, Bull. Hill Mus. 1: 84 (= bella Aurivillius, 1923). 29. vileyi Audeoud, 1936, Mitt.-Schweiz. ent. Ges. 16 : 704. 30. carilla sp. nov. 31. jacksoni sp. nov. 32. staudingeri Kirby, 1890, Ann, Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6: 271. ssp. mara Talbot, 1935, Ent. mon. Mag. 71 : 75. ssp. gordoni Druce, 1903, Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 11: 70. . 33. insulana Aurivillius, 1923, Ergebn. Zweit. Deutsch. Zentr. Afr. Exped. 1910-11, Zool, 17: 1203. 34. intermedia sp. nov. 35. convexa sp. Nov. 36. sublustvis Bethune-Baker, 1904, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 14 : 228. ee — >. ee eee REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD 37. mengoensis Bethune-Baker, 1906, Ibid. (7) 17: 105. 38. subcoerulea sp. nov. 39. conjuncta Smith & Kirby, 1893, Rhop. Exot. 23; Lyc. Afr. 86. ssp. budduana Talbot, 1937, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 86 : 62. 40. barombiensis Kirby, 1890, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6: 274. 41. dolorosa sp. nov. 42. nigra Bethune-Baker, 1903, Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 12 : 331. 43. mercedes Suffert, 1904, Ivis 17: 53. 44. langi Holland, 1920, Bull. Amer. Mus. 43 : 217. 45. obscura Hawker-Smith, 1935, Stylops 2: 11 46. ghesquieret sp. nov. 47. catuna Kirby, 1890, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6: 273. 48. pinodes Druce, 1890, Ibid. (6) 5: 24. 49. viridana Joicey & Talbot, 1921, Bull. Hill Mus. 1: 84. ssp. vadiata Bethune-Baker, 1926, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 17 : 393. 50. ovientalis-sp. nov. 51. maculata Hawker-Smith, 1926, Rev. Zool. Afr. 14 : 240. 52. carpenterit Bethune-Baker, 1921, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. : 462. 53. cephena Hewitson, 1873, Ent. mon. Mag. 10: 151. 54. doleta Kirby, 1890, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6 : 273 (= leonensis Bethune-Baker, 1904). 491 ssp. entebbeana Bethune-Baker, 1926, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 17: 392. (The insect de- scribed by Bethune-Baker as the female of entebbeana agrees with the female of carcina Hewitson. The true female of entebbeana must, therefore, be regarded as still undiscovered.) 55. vinalli Talbot, 1935, Ent. mon. Mag. 71: 75. 56. pinodoides Smith & Kirby, 1893, Rhop. Exot. 23. Lyc. Afr. : 85 57. concepcion Suffert, 1904, Ivis 17 : 54. 58. gerina Hewitson, 1878, Ill. Diurn. Lep. Suppl. : 19 (= zelica Kirby, 1890, and goodi Holland, 1890). 59. lamborni Bethune-Baker, 1921, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. : 461. 60. virginea Bethune-Baker, 1904, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 14: 230. 61. 1tide Druce, 1910, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. : 366. 62. albomaculata Bethune Baker, 1903, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 12 : 329. 63. daveyi sp. nov. 64. liana sp. nov. KEY -1O THE GROUPS OF SPECIES 1. Under surface of hind wing with black punctiform spots at the base . hewitsoni group —. Under surface of hind wing without black punctiform spots at the base ; 2: 2. Under surface with longitudinal dark streaks between the viens . . posthumus group — Under surface without dark streaks between the veins 3. Under surface of fore wing with a longitudinal dark area in the posterior half of the wing extending from the base nearly to the margin (Figs. 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38) —. Under surface of fore wing without such a dark longitudinal area . : 4. Under surface with light markings on a dark ground (Figs. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16) pinodes group carcina group Under surface with dark markings on a light ground (Figs. 18, 20, 22, 24) . nitide group The hewitsoni group. 1. Upper surface black and white . ‘ ‘ : : ‘ . > ‘ crippsi —. Upper surface black and blue : , . ' a 2. Pale blue. Cell of fore wing above entirely blue i ? ‘ 3. —. Dark blue. Cell of fore wing above entirely black ; : miranda 3. Size larger. Hind wing strongly produced at the ends of veins 2, 3 and 5 . hewitsoni Size smaller. Hind wing almost smoothly rounded ; , hewttsoniotdes 492 + | w ln ftw . Distinct blue markings present on the fore wing above ‘ ‘ ceraunia . Fore wing above entirely brownish-black except for a few scattered blue scales at the extreme base ‘ . ‘ ; ‘ ‘ : ; ‘ ; . semibrunnea — The pinodes group . Distal margin of fore wing very strongly convex, almost angled at vein 4 ; ‘ 2-5 -. Distal margin of fore wing only normally curved ’ ‘ 7° . Fore wing above unicolorous dark brownish-black, or at most with one or two very indistinct blue spots. ‘ j , , ; ‘ ‘ 3 . Fore wing above with distinct blue markings ; : 5. Lorne Ke) . Size larger. Length of fore wing 18 mm. wibat wing fairly evenly scaled with blue conjuncta — . Size smaller. Length of fore wing 14mm. Blue area of hind wing reduced bd black REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD The posthumus dit 8 . Under surface with a metallic lustre . , : ; ‘ , ° ‘ ‘ re . Under surface without a metallic lustre. . ‘ adolphi-friderici — . No light markings in the cell of the fore wing beneath . . , ; . crowleyt . Light markings present in the cell of the fore wing beneath . } ; ’ : 3. . Cell of the fore wing above entirely blue. : ; 2 4. . Cell of the fore wing above completely or nearly completely black : 5.0 . The black apex of the fore wing above forms a ne eee into the blue discal area opposite the end of the cell . ; ‘ Uvanta . The junction of the blue and the black at the apex of the fore wing above i is a smooth line without invasion of the blue by the black opposite the end of the cell . posthumus — . No blue spots on the fore wing, or not more than a feeble deep violet blue sheen: on the disc when viewed in a strong lateral light. Black border of the hind wing invades _ the blue colour at least along the veins 2 to 4, thus reducing the blue discal area 4. . Two very indistinct blue spots on the fore wing above. Black border of hind wing of uniform width from the anal angle to the apex, not extended inwards along the veins, the blue discal area being in consequence larger (Fig. 25) . . subcoerulea . Black border of hind wing above invades the blue discal area along veins 2 to 4. The blue colour is an iridescent violetish blue . : : . sublusiris — . Blue discal area of hind wing above reduced to blue scaling i in between ‘the black veins. The blue colour is a colder shade and less iridescent . : - mengoensis — . Hind wing above with blue scaling in the distal half of the cell. Ground- colour of underside dark grey. Size larger (Figs. 31, 32) ‘ ‘ cephena . Hind wing with diffuse blue scaling over the whole cell and surrounding areas. Ground-colour of underside not dark grey. Size smaller . : 1& . Blue scales of hind wing above very scanty, giving only an indistinct blueness. to the disc of the wing. Under surface rich brown with darker markings . ‘ obscura . Hind wing above distinctly blue with a black border. Under surface pale ochreous- { scaling on the veins. 6. . Under surface distinctly paler at the base becoming darker towards the margin, giving a scorched appearance . é ‘ ‘ ‘ barombiensis . Under surface not markedly paler at the base (Fig. 28) : } ; ‘ dolovosa — . Hind wing above unicolorous brown without any blue marking. , , ‘ 8. Hind wing above more or less marked with blue . ‘ : . ‘. > ° 9. . Fore wing with blue spots in areas 2 and 3. : ' . nigra . Fore wing with exceedingly faint traces of blue scaling i in areas 6 and @: (N.B.—A lens was required to detect these blue scales in Suffert’s type specimen) ‘ mercedes . Fore wing with distinct blue markings : , ‘ ‘ ‘ ; ‘ ; 12.0 . Fore wing without distinct blue markings ; ; 10. Iz. 19. REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD — $493 grey without markings other than the usual black longitudinal area on the fore wing (Figs. 33, 34) ‘ ‘ , é ; . ghesquieret Veins of hind wing above not or only slightly black : , ; ‘ i ‘ 12. Veins of hind wing above heavily scaled with black . : ‘ ‘ 16. . Dark longitudinal area on the fore wing beneath much darker than the ground- -colour, the two contrasting strongly . ; 14. Dark longitudinal area on the fore wing beneath not much darker than ‘the ground- colour, with, therefore, only a slight contrast between the two . ‘ ‘ catuna . Size larger. Black border of hind wing of uniform width from vein 1 to vein 7 . doleta . Size smaller. Black border of hind we distinctly wider from the anal angle to vein 3 than from vein 3 to vein 7 . : : : ‘ ; : : : 15. . Fore wing above with a blue spot in area 4 ; ; ; : , : vinallt Fore wing above without a blue spot in area4 . ‘ ; ; ‘ . pinodoides . Under surtace marked with whitish and grey : Pr ; ; ‘ ‘ ; 19. Under surface marked with brown and fulvous . ; 17. . Under surface markings rather indistinct, especially at the apex of the fore wing ; 18. Under surface marked with fulvous on a dark brown ground, the contrast being very marked, especially at the apex of the fore wing (Fig. 36) . . orientalis . Blue coloration of fore wing above more pronounced, the dark-scaled vein 2 being a fine black line crossing the blue area behind the cell : ‘ pinodes . Blue coloration of fore wing above less pronounced, vein 2 being so heavy ily scaled with black that the blue area behind the cell is divided into two spots : ° viridana Under surface ground colour brownish-grey speckled with whitish lunular markings maculata Under surface ground colour pale grey heavily marked with whitish, this being the dominant colour of the hind wing (Fig. 38) : ; : ; . . carpenteri The carcina group 1. A triangular scent patch at base of fore wing. : 2: -. No such scent patch on the fore wing, though one or two veins may be dilated , 4. 2. Cell of fore wing above entirely blue except where it may be encroached upon in the basal posterior part by the scent patch . ; ‘ : ‘ ‘ : , 3; Cell of fore wing above contains two black spots . , , dunia 3. Extreme tip only of the antennae yellow. Scent patch on the fore wing ‘not extend- ing above the median vein. ‘ carcina Ventro-medial aspect ot the antennae ‘yellowish almost to the base. Scent patch on the fore wing extending on to the base of the cell (Fig. 1) . ‘ . flavoantennnata 4. Median vein of the fore wing much more thickened or dilated at the base than vein 1 5. —. Vein 1 and the median vein more or less equal in width at the base ‘ ; : 13. 5. Black mark at apex of cell of the fore wing above : ; : : : ve -. No black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing above ; : ; 6. 6. Length of fore wing about 18 mm., the apex pointed, and the outer margin almost straight. Area 6 of the hind wing with only a few blue scales . : ‘ badura -. Length of fore wing about 16 mm., the apex squared, and the outer margin very convex. Area 6 of the hind wing fully blue scaled . : : ‘ : . 2elza 7. Margins of the wings slightly but distinctly undulate . : . F . marginata. -. Margins of the wings not distinctly undulate ; : ; 8 8. Cell of fore wing entirely black except for a few scattered blue scales. ‘Size larger, length of fore wing 18mm. . ; ; tumentia -. Cell of fore wing mainly blue. Size smaller, length of fore wing 16 mm. ‘ 9. 9. Costal margin of fore wing very broadly bordered with black, no blue in areas 6 and 7 10. -. Black costal border of fore wing narrower ; base of areas 6 and 7 blue . ; ‘ zr, 10. Dark marginal band of hind wing broad. : ' ; ; ‘ . congoana . Dark marginal band of hind wing narrow . : , ‘ ‘ . ; leonina 494 If. I2. REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD Under surface of fore wing with a white spot on the tornus . : Bae Under surface of the fore wing without a distinct white spot on the tornus (Fig. 6) . thoya Upper surface of fore wing with a heavy black mark closing the apex of the cell, and in addition, two black marks in the cell ; . elissa . Upper surface of fore wing with at most a small black streak at the apex of the cell, ; there being no other marking in the cell . ; - untformis . Black markings present on the disc of the fore wing as ‘wella as the black apex, costal and distal borders ; 22, . No black markings on the disc of the fore wing except the apex, costal and distal borders : : é : ‘ I4. . Black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing : : ; ‘ ‘ : 15.0 No black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing ‘ 19. . The black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing is only a ‘fine streak in the middle of the discocellular vein, and is not connected at all with the black costal border ; a ; cevcene — . The black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing is triangular : , . 16, . The triangular black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing is continuous with the black costal border : ’ ; . moyambina — . The triangular black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing: is separated from the black costal border by a fine blue line ; 17. . The line of union of the black border.and apex of the fore wing with the blue ground- colour is almost straight from vein 2 to 6, then curved, the black extending very little along the veins basad_ . ‘ - cercenoides — . The blue colour of the fore wing is carried into the black border and apex won Atm) between the veins f 18. . The white markings on the fore wing beneath less sharply outlined and the apices of the three ‘‘ V’s ’’, which form the most conspicuous feature of the pattern, are blunt and rounded. The elements of the pattern are Prat and more emphasized, espe- cially on the hind wing . : é . katherinae — . The white markings on the fore wing beneath are more sharply outlined. The apices ot the three “ V’s”’ sharply tener Elements of the egier smaller and less distinct z ‘ ; 4 dovothea . Black distal border of the fore wing above becomes suddenly narrow at vein 3. Dis- tinct light submarginal band on fore wing beneath . 4 2 tturina } . Black distal border of fore wing above not suddenly narrowed at vein n3. Submarginal row of light lunules on the fore wing beneath . ; 20. | . Distal margin of fore wing almost a straight line from the apex to the tornus. "Black distal border of the fore wing tapered to a fine marginal line at vein 3 ‘ insulana . . Distal margin of fore wing slightly but distinctly convex. Black distal border of the fore wing tapered to the tornus : 21. . The blue colour of the fore wing above encroaches only slightly into the black apex between the veins. The distal margins of the wings are only very slightly convex (Fig. 9) i . intermedia — . The blue colour of the fore wing extends into the black apex between the veins, giving q the blue/black is a serrated HAL aiyhts Fore wing pret 20 convex at vein 5 (Fig. 11) . F convexa . Fore wing above with a ' subapical row of three white spots. Wings strongly undulate . ; . vileyt . Fore wing above ewiltacnit subapical white apotee “Wings not ‘undulate . ; ‘ 23. . Upper surface black with distinct blue markings . : ; 24. Upper surface unicolorous blackish, with only a faint deep violet reflection when viewed in a strong lateral light 5 . . langi . Basal half of area 1@ and the basal part of the cell of the fore wing black (Fig. 13) carilla . The cell of the fore wing and area 14 (except for a narrow streak along vein 2) blue 25. REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD — $495 25. Fore wing above with a black mark at the end of the cell joining the black discal patch with the black costal border, thus separating off a blue scacanen patch (Fig. 15) ‘ ‘ . jacksont Fore wing above with no such black mark at the end of the cell ‘ : . staudingeri The nitide group 1. Upper surface unicolorous brown ‘ ‘ ‘ : : ‘ é . concepcion —. Upper surface more or less blue ; 2. 2. Upper surface of fore wing occupied almost entirely by a large, ‘circular, blackish scent patch (Fig. 17) . ; ; . ‘ virgined Upper surface of fore wing without a large scent patch ‘ 3. Under surface with dark markings much reduced, little or no marking i in the cell of the fore wing beneath . : : . nitide Under surface with the dark markings well developed ; distinct dark markings i in the cell of the fore wing beneath . ; 4. Costal margin, apex, and distal margin of fore wing above broadly black (at least 3 mm. broad in area 5) . 5. —. The black of the fore wing above reduced to a narrow black costal border, apex, and very narrow distal marginal border (less than 1 mm. broad in area 5) (Fig. 19) . daveyi 5. Black streak at the apex of the cell of the fore wing above (Fig. 23) P : . hana -—. No black streak at the apex of the cell : : : ‘ 6. 6. Dark markings on the under surface very heavily developed, a greater area being covered by the dark markings than by the light ground-colour . ; albomaculata -. Dark markings on the under surface not so heavily developed é ; ‘ gerina DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES Epitola flavoantennata sp. nov. (Pl. ‘16, figs. 2,:2;'3; 4) This species is closely related to E. carcina Hewitson, from which it differs in the following respects: In both sexes the new species has the ventro-medial aspect of the antennae yellow almost to the base, whereas in carcina only the extreme tip is yellow. In the male the scent patch at the base of the fore wing is larger, covering the basal two-thirds of the cell and the base of area 1a, while in carcina the scent patch covers only the posterior part of the basal half of the cell, and is bounded posteriorly by vein 1. Holotype male and allotype female. CAMEROONS: Bitje, Ja River, 2000 ft. (in British Museum (N.H.)). Epitola carilla sp. nov. (Pl. 20, figs. 13, 14) Mate. Upper surface: fore wing blue, costal margin, apex, and distal margin black. A black patch covers the basal half of area 2 and the basal part of the cell except for a few scattered blue scales at the extreme base of the wing. This black patch is bounded posteriorly by vein 1, and anteriorly, in its distal part by vein 2 except for a narrow prolongation which extends forwards and outwards into area 3 ; the anterior boundary of the black patch in the basal part is carried obliquely across 496 REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD the cell parallel with vein 1. The fringes of the fore wing are mainly dark in the apical part, with an increasing amount of white towards the tornus. Hind wing unicolorous blue from vein I to vein 6, areas I and 7 being black. The fringes of the — hind wing are dark tipped with white except at the ends of the veins, where the © fringes are entirely dark. The under surface is identical with that of cercene Hewitson. : Length of fore wing: I9 mm. Holotype male. UGANDA: Entebbe, 1905 (E. A. Minchin) (in British Museum (N.H.)). Epitola jacksoni sp. nov. (Pl. 20, figs. 15, 16) MALE. Upper surface: on the fore wing blackening of certain veins and the © black discal patch have reduced the blue colour to areas 1 and 2 and the cell entirely blue, a curved subapical row of blue spots, those in areas 3, 5, 6 and 7 being large, that in area 4 minute. The blue colour is lighter in tone than in cercene and other related species. The fringes of the fore wing are entirely dark. The hind wing is as in the other related species, being blue from vein I to vein 6, areas 1 and 7 being black. The fringes of the hind wing are dark except at the apex where they are ~ tipped with light. The arrangement of the pattern of the under surface is as in cercene, but the white markings are much reduced in size. Length of fore wing: 20 mm. Holotype male. UGANDA: Katera, August, 1938 (7. H. E. Jackson) (in British Museum (N.H.)). Epitola convexa sp. nov. (Pl. 20, figs. 11, 12) MALE. This species forms with inmsulana Aurivillius and intermedia sp. nov. (vide infra) a trio of very closely allied species. FE. convexa differs from insulana in having the distal margin of the fore wing distinctly convex at vein 5, and the distal margin of the hind wing more or less rounded from the apex to the anal angle ; in imsulana the distal margins of the fore wing and the hind wing are practically straight lines. The black apex of the fore wing is continued as a black distal marginal band tapering to the tornus ; in imsulana the black apex is tapered to vein 3 behind which it is continued merely as a fine black marginal line. On the under surface convexa differs from insulana in having the submarginal row of light coloured lunules diverging inwards from the distal margin in a smooth curve ; this row of lunules in imsulana is a straight line parallel with the distal margin from the anal angle to area 5, the lunules in areas 6 and 7 suddenly diverging inwards from the margin. Length of fore wing: 20 mm. Holotype male. UGANDA: Bwamba, May, 1940 (T. H. E. Jackson) (in British Museum (N.H.)). REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD $497 Epitola intermedia sp. nov. (Pl. 19, figs. 9, 10) MALE: This species appears to be intermediate between insulana and convexa. The wing shape is closer to imsulana in that the distal margin of the fore wing, though slightly rounded, has not the distinct convexity at vein 5 as seen in convexa. Simi- larly the hind wing is less rounded than in convexa, but not so straight as in inmsulana. The black apex of the fore wing is continued as a tapered distal marginal border as far as the tornus as in convexa, but in intermedia the blue colour does not encroach between the veins to any noticeable degree ; in convexa the prolongations of the blue into the black give the blue/black junction a serrated appearance. The markings of the under surface do not differ significantly from those seen in convexa. Length of fore wing: 18 mm. Holotype male. UGANDA: Katera, August, 1935 (7. H. E. Jackson) (in British Museum (N.H.)). Epitola ikoya sp. nov. (Pl. 19, figs. 5, 6, 7, 8) MALE: Upper surface royal blue with the costa, apex and distal margin of the fore wing, and all margins of the hind wing rather broadly bordered with black (black border of costa opposite end of cell 1-5 mm. broad, the apex 6 mm., and the distal border of the hind wing 1-5 mm.). The end of the cell of the fore wing is marked by a fine black streak. Vein 2 on the fore wing is dilated at the base. The under surface is greyish-brown, very indistinctly marked with a slightly lighter tint. A marginal and submarginal row of lighter lunules are close together and extend from the apex of the fore wing to the anal angle of the hind wing. The lunules comprising these two rows are of approximately equal breadth. A curved, broken, discal line extends on the fore wing from a point on the hind margin just inside the tornus to midway along the costa, and on the hind wing from a point 2 mm. internal to the anal angle to the junction of the middle and outer one-third of the costa. Length of fore wing: 15 mm. FEMALE. Upper surface unicolorous sepia brown without markings. Under surface light ochreous with very faint traces of lighter markings as in the male. Length of fore wing: 15 mm. Holotype male and allotype female. SouTHERN NIGERIA: Lagos, 28th October, 1946 (P. J. L. Roche) (in British Museum (N.H.)). This species is close to zelza Hewitson (= badia Kirby) from which it differs in the male by having a black streak at the end of the cell on the upper surface of the fore wing, by having a slightly broader black border to the hind wing, and by the sub- marginal row of lunules on the under surface of the hind wing being the same width as the marginal row; in ze/za the submarginal lunules are twice as wide as the marginal ones. The female differs from that of zelza in being unicolorous brown with no blue at all on the upper surface. 498 REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD Epitola subcoerulea sp. nov. (Pl. 21, figs. 25, 26) MALE. Upper surface: fore wing with the distal margin strongly convex at veins — 3 and 4, dark brownish black with a very indistinct blue spot in area 5 and another — in area 3. The hind wing is deep royal blue bordered with black. This black border is of a practically uniform width of 1 mm. The under surface is greyish-brown, the fore wing having a darker longitudinal mark extending from the base of the wing to — near the margin, bounded anteriorly by vein 5 and posteriorly by vein 2. Areas I~ and 2 pale greyish-white, and with two greyish-white spots, one in area 3 and the ~ other in area 5, corresponding exactly with the indistinct blue spots on the upper surface. Both wings with an indistinct row of marginal lunules which are slightly paler than the ground colour ; in addition there is a very faint paler discal line across — the hind wing. Length of fore wing: 17 mm. q Holotype male. SIERRA LEONE: 1898 (Capt. Stevens )(in British Museum (N.H.)). ~ This species is close to sublustris B.-Baker, from which it is at once distinguished — by the larger blue area on the hind wing above and by the two indistinct blue spots — on the upper surface of the fore wing. | Epitola dolorosa sp. nov. (Pl. 21, figs. 27, 28, 29, 30) MALE: Distal margin of fore wing very strongly convex at veins 3 and 4. Fore © wing above pitchy, with a blue streak in area 2, a small blue spot in area 3, anda ~ very small indistinct blue spot in area 5 ; there are a few scattered blue scales in the cell. The under surface is brown, areas 1 and 2 of the fore wing pale grey. A longi- tudinal dark brown mark extends along the line of the median vein from the base — of the wing nearly to the distal margin; there is a slightly paler marginal band, a paler spot in area 3 and another in area 5. The hind wing has an indistinct paler sub- — marginal band 2:5 mm. wide. Length of fore wing: 14 mm. Female : Upper surface unicolorous brown except for very faint traces of pale blue spots, one in area 3 and one in area 6. The under surface has a pale ochreous ground- colour with markings arranged as in the male. Length of fore wing : 15:5 mm. Holotype male. UGANDA: Bwamba Forest, Semliki Valley, November, 1911 (S. A. Neave) (in Britsh Museum (N.H.)). . Allotype female. UGANnbA: Entebbe (S. A. Neave) (in British Museum (N.H.)). Epitola ghesquierei sp. nov. (Pl. 22, figs. 33, 34) j MALE: Upper surface: Fore wing unicolorous pitchy black without any trace of — blue marking ; hind wing blue from vein 1 to vein 7, with slight blue scaling in area REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD $499 8; the black border invades the blue area along the ends of the veins; a fine black transverse streak marks the apex of the cell. The under surface is pale ochreous-grey without any marking other than a dark greyish-brown longitudinal mark in the posterior half of the fore wing ; this mark is clearly defined anteriorly, but fades into the pale ground colour at the posterior margin of the wing. Length of fore wing 14 mm. Holotype male. BrLGian Conco: Eala, November. 1936 (J. Ghesquiére) (in Musée Royal du Congo Belge, Tervuren). In general appearance this species recalls at first glance sublustris and subcoerulea, but is distinguished from both by the straighter margin of the fore wing. Epitola orientalis sp. nov. (Pl. 22, figs. 35, 36) MALE. Upper surface of the fore wing black, with rather obscure blue markings : a streak in the basal half of area 2, a spot towards the base of area 3, three ill-defined spots in the cell, and very faint subapical spots in areas 5 and 6. The hind wing is black, dusted with blue scales between the veins from vein I to vein 7. The under surface of the fore wing is dark brown with a yet darker longitudinal mark in the posterior half extending from the base almost to the margin of the wing ; this mark is fairly well defined anteriorly, but posteriorly it fades to a pale greyish-brown on the posterior margin. The wing is further marked with fulvous lunular spots, a marginal row from the tornus to the apex, a submarginal row from area 3 to the costa, a sub- apical row and a discal row, the last two rows being confined to the anterior half of the wing, i.e., they do not invade the longitudinal dark mark. The hind wing has a very distinct broad (2 to 3 mm.) fulvous submarginal band, a fine marginal band, and three narrow transverse bands in the basal half of the wing of the same colour. Length of fore wing: 15 mm. Holotype male. UGANDA: Bwamba, September, 1942 (7. H. E. Jackson) (in British Museum (N.H.)). This species is, above, very difficult to distinguish from viridana Joicey & Talbot, but a glance at the under surface is sufficient to separate the two species. Epitola daveyi sp. nov. (Pl. 20, figs. 19, 20; Pl. 21, figs. 21, 22) MALE. Upper surface intense bright blue, the fore wing with the costal margin narrowly black ; the apex is narrowly black, and there is a very narrow black border to the distal margin of the wing. The hind wing is blue with the costal and inner margins black ; there is a very fine black distal marginal line. The under surface is very similar to that of albomaculata B.-Baker from which it differs by having the dark markings rather smaller and more sharply defined. Length of fore wing: 2I mm. FEMALE. This resembles the female of albomaculata from which it differs above in 500 REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD having an additional white submarginal spot in area 2 and in having the blue areas of both wings somewhat reduced. The under surface is similar to that of the male. Length of fore wing : 20 mm. Holotype male. S.E. NIGERIA: Isoba, February, 1943 (T. F. Davey) (in British Museum (N.H.)). Allotype female. S.E. Niceria: Isoba, February, 1943 (T. F. Davey) (British Museum (N.H.)). Epitola liana sp. nov. (Pl. 21, figs. 23, 24) MALE. The upper surface of the fore wing is blue. The costa, apex and distal margin are black. The apex of the cell is closed by a black streak joined anteriorly — with the black costal border. The hind wing is blue with black costal and inner borders, and a narrow black distal border. The fringes are spotted black and white. © The ground colour of the under surface of the fore wing is greyish-white with six — transverse dentate dark greyish-brown lines. These lines coalesce in the posterior — half of the wing which is thereby clouded with greyish-brown. The hind wing beneath has a greyish-white ground colour with six irregular transverse dark greyish-- brown lines. The basal four of these are broken up into spots and streaks, while the marginal line is broken up into small inter-neural lunules. Length of fore wing: 18 mm. Holotype male. UGANDA: Bwamba, September, 1942 (T. H. E. Jackson) (in British Museum (N.H.)). There remain the descriptions of the males of three species known hitherto only in - the female: Epitola carpenteri B.-Baker, Epitola virginea B.-Baker and Epitola cepheua Hewitson. Epitola carpenteri Bethune-Baker (Pl. 22, figs. 37, 38) MALE. The upper surface strongly resembles that of vividana Joicey & Talbot and © maculata Hawker-Smith. Fore wing brownish-black with a longitudinal row of — three blue spots posterior to the cell, and two blue spots in the cell. There are — also two very small subapical blue spots. Hind wing brownish-black with a large — discal blue area bounded anteriorly by vein 6, posteriorly by vein 1, and distally by — a black border approximately 1 mm. wide. The under surface shows, on the fore — wing, the usual dark longitudinal mark characteristic of the pinodes group of species. — The ground colour is pale greyish-brown, heavily marked with whitish, especially — the hind wing in which the whitish colour is dominant over the ground colour. The nature of the pattern is similar to that of the female. Length of fore wing: 16 mm. : Allotype male. UcAanpA: Bwamba, October, 1941 (T. H. E. Jackson) (in British — Museum (N.H.)) This species is of great taxonomic importance in that it forms the link between the — pinodes and nitide groups of species. REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD _ 501 Epitola virginea Bethune-Baker (Pl. 20, figs. 17, 18) MALE. The greater part of the disc of the fore wing above is occupied by a large circular scent patch. This is distinguishable by its curious matt appearance from the black apex and distal border of the wing. There is slight blue scaling at the extreme base of the wing and along the posterior margin. There are two blue spots, one at the tornus, and the other, smaller, one just anterior to it. The hind wing is blue with a fine black marginal line. The blue colour is bounded anteriorly by vein 6. The under surface is similar to that of the female. Length of fore wing: 18 mm. Allotype male. SIERRA LEONE: Daru, 14th August, 1951 (E. P. Young) (in British Museum (N.H.)). Epitola cephena Hewitson (PL 22, figs: 41532) MALE. Upper surface dark brownish-black without markings except for a small patch of rather indistinct blue scaling over the distal half of the cells of the hind wing. The under surface is dark grey with a darker longitudinal mark on the fore wing extending from the base of the wing, and covering the posterior half of the fore wing except for the middle third of areas 1 and 2 which are of the ground colour. The fore wing has a very indistinct marginal row of slightly lighter-coloured lunules. The hind wing has five rows of lighter lunules of which the marginal and submarginal rows are fairly distinct, the remainder being represented only by traces. Length of fore wing: 18 mm. Allotype male. S.E. NIGERIA: Oji River, 2nd November, 1950 (7. F. Davey) (in British Museum (N.H.)). This species is distinguished from E. mercedes Suffert by the blue scaling in the cell of the hind wing above, and by the complete absence of blue scales on the fore wing above. PRESENTED A JAN 1995 Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic Fic. Fia. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE x09 Epitola flavoantennata, g upperside. Epitola flavoantennata, 3 underside. Epitola flavoantennata, 2 upperside. Epitola ikoya, 3 upperside. Epitola ikoya, 3 underside. Epitola tkoya, 2 upperside. Epitola ikoya, 9. underside. Epitola intermedia, 3 upperside. o. Epitola intermedia, 3 underside. I 2 a. . 4. Epitola flavoantennata, 2 underside. 5 6 7 Bull, B.M. (N.H.) Entom., ITI, 13. PISACE Ee 19 | 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 lO Epitola. Tic. BiG: Fic. RIG: Fic. = Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. rT. 12. £3. 14. 15. E63: the 18. 19. 20. PLATE 20 I-pitola convexa, 3 upperside. Epitola convexa, 3 underside. Epitola carilla, 3 upperside. Epitola carilla, 3 underside. Epitola jacksoni, 3 upperside. Epitola jacksom, 3 underside. Epitola virginea B-B, 3 upperside. Epitola virginea B-B, 3 underside. Epitola daveyi, 3 upperside. Epitola daveyi, 3 underside. dull. BLM. (N.H.) Entom. IIT, 13. PLATE Epitola, Fic, Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fie. Fic. Fic. 21. 22) 23. 24. 25. 20, 27. 28. 20: 30. PLATE 21 Epitola daveyi, 9 upperside. Epitola daveyi, 2 underside. Epitola liana, 3 upperside. Epitola liana, 3 underside. Epitola subcoerulea, 3 upperside. Epitola subcoerulea, 3 underside. Epitola dolorosa, 3 upperside. Epitola dolorosa, 3 underside. Epitola dolorosa, ? upperside. Epitola dolorosa, 2 underside. 21 PALE Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Entom, IIT, 13. oO N 27 28 29 Epitola, BIG; Fia. Fie. FIG, Fic. IG: Fie. Fic. PLATE 22 Epitola cephena Hew., $ upperside. Epitola cephena Hew., 3 underside. Epitola ghesquierei, 3 upperside. Epitola ghesquierei, 3 underside. Epitola orientalis, 3 upperside. Epitola orientalis, 3 underside. Epitola carpenteri B-B, 3 upperside. Epitola carpenteri B-B, 3 underside. Bull. BM. (NIL) LEntom. ITT, 13. PEATIG 22 35 56 37 Epitola. 4 JAN 1955 op es a \ i Pee ae” * es, a a * eit = 4, ata : : “> : a0, ‘; +; ' > ¥ » ' PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED, BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. "an 5 8 eee eee | Seepage ee oo ce) 4 JAN 1905 ed . AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN (LEPIDOPTERA : PYRALIDAE : PYRAUSTINAE) EDWARD L. MARTIN BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 14 LONDON: 1955 THE APRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN (LEPIDOPTERA : PYRALIDAE : PYRAUSTINAE) BY EDWARD L. MARTIN | J VL ) Pp. 503-521; Pl. 23; 43 Text-figures BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 14 LONDON : 1955 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted im 1949, 1s issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Paris will appear at irregular intervals as they become veady. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 3, No. 14 of the Entomological sertes. PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued January, 1955 Price Seven Shillings THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN (LEPIDOPTERA : PYRALIDAE: PYRAUSTINAE) By EDWARD L. MARTIN, SYNOPSIS Twelve African species of Pardomima are here described, included in two subgenera ; six of the species and one subgenus are described as new. HITHERTO a number of African Pyraustinae have been confused under the omnibus name “Lygropia amyntusalis Walker,” a species confined to the Indo-Malayan region. With others described in various genera, such as Lamprosema, Sylepta and Entephria, these species form a compact group, here brought together under the genus Pardo- mima Warren, of which P. amyntusalis is the type species. Various authors have previously drawn attention to the remarkable “ mimicry ”’ existing between the species ; this undoubtedly close resemblance is perhaps less remarkable between congeneric species with the same basic pattern of markings. For the purposes of the present paper, about six hundred specimens have been examined and about sixty preparations of genitalia made. My thanks are due to Professor E. M. Hering for the loan of the type of P. distortana Strand, and several other specimens from the Zoologisches Museum der Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin ; to Dr. Elli Franz of the Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt- am-Main, for the loan of type material of P. testudinalis Saalmiiller ; to Monsieur L. A. Berger for the loan of P. phalarota Meyrick, P. phalaromima Meyrick, P. em- palacta Meyrick, and a large number of other specimens from the Musée du Congo Belge, Tervuren ; to Monsieur P. Viette for the loan of specimens from the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris ; to Mr. Elliot Pinhey for the loan of specimens from the Coryndon Museum, Nairobi; and especially to Monsieur E. Janmoulle, who has been most helpful in searching for material in the Musée du Congo Belge and has made helpful suggestions. PARDOMIMA Warren Pardomima Warren, 1890. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6 : 477. Type species: Botys amyntusalis Walker (original designation). Frons bluntly rounded, not prominent, with ochreous-yellow to orange-yellow scales. Vertex with yellowish or fuscous scales. Labial palpus upcurved, first seg- ment half of second, third two-fifths length of second, apex blunt (half length of second, slender, pointed, in phalaromima), third segment and oblique upper half of second fuscous-scaled. Maxillary palpus small, slender, pointed, ascending, tip ENTOM. III, 14. 33 506 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN usually with fuscous scales. Proboscis well-developed, with light-coloured scales at base (fuscous in phaeoparda and in some specimens of phalaromima). Antenna minutely ciliate, segments of distal two-thirds with two slender spines, equal in length to that of the segment bearing them, medial segments with additional smaller spines. Ocelli present. Thorax and tegulae with a variable number of fuscous spots, sometimes enlarged so as to eliminate lighter markings. Legs whitish or yellowish ; fore-tibia with a fuscous band, slightly dilated, bearing a ventral pointed flap concealed by scaling; tibial spurs 0, 2,4; in subgenus Pachyparda mid-femur of male enlarged, containing a cavity filled with hairs. Abdomen similar in colour to the ground colour of the wings, often tinged with orange or suffused with fuscous ; typically with two fuscous spots on first tergum, three triangular spots on second tergum, sometimes confluent, darker scaling on seventh tergum, and eighth segment of male fuscous with a conspicuous white or ochreous yellow lateral streak ; posterior margin of terga often bordered with shining-white scales. Fore wing with costa straight, convex before apex ; termen oblique, especially in male, usually convex above tornus. R, and R, stalked for about half their length, R, to apex, R; approximated to R,,,4 near base, Cu,, from five-sixths, Ag curved to form anal loop. Hind wing subtriangular; frenulum fused (simple) in the male, composed of two spines in the female ; Sc and Rs anastomosing for a short distance beyond cell, Rs weak near base, Cu, weak, A; to tornus. Type of markings : Ground colour whitish-yellow to yellowish-orange, markings light or dark fuscous. Fore-wing often with a yellowish-orange costal streak ; two basal dots on costa, a similar dot on dorsum, which, with the outermost costal dot, may fuse to form a basal line ; antemedial line at one-quarter, curved, centre of arc at base of wing; a discal dot immediately distad of antemedial line and sometimes joined to it; discal blotch hollow, somewhat 8-shaped ; postmedial line sharply angulate, from dorsum parallel with termen to lower margin of discal blotch (first segment), whence it proceeds to above tornus (second segment), where it is again directed parallel with termen to M, (third segment), stepped slightly basad at M, reaching costa at three-quarters (fourth segment) ; a thin terminal line from apex to tornus, expanded above tornus to meet second angle of postmedial line, expanded below apex towards, or reaching, post-medial line between M, and M,. Hindwing with antemedial line almost straight, from below costa at one-third to dorsum above tornus, furcate below costa ; postmedial line from below costa at two-thirds to Mg, where it is stepped slightly distad, reaching termen above tornus, where it is expanded on reaching terminal line forming a tornal patch ; terminal line expanded from apex to M, where it may extend to postmedial line. $ genitalia : Uncus slender, dilated and spinose at apex ; gnathos absent ; juxta spatulate ; tegumen slightly curved at base, not produced ; valva somewhat variable in shape, tapering towards apex, typically with a basal, apical and costal tuft of short hairs, and a row of submarginal spines near apex, inner surface sometimes with a medial projection above the inner margin, costa of valva strong, often twisted, at a distance from the costal margin, costae connected by brassiére-shaped transtillae ; sacculus with a short inner projection. Aedoeagus usually with a variable number of cornuti, which are often thorn-shaped ; coremata often well-developed, typically AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 507 composed of an inner pair of tufts with simple scales and an outer pair of larger tufts often containing compound scales (composed of a large number of simple scales fused for the whole, or greater part, of their length. 2 genitalia : Ductus bursae variously sclerotized, often with protuberances ; bursa copulatrix typically with a crescentic denticulate signum. BrioLoGy.—Virtually unknown ; the only record available refers to the larva of “Lygropia amyntusalis” feeding on the leaves of coffee (Hargreaves, 1928, Ann. Rep. Dept. Agric. Uganda 1927 : 34). The record mav refer to P. zanclophora, but at present the point cannot be decided. DISTRIBUTION.—Ethiopian region (including Madagascar), Indo-Malayan and Australasian regions. The species can be easily distinguished superficially from all other Pyraustinae by the pattern of markings alone. In order to avoid repetition, the basic pattern of the markings has been given in the generic description, and diagnostic features only are given in the specific descriptions. Owing to the similarity in markings and the great variation in many of the species a key to species based on superficial characters is not given ; most specimens may however be easily recognized from the photographic illustrations. In case of doubt recourse should be had to the genitalia, the chief diagnostic features of which are given for each species. The genus is not closely related to Syllepte (type species: S. incomptalis Hiibner) or Lygropia (type species: Asopia unicoloralis Guenée), with which many of its species have been associated. Both these genera possess a broad uncus in the male, tapering towards an apex which does not bear close-set spines. As suggested by Warren, the genus is allied to Avthromastix Warren (type species: Salbia lauralis Walker) and Nothomastix Warren (type species : Botys chromalis Walker) from which it may be distinguished by the non-specialized antennae of the male and the different pattern of wing-markings. The genus Pardomima is readily divisible into two sub- genera, the characters of which are given under those headings. Key To SPECIES BASED ON THE MALE GENITALIA 1. Costal margin of valva with protuberance(s) ‘ ; . (subgen. Pachyparda) to. Costal margin of valva without protuberances , : . (subgen. Pardomima) 2 2. Coremata with conspicuous, dark, compound, scales 3 Coremata without such scales. 2 ‘ : : : ; ; ; 6. 3. Inner surface of valva with slender projection 4 Inner surface of valva without projection. ‘ : é ‘ , é : 5. 4. Costal margin of valva strongly arched near base . ‘ , : 5 phaeoparda. Costal margin of valva not so arched . ‘ A : . ; ‘ telanepsia. 5. Aedoeagus with sickle-shaped cornutus ; : ‘ . ‘ zanclophora. Aedoeagus with an apical bunch of slender cornuti ; ; : ‘ . azancia. 6. Apex of valva more or less pointed. ‘ : ‘ , , : : ‘ ve Apex of valva bluntly rounded . . * 4 3 A A 9. 7. Aedoeagus with a single bunch of cornuti situated ‘apically é ‘ , furcivenalis. Aedoeagus with cornuti not so situated : : : ‘ : é : ‘ 8. 8. Inner surface of valva with angular projections. F . ‘ ; testudinalis. Inner surface of valva without projections . : ‘ ; ‘ : callixantha. 9. Aedoeagus with two cornuti ‘ , ‘ : . ‘ ‘ ‘ . phalarota. Aedoeagus without distinct cornutus . ‘ ‘ : : ‘ F phalaromima 508 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 10. Costal margin of valva with two slender projections near apex } : . distortana, Costal margin of valva without such projections . ‘ , ee 11. Costal margin of valva with large rounded protuberance at two-thirds ° . tumidipes. Costal margin of valva without such protuberance > ‘ : ‘ margarodes. Subgenus Pardomima Warren Mid-femur of male not enlarged, without cavity ; valva of male with costal margin smoothly rounded, without protuberances ; coremata with or without compound scales ; bursa copulatrix of female almost always with a crescent-shaped signum. Typical markings of abdomen well-developed, pale lateral streak on eighth segment of male conspicuous. Pardomima (Pardomima) furcirenalis (Hampson) (Text-figs. 1, 2, 23; Plate 23, fig. 1) Lamprosema furcivenalis Hampson, 1918. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 1: 257. Lamprosema furcirenalis Hampson, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 89 : 168. Characterized by the restricted distribution and diffuse nature of the secondary markings. 3, 2 17-18 mm., secondary markings not prominent, merging into ground colour. Forewing without basal line; antemedial line furcate below costa, distal branch representing the obliquely-placed discal dot; discal blotch open towards dorsum, not connected with postmedial line ; antemedial and postmedial lines slightly con- vergent towards dorsum, not connected along dorsum by fuscous markings ; post- medial line with second segment obsolescent, second angle connected to tornus by a pale yellowish-fuscous suffusion ; terminal line slightly enlarged on veins, enlarged towards costa forming a pale yellowish-fuscous suffusion reaching postmedial line between M, and M,. Hindwings with tornal suffusion indistinct, sometimes extend- ing slightly towards antemedial line ; terminal line and suffusion as in forewings. 6 genitalia: Valva bluntly pointed; aedoeagus with an apical group of small cornuti, rather similar to amyntusalis ; coremata reduced to a few slender scales. Q genitalia: Ductus bursae slightly enlarged and sclerotized near ostium bursae ; signum absent. DISTRIBUTION. Union of S. Africa, Natal and Cape Province. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL History): Holotype 2, Bed- ford, S. Africa, Weale ; 39, Verulam, Natal, Spiller; 2 g, 1 2, Natal, A. J. Spiller ; 19, Natal, Bond’s Drift, Tugela R., ili-iv, 1902, E. Reynolds; 19, Transkei, Cape Colony, Miss Barrett. Pardomima (Pardomima) testudinalis (Saalmiiller) (Text-figs. 3, 4, 22; Plate 23, fig. 2) Glyphodes ? testudinalis Saalmiiller, 1880. Ber. senckenb. naturf. Ges. 1879-1880 : 297. Glyphodes ? testudinalis Saalmiiller, Saalmiiller 1884. Lepidopteren von Madagascar : 506. Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Hampson 1899. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1898 : 728 (partim). Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Klima 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 22 (partim). Fics. 1-21. Pardomima (Pardomima): Male genitalia. 1. P. furcivenalis Hampson, valva. 2. P. furcivenalis Hampson, aedoeagus. 3. P. testudinalis Saalmiiller, valva. 4. P. testudinalis Saalmiiller, aedoeagus. 5. P. callixantha sp. n., valva. 6. P. cal- lixantha sp. n., aedoeagus. 7. P. phalarota Meyrick, valva. 8. P. phalavota Meyrick, aedoeagus. 9. P. phalaromima Meyrick, valva. 10. P. phalaromima Meyrick, aedoea- gus. 11. P. telanepsia sp. n., valva. 12. P. telanepsia sp. n., aedoeagus. 13. P. zanclophora sp.n., valva. 14. P. zanclophora sp.n.,aedoeagus. 15. P. azanclasp. n., valva. 16. P. azancla sp. n., aedoeagus. 17. P. phaeoparda sp. n., valva. 18. P. phaeoparda sp. n., aedoeagus. 19. P. telanepsia sp. n., coremata scale. 20. P. zanclo- phora sp. n., coremata scale. 21. P. phaeoparda sp.n., coremata scale. All figures x 15. 510 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN Very closely allied to callixantha, from which it is readily distinguished by the broad antemedial line of the hindwings. 36, 2 22-24 mm. Forewing with basal dots separate; antemedial line evenly curved ; discal dot separate, or attached to antemedial line ; first segment of post- medial line broad, forming, with the discal blotch, a distinct medial fascia, connected to antemedial line by a fuscous suffusion on dorsum, remainder of line more slender ; terminal line expanded towards costa, extending towards, but not reaching, post- medial line between M, and M,. Hindwings with antemedial line very broad, more than twice width of third segment of postmedial line of forewings ; postmedial line obsolescent towards tornus ; terminal line expanded slightly from tornus to diver- gence of postmedial line, expanded at apex to form a sub-triangular patch. 3 genitalia : Uncus with a shallow V-shaped cleft at apex ; valva bluntly pointed, inner surface armed with two triangular sclerotized projections, from the larger of which arises a similar projection ; coremata of slender scales of uniform size. 2 genitalia : Ductus bursae sclerotized towards ostium bursae, bearing a rounded flap-like projection and an angular shoulder, from which point it is constricted to the ostium ; signum very slightly curved. DISTRIBUTION. Recorded only from N.W. Madagascar. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BriTIsH Museum (NATURAL History) : 1¢, Diego Suarez, 23 April 1917, G. Melou; 19, Diego Suarez, March 1917, G. Melou. SENCKENBER- GISCHE NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT (SAALMULLER COLLECTION): 2d, 19 syntypes, Nossi-Bé, one male bearing a label inscribed 66 ; 12, Loucoubé, Ebenau, 80. TYPE MATERIAL. The label “ 66’’, carried by one of the syntypes gives the species number of the original description ; this specimen is here designated the lectotype, the two other specimens becoming paralectotypes. All specimens are in the collection of the Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt- am-Main. Pardomima (Pardomima) callixantha sp. n. (Text-figs. 5, 6, 24 ; Plate 23, fig 3) Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 227 (partim). Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Ghesquiére, 1942. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C (3[2]) 7 (2) : 139- 140 (partim). Very closely allied to the preceding species, from which it is readily distinguished by the much narrower antemedial line of the hindwings. 3 22-24 mm., 9 20-22 mm. Differs from testudinalis as follows: Width of ante- medial line of hindwings below furcation not exceeding width of third segment of postmedial line of forewings ; terminal suffusion of forewings almost always reach- ing postmedial line between M, and M,; tornal patch of hindwings, when present, triangular. 3d genitalia: Valva with length slightly exceeding breadth, bluntly pointed, inner surface without projections ; aedoeagus broad, with three groups of stout cornuti : coremata as in ¢estudinalis. Q genitalia: Very similar to testudinalis ; ductus bursae without rounded flap- like projection. AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 511 DISTRIBUTION. Gold Coast; Nigeria; French West Africa ; French Equatorial Africa ; Belgian Congo; Angola; Northern and Southern Rhodesia; Transvaal ; Cape Province ; Natal; Nyasaland; Kenya, and Ethiopia. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MusEuM (NATURAL History): Holotype @, Mpeta, Loangwa R., affl. of Zambesi, xi, xii. 1895, B. ofrainys., Coryndon ; Allotype Q, Mashonaland, Salisbury, Feb. 1904, G. A. K. Marshall ; 22 paratypes, Mashonaland, Salisbury, 20.iii. 1898, April 1901, G. A. K. Marshall ; 1g, N. Rhodesia, Fort Jameson, Phipps ; 24, 12, Weenen, Natal; 34, 19, Natal, Spiller; 1g, 12, Verulam, Natal, Spiller ; 19, Pinetown, Natal, i.1909; 1g, Transvaal, Waterberg Dist., 1.111. 1899, Zutizencka ; 19, Pretoria, 13.xi.1g06, A. J. T. Janse; 1d, Port St. Johns, W. Pondoland, 1915, H. H. Swinney; 23, Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje, 16.v., 27.x.1913, S. A. Neave; 19, Kedai, Kenya, 9 Jan. 1912, Feather; 29, Kibwesi, B.E.A., 23 April, 1922 ; 1¢ Marago ya Fundi, 4.iii. 1891, C. S. Betton ; 2g, Tambura, Southern Bahr-el-Ghazal ; 14, Abyssinia, Dulla, Kaffa, 5,000 ft., 13. vi. 1905, Ph. C. Zaphiro ; 26, Elisabethville, Belgian Congo, 12.i1.1933, C. S.; 1g, Talala, Benguella, 1 Dec. 1905, Dr. Ansorge ; 1g, Warringo R., Unyoro, 11. xii. 1897, Dr. Ansorge ; 192, Gamba, Bihé, Angola, Dec. 1934, R. Braun; 19, Lagos, W. Africa; 19, Nsuaem, Gold C., Jan. 1922, N. E. Bell; 1g, Ivory Coast, Beoumi, xii.1922-1.1923, W. P. Lowe & H. R. Hardy. Mustum NATIONAL D‘HISTOIRE NATURELLE, PARIS: I¢ paratype, Angola, entre Capelongo et Dougo, 27.xii.1912; 14, Soudan frangais, Bamako. Mus&E DU Conco BELGE, TERVUREN: 16, 19 paratype, Elisabethville, 22 .ix.1950, xi.1948, Ch. Seydel; 64, 19, Elisabethville, 26.iv.1933, 26.iii.1936, 4.xii.1936, 1.1938, 21.ii.1948, xii. 1948, xi. 1949, Ch. Seydel ; 14, Lubumbashi, 31.iv.1934, Ch. Seydel. CorynpDoNn Museum, NarroBI: 1¢ paratype, Chiwefwe, N. Rhodesia, Feb. 1950, N. Mitton; 1g, Broken Hill, N. Rhodesia, Feb. 1950, N. Mitton; 19, North Kibwesi, Kenya, 3,000 ft., Jan. 1950, J. G. Williams ; 19, Isiolo, K. C., Apr-May 1951, Mrs. Adamson. Pardomima (Pardomima) phalarota (Meyrick) (Text-figs. 7, 8, 25; Plate 23, figs. 6, 7) Lygropia phalarota Meyrick, 1933. Exotic Microlepidoptera 4 : 404-405. Lygropia phalarota Meyrick, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 229. Dichocrocis phalarota Meyrick, Ghesquiére, 1942. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7 (2) : 140- 141 (partim). A very variable species; more lightly marked specimens resemble callixantha, from which they may be distinguished by the absence of chequered cilia ; darker specimens resemble phalaromima but the third joint of the labial palpi is much shorter. In the original description the month should read “ February ”, not “ November”’, 3, 2 19-23 mm., development of secondary markings variable. Forewing with basal dots separate, or forming a basal line; antemedial line somewhat broader towards costa; discal dot variable in size, not connected to antemedial line, some- times connected along cubitus to lower edge of discal blotch ; in some specimens (in- cluding the type) the areas of ground colour distad of the postmedial line are reduced 512 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN to two small patches, one beneath the first angle, the other distal to the fourth seg- ment of the postmedial line ; where distinct, fuscous marking connecting terminal and postmedial lines between M, and M, wedge-shaped, apex towards base of wing. Terminal markings of hindwing variable, usually connected to postmedial line between M, and M, ; postmedial line expanded above tornus, tornal patch sometimes extending somewhat towards antemedial line. 6 genitalia : Valva with apex rounded ; aedoeagus with two cornuti, one pointed ; coremata of slender scales. @ genitalia : Ductus bursae with two sclerotized protuberances ; signum crescent- shaped, somewhat angled centrally. DISTRIBUTION. Angola, Belgian Congo, Northern and Southern Rhodesia, Nyasa- land, Mozambique. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH Museum (NATURAL History): 1¢ paratype, N. Kivu, Belgian Congo, C.S., ii.1928 ; 1g, Port St. Johns, W. Pondoland, 1915, H. H. Swinney ; 14, Chirinda Forest, Gazaland, 9.xii.1gor, G. A. K. Marshall; 39, Mas- honaland, Salisbury, Mar., Apr., Dec., 1904, G. A. K. Marshall; 1g, Durban, iv.1906, A. T. Cooke; 44, 39, Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje, 7.iii, 7.v, 4, 17.xi.1913, 1g.i, 5.ii.1914, S. A. Neave; 19, Port E. Africa, E. of Mt. Chiperone, 2,200 ft., 23.xX1.1913, S. A. Neave; 14, Kitale, Kenya, 23.iv.1925, G. W. Jeffery ; 24, Elisa- bethville, Belgian Congo, C. S. 16.111. 1934, 27.11.1935 ; 14, Angola, Mt. Moco, Luim- bale, 1800-1900 m., 18 March 1934, Dr. K. Jordan. MusEE pu Conco BELGE, TERVUREN : Holotype 3, 15 paratype, N. Kivu, Kissenyi, ii.1928, Ch. Seydel; 1, 22, Eala, 18.vi, viii, ix.1935, J. Ghesquiére ; 19, Elisabethville, xii.1g12, Ternest ; 1g, Elisabethville, 30.xi.1938, a la lumiére, H. J. Bredo; 204, 69, Elisabethville, 23.11.1930, 3.V, 16.vi.1933, 29.11.1934, 5.i, 27.ii, 19.xli.1935, i, 26.11, 18.iii, 15.1x, I4.X1, xll. 1936, 1, 15.iii, 2, 27.X1, X11. 1937, xii. 1948, 22.i, li, 19. xii. 1949, II, 14.iii.1950, Ch. Seydel. ZooLoGiscHes MusEuM, BERLIN: 14, Verulam, Natal, Spiller, 12, Bagamoyo, v.93. CORYNDON MusEvuM, NAIROBI: 24, Sinoia, S. Rho- desia, 21.ii.1950, N. Mitton; 1g, 19, Broken Hill, N. Rhodesia, Feb. 1950, N. Mitton. Pardomima (Pardomima) phalaromima (Meyrick) (Text-figs. 9, 10, 26; Plate 23, figs. 8—ro, 20) Entephria phalaromima Meyrick, 1933. Exotic Microlepidoptera 4 : 401-402. Pycnarmon phalaromima Meyrick, Klima 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 89 : 26. Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Klima 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 227 (partim). Pycnarmon phalaromima Meyrick, Ghesquiére 1940. Aun. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7 (1) : 114. Pycnarmon tabidialis Snellen, Ghesquiére 1940. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7 (1) : 115. Easily separated from all the other African species of the genus by the slender, pointed third segment of the labial palpi. The almost straight inner edge of the terminal fuscous markings is characteristic in the majority of specimens. The locality given in the original description should read ‘‘ Luebo ’’, not “ Luelio”’. 3, 2 18-26 mm. Third segment of labial palpus half length of second, slender, pointed ; posterior margins of abdominal tergites often bordered with fuscous scales. Basal dots of forewing forming a basal line ; antemedial line frequently expanded AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 513 on cubitus ; discal dot curved, bar-shaped, connected to lower part of discal blotch along cubitus, thus enclosing a circular patch of ground colour; third segment of postmedial line broad, inner margin continuous towards apex with inner margin of apical patch ; tornal patch of ground colour reduced to a small subquadrate area, or absent. Tornal patch of hindwing large, projecting towards antemedial line, costal margin following Cu,,; apical patch large, angled to meet postmedial line. In extreme forms the entire dorsal and terminal areas of both wings may be fuscous. 6 genitalia: Valva with apex rounded ; aedoeagus without sclerotized cornutus ; scales of coremata slender, some with tips expanded, recurved. ° genitalia: Ductus bursae sclerotized for one-third of its length adjacent to ostium bursae ; signum crescent-shaped, denticulate. DISTRIBUTION. Sierra Leone, French Guinea, Ivory Coast, Nigeria, Cameroons, Fernando Po, Angola, Belgian Congo, Nyasaland, Kenya, Tanganyika. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH Museum (NATURAL History) : 29, West Africa, Sierra Leone, A. B. Frere; 83 792 Bingerville, Ivory Coast, Nov. 1913, May 25- June 3, July 1-14, 28-31, Aug. I-5, 5-7, 14-18, 25-30, Sept. 8-11, 1915, G. Melou ; 19, Lagos, H. Strachan ; 14, 12, R. Niger, Sapele, F. W. Sampson ; 19, Old Calabar, F. W. Sampson ; 19, S. Nigeria, Ilesha, L. E. H. Humphrey ; 12, Degama, Niger, Dr. Ansorge ; 10g, 109, Warri, iv, v, vi, vii, viii, ix, 1897 ; Ig, Fernando Po, Rev. J. Nicholls ; 1g, Pundo Andongo, Angola, Dondo, 24.ii.1875, A. v. Homeyer ; 14, Johann-Albrechts Hohe Station-Kamerun, L. Conradt, 1896 ; 1, Congo R., 16 Sept. 1922, Congo Belge; 23, 29, Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje, 18.iii, 24.iv, 11. vi. 1913, 6.ii.1914, S. A. Neave; 19, Kenya, Meru Dist., Mt. Kenya, Sept. 1930, Mrs. H. Young. Mustum D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE, Paris: 19, Brazzaville; 19, Binger- ville, Cote d’Ivoire ; 19, Afr. Or. allm. Kilimandjaro, 800 m., Neu Moschi, iv. 1912 ; 23, Nimba, Guinée, vii—xii.1951. Muse RoYAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE, BRUSSELS : 1g, P.N.A., Lac Magera, 2000 m., 26.ii-7.iii.1934, G. F. de Witte. Mustr pu CoNGO BELGE, TERVUREN : Holotype g, Luebo, iv.1931, C. J. Colin; 44, 19, Eala, vi, ix, X, X1.1936, J. Ghesquiére ; 1g, Kinchassa, Nov. 1896, Waelbroek ; 14, Kin- sala, Tombolo, x.1921, L. Verlaine; 1g, Yangambi, x.1939, Henrard; 14, Kafa- _ kumba, iv.1929, G. F. Overlaet; 1g, Sankuru, Dimbelenge, 11.ix.1951, Dr. M. Fontaine; 1g, Equateur, Bamania, 1936, R. P. Hulstaert; 1d, Buja, 4.vi.1912, Dr. Christy ; 14, Lisala, 8.i1.1906, Waelbroek. ZOOLOGISCHES MUSEUM, BERLIN : 1g, Kamerun, Mokundange, I-15.viii.1905, G. Tessmann ; 19, Kamerun, Jaunde- Stat., 800 m., Zenker. Pardomima (Pardomima) telanepsia sp. n. (Text-figs. II, 12, 19, 29; Plate 23, figs. 4, 5) Differs from phalaromima in the much shorter third segment of the labial palpi and the configuration of the terminal markings of the wings. Separated from distortana in the male by the possession of a pale lateral streak on the eighth segment, and non- specialized mid-femora, in the female by the restriction of the ground colour area below the cubitus of the forewings to one-half the distance between the antemedial and postmedial lines. 514 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 3, 2 18-24 mm. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-grey, markings fuscous. Wing markings similar to phalaromima, but patches of ground colour of forewing distad of third and fourth segments of postmedial line wedge-shaped, narrow, apices towards each other, corresponding markings of hindwing similar. 6 genitalia: Length of valva twice breadth, apex rounded ; aedoeagus with two cornuti, one diamond-shaped ; coremata with both simple and compound, light and dark, scales, some of the light scales clubbed at the tip, or at intervals along the length of the scale, compound fuscous scale not divided at tip. 2 genitalia: Ductus bursae sclerotized from ostium bursae for one-half of its length, where there is a rounded sclerotized protuberance, sclerotization continued for a short distance along ductus seminalis ; sigma crescent-shaped, exceeding half the circumference of a circle. DISTRIBUTION. Ivory Coast, Gold Coast, Nigeria, Fernando Po, French Equa- torial Africa. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BrITIsH Museum (NATURAL History): Holotype 3, Fer- nando Po, W. Cooper; allotype 9, Bingerville, Ivory Coast, 1915, G. Melou; 4¢ paratypes, Fernando Po, Moka, 28.i-3.ii.1933, W. H. T. Tams; Sapele, R. Niger, F. W. Sampson ; Kamerun, Lolodorf, 24.11.1895, L. Conradt ; 1g, 29, Warri, vii, viii, ix.1895, Dr. Roth; 1, Gold Coast, N. Territories, Kete-Krachi, A. W. Cardinall. Mustum NATIONAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE, PARIS: 1g, Oubangui-Chari, Tchad, Bangui. Pardomima (Pardomima) zanclophora sp. n. (Text-figs. 13, 14, 20, 27; Plate 23, figs. 11-13) Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 227 (partim). Dichocrocis phalarota Meyrick, Ghesquiére, 1942. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7(2): 140-141 (partim). Very closely allied to azancla, but lacks the distinct projection of tornal patch towards antemedial line of the hindwings of that species. The hooked cornutus of the male aedoeagus separates it from all other African species. The irregular outline of the protuberance of the ductus bursae of the female separates it from azancla. 36, 2 21-27 mm. Head, thorax and first two abdominal segments typically ochreous-yellow, remaining abdominal segments tinged with orange, markings fus- cous, distinct ; posterior margins of abdominal terga 3-6 bordered with shining scales. Basal dots of forewing usually confluent ; discal dot usually separate from antemedial line ; a projection from the lower part of discal blotch may extend along cubitus towards, but not reaching, the discal dot ; dorsum between antemedial and postmedial lines almost always suffused fuscous ; second and third segments of post- medial line broad, prominent ; apical and tornal patches large, variable in extent. Hindwing with apical blotch not reaching postmedial line, tornal patch not extend- ing towards antemedial line, except in a very few examples where it is diffuse. 6 genitalia: Length of valva more than twice breadth, apex somewhat pointed, a slender, pointed projection from inner surface ; aedoeagus with a single hooked or sickle-shaped cornutus ; coremata with both simple and compound fuscous scales, tips of some of the simple scales clubbed. AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 515 2 genitalia: Ductus bursae sclerotized adjacent to ostium bursae, expanded to form a protuberance of irregular outline ; signum crescentic, minutely denticulate. DISTRIBUTION. Belgian Congo, Mozambique, Tanganyika, Kenya, Grand Co- moro, Madagascar, Ethiopia, S. W. Arabia. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HisTory): Holotype 3, allo- type 9, Suna, S. Kavirondo, January 1932, W. Feather; 14, 12 paratype, Suna, S. Kavirondo, February 1932, W. Feather; Kibwezi, B.E.A., Nov. 1920, W. Feather ; 22, Dar-es-Salaam, T. T., vi.1914, A. Loveridge; 14, Kilwa, Germ. E. Africa, II.ii.1900, Reimer; 14, G. E. Africa, Usangu Distr., Ft. Kifulufulu Mtn., 3000 ft., 17.xli.1g10, S. A. Neave; 19, Delagoa Bay; 19, Kenya Colony, Voi Plantations, 20.11.1912, C. Montagu Smyth; 14, Kenya, Kedai, 8.xii.1gt , Fawcett; 19, Grand Comoro, Sept., 1921, G. F. Leigh; 29, Grande Comore, L. Humblot, 1884 ; 1g, Sakaramy, N. E. Madagascar, 16 Feb. 1917, G. Melou; 64, 49, Diego Suarez, Madagascar, 24.xii. 1916, 5, 19, Feb., March-April, 1917, G. Melou ; 19, Arabia, Hara- brab, 3.1.1937, H. St. J. B. Philby ; 1g, Dire Daoua, Abyssinia, December 1934, H. Uhlenhuth ; 14, Diredaua, N. W. of Harar, 1914, G. Kristensen ; 19, Elisabethville, Belgian Congo, C. S. 11.x.34. Mustum NATIONAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE, PARIS : 1g, 12 paratype, Afr. or. Allm., Kilimandjaro, Neu Moschi, 800 m.; Bura, Afr. or. Angl., Wa-taita, iii. 1912, 1050 m.; 14, 19, Bura, iii. 1912, 1050 m. ; 14, Afr. orient, Lagoa Bay; 14, Voi, Afr. or. Angl., mars I91I, 600 m. Mus&E Du Conco BELGE, TERVUREN: 364, 12 paratype, Equateur, Bamania, 14.ix.1936, R. P. Hulstaert ; Elisabethville, 2.xi.1937, 4.ii.1938, Ch. Seydel; Uvira, x.1927, Ch. Seydel; 19, Rutschuru, v.1937, J. Ghesquiére; 19, Elisabethville, 6.x.1934, Ch. Seydel. ZOOLOGISCHES MusEuM, BERLIN: 19, D. O. Afrika, Mkalama, 3.ii.1905, v. d. Marwitz. CoRYNDON Museum, NarRoBI: 14, 12 paratype, Iringa, Tanganyika, iti. 1950, N. Mitton; 1g, 12, Mtito Andei, Kenya, it1.1950, N. Mitton. Pardomima (Pardomima) azancla sp. n. (Text-figs. 15, 16, 28; Plate 23, fig. 14) Very closely allied to zanclophora, the formation of the tornal patch of the hind- wings is constant in the specimens examined. The genitalic differences outlined below give a ready means of separation. 3,2 22-27mm. Markings closely similar to zanclophora, especially to Madagascan examples of that species. Tornal patch of hindwings with a well-defined projection towards antemedial line. 6 genitalia : Valva similar to zanclophora, rather more pointed at apex ; aedoeagus with an apical bunch of small, slender, pointed cornuti ; coremata similar, but with additional simple, blade-like fuscous scales. 2 genitalia: Very similar to zanclophora, but protuberance of ductus bursae smoothly rounded. DISTRIBUTION : Apparently confined to Madagascar. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MusEuM (NATURAL History): Holotype J, allo- type 9, Diego Suarez, Madagascar, 5 Feb. 1917, G. Melou ; 103, 102 paratypes from type locality ; 294, 3392, from type locality; 1g, 59, Nanisana, near Tananarivo, Fics. 22-30. Pardomima (Pardomima): Female genitalia. Ductus bursae and bursa copulatrix. 22. P. testudinalis Saalmiiller. 23. P. furcirenalis Hampson. 24. P. callixantha sp. n. 25. P. phalarvota Meyrick. 26. P. phalaromima Meyrick. 27. P. zanclophora sp.n. 28. P. azanclasp.n. 29. P. telanepsiasp.n. 30. P. phaeoparda sp.n. All figures x 15. AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 517 Feb. 1932, Mme. N. d’Olsoufieff. Mustum NATIONAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE, Paris: 19 paratype, Madagascar, Centr. Plateaux de |’Imerina, Parc de Tsimbazaza, 1200 m., II. xii. 1951, P. Viette. Pardomima (Pardomima) phaeoparda sp. n. (Text-fig. 17, 18, 21, 30; Plate 23, fig. 15) Superficially resembles dark forms of phalaromima, from which it may be dis- tinguished by the shorter third segment of the labial palpi. It may be separated from the other African species by the presence of fuscous scales on the proboscis. 3, 2 23-24mm. Secondary markings well-developed, ground colour pale whitish- yellow. Proboscis with fuscous scales. Thorax and abdomen mainly fuscous above, ground colour reduced to small spots. Basal line of forewing very broad, scarcely separated from antemedial line ; discal dot large, connected to discal blotch along cubitus and on costa, enclosing a subtriangular patch of ground colour, a similar patch below cubitus; remainder of area between antemedial and _post-medial lines fuscous ; except for narrow streaks of ground colour immediately distad of first and fourth segments of postmedial line, and a faint spot above tornus, remainder of wing fuscous. Antemedial line of hindwing broad; terminal third of wing fuscous, except for two streaks of ground colour ; tornal patch large, projecting to- wards antemedial line. 3 genitalia: Costa of valva strongly arched at base, apex rounded; aedoeagus with a medial bunch of slender, pointed cornuti; coremata with both simple and compound scales. 2 genitalia: Ductus bursae sclerotized adjacent to ostium bursae, where it is expanded into a crumpled protuberance of irregular outline ; signum crescent-shaped, denticulate. DISTRIBUTION. Sierra Leone, Ivory Coast, Nigeria, Belgian Congo. MATERIAL EXAMINED : BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL History) : Holotype 3, Sierra Leone, July 1904, Major Bainbridge ; allotype 2, Bingerville, Ivory Coast, 1915, G. ~Melou; 23 paratypes, Ogruga, Niger; Kassai district, Congo F.St., Taymans. Subgenus PACHYPARDA n. Differs from the typical subgenus as follows: ¢ mid-femur enlarged, containing a cavity filled with ochreous-yellow hairs, an elliptical aperture on the inner surface (Text-fig. 43) ; valva of male large, costa irregular, with protuberances ; coremata with both simple and compound scales ; bursa copulatrix of female without signum. Typical markings of abdomen not well developed, pale lateral streak on eighth segment of male not well defined. Type species : Pardomima distortana Strand. DISTRIBUTION : West Africa and Belgian Congo. Pardomima (Pachyparda) tumidipes (Hampson) (Text-figs. 31-33, 40; Plate 23, fig. 16) Sylepta tumidipes Hampson, 1912. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (8) 10: 6 (partim). Sylepta tumidipes Hampson, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 89 : 211 (partim). Fics. 31-43. Pardomima (Pachyparda): Male and female genitalia. 31. P. twmidipes Hampson, valva. 32. P. twmidipes Hampson, coremata scale. 33. P. tumidipes Hampson, aedoeagus. 34. P. margarodes sp.n., valva. 35. P. margarodes sp. n., core- mata scale. 36. P. margarodes sp. n., aedoeagus. 37. P. distortana Strand, valva. 38. P. distortana Strand, coremata scale. 39. P. distortana Strand, aedoeagus. 40. P. tumidipes Hampson, ductus bursae and bursa copulatrix. 41. P. margarodes sp. n., ductus bursae and bursa copulatrix. 42. P. distortana Strand, ductus bursae and bursa copulatrix. 43. P. distortana Strand, inner surface of mid femur of male, showing the aperture (a) and the extent of the cavity containing hairs (b). Figures 31-42, x 15; figure 43, X 73. AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 519 Dichocrocis phalarota Meyrick, Ghesquiére, 1942. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7 (2) : 140- 141 (partim). Distinguished from margarodes and distortana by the shape of the area of ground colour between the two terminal patches of the hindwings. 6,220-22mm. Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous-white, tinged with ochreous orange, second abdominal tergum with three fuscous dots, seventh with two fuscous dots ; genital capsule of male mainly ochreous-white. Forewing very similar to that of telanepsia, but discal dot not connected to discal blotch along cubitus. Hind- wing similar to that of telanepsia, but apical patch not connected to postmedial line ; tornal patch more diffuse ; area of ground colour between terminal patches parallel- sided. ¢ genitalia : Costal margin of valva with large rounded protuberance at two-thirds, apex of valva concave; aedoeagus with a single, weakly-sclerotized, sub-circular cornutus with a short apical pointed projection, and a slender tapering continuation towards base ; coremata with both simple and compound, light and dark scales. 2 genitalia : Ductus bursae sclerotized throughout length ; bursa copulatrix rather small. DISTRIBUTION. Sierra Leone, Gabon, Belgian Congo. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL History) : 14 syntype, Sierra Leone, 28.4.1895, Clements ; 14, Sierra Leone, Hill Station, M. Frere; 1g, Abanga R., Gabon, Oct. 1897, Dr. Ansorge. Mus&E Du CoNGoO BELGE, TERVUREN: I. Manghay, 27.x.1921, L. Verlaine. TYPE MATERIAL. BrITISH MusEuM (NATURAL HisTory): The two ¢ syntypes described by Hampson belong to two species. One is referable to distortana Strand ; the other, listed above, is here designated lectotype. Pardomima (Pachyparda) margarodes sp. n. (Text-figs. 34-36, 41 ; Plate 23, figs. 17, 19) Very closely allied to distortana ; distinguished from it by the lighter colour and lesser extent of the fuscous markings ; the areas of ground colour distad of third and fourth segments of postmedial line of hindwings of about equal extent. 36,222-27mm. Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous yellow ; second and seventh and in male eighth, abdominal terga often with fuscous scales. Wings with a pearly sheen, not violaceous as in distortana. Markings similar to those of tumidipes, lines and patches often with crenulate margins. Area between tornal and apical patches of hindwing not parallel-sided, outer margin curving inwards to meet inner towards costa. 6 genitalia : Costal margin of valva with a protuberance at one-third, stepped out- wards at four-fifths ; aedoeagus with a single, broad, weakly sclerotized cornutus bearing a short, latero-distal projection. 2 genitalia : Ductus bursae sclerotized throughout length, twisted, compressed, a series of heavily sclerotized, opaque, prominences along margin so formed ; bursa copulatrix large. 520 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN DISTRIBUTION. Southern Nigeria. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL History): Holotype 3, allo- type 2, Warri, v, vi, 1897, Dr. Roth; 103, 109, paratypes from type locality ; 24, 79 from type locality ; 1g, Akassa-Onitsha, R. Niger, Dr. Cook. Pardomima (Pachyparda) distortana (Strand) (Text-figs. 37-39, 42, 43; Plate 23, figs. 18) Sylepta tumidipes Hampson, 1912. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (8) 10 : 6 (partim). Lygropia distortana Strand, 1913. Avrch. Naturgesch. 78 (At2) : 75. Sylepta tumidipes ab. hampsoniana n., Strand, 1917. Arch. Naturgesch. 82 : (A3) : Io. Conogethes empalacta Meyrick, 1937. Exotic Microlepidoptera 5 : 104. Pycnarmon empalacta Meyrick, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 89 : 25. Sylepta tumidipes Hampson, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 89 : 211 (partim). Lygropia distortana Strand, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 229. Syllepta tumidipes Hampson, Ghesquiére, 1942. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7 (2) : 152. Very closely allied to margarodes. The reduction or absence of the area of ground colour above tornus of the forewings is characteristic; the name ab. hampsoniana could be used for those specimens in which this area is absent. 36, 2 23-27 mm. Abdominal terga of male mainly fuscous, of female mainly ochreous-orange. Very similar to margarodes, but markings darker and more intense, wings with a violaceous pearly lustre. Terminal areas of both wings more heavily marked than in margarodes, area of ground colour distad of third segment of post- medial line of forewing smaller than corresponding area adjacent to fourth segment, or absent ; corresponding areas of the hindwing similarly reduced. 3 genitalia: Costal margin of valva with a rounded protuberance at two-thirds, two slender projections near apex, the inner blunt, the outer pointed, almost en- closing a sub-circular area ; aedoeagus with a row of slender, pointed cornuti and a large, curved thorn-like cornutus ; coremata with both simple and compound, light and dark scales. 2 genitalia : Ductus bursae sclerotized near ostium bursae only ; bursa copulatrix large. DISTRIBUTION. Sierra Leone, Ivory Coast, Gold Coast, Nigeria, Cameroons, Rio Muni, Gabon, Belgian Congo. MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HisTory): I ¢ (syntype of P. tumidipes Hampson), Sierra Leone, 12.xi.1895, Clements ; 14, 12, Sierra Leone, Dr. Cator; 1g, Sierra Leone, A. B. Frere; 224, 409, Bingerville, Ivory Coast, June 13-15, July 1-11, 28-31, Aug. 11-25, Sept. I-15, 1915, G. Melou ; 24, Assinie ; 1g, Aburi, Gold Coast, 1912-1913, W. H. Patterson ; 23 (ab. 1. of twmidipes Hamp- son, subsequently named by Strand ab. hampsoniana), Coomassie, Whiteside, and R. Niger, Sapele, F. W. Sampson ; 34, Warri, v, vi, vii, 1897, Dr. Roth ; 14, S. Nigeria, Ilesha, L. E. H. Humfrey ; 54, 29, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2,000 ft., Bates ; 1g, Afr. Occid, Johann-Albrechts Héhe, Station Kamerun, 1898, L. Conradt ; 23, Lake Ansebbe, Fernan-Vaz, Gabon, Feb. 1908, Dr. Ansorge ; 23, Abanga R., Gabon, Oct. 1907, Dr. Ansorge. Mus&E pu ConGo BELGE, TERVUREN: I (type of P. empalacta AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 521 Meyrick, Lulua:Kapanga, xii.1933, F. G. Overlaet ; 1g, Kafakumba, xii.1932, F. G. Overlaet ; 19, Bitye, Bates-Rosenberg. ZooLOGISCcHES MusEuM, BERLIN: Holo- type 9, Span, Guinea, Benitogbt., Alén, 1-15.ix.1906, G. Tessmann; 24, Ogowe, Lambar., Mogq. SUMMARY Twelve species of the genus Pardomima are here described, included in two sub- genera ; six of the species and one subgenus are described as new. Many of these species have been confused hitherto under the name “Lygropia amyntusalis Walker ”’. None of the previously described species has hitherto been included in the genus Pardomima ; they are listed below with the generic names under which they are placed in the Lepidopterorum Catalogus : Pycnarmon : phalaromima Meyrick ; empalacta Meyrick (= distortana Strand), new synonymy. Lamprosema : furcirenalis Hampson. Lygropia : testudinalis Saalmiiller (ex synonymy) ; phalarota Meyrick ; distortana Strand. Sylepta : twmidipes Hampson. fs (aH . | a are, Saw Lge As Cer, ‘ AN tty ON & yk — ~~ ' ts PREeaerenN Tey r wo) Beam BN oH Hewen i 4 JAN 1995 Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. EXPLANATION OF PLATE The African species of the genus Pardomima Warren. SOI ARE Yo © 20. P. furcivenalis Hampson, 9. P. testudinalis Saalmiiller, 9. P. callixantha sp. n., 9. P. telanepsia sp. n., 3. P. telanepsia sp. n., g. P. phalavota Meyrick, type ¢. P. phalarota Meyrick, 9. P. phalaromima Meyrick, ¢. P. phalaromima Meyrick, ¢. . phalaromima Meyrick, 9. . zanclophora sp. n., holotype ¢. . zanclophora sp. n., &. zanclophora sp. n., &. azancla sp. n., 3g. phaeoparda sp. u., holotype 3. . tumidipes Hampson, lectotype ¢. . margarodes sp. n., 9. . distortana Strand, type Q. . margarodes sp. n., g; lateral view of head. . phalaromima Meyrick, g ; lateral view of head. ry yew Figures 1-18, x 2; figures 19, 20, x 15. Figures 2, 4, 5 and 1o represent the left side of the specimen. Bull, B.M, (N.H.) Entom., III, 14. PLATE. 23 a a mt ay 7 ia - te aed Le! » a 14 JAN 1955 abdominator, Ichneumon ? acutus, Phaeogenes Aédes aegypti, Aédes - 46-47 (fig.), 48, 53, 60 INDEX TO VOL. IIl New taxonomic names are printed in bold type. Itz : 134 3-65 (passim) africanus, Aédes . : wee e52 alaudae, Menacanthus 225-227 (fig.) pl. 10 albibuccus, Notosemus 133 albifrons, Cratichneumon 107, 135 albifrons, Ichneumon . 109 albiger, Ichneumon 127, albilineatus, Barichneumon 109, 136 albinotatus, Diadromus . : 145 albipictus, Melanichneumon . a ek 23 albopictus, Aédes . 17-18, 22, DAs 20. 49 (fig.) alcae articae, Pediculus . 233-234 alexanderi, Protoptila : 2 » 327 alpicola, Monophadmus . 280 (fig.), 281-282 altercator, Aoplus . 5 139 alticola, Probolus . 100 altipecten, Meringis 180 (fig.) aluea, Culoptila 337 (fig.), 339 amabilis, Exephanes e> eat amaltheus, Aédes . 6, 18, 22; age 37 (fg) amaniea, Baliochila 97-98, pls. 4, 8 amberia, Culoptila . 338, 340 (fig.) amphibolus, Ichneumon . , p26 amyntusalis, Botys 505 Anachauliodes 427-428 anatis, Pediculus : 255 ancipterus, Ichneumon . ; ‘ on Rnd andrewsi, Aédes : 370 (fig.) anglicanus, Ichneumon . ; ; « #$18 angustatus, Barichneumon ; + 25 angustus, Aédes I 5, 21, 44 (fig.) annulator, Ichneumon 109 annulipes, Malaiseana 471, 472 (fig.) Aphanocephalus 301 aphrodite, Macrophya apicoargenteus, Aédes apricus, Platylabops aquilonius, Ichneumon arctica, Rhogogaster articus, Rhyssolabus ardeicollis, Eriplatys arguta, Mevesia 285 (fig.), 289-290 13, 21, 24, 51-52, 57, 58 (fig.) 115, 135 148-149 288 142 117, 135 162 (fig.) armatorius, Amblyteles . : : pets ie. arridens, Aptesis . : : F age i aslauga, Baliochila x .86, pl. 6 asperatus, Nyllius . 475-476 (fig.) assimulata, Caenopsylla . 211-219 (fig.) atomus, Aphanocephalus : ; eee! atratorius, Amblyteles 129-130 atrifemur, Ichneumon . : ? . 140 atrocaudatus, Trogus ‘ : ; ET2 aulicus, Hybophorellus . 2 : ato austerus, Aphanocephalus : 303 australica, Archichauliodes azanecla, Pardomima 424- 425 (fig.) 509 (fig.), 515, 516 (fig.), 517 badgleyi, Karenocoris ae 470 (fig.), 471 Baliochila 85- se bambusae, Aédes ws 21, 44 (fig.), 6 barnesi, Baliochila . 86-88, pl. 3, 6 Barreropsyllini : : : eres the Barreropsylla : 181-183 bassani, Pediculus . F : : i 247 bellicosus, Apaeleticus . : F 5 T3E biannulatus, Coelichneumon . : Se 5 biconicus, Protochauliodes 443 (fig.), 444 bidentatus, Hoplismenus 116, 117, 119, 120, 139 bidentatus, Hoplismenus E16; 187, 119; 120, 139 bilunulatus, Barichneumon 124, 139 binotatus, Ichneumon 109, II14 bipunctorius, Ichneumon : : = / 09 bispinatorius, Hoplismenus 120, 139 bohemani, Notosemus_ . = : Sees 3 bowringi, Neochauliodes : . 437 (fig.) brevigena, Ichneumon . : : 128 bryanti, Cephalophanus ab: plt3; 14 caedator, Ichneumon : : rem 2s) caelebs, Exephanes : ghey be II, 20, 24, 45 (fig.) 509 (fig.), 510-511, calceatus, Aédes : eallixantha, Pardomima . 516 (fig.) callopus, Phaeogenes : ; : tg cambriensis, Ichneumon : + 215 camelinus, Thyrateles 141, 149 (fig.) cameroni, Dicaelotus II5, 116, 144 524 cameroni, Profallis candidatus, Diadromus . canis, Pediculus canis, Ricinus caproni, Ichneumon captorius, Ichneumon cardela, Protoptila . carri, Barichneumon caspia, Elinora Cassidoloma castanopyga, Ichneumon caucascia, Chaetopsylla eauta, Henricohahnia celenae, Spilichneumon . celerator, Colpognathus . Cephalophanus cerinthius, Amblyteles cessator, Ichnuemon Chauliodini chaussieri, Aédes chemulpoensis, Aédes chilensis, Archichauliodes chloridis, Pediculus chloridis, Philopterus cinctorius, Ichneumon cinerascens, Protochauliodes cingulipes, Ichneumon circi, Laemobothrion circi, Pediculus cirrogastra, Callajoppa citator, Barichneumon citrinellae, Pediculus citrinellae, Philopterus clangulae, Pediculus clarigator, Cratichnenmon cleopatra, Sciapteryx Cnodontes coeruleus, Csclichineawne cognatus, Ichneumon collaris, Thyracella colymbi grylle, Pediculus comitator, Ichneumon compunctor, Ichneumon conciliator, Diadromus concinnatorius, Ichneumon concinnus, Matylabus concinnus, Probolus confusor, Ichneumon conspurcatus, Amblyteles consimilis, Ischnopsyllus contiguus, Aédes . It, continentalis, Parachauliodes . convergens Tenthredopsis coqueberti, Protichneumon coreyrensis, Sciapteryx coraceus, Phaeogenes (Proscus) cornicis, Myrsidea . cornicis, Ricinus corruscator, Craticlmeumon corvi, Pediculus INDEX - plit7;373 132 244-245 - 243-244 146-148 (fig.) : 113, 114 320 (fig.), 335 (fig.), 336 ; 118, 125 288 (fig.) 300 ITT 190-193 (fig.) 46x (fig.), 462 gaia diam 112 305-306 130, 142 wn EOS 415- 444, 418 (fig.) : 7,19 . 48 (fig.) 425-427 (figs.) ; 229 230-232 112, 114 442 (fig.) : ; . 109 259-262 (fig.), pl. 12 : 258-263 112 . 140 227-229 (fig.) 230-232, pl. ro 246-247 139 284 IOI 107, 110 10g 116, 133 234 107 108 132-133 IIo ie. 152 (fig.) 206-211 (fig.) 20, 23, 25, 37-38 (fig.) 431 (fig.), 432 282-283 III, 135 AQF 167-169 (fig.) ‘ pl. 11 237-239 (fig.) o AEE ES 246, 264 corynetes, Elinora . coryphaeus, Phaeogenes coxiglyptus, Barichneumon crassicornis, Anaticola crassicornis, Ichneumon crassorius, Ichneumon crassifemur, Ichneumon . cretinus, Aédes Ctenochauliodes . cubicularis, Ichneumon . Culoptila : culpatorius, Probolus curator, Phaeogenes curuccae, Pediculus curvirostrae, Pediculus curvirostrae, Philopterus curvus, Polytribax. euspidata, Athalia . eypria Strongylogaster cyrus, Macrophya daemon, Asthenolabus daemon, Stenolabus deboeri, Aédes ; ; deceptor, Archichauliodes deceptor, Barichneumon decoomani, Aphanocephalus defraudator, Aoplus delaca, Protoptila deleter, Trigocrada . delicatula, Teriomima demeilloni, Aédes . denderensis, Aédes dendrophilus, Aédes derasus, Coelichneumon . desinatorius, Coelichneumon devylderi, Ctenichneumon Dicrotelus didymus, Ichneumon digrammus, Barichneumon dimidiatus, Ichneumon Discoloma i disparis, Protichneumon dissimilator, Trogus dissimilis, Cratichneumon disinctus, Herpestomus . distinctus, Herpestomus . distinctus Phaeogenes distortana, Pardomima . diversorius, Ichneumon . dohertyi, Cephalophanus . dollmani, Hypotrabela dominiquei, Elinora dorcadia, Dorcadia dubiosa, Baliochila dubiosus, Cyclolabus dubitatus, Ichneumon duplicator, Amblyteles Durbania : 320 (fig.), 332 (fig.), 333 285~286, 288 (fig.) 134 125, 140 239 (fig.), 240 ; . 109 113 . 140 48 (fig.) 429 114 335-337 109 145 223 229 230-232 ». 108; 537 277-278, 280 (fig.) ; . 285 (fig.), 290-291 131 2) (2a 2, 24, 44 (fig.) 61 423 (fig.), 424 ; ee 302-303, pl. 14 139 70-78 (Ags) 8, 15, £05 a -13, 21, 24, 34-35 14, 52, 61 107, 108, 121 135 129, 141 445-488 . ee 135 IIo 300 120 113 122, 123, 139 116 116 Pay 518 (fig.), 520-521 . IIo 306, 307, pl. 13 75 (fig.) 284-285 (fig.) 188-189 (fig.) 90-92, pl. 3, 7,9 156-157 (fig) j 114 118, 130 101 INDEX echinus, Neonyllius 480-481 (fig.) ectrapela, Kokujewia : 271 (fig.) egregius, Amblyteles Z . ; wwe fy elliotti, Melanomicrus . : ‘ 7 KES5 elliotti, Nematomicrus . , ; Foon ie Oy elongatus, Amblyteles_. . «. 1142 elongatus, Paraethecerus 164-165 65 (fig.) elongatus, Phaeogenes_. ; 145 emberizae, Ricinus ‘ J : . 237 eremitatorius, Ichneumon ‘ : > -¥26 erythraeus, Melanichneumon . ; » 1EZS erythrogaster, Ichneumon : ‘ 2 EEL erythrostomus, Dicaelotus ‘ ‘ . 144 eudoxius, Heresiarches . ; : ‘yao eupitheciae, Barichneumon : 25 eurycerus, Ichneumon . F Z . 140 482, 483 (fig.), 485 182-186 (fig.) evansi, Orgetorixa . excelsa, Barreropsylla exilicornis, Ichneumon . 3 : . 140 eximius, Coelichneumon . . : : 107 eximius, Ichneumon . ; : ae ELO externus, Cratichneumon : Seams fabricii, Amblyteles ‘ : : «aid fallax, Cratichneumon 118, I22 falsificus, Coelichneumon ‘ 3 6837 fasciatus, Cephalophanus 307- —308, pl. 13 fasciatus, Ichneumon 107, 113 femorator, Ichneumon : 109, II2 festiva, Calamcuta . : ; : 270 fitchi, Dicaelotus ; I 58-160 (fig.) flammula, Athalia . . ‘ : 2278 flaveola, Elinora : 284-28 5 (fig.) flavocinctus, Ctenichnsumon ; S tZO flavocinctus, Ichneumon , : Pee fletcheri, Neochauliodes . 433 (fig.), 434 forcipatus, Ctenochauliodes 429-430 (fig.) formosus, Diadromus . F = -F16 formosus, Ichneumon I10, 130, 136 fossorius, Amblyteles 129, 130 (fig.), 142 fossorius, Ichneumon : . 106 fountainei, Hypotrabala . 4 5 (pls. 1-2, fig.) foveolatus, Phaeogenes 165-167 (fig.) fragilis, Baliochila . 95-96, PI. 4,7 fraseri, Aédes : F 52 fringillae, Ricinus . 23 5 —237 ‘(fig. ); pl 10 fulgens, Abia . 274 (fig.) fulvicrus, Corynis 274 (fig.), 275-276 fulvipes, Ichneumon : . 1r09 fulvitarsis, Phaeogenes 133. 134, 166 (fig.) fulvoscutellatus, Ichneumon . s « ILO funebris, Coelichneumon ; », #21 furcirenalis, Pardomima . 508, 509 (fig.), 516 (fig.) furunculus, Herpestomus : é “/ £32 fuscatus, Ichneumon j , . + ‘E40 fuscitarsis, Selandria ' : : e, 7296 fusorius, Protichneumon ; . - 120 galericulata, Athalia gallinae, Goniocotes gallinae, Ricinus gallus, Henricohahnia gasterator, Ichneumon gemellus, Barichneumon gigas, Platylabus . glabricollis meridiana, Athalia . gradatorius, Amblyteles . grandiceps, Eparces granti, Aédes gratus, Ichneumon gravenhorstii, Cratichneumon . gravenhorstii, Ichneumon grylle, Pediculus grylle, Saemundssonia guamensis, Aédes . guata, Protoptila guichardi, Elinora . guttata, Hypotrabala guttata, Mevesia guttiferus, Archichauliodes guttulatus, Diadromus haesitator, Ichneumon haglundi, Ichneumon hakanssoni, Aédes . heischi, Aédes Henricohahnia heracleanae, Barichasunion heracleanae, Ichneumon hiaticulae, Pediculus hiaticulae, Quadraceps hildegarda, Baliochila homocerus,Ctenamblyteles homochlorus, Phaeogenes horridula, Hypotrabala . hostilis, Anisobas hyalinus, Paracharactus . Hypotrabala Ichneumoninae inclytus, Apaeleticus incubator, Barichneumon indica, Henricohahnia indicus, Neochauliodes indocilis, Amblyteles inermis, Karencoris infidus, Cratichneumon inflexus, Dicaelotus injucundus, Amblyteles . injucundus, Hybophorellus inquinatus, Ichneumon intermedius, Herpestomus intermedius, Platylabus . invisor, Phaeogenes ioffi, Dorcadia ischioxanthus, Exephanes 17, 22, 48, (fig.), 49 245- 246 (fig.), pl. 11 525 aVars 242-244 (fig.) s \2Az 452-453 (Be. . IIt 118, 125 143 279 I4I 144 128 107 109 247 372 (fig.) 329 (fig.), 331 285 (fig.), 287-288 (fig.) 75 (fig.) 162-163 (fig.) 419, 420 (fig.), 421 : ; 132 125 . 129 48 (fig.) 8, 19, 23, 45 (fig) 445-488 115 116 251- —252 (fig.) 252-254 (fig.), pl. 12 89-90, pl. 6, pl. 9 ; 2 131 280 (fig.) 74-75 (pls. 1-2) 105-176 131 ‘ 125 455 (fig.), 457 434, 435 (fig-) £2; 113,334 = cones 135 144 5130 118, 130 128 132 142 133 187-190 (fig.) 137 526 jamesoni, Megarthroglossus japonicus, Parachauliodes jocularis, Cratichneumon johansoni, Spilichneumon joiceyi, Hypotrabala jucundus, Colpognathus . Karenocoris . keniensis, Aédes kenyae, Aédes kivuensis, Aédes koreanus, Neochauliodes lagopi, Pediculus longata, Aédes languidus, Ichneumon lanigera, Mesoneura lari, Pediculus lari, Ricinus lari, Saemundssonia lascivus, Phaeogenes latimarginate, Baliochila latiscapus, Asthenolabus lativentris, Platylabus lautatorius, Ichneumon . leucocheilus, Barichneumon leucostigmus, Hepiopelmus lewisi, Cephalophanus limatus, Phaeogenes limbatus, Tapirocoris lineator, Ichneumon lineator, Stenichneumon liocnemis, Coelichneumon lipara, Baliochila liqua, Protoptila locula, Protoptila longicornis, Paracheractus longigena, Amblyteles longulus, Aethecerus lorada, Protoptila luteocephalus, Aédes macilenta, Micrope maculata, Elinora maculicauda, Taxichneusiek maculicornis, Ichneumon maculicornis, Phaeogenes maculifrons, Cratichneumon maculifrons, Ichneumon maculiventris, Ichneumon magus, Cratichneumon major, Centeterus . Malaiseana ; malica, Protoptila . margarodes, Pardomime . 32-33 (fig.), 44 (fig.), . IO-II, 20, 24, 37~ 38 (fig.), 3 320 (fig.), 324- 325 (fig.) 518 (fig.), 519-520 INDEX 200 (fig.), 202— 203 (fig) 431 (fig.), 432 122, 123, 139 s> EA 75 (fig) 132 406 7; 19, 22-23 14, 21, 44 (fig) 9, 19, 40-41 (fig.), 44 (fig.) 437 (fig.), 438 pte ; ee 292 (fig.), 293 248-249 239-240 ph. II, 246 (fig.), 248 (fig.) +34 97, pl. 4,7, 8 143 II5-I16 113, 114, I41 139 107, IT3 308-309, pl. 13 : on Naas 473 (fig.), 474 2 . 538 Tog, 135 III é ee pl. 4, 8 319 (fig.), 327 (fig.)-331 319 (fig.), 321 (fig.), 322 282 142 116 333- 335 (fig.) 7 ‘ 53 44a 285 (fig.) sah £96 108 136 107, III 108 107, 113 116, 134 132 471 mascarensis, Aédes 15-16, 21, 24, 46— 47 (fig.), 48, 61 masseyi, Aédes - + 2NTO matina, Chaetopsylla I9gI- 192 ghee maurus, Hoplismenus 120 maurus, Mesostenus 117 megapodius, Ichneumon. : «- THO melanocastaneus, Ctenichneumon ., « -¥28 melanogonos, Phaeogenes 136 melanopyrrhus, Ichneumon Il melanotis, Ichneumon 140 meralda, Mexitrichia mergiserrati, Anaticola meridionalis, Eutomostethus metallicus, Aédes micra, Teriomima . microcephalus, Amblyteles microphalus, Ichneumon militaris, Ichneumon minerva, Craneopsylla minima, Baliochila minimus, Phaeogenes minutorius, Ichneumon . minutus, Phaeogenes mira, Caenopsylla . mitigosus, Baeosemus moestus, Collichneumon molitorius, Ichneumon montana, Henricohahnia montana, Macrophya monticola, Cleopsylla monticola, Monosphadnus morosus, Dicaelotus multipictus, Ichneumon . nasutus, Herpestomus neavei, Baliochila . neavei, Hypotrabala Neochauliodes Neonyllius nereni, Ichneumon niger, Aphanocephalus nigerrimus, Coelichneumon nigerrimus, Ichneumon . nigrator, Ichneumon nigricollis, Rhexidermus . nigridens, Phaeogenes nitidus, Phaeogenes niveatus, Ichneumon nothus, Coelichneumon Notiophygidae Notiophygus . : nyasae, Baliochila . Nyllius ° obator, Ichneumon obator, Platylabus obsoletus, Melanichneumon 239-241 (fig.), pl. 11 342-344 (fig.) 282 ne 84, pl. 6 130 110 128 200 (fig.) si fe. 4,7 - +134 113, 114 - 134 21 11-216 (fig.) 133 122 . 107 464, 465 (fig.) 285 (fig.) 193-198 (fig.) 280 (fig) 144 128 ‘ Ra i 88-89, pl. 3, 9 75 (fig-) 432 480 147 (fig.) 304-305, pl. 15 107, I2I, 135 108 138 131 133 It6, 134 114 121 297-313 ‘ . 300 92-93, pl. 3, 4, 6, 7 . - 445-488 113 113, 143 123-124 occidentalis, Neochauliodes 438 (fig.), 439 (fig.) occisorius, Spilichneumon octatenus, Ischnopsyllus odiosus, Platylabus opaca, Mesoneura . opaculus, Platylabus oratorius, Amblyteles orbitalis, Dicaelotus orbitator, Coelichneumon ordubadensis, Cladius Orgetorixa orientalis, Macrophya ortygometrae, Pediculus ortygometrae, Rallicola . oscillator, Eupalamus osculator, Phaeogenes ovis, Pediculus Pachyparda ; pactor, Cyclolabus palestina, Kokujewia pallescens, Monophadnus palliatorius, Amblyteles . pallicornis, Allotrichia pallicoxa, Aethecerus pallida, Cnodontes . pallisicornis, Amblyteles pallipalpis, Oiorhinus paludator, Chasmias paludator, Ichneumon paludicola, Chasmodes panzeri, Ctenichneumon . Parachauliodes Paraethecerus Parafallia Paranyllius Pardomima . e parva, Teriomima . parvus, Epitomus . passeris, Pediculus pedatorius, Platylabus periscelis, Coelichneumon persephone, Empria phaeocerus, Herpestomus phaedoparda, Pardomima phalaromima, Pardomima phalarota, Pardomima phasiani, Pediculus phobos, Plocopsylla phyllisae, Plocopsylla piacha, Protoptila . piceatorius, Ichneumon . picipes, Ichneumon pictus, Amblyteles pictus, Dicaelotus . pictus, Stenichneumon 320 (fig.), 322, 323 (fg-) INDEX 527 : & TI7 207 (fig.), 210 154-156 (fig.) 292 (fig.) 142 109 143 Iii 291-292 445-485 288-289 » 255-257 257-258 (fig.) : 123 134 254-255 oy SLY 156 (fig.) 271 (fig.) 280 (fig.) 114 337 (fig-) + 133 102— 103, Pl 5, pl. 8 IIo 116 113, 136 115 113, 115 II4, 129 430-431 164-165 300-301 . - 475 503- 522 cra 85, pl. 3, 6 < <> 1.130 263-264 155 (fig.) tat 279-280 (fig.) . - 133 509 (fig.), 516 (fig.), 517 509 (fig.), 512-513, 516 (fig.) 509 (fig.), 511-512, 516 (fig.) - 234-235 198 (fig.), 200 197-201 (fig.) 126 Er? 136 144 TI2 plana, Abia ‘ é 271-272, 274 (fig.) platystylus, Anisobas_. , 2 gAa7 plicatus, Ctenichneumon : o, ony plomleyi, Archichauliodes polynesiensis, Aédes 422 (fig.), 423 367 (fig.), 368 (fig.) Pondonatus : : 309-310 porcelli, Pediculus . : ; P . 254 porphyria, Hypotrabala 75 (fig.) potamophilus, Aphanocephalus 304, pl. 15 poweri, Aédes ; 10,20, 23, 25,39 praeceptor, Barichneumon F ; * 139 procellariae, Pediculus . ; , . 264 Profalla : : « 382 prophysus, Aphanocephalus propinquus, Amblyteles 303- 304, pl. 14 152-153 (fig.) prosopius, Diadromus . : ; + u33 proteus, Amblyjoppa_.. - 135 Protoptila 3 I 7-346 (passim) proximus, Epitomus 161-162 pseudatomus, Aphanocephalus | 301-302, pl. 14 pseudoafricanus, Aédes . ‘ + = =52 pseudocryptus, Cratichneumon é . 139 pseudonigeria, Aédes 6-7, 18, 19, 22, 25, 35, 36 (fig) 347-414, 363 (fig.), 364 (fig.), 365 (fig.), 366 (fig.) pudicus, Paranyllius sels (fig.) pudibundus, Dicaelotus . : net BASS pseudoscutellaris, Aédes . puella, Teriomima . 7 (83, pli 3,5 puellaris, Teriomima y pl. 5 puerulus, Coelichneumon : : 122 pulchellatus, Ichneumon : : . «116 pulchellatus, platylabops ‘ . ; E75 pulchellus, Amblyteles_ . : , . 136 pumilus, Dicaelotus ‘ : “ - 144 punctifrons, Platylabus . : : - 143 punctiventris, Dicaelotus ‘ : . 144 purpurissatus, Coelichneumon . : ~) 138 pusillator, Dicaelotus.. : : . 132 pustulatus, Karenocoris . 466, 467 (fig.), 468 pyramidalis, Psilomastax : ‘ 3 135 pytrhopus, Ichneumon . : . : EEE pyrrhulae, Pediculus : : , 229 pytrhulae, Philopterus 2 30-2 32 quadrialbatus, Ichneumon F : 2. F26 quadriguttatus, Diadromus_. ; = 236 quadrinotatus, Ichneumon , : . ro quadripunctorius, Amblyteles . 130 (fig.) quaesitorius, Ichneumon : « 126 145-146 (fig.) 46-47 (fig.) quartanus, Ichneumon queenslandensis, Aédes rancura, Mexitrichia 345-346 (fig.) ratzeburgii, Aoplus : + jEI2 reedi Protochauliodes 440, 441 (fig.), 442 (fig.), 443 regalis, Hypotrabala 74 (pl. 1-2) 528 relucens, Ichneumon repentinus, Ctenichneumon resolda, Protoptila reticula, Corynis romanus, Dolerus rothschildi, Nonnapsylla rubeculae, Pediculus rubeculae, Ricinus . rubriventris, Amblyteles. rubedinis, Ichneumon rubroater, Ctenichneumon rufator, Ichneumon rufescens, Ichneumon ruficollis, Ichneumon ruficoxa, Phaeogenes rufidens, Ichneumon rufidorsatus, Ichneumon. rufilimbatus, Dicaelotus . rufipes, Eurylabus . rufipes, Heterischnus rufipes, Ichneumon rufipes, Macrophya rufiventris, Platylabus rufoniger, Dicaelotus rufotorquatus, Dolerus rusia, Culoptila ruwenzori, Aédes saeva, Orgetorixa saharensis, Elinora. saltena, Culoptila sanguinator, Barichneumon sanguinea, Corynis scelestus, Ichneumon schmidti, Fallia schwetzi, Aédes scutellariae, Athalia scutellaris, Aédes scutellaris, Phaeogenes scutoscriptus, Aédes semiflava, Alomya . semirufus, Hoplismenus . semisanguinea, Corynis . semivulpinus, Phaeogenes septentrionalis, Ichneumon serenus, Coelichneumon sericeus, Acolobus . sexalbatus, Barichneumon seydeli, Hypotrabala silaceus, Ichneumon similis, Mevesia similis, Palaeopsylla : similis peusi, Palaeopsylla similis, Phaogenes simoni, Parafallia . simplex, Neochauliodes . simplicidens, Spilichneumon 25, 347-414 (passim), pl. 18 INDEX 113 129, 141 319 (fig.) 273, 274 (fig.), 275 (fig.) 274 (fig.), 276-277 . 180 (fig.) 223-225 224 (fig.), pl. 10 : IIt 115 128°1gt 112 112 112 134 127 II5, 116 132 131 131 . 108 288-289 143 144 : : o77 341 (fig-), 342 15, 21, 44 (fig.), 61 484 (fig.), 485 286-287 342-343 (86) F Ii2 274 (fig-) 140 pl. 17 14, 21, 24, 33, 34 (88) 278 108 8 (fig.) 145 3 ‘S85 272, #74 VE II2 140 138 142 a NEO 75 (fig-) 127 - 133 205 (fig.)-207 ain Ba $56 pinky 433 (fig.) 150 (fig.) simpsoni, Aédes d sinensis, Neochauliodes . singularis, Baliochila 10, 52 438-430 (figs.), 440 100-I01I, PI. 4,5, pl.8 sinister, Coelichneumon . . “Tee socius, Phaeogenes ; ; 134 soleatus, Aédes 12, 20-21, 24: 45 (fig.), 6 solutus, Coelichneumon . RY a spinosa, Henricohahnia . 456 (fig.), 457, 459 spinosus, Dinotomus : : : » P2t6 spinosus, Trogus . : ~ ; RRS sputator, Ctenichneumon : , (rag stagnicola, Spilichneumon ; . “LEE Stegomyia ; 3-65 (passim) stipator, Phaogenes : . . 15 stolidus, Platylabus en 154 (fig.) strelitziae, Aédes . 10, 20 striatus, Herpestomus . § , . SS strigis, Pediculus . ; , . 245 sturni, Pediculus sturni, Sturnidoecus stygia, Baliochila subargenteus, Aédes 232 (fig.) 234 : . pl. ro 93-94, pl. 4,7 8-9, 20, 23, 39-40, 41 (fig) subcylindricus, Ichneumon . ; Ane submarginatus, Ichneumon . mks subpunctata, Teriomima " 82, pl. 3,5 subsericans, Amblyteles 109, 142 sugillatorius, Coelichneumon . Ae suspectus, Dicaelotus 160-161 (fig.) Tapirocoris . : ; : 471, 474 techila, Protoptila . : 320 ©6(fig.), 324- 326 (fig.) telanepsia, Pardomima 509 (fig.), 513-514 516 (fig.) tempestivus, Ichneumon : E - a tenax, Diadromus . ; . . 145 Teriomima : 79-104 (passim) terminaformis, Ichneumon : ./ £56 testudinalis, Pardomima 508, 509 (fig.), 516 (fig.) ? thomsoni, Ichneumon . : ‘ > eee thoracicus, Dolerus 274 (fig.) Thyrateles . ‘ 149-150 tinetoria, Henricohahnia . 458 (fig.), 459 tinnunculi, Laemobothrion 259 (fig.) tojana, Protoptila . 330 (fig.), 331, 333 tongae, Aédes : 371 (fig.) tonkinensis, Aphanocephalus 302, pl. 14 tonkinensis, Neochauliodes 434, 435 (fig.) tonkinicus, Anachauliodes 428 (fig.), 429 townsendi, Cleopsylla . 194-195 (fig.), 198 (fig transversus, Platylabus . 115, 116 triangulator, Ichneumon ‘ : 7 12 trifasciatus, Amblyteles . : 3 . See 249-251 tringae, Pediculus ‘ 250-251 (fig.), pl. 11 tringae, Saemundssonia . ee ee ——. INDEX 529 trogolodytes, Diadromus f “4 ye ETS Trogocrada . i : : 7666 truncator, Ischnopsidea . . oi ESE truncator, Rhexidermus . é + “13% truncatulus, Coelichneumon . 138 truncatus, Neochauliodes 44°, 441 (fig.) truncicola, Amblyteles . : a Sed tuberculipes, Ichneumon - 140 tumidipes, Pardomima turneri, Paranyllius turneri, Pondonatus typica, Henricohahnia 517, 578 (fig.), 519 475, 477 (fig.), 478 - 310-311, pl. 16 462, 463 (fig.), 464 umbratus, Neochauliodes é 436 (fig.) uniguttatus, Amblyteles * ¥20,'352 (fig:) unilineatus, Aédes . e ° . aot a3 vansomereni, Cnodontes . 103-104, pl. 5, pl. 8, pl. 9 varipes, Cratichneumon . . < 528 vinsoni, Aédes 16-1 ne 22, 46-47 (fig.), 6x virginalis, Aoplus . - ° wie viridatorius, Amblyteles . ‘ 129-130 vittata, Henricohahnia 459, 460 (fig.). 462 vittatus, Aédes 48 (fig.), 53 vitticeps, Henricohahnia . vulturis, Laemobothrion 452, 454 (fig.) 259, 263 (fig.) wahnschaffei, Henricohahnia am) 45% (fig.), 452 walkeri, Ichneumon : - %I5 wesmaeli, Herpestomus . I 57-1 58 (fig.) woodi, Aédes : é 9, 19, 41 (fig.) woodi, Baliochila . E . 94, pl. 7 zanclophora, Pardomima 509 (fig.), 514-515, 526 (fig) zuluana, Teriomima . 83-84, pl. 5 26 ard 1956 PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN B ‘ADLARD AND SON, ‘LIMITED, BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. “fies * L sere < eehaes i om Revel *!